HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

OF THE

El LI Go

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOÖLOGY.

mask

-TRANSACT INS AND PROCEED NGS

ROYAL SOCIETY f SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

SER

VOL. FVIII

[Wir Forty-roun PraTEs.]

PRICE, FIFTEEN SHILLINGS.

Adelaide:
wW. с. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1904.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Australia

from Europe and America should be addressed “per WV. C.

Rigby, care Messr Thos. Meadows & Co. 84, Milk Street,
| Cheapside, London." |

ғ

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

Ke o HN

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(INCORPORATED).

ч

VEN NTE NN ELIE,

А ^ på
[WITH FORTY-FOUR PLATES.|

Adelaide :
W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1904.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Australia

from Europe and America should be addressed “рег W. C.

Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co. 84, Milk Street,
Chenpside, London."

Royal Society of South Australia

(INCORPORATED),

Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR GEORGE R. LE HUNTE, K.C.M.G.

OFFICERS FOR 1904-5.

President :
JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S.

Vice- Presidents ;
PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc.
REV. THOMAS BLACKBURN, B.A,

Жоп. Treasurer :
WALTER RUTT, C.E.

Gon. Secretary and Sealbolder : |
G.:G. MAYO, C.E. |

Members of Council:
PROF. E. 0. STIRLING, M.A, M.D., E.R.S., 0.M.G.
W. L. CLELAND, М.В.
W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor).
E. ASHBY.
SAMUEL DIXON.

W. H. SELWAY.

Auditor :
Jd. 8, LLOYD.

CONTENTS.

>--2----
т РАСЕ.
DENNANT, J.: Recent Corals from the South Australian and
Victorian Coasts. Plates i. and ii. с 2, 2 1
Вазкроу, H.: Anthropological Notes made on the South
Australian Government North-West Prospecting Expe-
dition, 1903. Plates ш. оохх... m 2. 2 5d
DENNANT, J.: Descriptions of New Species of Corals from
the Australian Tertiaries. Plates xxii. to xxv. 52

LEA, ARTHUR M.: Descriptions of Australian Curculionidee,
with Notes on Previously Described Species. Part ii, I 7.
Verco, Dr. Jos. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New Species. Part i.
Plate xxvi. ИХ N ue i e ay c
BAKER, W. H.: Notes on South Australian Decapod Crus-
tacea. Plates xxvii. to xxxi. И. = is 427146
TEPPER, J. б. O.: Descriptions of Some New Species of Or-
thoptera from North-Western South Australia. No. 1.
Plate xxxii. TE ue "e 3m 211 ven p.
LOWER, OSWALD B.: Descriptions of New Species of Australian
Elachistidee, etc. i и = с. 225 4 LOG
WoorNovuam, W. G.: Petrographical Description of Some
Varieties of Granite from near Olary, South Australia 181
WoorwovaH, W. G.: Petrographical Notes on Some South
Australian Quartzites, Sandstones, and Related Rocks.

Plates xxxiii. and xxxiv. ; st oe sida {.. 198
TURNER, Dr. A. J.: New Australian Lepidoptera, with
Synonymie and other Notes ... ; : 212

Basgpow, H.: Note on Tertiary Exposures in the Happy
Valley District, with Description of a New Species of
Septifer. Plates xxxv. and xxxvi. ч A 4.248

Ноусніх, W.: The Geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges.
Part i. The Coastal District. Plates xxxvii. to xliv. 258.

BLACKBURN, Rev. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleop-
tera, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species

(XXI) e o we um “Р dA a ce 281
Brace, Prof. W. H.: On the Absorption of a Rays, and on
the Classification of the a Rays of Radium Т. 2908
Abstract of Proceedings... = ы a Gå 22, 1800
Annual Report a n] = En à. x 277806
Balance Sheet ae e iH 2. oe A 2 BUS
Donations to the Library ... i is i > 42. 509
List of Fellows, etc. ... Å. 2 М Ss a 7815
ÅPPENDICES.
Proceedings, Annual Report, etc., of the Field Naturaliste’ ;
Section us ie 22. ae Oe P i OLS
Sixteenth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora
Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section 399 .
Report, etc., of the Malacological Section m Le = god
Report, etc., of the Microscopical Section “© а = 895

Index >. $T 5” d as. Ae de ©. 5. 95

RECENT CORALS FROM THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN AND
VICTORIAN COASTS.
By Јонх DENNANT, F.G.S.
[Read April 7, 1904.]
Prates, I. AND II.

About three years ago I was requested by Dr. Verco to
determine the corals from his dredgings in St. Vincent and
Spencer Gulfs. The material forwarded to me comprised also
numerous polyzoa and echinoderms. The former I handed to
Mr. C. M. Maplestone, who has already described several new
species contained in the dredgings. The echinoderms have been
placed in the hands of a specialist, and will, I trust, be dealt
with shortly. The present communication treats of the corals in
Dr. Verco's collection, together with a restricted Victorian
species handed to me by Mr. Mulder. Several of the South
Australian corals occur also in Victorian waters.

Of the eleven species to be considered, six are new, and the
remaining five have been previously figured and described by
various authors.

The occurrence of a recent species of Tenison Woods' tertiary
genus Trematotrochus is of especial interest, as it emphasises the
close relationship which exists between the living fauna of the
Australian seas and the earlier one disclosed by the fossils of the
tertiary period. This genus is purely Australian, and includes
species in which the wall is actually perforate, together with
others where the intercostal spaces, though fenestrated in the
same manner, have the internal theca entire. Such being the
case, the broad distinction usually made between perforate and
non-perforate corals breaks down. The wall of a perforate
Trematotrochus is analogous to the base of Stephanocyathus, but
its calice is Turbinolian in character. The imperforate species of
the genus have similar calices, and externally a precisely similar
wall.

Another Australian genus, Holcotrochus, is represented in the
collection by two species, one of which is also recorded from the
Muddy Creek tertiaries.

The genus Platytrochus was long supposed to be restricted to
the Eocene of Alabama; but it is now recognised as both
tertiary and recent in Australia, one species being common to
the two horizons. Duncan, in his “Revision of the Madre-
poraria," mentions with a query the Australian seas as a locality
for the genus; but on what authority I have been unable to
ascertain. "Vaughan copies Duncan's remark, though on another
page he states that Platytrochus is an extinct genus.*

- * Coral Fauna of the United States. Washington, 1900.

A

2
A new Deltocyathus, represented in the South Australian
dredgings by numerous examples, is the recent analogue of an
undescribed fossil form which occurs, more or less abundantly, in
certain outcrops of the Victorian and Tasmanian tertiaries.

My examination of the corals referred to in this paper has
been greatly facilitated by the loan of the types of some recent
species described by Tenison Woods. These are deposited in
the Macleay Museum, Sydney, and I sincerely thank Professors
David and Haswell (Trustees), and Mr. Masters (Curator), of the
Museum, for kindly placing them at my service. I am also
under obligations to Mr. F. Chapman for photographs of Woods’
types, as well as for information concerning the organisms to
which some of the coralla are attached.

In classifying the species account is only taken of families and
genera, and the order followed is that given by Duncan in his
* Revision."

TURBINOLIDA,
Genus Внілотвосноѕ, Milne Edwards and Haime.
Rhizotrochus radiatus, spec. mov. РІ. i., figs. la, b.

The corallum is compressed and flabelliform. The radicles
form varying angles with the wall, are six in number, rarely
more or less, and surround the central pedicellate base. In
young examples they are hollow tubes, which open freely into
the interseptal chambers. With age, however, the orifices are
much diminished from internal thickening of the tube walls.
Of the numerous specimens collected the majority have become
detached, but some are still firmly fixed by their long, radiating
roots to calcareous algæ or fragments of bivalve shells.

The calice is deep and elliptical, with the major and minor axes
in the ratio of 100 to 63. Тһе septa are thin, non-exsert, finely
denticulate, and studded with minute, sharply pointed granules.
Hexameral arrangement of the septa is evident in very young
examples, with the primaries, secondaries, and tertiaries normally
developed, the latter being short. As the coral grows, some
tertiaries lengthen, and other orders develop, until in the adult
there are 20 long septa and apparently as many systems with
three cycles in each. The total number of septa in the large
example figured is 80, viz., 20 long, 20 of medium size, and 40
very short and thin. The columella is formed of foliated,
fascicular outgrowths from the central ends of the principal septa.

The wall is very thin, especially at the margin, and when not
covered, as is often the case, by incrusting polyzoa, serpulæ, etc.,
almost translucent. Broad Hat coste corresponding to the
septa are distinct in most examples, beneath a delicate epitheca.

3

This is marked transversely by irregular growth ridges and a
chevron-like ornament.

The dimensions of the type are:—Length of corallum from
base of pedicel to summit of wall, 22 mm. ; five of its roots are
broken, but the remaining one, which is apparently intact, is
10 mm. long, and extends 5 mm. beyond the pedicel. Its calice
is 19 mm. long and 12 mm. broad. Though there is considerable
variation in the size of individuals, they maintain generally the
same relative proportions; young examples are, however, com-
paratively short.

Specimens of this coral were dredged by Dr. Verco at most of
the stations from a depth of 15 to 22 fathoms. My collection
also contains two examples from Port Phillip Bay.

Genus HorcorRocHus, Dennant.

Holcotrochus scriptus, Dennant. R.S.S. AR vol; xvi) pp: dg 2.
PL. i., fig. 1,
This species was described as a rare fossil from Muddy Creek,
and the single example dredged in Backstairs Passage shows no
variation from the type.

Holcotrochus crenulatus, spec. nov. Pl. ii., figs. 4a, 5, c.

The sorallum is very small, much compressed, and has a glis-
tening, minutely granular surface. A deep sulcus around the
base and edges divides it superficially into two plates, which con-
stitute the anterior and posterior sides of the coral, and the two
are then joined together by thin, depressed continuations of the
extreme lateral coste. These plates have curved and beautifully
crenulated edges, and are roundly pointed inferiorly. As in
H. scriptus, there are ten broad costæ, which rise considerably
above the margin. The interspaces are occupied by ten smaller
costæ, which just show as finely pointed projections at the margin
of the calice. These secondary cost: answer to the slender rods
between the broad coste of the type species of the genus. On
the flat sides both sets of costæ are marked for about a third
from the margin, very fine grooves separating them. The coste
of the edges, like the other primaries, are broad from their
summits to the calicular margin, but below this they suddenly
diminish to the thin sunken lines which connect the two halves
of the corallum.

The septa are continuations of the primary cost, and thus ten
in number. They are plain, broad, and free. The calice is ellip-
tical, and the central fossa is large and deep. There is no
columella,

The corallum is 3:5 mm. high ; its calice is 2:5 mm. long and
1:5 mm. broad.

4

The collection contains a single example only of this remark-
able coral. Like its congener, it was dredged in Backstairs
Passage at a depth of 22 fathoms.

Genus PLATYTROCHUS, Milne Edwards and Haime.

Platytrochus hastatus, Dennant. R.S.S.A., vol. xxvi., pp. 257-8.
Pl. vi fig: 2.

The recent coral can be exactly matched among the fossil
representatives of the species from the Spring Creek, Muddy
Creek, etc., tertiary beds. The fossils show a slight variation
among themselves in the slope of the spear-like projection at the
base, but the seven examples of the living form are more uniform
in this respect. The latter were dredged in Backstairs Passage
at 22 fathoms.

Platytrochus compressus, Tenison Woods, sp. РІ. i., figs. 3a, b.
Conocyathus compressus, Tenison Woods, Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. ii.,
pp. 302-3, pl. v., fig. 1.

The examples, 22 in number, of this coral were dredged in St.
Vincent Gulf, Backstairs Passage, and Investigator Straits at
15 to 22 fathoms. Actual comparisons with Woods’ type from
Port Stephens, N.S.W., show that they belong to his species,
which must, however, be placed under Platytrochus, and not
Conocyathus. "The supposed pali are the papilli of the columella,
which, as in Platytrochws generally, invade the lateral boundaries
of the fossa. The calice is more narrowly elliptical than Woods’
drawing indicates, and instead of the 48 septa shown, it really
contains 54.

The South Australian examples vary in size, probably accord-
ing to age. Several correspond with the type in dimensions as
well as in the number of septa, etc., but others, though larger,
are proportionally narrower. I redescribe the species, and also
figure a full-grown individual.

The corallum is wedge-shaped and much compressed, especially
inferiorly. Its sides and edges slope gradually to the base, which
in most individuals terminates in a short stalk-like pedicel.
There is no trace of adherence.

The calice is shallow, very narrow, and not truly elliptical, as
its long sides are straight or sometimes even bend a little inwards,
but laterally, that is, at the ends of the major axis, it is regularly
curved. The summits of the short axis are usually higher, and
often much higher, than those of the long axis. In the calice
figured, these axes are in the ratio of 100 to 42.

The septa are exsert, finely granular on their sides, and vary
in number from 52 in the smallest to 69 in the largest specimens.
There are apparently four cycles and ten systems, of which the

5

extreme lateral ones are incomplete in regard to some septa.
The primaries and secondaries are stout, sub-equal, and larger
than the rest, which diminish according to order. According to
Woods the septa are arranged in six systems, but I cannot so
interpret the calice of any specimen. Тһе columella is longitu-
dinal and consists superiorly of numerous irregularly shaped
papilli, which are sometimes, but not uniformly, arranged in
three parallel rows. In a damaged specimen some papilli are
broken off and the columella beneath is almost solid, and united
to the septa.

The coste correspond to the septa, and are rounded, smooth,
and glistening, with narrow but deep interspaces. The
primaries and secondaries reach the extremity of the base, near
which they аге joined by the tertiaries : the latter again are joined
by the quaternaries at varying heights on the wall. The more
central costæ become gradually narrower and the lateral ones
broader towards the base. The costs of the edges are perhaps
on the whole slightly broader than those in the centre of the flat
sides. The wall is thin and there is no epitheca.

The large specimen figured is 12 mm. high, and its calice is
9:5 mm. long and 4 mm. broad.

The fossil analogue of this coral is P. Airensis, mihi, which,
however, is smaller and less compressed ; its septa also are more
regularly developed and fewer in number.

GENUS TREMATOTROCHUS, Tenison Woods.
Trematotrochus Verconis, spec. nov. Pl. i., figs. da, b.

This small coral is cuneiform and compressed, with a rounded
base. Its calice is shallow and elliptical, with the major and
minor axes in the proportion of 2 to 1.

The septa are exsert, granular, and in six unequal systems
with four cycles. In the two central systems the principal
orders are stout and equal, and increase slightly in thickness
from the margin to the columella; the quacernaries are shorter,
much smaller, and taper from the wall inwards. The four lateral
systems are incomplete, and the septa relatively smaller, except
the primaries, which are of full size. The calice figured contains
46 septa, and that of a young individual 40 ; in the latter the
quaternaries consist of slender points only.

The columella is essential and longitudinally placed. Super-
iorly, it is free and nodular, but solid inferiorly, and then fused
to processes from the principal septa.

The coste, which are continuations of the septal orders, are
stout and equal, broadest centrally, and narrow in the lower
portion of the corallum. On the flat sides nearly all reach the base,
but laterally the quaternaries join the tertiaries about midway

6

on the wall. The interspaces are equal to the costæ in breadth
and are regularly crossed by thin transverse bars, which give the
coralum the fenestrated appearance characteristic of T'remato-
trochi. The wall is stout, and from a dissected specimen I
conclude that it is not really perforate, the pore-like cavities
being confined to the external portion of the theca. The wall of
the recent coral is thus constructed on the same plan as T.
Kitsoni and T. declivis, fossil species of the genus.

The dimensions of the type are—Height of corallum, 7:5 mm. ;
length of calice, 6 mm. ; breadth of calice, 3 mm. Another
example is of equal size, but the rest are smaller. The majority
of the specimens are much worn, and were, no doubt, dead corals
when collected. They were dredged in St. Vincent Gulf and
Backstairs Passage at depths ranging from 15 to 22 fathoms.

Genus DenrocYaTHUs, Milne Edwards and Haime.
Deltocyathus Vincentinus, spec. nov. Pl. ii., figs. la, b, c.

The corallum is discoid when young and with age becomes
shortly cylindrical. The under surface is horizontal or slightly
concave, and there is sometimes a small central protuberance.
Traces of adherence are common in young examples, and one or
two are still attached by the entire base. Quite rarely is there
any scar of former attachment on the base of older corals, The
wall is perpendicular, or nearly so.

The calice is circular in outline and flat rather than convex
from its margin to the abruptly sunken central fossa. The septa
are in six systems with four cycles. They have sharply serrated
edges, and their sides are marked by parallel rows of pointed
granules perpendicularly arranged. They vary in size from the
long, stout primaries to the short and comparatively slender
quaternaries. The primaries only are free and the rest form six
deltoid combinations. All are exsert and rise in arched crests,
which differ in height according to order. At the central fossa
the primaries extend both inwards and upwards beyond the more
gradually arched secondaries and tertiaries. The latter are
doubly curved and unite before the enclosed secondary in the
manner characteristic of Deltocyathus. The quaternaries bend
towards and then join the tertiaries about half-way from the
margin. The junction of the septa is barely noticeable in perfect
examples, like the fine one figured, but when the upper surface
becomes worn, as in dead corals, their union is plainly seen.

Conspicuous lobed pali are placed before the primary and
secondary septa, and are connected with them by sunken
processes; their central ends are fused with the columella. The
latter is solid below and superficially either papillary or trabecular,

7

The coste are direct continuations of the septa, and, therefore,
also in six systems, with four cycles. They are broader than
these, sub-equal and prominent on the wall, and with deep inter-
spaces. "Their edges are serrated, but less strongly than those of
the septa. Curving sharply round inferiorly, they are continued
on the base, where they converge from its circumference to the
centre, and gradually diminish in breadth. Тһе same deltoid
combinations also occur, the primary costæ being free, while the
remaining orders unite like the corresponding septa of the calice ;
the primaries and secondaries reach the centre as very fine lines.

The examples vary much in size. The largest in the collection
is 11 mm. in diameter and 5:5 mm. high. From this there are all
gradations to the very smallest, which are nummiform in shape
and between 3 mm. and 4 mm. in diameter. The type, a com-
paratively large specimen, is 9 mm. in diameter and 4:5 mm. high.

Examples of this coral were dredged in all but two of the
fourteen stations mentioned by Dr. Verco, and generally in great
abundance. The depths given range from 9 to 22 fathoms.

The only described species with which it is necessary to compare
the present coral is Delfocyathus Italicus, Edwards and Haime.
As a recent form this is only known to me from the descriptions
given by Pourtales, Lindström, and Moseley ; buv the fossil coral
from Cape Otway, identified by Duncan as D. Italicus, var. Aus-
traliensis, is well represented in my collection. As Duncan
states, it is in the shape of a very short cone— which agrees with
Edwards and Haime’s figure of the type specimen from the
Tortona miocene. The drawings of recent examples of the same
species, as given by the three authors mentioned, indicate also a
conical-shaped coral; whereas D. Vincentinus is cylindrical, with
a flat base and a low, perpendicular wall.

ASTRÆIDÆ.
Genus HoMoPHYLLIA, Brüggemann (1877).

Duncan, in his * Revision," makes this genus à synonym of
Antillia, which he established in 1863 for the reception of some
West Indian corals ; but Brüggemann had already pointed out
that Homophyllia was distinguished from Duncan’s genus by its
circular development, attachment, thin epitheca, the dentate
character of its septa, and the small columella. Professor
Gregory, who has examined Duncan's West Indian corals, doubts
the validity of Ат Па, and divides its species among Lithophyllia
and Circophyllia.* Оп account of its scanty endotheca, as well
as other peculiarities, the species for which Homophyllia was
founded, viz, Milne Edwards and Haime's Caryophyllia
australis, cannot enter either of the genera mentioned, and

* Q.J.G.S., Vol. nr. (1895), p. 260.

8

should, I think, remain where Brüggemann placed it. I observe,
however, that its calice is not invariably circular, but sometimes
elliptical.

Homophyllia australis, Milne Edwards and Haime, sp.
PULSER

Caryophyllia australis, Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
Ser. 3, WOOL Vol. X., p. 320, PL viii., ig. 2.

Homophyllia australis, Brüggemann, Ann. Nat. Hist., Vol. xx., p. 310.

Homophyllia australis, Tenison Woods, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. 11.,
pp. 321, 322.

Oylicia magna, Tenison Woods, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. 11., pp. 325-6,
E

Homophyllia (Isophyllia) australis, Quelch, “Challenger” Rep.,
Zool., Vol. XVI. p. 22.

In connection with this synonymy the following remarks by
Dr. Brüggemann are quoted :—* Milne Edwards has mistaken
this coral for the young of a West Indian Zsophyllia ; the des-
cription of Isophyllia australis (Hist. Nat. Cor., Vol. 11., p. 375)
has nothing to do with the species under consideration."

There are eight well grown examples of H. australis in
the South Australian gatherings and others have been dredged
in Port Phillip Bay. A worn specimen was also picked up by
Mr. Theile on a raised beach at Altona. All are solitary and
have always been so. Dr. Brüggemann speaks of neighboring
specimens touching each other and becoming intimately united by
their sides, but I have never observed such union. Possibly they
may sometimes be found on the same piece of rock, but with one
exception all those I have seen are independent specimens. Small
pieces of bivalve shells, polyzoa, serpulae, etc., are in adult forms
still adherent to the base, which is usually much smaller than the
calice. A very young example is almost immersed in a polyzoan
fragment. The exception just mentioned refers to a young
individual which is fixed by its base to the side of the large and
perfect specimen figured, but the attachment is merely accidental.

Specimens of this coral from St. Vincent Gulf were forwarded
many years ago to the late Tenison Woods for identification, but
he did not recognise its identity with Edwards and Haime's
species, and redescribed it as new under the name of Cylicia
magna. In the article containing this description he had already
quoted in detail Brüggemann's account of H. australis, but, as he
makes no reference to the figure given by Edwards and Haime,
T presume he had not consulted it. That Woods was uncertain as
to the generic position assigned to his species is evident from his
concluding remarks. He says, for instance, that Professor Tate,
from whom he received the specimens, has not recorded anything
of the stolon or mode of increase. "There is of course no stolon,
the coral being, as Dr. Brüggemann observed, solitary at all ages.

9

XENUS СүтлоїА, Milne Edwards and Haime.

Cylicia rubeola, Quoy and Gaim., sp.

Dendrophyllia rubeola, Quoy and Gaim., Voy. de I Astrolabe.
Zooph., р.,97, РІ. xv., fig. 12-15.

Angia rubeola, Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sei. Nat., 3rd ser., v. x,
Plavir, 56,00. xij p 176,

Cylicia rubeola, Tenison Woods, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. 11., pp. 324-5.

This coral is largely represented in Dr. Verco's dredgings and

it is abundant also in Port Philiip Bay. Asa fossil species it

has been recorded by Professor Tate from the Older Pliocene

of South Australia.*

GzNvus PLESIASTRÆA, Milne Edwards and Haime.

Plesiastræa proximans, spec. nov. Pl. ii., figs. 3a, b.

The corallum is convex and longer than broad ; both its upper
surface and sides are covered by crateriform calices, which are so
closely packed that the wall between is barely visible. It
increases by intercalicinal gemmation. The base is broad and
incrusting. Оп its edges the exotheca, or common plateau of the
corallum, is marked by strong wavy lines which are continuations
of the coste of the marginal corallites. "The calices are either
circular or slightly elliptical, and, though widely open, are not
shallow. There is à well marked trabecular columella at the
bottom of the fossa.

The septa are in four cycles and six systems, but these are
rarely complete. In the calice figured there are 35 septa. All
are strongly dentate on their edges and finely granular laterally.
The principal orders are stout and sub-equal; while those of the
fourth order are short and slender. Some of the lamellz in one
calice may pass over the wall and continue into the next;
usually, however, the junction of adjoining calices has a confused
appearance owing to the outer ends of their septa meeting at an
angle. The pali are long, prominent, lobed, and dentate, and
placed before all orders except the last. Their upper projecting
edges are free, a wide and deep sulcus separating them from the
septal ends ; but lower down the two structures are connected by
thin processes. The endotheca is scanty and mostly confined to
the neighborhood of the columella.

The corallum is 13 mm. high, 19 mm. long, and 10 mm. broad.
One of the circular calices measured is 5 mm. in diameter. The
single example obtained was dredged in St. Vincent Gulf, at a
depth of 22 fathoms.

This species differs in shape, as well as in other respects, from
the common Plesiastraa found in Port Phillip Bay. The latter
is probably identical with P. Urvillei, Edwards and Haime.

FRISA. Vol хир. 178.

———

10
EUPSAMMIDÆ.
GENUS BALANOPHYLLIA, Searles Wood.
Balanophyllia dilatata, spec. nov. Pl. i., figs. 2а, b.

The two examples of this species are attached to what is
probably the lower encrusting portion of the thallus of Litho-
thammion. Enclosed by the same, or built into it, there is
evidence of foraminiferal tests; while its surface shows small
patches of polyzoa. The coralla are about 10 mm. apart, but the
widely spreading base of one of them slightly overlaps that of the
other. ‘Lhe latter corallum (the figured example) is intact; but
the former is fractured longitudinally, and the structure of its
columella and septa is thereby well disclosed. The habitat of the
specimen cannot be definitely given, but as Mr. Mulder found it
amongst the dredgings of the late Bracebridge Wilson, together
with Rhizotrochus radiatus, Cylicia rubeola, and other organisms
common in Port Phillip Bay, there is, I think, no reason to doubt
that it came from that locality.

The corallum is sub-cylindrical and. not much compressed, of
moderate height, and attached by a large spreading base with a
slight constriction immediately above it. The costæ are separated
by narrow interspaces, and consist of raised double lines with
minute spines on their surfaces and numerous central pores ; the
interspaces are also porous. The fractured example has a thin
granular epitheca on the base and the lower fourth of the wall;
but the other shows no vestige of this covering. The calice is
elliptical and deep. The columella is large, longitudinally placed,
porous, and trabecular rather than spongy.

The septa are in six systems and four cycles. All are per-
forate, and have dentate margins. The longest and most con-
spicuous septa are the quaternaries next the primaries in each
system. They describe a double curve, and almost meet in front
of the enclosed secondary. Неге they are connected by a short,
horizontal, tabula-like process, and, still continuing, each curves
again outwards towards the corresponding quaternary of the
adjoining system, and meets it in front of the primary, which is
thus enclosed by the long quaternaries on either side. The
remaining quaternaries in each system are short, and, curving
towards the long ones, join them in front of the still shorter ter-
tiaries at a third to a half from the wall. The primaries and
secondaries are stout in comparison with the rest, which are
slender and sub-equal.

The corallum is 10 mm. high, and the calice is 9 mm. long and
m o 5
7 mm. broad.

Fig

d:

9

2
O.

11

EXPLANATION OF PLATES,
Plate I.

Rhizotrochus radiatus—a, corallum, natural size; b, calice, magnified
1:5 diam.

Balanophyllia dilatata—a, corallum, magnified 2 diam. ; b, portion of
calice, showing one system of septa, magnified.

Platytrochus compressus— а, соға Пат, magnified 2 diam. ; b, calice,
magnified 4 diam.

Trematotrochus Verconis—a, corallum, magnified 3 diam. ; 5, calice,
magnified 6 diam.

Plate II.

Deltocyathus Vincentinus—a, corallum, magnified 4 dium. ; 0, calice,
magnified 4 diam. ; c, base, magnified 4 diam.

Homophyllia australis—calice, magnified 1:5 diam.

Plesiastrea proximans— а, eorallum, magnified 2 diam. ; b, a calice,
magnified.

Holcotrochus crenulatus—a, соға Пат, magnified 5 diam. ; b, end view
of corallum, magnified 5 diam. ; c, calice, magnified 10 diam.

19
ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES MADE ON THE SOUTH
AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT NORTH-WEST
PROSPECTING EXPEDITION, 1903.
Br HERBERT BAseDow.
[Read June 7, 1904.]
IBLATEB LLL mo XXI.

The mineralogical duties in connection with my position of
Prospector to the Government North-West Expedition did not
permit of my making extensive anthropological observations, but
the following facts are placed on record to afford some account
of the natives of a region of Central Australia that has been
practically unexplored, from an ethnological point of view,
and to bring these tribes into comparison with those natives of
Central and Northern Australia which the reports of the Elder
and Horn Expeditions and the work of Messrs. Spencer and
Gillen have made comparatively well known. I have divided
the paper into two parts, the one being a general description,
the other dealing with the question of native art. During our
journey I collected a vocabulary of about 1,500 words of the
Aluridja and Arunnda (Arunta) languages; but as this paper
has exceeded its expected limits I am obliged to defer for the
present the publication of that section of my notes. I have,
however, included as an appendix a short vocabulary of the
Karkurrerra Tribe inhabiting the Musgrave Ranges.

PART I.—GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

Tribes and their Distribution —The natives that inhabit the
north-western corner of the State of South Australia proper
and the south-western portion of the Northern Territory, that
is, broadly speaking, the inhabitants of the ranges of these
regions, are divided into four great divisions or tribes, differing
but little, or not at all, in their chief characteristics. The names
of these four tribes with their geographical distributions are
as follows :—*

i. THE KARKURRERRA Tripe.—These natives inhabit the
greater portion of the Musgrave Ranges, more par-
ticularly the southern limits.

ii Тнв ALINJERRA TRIBE occupies the territory east of the
Musgrave Ranges, extending both north and south.

iii. THE WILRURRERRA (WILRUDDIDDA) TRIBE inhabits the
country west of the Musgrave Ranges, extending north
to the Petermann Ranges.

iv. THE ULLPARIDJA TRiBE.— The Tomkinson and western
Mann Ranges form the domain of this people.

* These are the names of the recognised divisions or tribes in the
broadest sense, much as one would call them Northern, Southern, etc.

13

Definite boundaries, determined by natural features of the
district, exist between the regions occupied by the various tribes,
and the strictest care is maintained not to intrude upon th»
neighboring territory. It appears, however, that certain tribes are
on friendly terms and communicate with one another by casual
visitations. This fact was noticed at Opparinna Spring. A native
of the Karkurrerra Tribe, who had temporarily been employed
as a guide to water by the Expedition, returned to camp in the
company of natives of the Wilrurrerra Tribe, and they all
appeared to be friendly to one another. Yet tribal feuds seem
occasionally to occur. The same native (Immalangenna)
accompanied our Expedition to the eastern extremity of the
Musgrave Ranges, and it was the intention to take him further
south to assist in the location of native waters. To this request
he seemed indisposed ; for upon leaving the ranges but for a
short distance he became very uneasy and soon abandoned the
party to hurriedly return to the ranges. He, however, gave a
very graphic account of a strife which took place between natives
south of the ranges, and which, on being interpreted, was some-
what as follows :—It happened during our absence north of the
ranges, that members of the Wilrurrerra Tribe descended to the
low-lying country south of the Musgrave Ranges, which, in
his own language, are called “ Uttnóbella," and, seizing upon
several members of the Alinjerra Tribe, who were on a “ walk-
about," murdered them. The news was quickly carried to the
main camp of the attacked natives, who immediately set about to
revenge their fallen mates. A party of armed men * departed
in the direction of the locality that the aggressors were last seen
in. Tracking was difficult, as the aggressive natives are reported
to have obliterated their tracks. Nevertheless, at sundown of a
certain day, a slight column of smoke, which undoubtedly was
that of the enemy's camp fire, was observed rising from a
* mulga" t thicket in the distance. Halt was made until the
enemy were considered to be fast asleep, and then their camp was
cautiously approached to within a short distance. No attack
was made until the first glimpse of dawn, when the enemy were
suddenly rushed upon in their sleep and every male murdered.
The females that were sleeping at the sides of the men were not
hurt, but allowed to return to their territory.

% Тһе tracks of this party were still preserved in the sand on our
return to the south of the ranges, and were recognised by our natives as
those of: Jinnangalerriknga (Big-foot) the leader of the party, Jinnaku-

larrikna (Stink-foot), Kartakardonne (Bald-head), Kinnegunne, Jinnamu-
reryanna (Crooked-foot), and Muranni.

T The name “mulga,” which no doubt belongs to the vocabulary of
some Central Australian native tribe, has now been generally adopted by
the whites for a common species of Acacia (A. aneura).

14

Subdivisions.—The main tribes are again subdivided into
groups, that name themselves after a prominent natural feature
that happens to exist within their hunting grounds, such as a
waterhole.* For instance, members of the Karkurrerra Tribe
were met with in the south of the Musgrave Ranges who call
themselves the Odidjuloo, which is at the same time the native
name of a large waterhole in the vicinity, though they still
recognise that they belong to the Karkurrerra Tribe as a whole.

Hunting and Native Foods.j—As is well known, hunting is the
principal occupation of the Australian native’s life. The larger
game is supplied by kangaroo ( Macropus rufus), *marloo,” euro
(Macropus robustus), “kanalla,” wallaby (Petrogale lateralis),
“waru,” and emu ( Dromaeus movae-hollandiae), “kaleya.” These,
besides being approached by stealth and speared, are hunted in
various otber ways. A common method is to spear the game as it
comes in to drink at a waterhole. At Ulurinna, a native water
in the Ayers Ranges, which is situated in a gorge and only
accessible from one direction, a fence of brushwood had been
built round the waterhole at the further side from the entrance
to the gorge, behind which the native, lying in ambush, awaits
the arrival of game, driven thither by thirst, and spears it there
without further difficulty.

Long fences are also constructed in the mulga scrub by
merely piling together branches of this and other bush one over
the other. These zigzag brush fences, which may be at times
almost a mile in length, assume various shapes in plan, but
usually converge to one or more points like the arms of the letter
V. The idea is to drive the game into the enclosure, when the
arms of the converging fences ultimately lead it to the angle
point. А small opening is left at this spot, and a man, hiding
close by, spears the game as it emerges.

Having attained the spoil, the natives often express their
satisfaction in a remarkable manner. In the Tomkinson Ranges,
members of the Ullparidja Tribe were observed to dance about a
man, who had killed a kangaroo, and all the while to hold their
sub-ineised urethras to view, each upturning his penis and
widening the slit to its utmost extent.

A remarkable little incident was noted north of the Musgrave
Ranges, where a member of the Karkurrerra repeatedly picked
up the dung of kangaroo, broke it in two, and smelt it, often
uttering the word *kuiya" (no good). The significance of this
act I could not definitely ascertain, unless it represented a means
of determining the age of the animal excrement, and so to get a

* ef. “Occasionally they attach the name of some important geogra-
phical feature. . . .”—E, C. Stirling: Anthrop., Horn Exped., page 10.
+ For the description of Native Water Supplies in Central Australia,
see my Geological Report.

15

clue to the time of the last visitation of the locality by the
kangaroo.

Opossums ( Trichosurus vulpecula ), “ waiyoda,” are found
inhabiting the large eucalypts that line the watercourses in many
parts of Central Australia. They are hunted by climbing the
trunks of the gums and seizing the opossum in, or driving it
from, the hollow in which it is concealed. This is often a feat
of great skill when the tall, smooth trunks of the gums are taken
into account. The usual way of accomplishing it is to cut
successively a series of small holes in the bark with the
embedded flint (*kunndi") of the spear-thrower, one above the
other, and thus gradually escending to the first limb of the tree
by virtually clinging to the bark with their toe and finger nails.

Another method adopted by them is to light a big fire at the
base ofthe tree and wait until the tree collapses by being burnt
through. The opossum, if it does not leave its shelter to be
speared, is easily captured in the hollows of the tree and killed.

The slow-moving native hedgehog (Zchidna aculeata) or
“tchele ” falls an easy prey to the hunter.

Dingos (Canis dingo), “ papa," are keenly hunted and eaten ;
they are usually speared ata waterhole. The dingo is also tamed
and “domesticated” when taken young. (See Plate IX., fig. 1.)
They are, however, of no use for hunting, but are greatly fondled
and fed up by the natives. Even the semi-civilized blacks retain
this weakness. At Stuart’s Oreek a wurley (native shelter) that
was inhabited by three females came under observation. Sleep-
ing with them, and under the same blankets, were no fewer than
fourteen dogs.

Rabbits, which are now plentiful in the southern Musgrave
and Ayers Ranges, are à welcome and easily attained source of
meat supply. The comparative scarcity of this animal in the
Tomkinson and Mann Ranges is a proof of the keenness with
which it is hunted there by the natives. They are either speared
or killed by hurling sticks* and stones after them when in flight,
or are unearthed from their burrows. Extensive diggings for
rabbits were encountered throughout the trip, and whenever
natives were accompanying the caravan they would never hesitate
to examine the burrows for fresh tracks.

Snakes and lizards of all descriptions form daily meals. They
аге mostly captured by hand. Seizing the snake or lizard by the
tail the native rapidly whirls it above his head, and thereupon
dashes ıts skull upon a stone or log. In one case, I observed a
gin (native female), who had caught a large lizard, and was
not prepared for the meal, to tie the lizard by one of its legs to a
bush, and thus keep it alive until she was ready to cook it. They

* A small kind of specially prepared stick known generally among the
whites as a waddy was found to be in use in the Tomkinson Ranges.

16

are often driven from beneath bushes and “ porcupine-grass”
( Triodia) by setting fire to the same and catching the prey as it
endeavours to escape the flame.

АП kinds of birds, even the smallest, are constantly sought
after to be used as food; particularly do owls and hawks, that
inhabit the hollows of gum-trees, fall an easy victim to the ever-
hungry native.

When the season is favourable, grubs (*ilguare ” and “iljaleti”)
and caterpillars (“udnamarre ”) are extensively collected and
devoured. The “ilguare” lives on the roots of species of Acacia and
Cassia, and it is interesting to watch a native hunting for these.
A long rod with a chisel edge at one end, and often referred to
as yamstick (“wanna”) is forced into the ground at the side of
the main stem of the bush and leverage applied. If the root has
been attackéd by grubs it will readily give way to the strain, and
the native consequently sets to work with his * wanna” and hands
to unearth the grub. Less difficulty is experienced in finding the
“iljaleti” (larvw of Cosssus sp.) which lives in the trunks of
eucalypts.

At the time of our arrival in the ranges the ground was covered
with large green caterpillars that were collected by the natives
in large wooden vessels (“ mika ”) carried upon the heads of the
women.

A “native sweet” which is eagerly sought both by young and
old is the honey-ant (Melophorus inflatus) or “ winudtharrå ”
of the blacks.* (Plate IV., fig. 1.) These curious creatures, noc-
turnal in habit, live associatedly in colonies below the surface of
the ground, usually in thickets of mulga and at the base of one
of thesetrees. The native, on finding the exit from the ants' nest,
traces the narrow channel downwards by working with his hand
and stick to a depth of often many feet, at which the colony
resides. The *honey-ant,” which it has been ascertained is ons
of the workers specially modified, stores honey within itself at
the expense of the gatherings of the remaining ants, to an amount
disproportionately large when compared with its own size. To
permit of this the abdominal portion of the ant swells, according
to the intake of honey, until it assumes a globular form having a
diameter of a centimetre or more. This globule of honey is en-
closed by the integument stretched to a thin membranous skin,
along the median line of which the separated, black, thoracic
plates are visible. The viscera are compressed into a small space
near the vent. The ant is in this condition practically helpless
as far as locomotion is concerned. This phenomenal accumulation
of honey appears to be a natural mode of storage for times of

* Qompare Baldwin-Spencer. Horn Exped. Cent. Aust. <“ Narrative,”
pp. 87-89.

11

need. The natives are passionately fond of these little luxuries
of the bush and spend hours collecting the same. To eat the
honey, the ant is grasped by the head, the abdominal portion
placed between the lips, and the contents squeezed into the mouth
and swallowed. To the palate the first sensation is that of a
distinct taste of formic acid, which no doubt is excreted by the
ant asa natural protection. This taste is, however, slight and
momentary, and upon bursting the membrane a recognition of
the taste of rich honey follows.

Eggs of birds, large or small, and of some lizards, whether
they be fresh or partly developed, are gathered wherever
opportunity is afforded. Emu eggs are relished; these are
cooked as follows: A hole is made in the sand big enough to
receive the required number, which, after being pierced at the
end, are placed aperture upwards in the hole, the intervening
Spaces being filled up with hot ashes and sand.

Landsnails, “ pira,” live in the vicinity of the north-western
ranges, and, after a shower of rain, very many can be collected
in a short time by the black residents, who roast and eat them.
Consequently, accumulations of empty shells of these molluscs are
frequently found, thickly strewn about the fire places of deserted
camps. The most common snail thus treated is the large Helix
perinflata,

Cooking.—As regards the cooking of the various articles of diet
mentioned above: Game, such as kangaroo, is cooked whole.
The skin is not detached, and the bony paws may, or may not,
be removed beforehand in order to secure the sinews for future
use.* The carcase is laid upon its back, completely covered with
hot ashes and sand, and thus permitted to cook. When
sufficiently, which often means only partly, cooked the skin can
easily be removed and the meat appears tender and juicy. The
belly is cut open, and by groping about with the hand the
intestines are removed; this, after its contents have been
Squeezed out with the aid of two fingers, is distributed among
the less privileged members of the tribe. The body is next torn
to pieces with their hands and the parts distributed to all mem-
bers having a right to such (the biggest piece usually remaining
for the man who divides the meat). Most of the bones, if
not crushed between the jaws, are shattered by means of the
grinding-stone (* miri ”) and the marrow eaten.

Grubs and caterpillars are merely thrown upon hot ashes to
roast; the latter, however, are permitted to remain there a very
short time only, and are eaten almost raw ; in doing so the green
juice can be seen running down either side of the native's mouth.

* When cooking the bigger game I noticed that the bones of the hind
legs (deprived of the paws) are made to project slightly above the sand.
t Compare Baldwin Spencer, op. cit., page 94.

B

18

Vegetable diet is not neglected. One of the common meals is
constituted by the small tunicated corms of Cyperus rotundus, that
grows in the sands skirting the beds of watercourses, and known to
the natives as “dunnmördta” The corms are unearthed, usually
by the gins, mixed with hot ashes and roasted, then taken, about
half-a-dozen at a time, and rubbed between the palms of the
hands. This processdetachesthe brown coveringsof the bulb, which
are then blown away, leaving behind on the hands the nut like
« dunnmördta ” to be eaten.

The spore-cases of Marsilea quadri-folia, usually known as
* nardoo " by the whites, do not appear to be much used for food.

A native meal that was also enjoyed by all members of the
Expedition consisted of the “native truffle,” or “widida” of
the blacks, which was found growing in the sandhills north of
Opparinna Spring and elsewhere. This fungus does not generally
rise above the surface of the sand, but just raises the soil
sufficiently to indicate its position ; it therefore only partially
resembles the European truffle in this respect. The “ widida "
are eaten either raw or after being roasted in ashes. In many
cases they were fly-blown ; this being a proof of the rich, fatty
nature of their substance.

Various species of Solanum produce fruits which, when ripe, are
collected and eaten by the blacks, They call the fruit “ winya-
winya." A similar statement holds good for the gooseberry—
like fruits of Melothria or “ilgodda ” of the natives, the fruits of
the native plum tree (Santalum lanceolatum) called “algullia ”
by the aborigines, and the red fruits and kernels of the native
peach tree (Santalum acuminatum).

Seeds of acacia, portulaca, and certain eucalypti are ground
to powder, usually with the addition of water to produce a
paste, which is then baked.

The leaves of the succulent Claytonia, often called ** parakylia "
by the whites, and Portulaca ballonnensis, popularly known as
'munyeroo,” are frequently eaten, especially when water is not
close at hand.

The dry fruits of the native fig tree (Ficus platypoda) are
also eaten.

The slender stalks and leaves of a small plant that is usually
found creeping up the stems of mulga when chewed have quite
an agreeable, sweetish taste ; they are for this reason continually
being picked and chewed by the native folk, who call the. plant
* päuyu.”

Galls upon mulga (Acacia aneura) and bloodwood (Lucalyp-
tus terminalis) trees, and commonly known respectively as
* jarrulge" and “ errikollbolla,” are eaten by the blacks. The
former is found on various species of acacia, and varies in size
from that of a pea to that of a walnut. The whole of the growth,

19

with the exception of a small kernel-like structure in the centre
containing the insect, is edible. The taste, though slightly
eucalyptine, might be compared with that of a “tasteless apple."
The bloodwood * gall apple? is a nodular, woody, and. warty
growth, the inside of which is hollow, and contains, besides the
parasite, a sweetish juice. The inner layer of the coat of this
“apple” is white, soft, and edible.

The flowers of many plants are at times gathered, and the
honey sucked from their calyces. Women and children were
observed to do this.

The seeds of the kurrajong (Brachychiton Gregorii) are roasted
and eaten, while the young roots are chewed in case of need.

The native always eats the whole, or at least as much as he
possibly can, of the proceeds of one day's hunting—never having
a moment's thought about to-morrow's menu.

The properties of the dry leaves of pituri* (Duboisia Hopwoodi),
the so-called native stimulant, which is known to the natives
of this region as “ peturr,” have already been discussed by various
writers. In this case, also, it is chewed or sucked in the form
of rolled plugs. "These plugs, when not in use, are stored behind
the ears of the owners thereof, and are often passed from one to
the other and successively sucked. The males only were observed
to partake of this stimulant.

Physical Features.— The stature of the natives of the tribes
considered is, generally speaking, small; fairly well developed
from head to hips, the legs being less so. At the time of our
sojourn in the ranges the condition of the blacks was excellent,
this being the result of the extraordinarily good season. The
average stature varies considerably. The tallest men were found
among the Ullparidja, in the Tomkinson and west of the Mann
Ranges, two members of this tribe having been noted to be over
6 ft. hight ; others being not much short of that height. Yet, at
the same time, dwarfs—adult men—under 5 ft. high appear
among the same people. The females vary less in height among
themselves, averaging about 5 ft. 4 in. Тһе tallest female was
met with south-east of the Musgrave Ranges, a member of the
Karkurrerra Tribe bearing the native name of Ptumpalenna,
who stood close on 5 ft. 9 in. in height.

The facial features are of the typical Australoid type that has
often been described, though the repeated encounter with men

"See also Rep. Horn Exped., Anthrop., p. 61; A. J. Higgin: Proc.
Roy. Soc. S.A., 1903, page 202; and Rep. Elder Exped., Anthrop.,

page 293.

t Lindsay, Palmer, and Stirling have noted exceptionally tall natives
from other parts of Central Australia, See Anthrop., Horn Exped.,
p+ 16;

20

having the so-called “Jewish type” of nose is worthy of
note.*

The development of hair is, for the most part, good, the majority
of the men wearing long black beards. The males wear the hair
of the head long, either loose or tied up into a ** bob” or chignon
with hair string. This is padded with emu feathers, and is
utilised to carry in its centre various small articles of use, such
as flint chips, kangaroo sinew, and the like. The hair of the old
gins is usually thin on the top of the head, no doubt as the result
of the wear produced by constantly carrying the food or water
vessels upon the head. Quite a systematic mode of “doing up”
the hair was observed among the young gins of the Musgrave
and Mann Ranges. All the hair is gathered on top of the head
and tied into a small “bob” above the forehead. A fringe is
left, which is ornamented with a number of seeds of the blood-
wood (a species of Zucalyptus) : these are attached by forcing a
number of hairs into the aperture of the seed and sealing them
down with a small splint and ant honey (Plate III., fig. 5).
Quite a series of these seeds dangle side by side from the fringe
in front of the forehead, and constitute the “dindula.” In some
instances the old men were noticed to have developed a very
thick growth of short black hairs down the back. The light
coloration of the hair of several children of the Ullparidjas was
a marked feature.

These natives are of extreme uncleanliness, and they literally
stink with accumulated filth, for their bodies have never been
washed since the day of their birth. It must, however, be
admitted that great and prolonged scarcity of water is one of the
normal conditions of their lives. Their hair teems with vermin.
Hours are spent in a manner similar to that which I have seen
in the case of Ceylon natives and apes in captivity — by one indi-
vidual searching the other's head for this pest, and deliberately
placing the captives into his mouth. Most frequently is to be
seen a mother thus searching her infant’s head.

Personal Decoration.—Personal decoration does not receive
much attention. Chest ornamentations that were observed were
usually in the form of a regular arrangement of circles divided
horizontally by straight bars, the whole design being drawn
with the finger in pipe-clay or ashes (see Plate IV., fig. 5).
Compare, further, the designs on Plate XIL, fig. 3, and
Plate XX., fig. 4.

* This has elsewhere been noted by various observers, as E. C. Stirling :
Anthrop., Horn Exped., p. 15. Professor Spencer points out that this
similarity is only superficial. Тһе nose, which is sometimes spoken of as
* Jewish” in type, is not really so. The hair gives also a patriarchal
appearance.

21

The foreheads of the men are generally coated with charcoal
and grease; the bodies of young and old, moreover, receive a
covering of fat and ochre, the application of which no doubt
tends to keep the skin supple when subjected to the scorching
rays of the sun and wind.

The “ dóllgu wipu ” (Plate III., fig. 1) is worn through the hair
at the back of the head by the men of the Wilrurrerra Tribe,
and consists of a small pointed stick of mulga, round the one end
of which the tail skin of a rabbit-bandicoot (Peragale lagotis) is
wound in a spiral manner and fastened by means of kangaroo
sinew to the stick.

Both Gosse * and Carruthers 7 have reported the use of bone
hairpins by the natives of these ranges. They did not come
under my observation.

Necklaces (*olindu"), constructed of a number of parallel
Strands of twisted fur and tied together at the ends with short
pieces of twisted human hairstrings, are generally worn. The
separate strands are thickly coated with a paste of emu fat and
ochre (Plate IIL, fig. 2). The females, more particularly the
younger, in addition wear the “ puttarra,” a longer necklace,
which, after being wound once round the neck, further passes
underneath the left shoulder of the girl. (See Plate VIL,
ap 1),

The “ wilkarru,” consisting of a series of parallel strings of fur
tied round the forehead, frequently adorns the men. It is usually
constructed of opossum or rabbit fur. Strands of twisted (human)
hair are further wound tightly round the stomach and upper
arm by the men, the former being employed when out hunting
to carry various weapons and game, the latter more usually for a
corroboree decoration. The women usually have to supply the
men with the hair requisite for the making of these strands.

The men commonly, though not invariably or constantly, wear
as an appendage, fastened at its knot to the pubic hairs and
partly covering the penis, the flat tassel-shaped “ moiranje,”
constructed of human hair or rarely of rabbit fur ; (Plate ITI.,
fig. 3).

Personal Mutilation. — Personal mutilation is universal.
Horizontal scars upon the chest and oblique scars dipping
towards the centre upon the shoulder blades are general, the
latter being usually restricted to the females (*tehipare"). The
same is trueof the cross scars upon the upper arm (“ngarlarrekin”).

* Rep. and Diary of Mr. W. C. Gosse’s Cent and West. Expl. Exped.,
1873 ; Parl. Paper No. 48, House Assemb., 1874.

T Report to Surveyor-General, Adelaide, 1892.

2 See also, Stirling : Anthrop., Horn Exped., vol. iv., page 108 ; Spencer
and Gillen : The Native Tribes of Central Australia, page 572 ; and Helms :
Anthrop. Elder Exped., Trans. Roy. Soc., S. A., vol. xvi., page 246.

22

The nasal-septum is pierced in the case of either sex. This
operation in certain cases takes place at the age of about 18 or
19 years. After the puncture, a rod of mulga, sometimes referred
to as a “ nose-stick," and in this region known as “ delonngu,” is
inserted and shifted from time to time to prevent the hole from
closing, and on special occasions the rod is replaced by a bone.
The “ nose stick ” is not worn daily, but very often a native may
be observed to pick a small green twig from a bush and wear i6
in the place of the former.

The custom of knocking out either one or two incisors was
noticed to be generally practised. The most common tooth that
was removed appeared to be the right upper lateral incisor ; some
times the corresponding tooth on the left side, and at times
both teeth had been removed.

When a boy attains the age of about 16 years the operation of
circumcision (“ delldinge ”) is performed upon him. About this
ceremony as practised by these tribes I was able to gather
a little information from the natives, which, if their account may
be relied upon, is as follows :— The boy is for some time prior to
the operation kept apart from the main camp and tended by an
old man. On the evening of the event, which no women or
children are allowed to witness, he is brought to the side of the
fires that have been kindled on the selected ground, when an old
native, usually the father of the gin who is to be the future
property of the boy, rushes upon the scene. This man, making
hideous grimaces, with his beard upturned and held between his
white teeth* and rolling his eyes in a fierce-looking manner,
advances towards the lad, holding in his face the sacred
* wanningi" f which up till that time the boy has not been
allowed to see. The sight of the “ wanningi" may therefore be
considered an introduction to manhood. The boy, having been
thrown upon his back, is held down to the ground by other men
of the tribe, who securely clasp him by legs, arms, and head
while the act of eircumeision is performed upon him by the
fierce-looking man with a sharp flint splinter. When the
prepuce has been detached the operator holds it between his
fingers in front of the blaze for a short time, then (according to
the description given by the natives) quickly swallows 15.1
The ceremony is accompanied by monotonous songs, the words of
which were supplied me by a native of the Karkurrerra Tribe :—

* Compare E. C. Stirling : op. cit., p. 172, “ The beards being pushed
between the teeth.”

+ This “ wanningi” appears to be precisely the equivalent of the waningas
described on pages 230 and 231 of Spencer and Gillen's “ The Native
Tribes of Central Australia." For a description of this ceremonial object,
see page 28., and Plate III., fig. 4.

i See also E. C. Stirling : op. cit., page 172.

23

Gunditi mangaroo mangoralle

Illa kuta dilkunndalle ;

Gunngudda gudanne innandaallé

Tchunatche péré amanme amanni

Kurerre ami imanne kaditi imanni

Kalingu wiginnti wigiliunburne alunma giraitchere
Munda giraitcheri manda ngunnzi wanapale

Alunma allaitcheritcheri jadunn burari madunn burbari
Aiyumba umbi madata dadi.

The operation of sub-incision (4 kallokundana”) takes place
subsequent to that of circumcision. The urethra is slit down-
wards from the glans with a sharp splinter of flint. Hot ashes
are thrown over the wound, which is later treated with emu
grease. I was unable to elicit any reason for this mutilation.
On questioning through an interpreter, the general reply was
that the population is thereby not checked; it is merely a
custom handed down by their ancestors, and about which even
the native himself knows little or nothing.

Healing of the Sick.—The custom of bleeding from a vein of
the forearm* at the bend of the elbow, known as “ marrepa,”
was noted at least for the Karkurrerra Tribe. It seems to
be mainly adopted in cases of sickness. The blood, which is
collected in a water vessel (* mika "), being both smeared over the
painful part of the sick man's body and given him to drink.
As a result of the operation many natives bear small scars
at the site of puncture of the forearm.

As regards other methods of healing the sick, considerable
faith is attached to the magic influence supposed to be exerted
over the affected part of the body by various inert objects when
in the hands of the so-called medicine man or “nangarri.”
In this connection the “ darreke ” receives most attention. This
instrument or rod is made from the bone of the leg or arm of a
dead man. Touching the sick man with the “ darreke,” the
* nangarri " imitates the dull, half-guttural call of the emu, and
the sufferer considers himself convalescent.

In a somewhat similar way the obsidian bombs,} which are
known as “pandólle” or “kaleya-korru” (emu-eye), are employed.

For internal complaints of the stomach a process of. fumigation
is resorted to. The invalid is made to rest over a smouldering
fire by supporting himself on elbows and knees, in order to

* See also Spencer and Gillen : The Native Tribes of Central Australia,
page 464 ; and Stirling: Anthrop. Horn Exped., page 181.

t Spencer and Gillen, op. cit , report the ** medicine man to assume the
form of an eagle hawk."

+ In Tison and Howitt's * Kamilaroi and Kurnai? rounded (generally
black) pebbles are mentioned, which are supposed to be of general magie
power.—Page 251. Very likely these pebbles are obsidian bombs.

24

permit the warmth and smoke of the fire to impinge freely upon

his bare belly for a considerable time.

For wounds of all descriptions a universal remedy is emu fat
and ochre, which really appears to be a most effective application.
Broken limbs they cannot * set.” On several occasions natives
were met with who had previously broken a leg. The bone had
grown together again in a distortel and awkward position. The
natives referred to limped very badly, and used a stick to assist
them in walking.

Diseases.—The natives, without exception, were healthy, and
happily free from those contagious diseases which have become
so general among the blacks nearer to civilization. What was
at first mistaken for a widely distributed skin disease proved to
be nothing more than scabs and slight wounds, produced by
carrying the firestick too close to the body while in motion ; the
hot air and burning particles blowing against the body cause
slight burns on the skin, which are subsequently made worse by
irritation through scratching.*

What is rather an annoyance to the natives are the various
kinds of prickles and seeds of grasses entering the soles of their
feet and breaking off at the base. The embedded point produces
inflammation and suppuration around it, and causes pain. Many
an hour is spent at the camp-fire in removing such prickles from
the feet, the native every now and then emitting a subdued
“irr,” partly expressing pain, and partly disgust or temper. The
method adopted by the natives of walking one behind the other
where possible is partly on this account, namely, to minimise the
risk of picking up prickles with their feet.

An unusual case came under notice north of the Mann
Ranges. A boy, about seven years of age, had a very large scar
covering about half the area of the upper skull, over which the
growth of hair appeared to have been permanently destroyed.
The scar was not unlike that produced by a burn.

Weapons, Implements, etc. —In the making and use of imple
ments and weapons the tribes encountered during the expedition
were particularly primitive, more so, apparently, than in any
other part of Australia. A fair amount of hunting is done with
the simple aid of stones and sticks, which are used to hurl at the
smaller game. Boomerangs, waddies, shields,f and other impor-
tant weapons recorded for different tribes are not known, as far as

* Compare Helms: Rep. Elder Exped. Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xvi.,
page 242.

T H. Y. L. Brown reports that shields are employed in the Musgrave
Ranges: Rep. Trip Warrina to Musgrave Ranges. Adelaide: by
Authority : 1889; and W. R. Murray writes: “1 have seen no shields

г stone axes here."— Extracts from Journs. of Explorations by В. T.

aurice. Adelaide: by Authority : 1904, page 19.

25

Observation went, to any of the tribes that inhabit the north-
western ranges.

The chief weapon used for hunting and fighting is the spear
(“oiritchanna”). In this weapon, which is about 8 ft. long, the
shaft is made from the wood of Tecoma australis, the blade at the
top and the barb being of mulga. It is composed of three
segments, the lower (‘“daparra”), centra] (“oiritchanna ”), and
upper (the blade or “talta”), connected by binding together
with kangaroo sinew. The native names of the respective parts
are given in the annexed figure. (See Plate IV., fig. 2.)

The spear may or may not have the barb or “nunngu.”
Another form of spear, made of a single piece of Acacia, with a
flattened blade at one end and without a barb, is used more for
killing animals in bushes, etc, than for hurling with the spear-
thrower (“mero ”).* Тһе process of straightening the rods used
by the natives in the making of spears is ingenious. The curved
portion of the rod, after being well greased, is placed over a
stone and completely covered with a mixture of hot sand and
ashes. Having frequently turned the rod, the native, after a
Short interval of time, seizes it with both hands, one on either
side of the ashes, and by holding it such that the convex side
rests upon the stone exerts a downward pressure from above at
each end of the bend. Repeating the operation several times,
and skilfully turning the rod about in the ashes, he ultimately
straightens the rod perfectly. The process may be compared
with the steaming of timber.

The spear-thrower (“mero ”) is wide and concave ; none of the
flat and narrow forms of many parts of Central Australia were
found. It has a flint-chip embedded in porcupine grass gum
(“kedi”) atthe handle, and very often a small rim of similar
material around the handle, a short distance away from its end.
In using the implement, therefore, the hand of the thrower
clasps the handle between the two specified portions of gum.
The names of its parts are given on Plate IV., fig. 3.

Two kinds of wooden food or water vessels or cradle-shaped
carriers, frequently called coolemans by the whites, are in use,
large (“mika ”) and small (“ dokollko "), the former for receiving
various articles as game, roots, and other gatherings of the day,
the latter more for scooping water. Water is sometimes carried
in the “ mika ” for long distances ; in this case grass and leaves are
put into it to prevent the over-splash and consequent loss. They
are always carried by the gins, who balance them upon their
heads while walking and hunting. They were found to be

* This form ot spear is, for instance, used іп the hunting of the rabbi
cited by Murray,— Op. cit., page 19—as it “can be approached within a
spear’s length when crouching in a bush, and is easily impaled without
necessity of throwing the spear. 2

26

invariably made of soft wood, usually from the bark of eucalypts.

The so-called yam sticks (* wannå ”), which are used in general
both by male and female (more usually the latter) to unearth
roots, lizards, grubs, etc. are made very large in size. Some
specimens were 6 ft. or more in length.

A useful implement was found among the belongings of the
Karkurrerra l'ribe. It consisted of an ordinary rod of mulga, to
one end of which was attached, by binding with kangaroo-sinew,
a small spade or chisel-shaped piece of iron roughly ground into
shape (Plate IIL, fig. 6). The iron had been sharpened along the
cutting edge, and had been made narrower at the opposite end—
such that it could be more easily bound to the rod of mulga.
The iron had no doubt been obtained from the hoops of an
abandoned water keg, or suchlike, of a former expedition. This
implement was useful both for digging and for sharpening
Spears, etc.

The native hand mill consists of a grinding-stone, “miri,”
usually a water-worn pebble three or four inches in diameter,
worked by hand upon a flat slab of rock, “tchewa.” (See Plate
IV.,fig. 4.) The motion is not circular, but backward and forward.
Not only is the hand stone used to grind up various seeds of
acacia, eucalyptus, portulaca, and other plants, but also to crush
the bones of cooked meat to secure the marrow. ‘Lhe hand stone
is usually carried about by the gins in their ** mikas" ; the lower
slab is, however, not generally transported, on account of its
weight, a suitable slab or the level surface of a rock in situ in the
proximity of the ranges being not difficult to find.

Stone knives (*gadorg" or “nyilla”) used for the various
acts of mutilation that are practised require no detailed descrip-
tion. They are merely sharp chips of flinty rock (chalcedony), of
very variable shape and size, derived from the “Desert Sandstone"
formation. None of the well-made trigonal * knives" that have
been recorded from the MacDonnell Ranges and elsewhere came
under my observation. The small flint chip (**kunndi") embedded
in the handle of the spear-thrower (“ mero”) has already been
referred to; it is most frequently used in the scraping into form
and pointing of spears, and the making of other implements.

Fire-making. —The implements and methods used for the mak-
ing or kindling of fires are multifarious.

In the first and simplest case the use of the firestick is
universal. This consists simply of a piece of bark or a dry stick
glowing at one end. It is carried about in the winter wherever
the natives go, each member carrying his own. Directly a halt
is made, a fire is lit, in day-time to cook the game, at night to
supply warmth during sleep When camp is left a fresh stick is
taken from the fire. 'Lhe stick is carried in the hand with a
waving motion from side to side, in front of the native. When

27

moving about in the dark this motion is continual in order to
keep alive sufficient flame to light the way. А large body of
natives moving at night in the usual Indian file, and each carry-
ing the burning stick in the way described, forms a striking
sight.* The firestick will naturally not be so constant a com-
panion during the summer months.

The actual process of fire-making, depending upon the principle
of heat development by friction upon the abrasion of two pieces
of wood, is employed in various ways.

In one case a perfectly dry rod of mulga is cleft at one end, the
split enlarged on one side and packed with dry blades of grass.
The implement thus constructed is called “© pinjilere.” А spear-
thrower (“mero”) is placed with its edge over the fissure directly
above the dry grass and at right angles to the length of the rod,
and rapidly rubbed backwards and forwards. Ultimately the
friction causes the wood to char at its edge; particles are detached
by the abrasion, it begins to smoke by slight combustion, and
eventually a tiny detached spark falls upon the dry blades of grass
At this moment the native ceases to work the “mero,” and forces
the spark into a flame by gentle blowing. When the spark has
“ taken,” the contents of the cleft are emptied on to a small heap
of dry grass and leaves upon the ground, and by continual
blowing a rapidly growing flame is produced.

Dry roots of trees (mulga) are similarly used. A root,
about eighteen inches long, has one end rounded off; this
is placed in a small hole in a second piece which is kept
firmly resting against the ground by the native who sits beside it.
This he achieves by placing the side of one foot over one end of
the root, and the knee of the opposite leg upon the other end. At
the same time he rapidly twirls the loose root between the flat
palms of his hands, the rounded end of this rod fitting or subse-
quently adapting itself to the depression or hole in the lower root.
The wood-dust that accumulates by the abrasion eventually begins
to smoulder, and finds its way along a small groove leading out
from this hole; thence it falls upon a fragment of bark placed
below the groove, and is kindled into a flame as described above.
The hands of the native, by virtue of the downward pressure
exerted upon the root, gradually find their way from top to
bottom of the upright root. They are then rapidly replaced
to the top and the half-backward and half-forward rotation
restarted.

The Making of Strands of Fur, etc.— On several occasions twis-
ted strands of fur that are variously employed by the natives
have been mentioned. Opportunity was afforded to watch the

* Witnessed on the evening of May 22, at Mount Davies.

28

making of such strands by the natives at Opparinna.* The loose
fur (which in this case was that of opossum) is spread out on a
clear patch of sand and beaten for some time with small sticks,
which have been prepared by breaking green twigs from a bush
and holding them in hot ashes for a short time, thus enabling the
bark to be readily removed with the flint of the mero (spear-
thrower) This process of beating makes the fur soft and incohe-
rent. Two small sticks previously used for beating are then con-
verted into a cross-shaped spool by biting a hole through the centre
of the shorter stick and pushing the end of the other through it
to a distance equal to about one third its whole length. A small
quantity of fur is next taken up with the left hand, a little of
it drawn out with the thumb and finger, and with the flat of the
right hand rolled along the thigh of the native, who is in a
sitiing position. At the same time the fingers of the left hand
draw out more and more fur, the right hand continually rolling
as it comes, until a fair length of coherent string has thus been
produced. The native frequently spits on to his right hand
and thigh to make the fur catch better. Тһе small length
of formed string, which is stil in communication with the
incoherent fur, is next wound crosswise across the intersection of
the arms of the spool; then, holding the fur end of the string
in the left hand, which keeps up the regular supply with thumb
and finger, the right hand skilfully twirls the spool. This
process serves to twist the string more efficiently than the pre-
liminary rolling of the fur with the hand. The string by this
means rapidly forms and lengthens, and is from time 10 time
wound on to the spool for convenience of handling until the
required length is made. To remove the strand the small
arm of the spool is simply pushed upwards and off of the
longer. The coil is placed round the wrist and is ready for further
treatment or working up if required.

To make a necklace (“olindu”) two strands of a length of
string are twisted together, and this doubly-twisted strand
folded several times upon itself, and each end being tied with
a short string of twisted hair (usually human). These two short
ligatures further serve to tie the necklace at the back of the
neck. The separate strings of the “olindu ” are further thickly
coated with red ochre.

After the above description, the method of construction of the
ceremonial object previously referred to as “ wanningi” may be
easily understood. Having secured a good length of string, a
small cross-like frame is constructed, similar to the spool

* Compare the method described by Spencer and Gillen in “Тһе Native
Tribes of Central Australia," page 613; E. C. Stirling: Anthrop. Horn
Exped., page 100 ; and W. E. Roth : ** String and other Forms of Strand,
etc.," North Queensland Ethnography, Bull I., by authority, 1901.

29

previously described (the arms of which vary from 6 in. to a
foot in length). Starting from a centre at the point of inter-
section of the two arms of the cross, the string is wound
successively from one arm to the other, passing once round the
arm at each point of contact. This winding is continued until
completed, as shown in Plate IIl., fig. 4, the end of the string
being loosely tied by a simple knot to the nearest arm of the
cross.

Manner of Life. —In general, the natives live exclusively in
the open. No form of protection from above is resorted to,
except when compelled by continued rainfall to construct primi-
tive huts or native wet-weather shelters. (See Plate V., fig. 1.)
These are constructed after one and the same principle, though
on slightly different patterns. The usual plan of construction is
to ram an uprooted dry trunk of mulga into the sand in an
inverted position, so that the horizontally branching roots are
at the top. Making this the central support, branches of mulga
and bush are placed in a slanting position between the roots at
the top, the extremities of these branches forming a more or less
complete circle at the surface. An opening is left on the leeward
side big enough to permit free access. The spaces and gaps
between the branches are filled up with small bushes, grass, and
triodia tussocks, and on top of all sand is thrown. The floor of
the hut is scooped out, the sand being banked up along the walls
to keep the water from flowing in, and a fire is kept burning
inside. The height of such huts is about 5 or 6 ft., and the base
9 ft. in diameter.

Very often the branches are merely placed around a standing
tree as a central support, and now and again the branches are
simply made to rest against one another. Sometimes the shelter
is made by piling branches and bush either upon the overhanging
limbs of a tree or in such a manner as to connect two adjacent
bushes.

Brushwood shelters (** youo "), which are employed every night,
are constructed by throwing together a few branches of mulga or
other foliage at the windward end of the native's camp, towards
which end the sleeper always rests his head. In sleeping he
makes a fire on either side of him, and scoops out a depression in the
sand for his body to lie in. If several individuals sleep side by
side, a fire is made between each pair of bodies as well as at either
end of the row. This alternate position of fire and man is
economical, as each fire serves to warm two natives, one on either
side. The positions, moreover, occupied by the natives when
sleeping collectively receive distinctive names according to
whether they are central (* mbuppola-indoma "), that is, having
another man lying on either side, or at either end (*ituppulin-
doma ”) of the row of sleepers. (See Plate IV., fig. 6).

30

The men who possess wives sleep with their families apart from
the main body of men. When a native sleeps with his lubra
only two fires are employed, one in front of either person, the
backs of both lying in close contact along the centre. When a
child is presen; it occupies a position in front of its mother,
usually clasped within her arms. When the weather is extra
cold additional fires are lit at the feet of each individual, who in
this case curls himself up and places his hands between his thighs
to keep them warm.

A remarkable fact is that in cold weather the native, if he has
been given any article of clothing, cannot be induced to sleep
with it on during the night, although he may be shivering with
cold. During the day, however, when itis tolerably warm, he
will be quite willing to keep on any article of white man's
clothing.

The systematic plan of their camps has apparently impressed
the minds of the natives themselves, as in several cases it was
represented in their rock drawings. (See Plate XIV., fig. 7.)

The native, after he has consumed his evening's meal, does not
take long to fall to sleep. Usually a few members assemble for
a short time to talk, the conversation mostly referring to the
day's experiences.

Another amusement at the camp fire is the imitation of
various tracks in the sand: For instance, an emu track is
made by impressing lengthwise thumb and pointer in the
sand ; then, changing the thumb to the other side without
lifting the pointer, a second impression is made with the thumb
in this position at about the same angle as the first.
Often the pad of the emu foot is added by an impression of
the thumb at the intersection of the three toes. A kangaroo
track is simple, and mude with either finger or toe. A dog track
is made with the fingers alone, the thumb making the impression
for the pad, and the tips of the fingers those of the toes; the
imprints of the claws are added by means of a small stick. A
blackfellows’ track is made with the use of hand and fingers only.
For the imprint of a left foot the right hand is employed, and
vice versá. The hand, being held in a half-closed manner, is
pressed into the sand on its outer side ; this will give the ball and
heel of the foot. The toes are dabbed in with the finger tips.
Snake tracks are produced by permitting the outside of the
hand and lower arm to glide over the sand in à sinuous manner.
Various other tracks are prepared with the hand and foot, and I
was told that in certain parts a camel track is made out of the
imprint left in the sand by the stern of a piccaninny.

A humming chant is often ıesorted to by several members of
the camp, who beat time to their tune by s'riking two sticks
together, until one by one the whole group of natives falls to sleep.

31

The sanitary conditions prevailing at such a camp, even when
the camp is to be stationary for some time, are far from pleasant.
The excrementa are deposited in direct proximity to the camp,
within a foot or less of the sleeper.

During the hot summer months cave shelters in the neighbor-
hood of permanent waters appear to be frequented and used as
dwelling places. The very numerous drawings in such caves and
the game traps around the waters bear out this statement.

Marriage Rites, etce.— The number of wives possessed by blacks
varies. The greatest number that was observed (and that
appeared unique) was three, one or two being the usual number.
A fair impression as to the number of members comprising
individual families may be gained from the following statistical
data of families belonging to natives of the Musgrave Ranges :—
A, two lubras and three piccaninnies ; В, three lubras and one
piecaninny ; C, one lubra and one piccaninny ; D, one lubra
and three piccaninnies ; Ж, two lubras and four piccaninnies.

The methods adopted by the women of carrying their children
are various, and all are used with equal frequency. In the first
case the child sits astride on its mother's hip, clinging to
her arm or neck for a support (Plate X., fig. 1); the second
method is that ordinarily known as riding “ pickaback ” ; and in
the third instance, remarkable in its way, the child is placed in
a lying posture behind the lubra, the legs of the child being
placed under the forearm of the lubra at one side and its head
treated similarly at the opposite side, while very often the child
seizes one of the breasts for a support. This method permits the
mother free use of both hands (Plate VIII., fig. 2).

The lending of wives is à common custom.* It appears that
the custom signifies an act of hospitality and friendly relation
ship between the parties concerned. At Pundijarrinna, a native
soakage well north of the Musgrave Ranges, a party of the
Karkurrerra Tribe had camped not far from the main camp of
the Expedition. Upon visiting their camp I was somewhat
surprised to see the old man of the tribe coming towards me
with a young gin, and giving me to understand that I might
take her with me as my own. This act on the part of the
native was merely to show the friendly feeling the tribe had
towards the white men.

Moreover, a corroboree was instituted for our benefit by the
same natives. Fires were lit at the corners of an oblong
enclosing a clear space, and we were told to sit down. Three
men, apparently the most respected, who had disappeared in the
darkness, suddenly reappeared at the further fires, having
ornamented their bodies with short, broad, white bands of ashes

* Compare Spencer and Gillen : The Native Tribes of Central Australia
pages 74, 96, 97, and 98.

32

across their abdomens and one additional band on either thigh
(one individual had three bands across his right thigh). By this
time all the females were kneeling at the nearer set of fires, and
began beating their hands in regular time. This they did by
seizing the wrist of one arm with the hand of the other, and
causing the palm of the grasped hand to strike over the
region between the upper part of their thighs, which were
pressed closely together.* Tbis produces the dull but effective
note which accompanies the monotonous singing of such
ceremonies. The songs were introduced by the following verse :—

Immandale sheri sheri ”mandale,

the same words being continuously repeated time after time
with the same monotonous tune. The men, on the other hand,
had seated themselves in a row between the further two fires,
with their legs drawn up and crossed in front of their bodies.
With a stern countenance they moved their heads from side to
side, keeping time in so doing with the song of the lubras, but
uttered not a word. Suddenly and simultaneously they jumped
up, and, smiting the left hand at regular intervals with a small
bundle of grass and flowers held in their right, they began
stamping slowly towards the females; the beating of the latter,
the clapping of the hands and the stamping of the men all being
performed in time and accompanied by a slight grunt on the
part of the men. In this manner they proceeded right up to the
gins, and then with a vigorous final beat of the hands they
turned short and quickly walked back to the further fires to
start the stamping and beating towards the gins afresh. The
same proceedings were repeated over and over again. Strict
seriousness was maintained during the time that the men were
stamping, but when they had reached the lubras and were
retiring to the further fires yells and laughter accompanied their
actions. Other songs which were later resorted to are :—

Elunmä allaitcheri shöri

Binndipeyndö ngannyéparlé binndipeyndé ngannyéparlé
Inbanà marrukurrilbä äni

Pulleyinà urarillbillåware

Ngunnyiparlé awönnaparle 'wónnaparle

Wanäpare larrindi ngunderi wunnderil.

A boy, about sixteen years of age, who had not yet been
initiated was kept isolated from the camp, while a younger boy,
about eleven years old, was permitted to take part in the
proceedings. After the lapse of some little time the white men
were asked to join in the stamping with the blacks, and general
satisfaction was shown upon fulfilling their wish. This no doubt

* Compare E. C. Stirling: Anthrop., Horn Exped., page 74.

33

is the manner of procedure when neighbouring tribes or groups
of natives visit.

Further words or verses that are sung at various corroborees
were supplied to me by an old native. They are as follows :—

Sung only by the old men :
Tchinganaleri kootetü ngåtatu araunä panganyéno
Tehinganalöri karäma allbürnä allbinya allyerillyérinna.

By the young men:
Awangä anörre otannamanni unndi oolarri ennö

All together :

Ngürra ngannge nganengä

Ngätä awankä kari rinpi rörrinje

Alanoo kürü innä innä ngata tunna &wangannyé ngata

Ngurrá nganngö innyä komberä mbare

Jengaal garinjan ngarrawurrübäne dedinmän

Yérrépomatch wanganyé arrau murra murra wanganye

Unnja oolanna indawa oolanná pomatchi wanga wanganye

Dómmá langanni lök& umbeyallé

Ngaleli warré winbà yälunnä

Karkürrörrä imburreka alónné immanjétide

Walü kürarre ngingannyé Alinjörra arinna albóranna

Witidi inmåni ngarrawurrepalandé manno

Pala akriká äkwitchü pärinnä winbinkch kwitchu parinna

Nunnba attütunna yawülgäranna Karkurrerraralle ullga-
ranná

Jillgaré alinjella ngaralinna jillgà arinjella larinna

Nbérétch jinberenn älillderekari nbéré jinberenn nderrékalé
&ülare unnbülane

Kutchü ngarinnä wangany& warangililljo wanganye yàno.

The meanings of the above verses I was unable to ascertain,
although several words included therein are familiar—notably
the names of the two tribes, Karkurrerra and Alinjerra.

Naming of Native Children. —Each child receives a name. In
many cases this name ends in what appears to be a diminutive
ending, viz, “-inna.” When the child grows up this ending is
often dropped. For instance, a young girl of the Karkurrerra
Tribe was called Unnrubinna ; an old woman of the same tribe,
Unnruba. Many natives have received names that allude either
to deformities of the body or personal characteristics.*
Examples of this class of names have been cited on page 13 :—
Jinnakularrikna (Stink - foot) Kartakardonne (Bald - head),
Jinnamureryanna (Crooked-foot) and Jinnangalerriknga (Big-
foot).

ev Stirling: op. CH, p. 107.

с

34

Naming of Natural Oljects.—Many native words have had a
direct origin in their formation. They are imitative of the calls
of birds, express characteristic actions, or imply similarity to
other familiar objects. The bell-bird (Oreoica petroica) is called
*ban-ban-balelle,” the value and distribution of the separate
syllables of this word corresponding to the never-ceasing call of
that bird. So also the mopork* (Ninox boobook) is called
* kore-gore,” which name is in allusion to the sound of the
nightly call of the bird. A blue hawk goes by the name of
“kaleya gadabongu," signifying “ emu-egg-breaker," from the
fact that this bird is known to steal and eat emu eggs. Sarco:
stemma, australe, to which white man has given the name of
“milk bush,” on account of its milky sap, the natives call
“ epi-epi ”—“ epi” ordinarily meaning a female's breast.

Naming of Heavenly Bodies.—Further may be noted the for-
mation of names for the heavenly bodies by comparing them with
earthly objects. The Southern Cross is compared with the claw
of an eaglehawk (Aquila audaz), receiving the name “ Warrida-
jinna.” The Coalsack, situated close to the Cross, is compared
with a resting emu, and consequently the name “ Kaleya-
pubanye" has resulted. The Milky Way is talked of as a water-
course or creek-bed, viz, “Karu.”

Silent Correspondence.— The strict silence that has to be
observed while stalking game has given rise to silent correspon-
dence by means of signs and gestures.t Thus a native, having
come upon a fresh track of a kangaroo, wishes to convey the fact
to his companion, some little distance off, without producing, at
the same time, any cause to attract the attention of the game.
This he achieves by imitating the leaping of the kangaroo with
his hand—at the same time representing the direction of the
track and the distance which separates the individual imprints
in the sand. This, in other words, informs the second native
whether the kangaroo was in full flight or leisurely hopping
along. Similarly the winding track left in the sand by a snake
is indicated by a zigzag motion of the hand in a direction corres-
ponding with the course of the track. A peculiar method
adopted to indicate upon asking the direction in which a certain
thing or natural feature is situated is to turn the head facing in
the particular direction, protruding the lips in an ugly, snout-
like manner and using either of the words “ würnma ” or tale,”
according to whether the object is far away or close at hand.

ж The bird that gives the familiar ‘‘ mo-pok callis now generally
recognised to be the boobook-owl (Ninox boobook), although up till
recently it was supposed to be the tawny shouldered frog-mouth
(Podargus ).—See Campbell: ** Nests and Eggs of Austr. Birds”: 1900.

+See E. C. Stirling: Gesture or Sign Language, Anthrop., Horn
Exped., p. 111.

»

35

The mode of beckoning, too, is peculiar. Instead of the up-
ward and inward motion of the hand, as practised by the white
man, the native does the reverse—the hand is moved downward
and inward.

Burial of the Dead.—The dead are interred* with great
mourning ceremony. А native grave was seen in the Musgrave
Ranges in which a woman had quite recently been buried. Close
to the grave existed the place of wailing, where the mourners had
made martyrs of themselves by inflicting wounds upon their
bodies and had upturned the earth with their hands during their
song of woe. All the signs of the performances were still
preserved. The grave, in which the corpse had been buried a few
feet below the surface, had been filled up with earth and a
cireular mound erected over it to indicate the spot. On the
summit of the mound the implements of the gin —a yamstick
(“wanna”) and a cooleman (“mika ”)—had been stuck in the
sand in an upright position, almost as a tombstone might be
erected. (See Plate VI., fig. 1.) All the belongings of the
gin, moreover, were hidden among the branches of the trees
close by. A singular feature of the grave was that, on the
northern side of the mound, a hole passing straight down to
the body, and only loosely covered at the surface with a
few branches of mulga, had been left open. The object of
leaving this hole open I was not able to ascertain, but
Professor Spencer subsequently informed me that a similar
hole is left in graves in other parts of Central Australia to permit
of the exit of the spirit of the dead person. In any case it would
greatly facilitate the unearthing of the body by the wild dogs.
No native was encountered within miles of this grave, although
tracks, not many days old were plentiful. The superstitious
beliefs and fear concerning the dead, it may be mentioned, are
astounding. The fact that I had collected a native's skull, which
had been disinterred by the dingos at Opparinna Spring, was
quite sufficient to induce an old blackfellow and family camped
close by to desert the locality in terror. No gin, moreover, is on
any account allowed to even mention the name of either a
deceased father or husband. +

Tradition and Folk-lore.—Further, the country abounds in
tradition —tradition in contradistinction to history. АП their
complicated rites and customs have been handed down year after
year without apparently conveying any real conception to the

* Compare Spencer and Gillen: “The Native Tribes of Central Aus-
tralia,” p. 497.
t Compare the statement: ‘‘The name of the departed is by no means

ever mentioned, not out of respect, but out of fear” (“The Folk-lore,
Manners, Customs, and Languages of the S. A. Aborigines," p. 27) ; and,
"This is not, however, strictly true as regards the Arunta Tribe”
(Spencer and Gillen : op. cit., p. 498); also, E. C. Stirling: op. cit., p. 168.

96

natives as to their significance. Of equal interest is the native
folk-lore, which is often connected with certain physical features
of the land. Gosse’s Waterhole, on the Marryat, is known to
the natives as Würmikattidinji—a word which draws attention
to the fact, so far as lore goes, that the waterhole is inhabited by
a huge snake, which, however, no native remembers having ever
seen. Mr. Carruthers, in making reference to the scarcity of
native camps at Ernabella Spring, in the Musgrave Ranges,
states* :—'* We found very few old native camps at this place,
the reason being, from what I could gather from the blacks,
. . . . a superstitious dread of ‘cootachies’ (devils), who,
they imagine, inhabit the waters and caves in this locality."

Pastimes.—The native mind is not without constructive
reasoning for the entertainment of his children during his leisure.
Kurrekapinnya Soakage, in the Ayers Ranges, has evidently
been a favorite camping ground of the natives when other
surface-waters in the neighborhood have become dry. The very
numerous designs sketched upon the roofs and walls of the
shelters close by more than support this statement. It was at
this native soakage well that a smooth track running for some
distance down the inclined surface of a bare granitic outcrop at
once attracted my attention, the cause of which, however, was
not at first obvious ; but my curiosity on this point was satisfied
at sundown, when a little native girl called Unnrubinna, in the
company of her mother, made her way to the well, and, while
the adult was engaged in collecting water to take to her camp,
the girl seized a bundle of rushes and, in all haste, made for the
top of the track. Sitting down upon the rock, and placing the
rushes underneath her, she began a slide down the incline of
gneiss the pace of which gradually increased right down to the
soft bed of sand at the base of the hill. The track, therefore,
represented a native “ toboggan.” The girl continued playing in
this manner for a considerable length of time, and I think the
smoothness of the rock along this track may, without doubt, be
ascribed to the effects of the continual abrasion produced in this
manner for many years past. We have thus an instance of
contemporaneous evolution of sport, when one considers the
similarity of this pastime of the natives to the practice of
sliding down staircase railings and inclined embankments by the
children of the civilised world. (See Plate X., fig. 2.)

Other Peculiarities.— Аз regards rumors reporting the natives
to be cannibals, little reliable information could be gathered.
On putting the question direct the usual reply would make refer-
ence to the Wilrurrerra. It appears, however, that during very
bad seasons the youngest of the children are killed. This act,
Prof. Spencer holds, is performed to provide food for an elder child.

* Report to Surveyor-General : Adelaide Observer, don. 16, 1892, D. 9;

37

All natives have a wonderful power of mimiery. How true to
nature the cries of birds can be imitated in the supposed healing
of sickness has already been alluded to. Gestures are imitated
with no less accuracy.*

The arrival of our party of white men caused among the
natives no little excitement and often fear. The great “ waipella ”
(whitefellow) had been personally seen by several of the older
members of the various tribes that bad come into contact with
former exploring expeditions, the first of which dates back as far as
the early seventies of last century (Gosse and Giles). Thosewho had
not seen the white man before were, nevertheless, well acquainted
by tradition with his feats. First and foremost, the deadly effect
of firearms was generally known ; most of the natives encoun-
tered would shudder at the sight of a rifle or revolver. In this
respect considerable difficulty was at times experienced in getting
natives to stand while they were being photographed. They
apparently mistook the camera for a gun, and would endeavor
to escape or crouch behind one another. Yet in the most
remote districts natives were occasionally encountered who
would not show any signs of discomfort at the sight of firearms.
That they had seen or at least were familiar with the existence
of the white man is evident from the fact that “ white-fellow
tracks " are found among their crude cave-drawings.

The historic beast of burden, the “ kamellie,” forms an object
of admiration and respect It is the ambition of the native
youth to have the privilege of a short ride upon the hump of a
camel, although he is quite unaccustomed to that kind of loco-
motion.

An infant held in the arms of her mother became so terrified
at the sight of a white man that violent hysterical crying
ensued. The breast of the mother being of no comfort to the
little one, the gin lifted the head of the child, pointed in a direc-
tion in which camels were to be seen grazing, and uttered the
words, * Kamellie, kamellie!" The sobbing of the piccaninny
was at once converted into a broad smile.

* In the Tomkinson Ranges a body of some two dozen natives approached
the camp with their dingos. I was anxious to find out if the wild dog
would pay heed to the generally adopted mode of attracting the canines.
Upon applying the call I was somewhat startled to find the whole body of
men imitating my actions to a nicety ! On another occasion all the
members commenced clapping and blowing on their hands upon seeing one
of us do it to remove the dust from his hands after carrying rock speci-
mens. The serious demeanor maintained during these anties adds
Strikingly to the effect upon an observer.

t Plate IX., fig. 2, shows an instance of this kind. The face of a terrified
native will be observed peeping from behind the old man immediately to
the side of his left shoulder.

ТІ subsequently learnt that a former exploring party had five camels
Speared by natives in this region.

PART IT.—NATIVE ART.

During the passage through the ranges several opportunities
were afforded of examining native cave drawings and primitive
rock scratchings. The latter are made by simply scratching an
angular fragment of rock upon the surface of a larger outcrop in
such a way as to result in the formation of crude designs and
imitative reproductions from nature.

The first example of this type of native art was found in the
Mann Ranges in the form of scratchings made upon the surface
of an outcrop of diorite. (See Plate XI., fig. 1.)

Starting consideration of the designs with the top row from
left to right, we have as the first a hooked design,* whose
interpretation is ambiguous, although possibly it is intended to
represent a snake track. Following this we have one of those
simple figures to which white man so readily gives the meaning
of a “corroboree circle,” being at the same time in utter
ignorance himself as to its precise significance. The large emu
track on the right speaks for itself. Following up the bottom
row a similar U-shaped curve lends no further clue to its
explanation than the hook immediately above it.f The next
group is undoubtedly meant to represent a bustard (Hupodotis
australis) track ; the elongated central toe of the hinder imprint
and the incomplete connection of it with the front are surely
drawn to imitate the manner in which the bustard lazily scrapes
the central toe along the surface of the ground when walking
leisurely and unmolestedly. The meaning of the largest and
central design, representing two circles one within the other,
crossed by two arcs that intersect almost at right angles, is un-
known, The last representation must be considered the same as
the second. |

Scratchings of a similar nature and also upon the surface
of diorite were observed in the neighbourhood of Mount
Crombie, south of the Musgrave Ranges. (See Plate XL,
fig, 2),

These designs were comparatively fresh. Chippings of the
rock and other signs indicated that the site of the markings had

* This curve and the one below it are not unlike the ** Churinga Ilkinia
of the Ulpmerka” figured by Spencer and Gillen: The Native Tribes of
Central Australia, fig. 133. Their conspicuous position, however, does not
support this explanation.

+ Similar U-shaped curves have been noted by Helms: Trans. Roy.
Soc. S. A., vol. xvi., Part III., Plate XII.

39

formed a temporary resting-place of the natives, apparently
while out hunting. The figures were in all probability made
while the blacks were in conversation with one another, and
their meaning is not clear. They are quite similar to the
Sketches reproduced by Helms in the Anthropology of the
Elder Expedition,* and to the ** unripe plum " of the Plum Tree
Totem of the Ulpmerka, figured by Spencer and Gillen.

On the southern side of the Musgrave Ranges, upon a vertical
wall of granite rock, directly above Naveena Rockhole, designs
have been scratched that must be considered, in part at least,
foreign to the district, inasmuch as they include representations
of boomerangs, weapons that are not employed by the natives of
these ranges. The groups of circles that accompany the boome-
rang-like figures may possibly represent chest ornamentations.
(See Plate XI, fig. 3.)

At a soakage well east of Artootinna, in the Everard Ranges,
a peculiar scratching upon the bare granitic rock resembled the
shape of a bow and arrow. This is the only sketch of the
particular kind at the locality, although a few chains west of the
spot a small cave contains a few rock drawings on its walls.

Now and then (eg, Ernabella and Giles West Camp) emu
tracks were found carved in the bark of gum trees.

At Kurrekapinnya Soakage, in the Ayers Ranges, very
numerous cave drawings exist, which will be described further
on. Among these, many crude designs had been drawn with a
fragment of charcoal. (See Plate XI., fig. 4.) The drawings
include representations of bustard and kangaroo tracks (the
elongated central toe of the former being characteristic of some
of the figures), concentric circles, necklaces (“amuttara”), and
certain inexplicable and other delineations, of which better
illustrations follow.

At Ulurinna Native Soakage Well, moreover, upon the granite
walls of a small cave several drawings in charcoal and red ochre
of the pattern shown in figure 5 of Plate XI. were found. What
they are meant to represent is a matter of uncertainty, although
one or two of the figures approach the shape of a kangaroo track.
They have been drawn with charcoal and are surrounded by a
border of red ochre.

Upon teaching some members of the Karkurrerra Tribe, in the
Vicinity of Erlywanyewanye Waterhole, south of the Musgrave
Ranges, the use of a pencil, I succeeded in obtaining a few
original drawings on paper. These, during the time that they
were constructing the designs, would repeatedly ejaculate their

* Idem. op. cit., Plate X.b, page 263.
t “The Native Tribes of Central Australia," page 632, figs. 133, 16.

40

respective meanings. Fig. 1 contains fac-simile reproductions of
such drawings :—

Ето. 1.—FAc-SIMILE OF NATIVE DRAWINGS, KARKURRERRA TRIBE.

41

The snake tracks, which were drawn while excitedly uttering
the word “würmi” (snake), convey no more to ће mind than
the zig-zag course of the motion of these creatures. The other
designs—representations of the tracks of emu (“kaléya”),
kangaroo (“kanallä”), and dingo (4 pap&”)—need no further
comment, except that the dog-tracks are poor and incorrect as
far as the number of toes is concerned. The novelty of the use
of a pencil must be considered when examining these sketches.
The circles were invariably drawn with the explanation of “inma,”
meaning *''corroboree."

Rock DRAWINGS.

To deal with the rock drawings, it will be advisable to consider
each of the accompanying plates separately. The drawings have
mostly been made in ochre of various tints, charcoal, white
ashes, kaolin, and possibly burnt gypsum, mixed with water to
produce a convenient paste. ‘They have almost invariably been
executed by dabbing it on with finger and hand.

Many of the designs have a real significance, in that they are
attempts to represent the external form of every-day objects ;
some might have assisted to demonstrate graphically a verbal
explanation or description ; and others have no real significance
at all, merely representing a concoction of idle thoughts that
pass through the mind of the native. Few of the drawings
correspond in form to that of actual objects, with which the
natives can hardly be expected to be acquainted. These must be
regarded as accidental similarities.

Many of the caves being but two or three feet high, the
drawings must of necessity have been executed by the native in
a recumbent posture, a fact which makes reproduction of the
same into a note-book very awkward indeed. 1t appears, further,
that many of the drawings are made during the hot summer
months. The caves in which they were found were usually situ-
ated close to permanent waters, and they are no doubt used as a
shelter against the sun. That the caves are re-occupied every
Season is evident from the fact that, in some instances, one design
has been painted over the other, time after time, and year after
year. The walls have, indeed, in cases, become so covered with
drawings, successively painted one over the other, that not even
a small portion of the original rock remains visible.

The greater portion of the rock drawings found during the
expedition is represented in Plates XII. to XXI., and the
following statements as to the significance of their details may
now be given :—

Pirate XII.— The cave in which these drawings were found
Occurs іп porphyritic granite in Garnet Glen, Mann Ranges.
lts walls have become blackened as a result of the frequent
burning of fires within the same.

Ета

This
shown

Fia.

FIG.

Fig.

FIG:
Ето.

FIG.
Fic,
Fra.

Fre.

FIG.
Fia;
Fre,
Кто.

42

Fic. 1.—For an aboriginal this sketch is excellent. It undoubtedly

represents a kangaroo; this being strongly suggested by the
powerful tail and large hind legs. Тһе excellence of the drawing
lies in the segmentation of the limbs, the distinet snout, and
general sense of proportion. Length, 13 in.

2 represents a hand, bearing in its centre a red emu track. The
hand, which is of about natural dimensions (8 in. long), it will be
noted, possesses six fingers. Whether this fact is in allusion to
such an abnormal case as cited in the Anthropology of the Elder
Expedition* is questionable. More probably it is an arithmetical
slip on the part of the native, whose notion about number is
so very vague.

3.—A chest ornamentation similar to that considered on page 20.
The individual circles vary from 14 to 2 in. in diameter.

4.— Two correctly depicted wild dog tracks that have been con-
structed by employing the imprint of the thumb for the “pad ”
and that of a finger for the toes. The tracks are each surrounded
by a ring 3 in. in diameter.

2.--А doubtful design, 34 ft. in length.

6.—No doubt meant to represent a boomerang, although this
weapon is not used in the locality. Length, 17 in.

7.—Ditto. Length, 12 in.

8.—An emu track.
9.—On showing this to the blacks they pointed to their ears,
which, therefore, it may be intended to represent.

10.—This group of designs includes two series of concentric
circles (“inma”); a long serpentine curve, probably without any
real meaning ; and numerous rabbit and bustard tracks.

11 depicts a kangaroo track.

12. —A long snake track.

13.—A boomerang, 3 ft. long.

14.— A spiral curve, the outer ring of which joins and approaches
a circle. Probably a corroboree decoration, although an eye has
been suggested.

. 15.— Poor representations of dingo tracks, the number of toes
being incorrect.

cave further contained, in a separate portion, the design
in Fig. 2. If the explanation given by a native (not the

artist himself) is to be believed, it might represent the route
taken by a man when out hunting, or on some other journey.
The small, irregular lower figure might, on that conjecture, have
reference to some natural feature— such as a native water.
Total length of sketch, 43 ft.

FL
Bat a UN oL MR.

с?

Ете. 2.—AN EXPLANATORY SKETCH BY A NATIVE.

* К. Helms: Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., vol xvi, Part UL, “page 306,
Plate XXXVI.

43

Рглте XIII.— Rock shelter north of Mount Whinham, Mann
Ranges. This shelter exists high up on the hill slope on the
northern side of the ranges, and is determined by an overhang-
ing face of granite.

Fic. l.—' The most prominent drawing is that of a large snake,
7 ft. 6 in. in length, and is conspicuous even from the base of the
hill. The drawing is in solid black, outlined with white. Two
features of the figure are peculiar: à distinct but incomplete
enlargement in the position of the head, and a black spine-like
projection from the end of the tail. With regard to the latter
feature, Professor Spencer suggests that it probably indicates
that the artist intended to represent on a large scale a deaf adder
(Acanthophis), which occurs in these parts, and is remarkable for
the possession of such a spine.

Fic. 2.—This design measures 2 ft. 4 in. by 1 ft. 7 in., and has been
drawn in the same colors as the sketch just mentioned ; and the
only meaning I can very doubtfully suggest is that it represents
two crossed boomerangs, the lines of crossing having been
omitted. *

Ете. 3.— The imprint or track of a right human foot, the correct
number of toes being in this case shown.

Fic. 4.—Possibly this figure was intended to demonstrate a pattern of
chest-scarring. It is not without resemblance to the design of
the ** Plum-tree Totem ” figured by Messrs. Spencer and Gillen. +

Fras. 5, 5a, 5n, and 56 are rather good representations of dog tracks.

Fras. 6, бл, and бв illustrate the imprints in the sand of a bustard's
foot.

Fıcs. 7, ТА, and 75.—Kangaroo tracks, some of which show the
imprint left in the sand by the side-toe ; others are without it.

Fra. 8.— Meaning not apparent.

Ета. 9.— Similar to fig. 9 of Plate XII. ; suggesting the shape of
an ear.

Ете. 10. —Somewhat similar to fig. 5 of Plate XII.

Ета. 11.—Professor Stirling suggests that this figure might well
represent a small ‘‘waddy,” or throw-stick, though this kind is
not actually used in the region.

Fra. 12, —An inferior representation of a snake track.

PrATE XIV, —Native drawings found in a large rock shelter in
granitic rock at Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.

Fic. 1.—The meaning of this figure is not evident; it simulates a
drawing reproduced by Dr. Stirling.} Length, 2 ft.

Fra. 2, —Another doubtful representation. Dr. Stirling has pointed
out the resemblance of a somewhat similar figure to a fetus in
utero, without, however, pretending that it is meant to represent
this. Dimensions : Length, 18 in. ; breadth, 17, in.

Fra. 3.—See Plate XIL., fig. 10.

Fics. 4, 44, 48, 4c.— Perhaps these designs are meant to represent
necklaces (‘‘amuttara”), such as are worn by many of the
Northern Territory tribes; or they possibly illustrate the
< moiranje,” or fan-shaped tassel that is attached to the pubic

* A similar design appears on Plate XII. of the ** Anthropology of the
Flder Expedition.”

+ The Native Tribes of Central Australia," fig. 133, 2 and 14.

iE. C. Stirling: Anthrop., Horn Exped., Plate IV., fig. 8.

$ Op. cit., Plate TIL, fig. 13, page 189.

44

hairs of the men.* Тһе drawings vary in length from about 6 in.
to 1 ft.

Fra. 5.—Probably a chest ornamentation or other corroboree decora-
tion. The only explanation that I could acquire from a resident
native was that of “ inma-nuirrti " (corroboree rings) The total
length of the design is 3 ft. 6 in.

Fra. 6.—Possibly a diagram of a shield. It is somewhat similar to the
one pictured by Mr. Helms.

Fic. 7.—A very interesting drawing, illustrating, in plan, the method
of camping of a black and his gin. The longer curve, on the right,
represents the male, the shorter the female, the dots on either
side the fires, and the top curve the brush-wood shelter that is
constructed at the heads of the sleepers on the windward side of
the camp. This sketch was explained to me by a native of the
Karkurrerra Tribe.

Ета. 8.—Depicts the tracks of a wallaby that is being pursued by a
native from left to right. Тһе paired tracks represent those of
the game, and the intervening oblique marks those of the hunter.
The design was continued for a greater distance than is shown
on the plate.

Prats XV.— Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well (continued).

Fics 1, 2, 3 represent snakes or snake tracks; 4, 5, and 6 bein
rather doubtful The large designs are many feet in length.

Fie. 7.—Bustard tracks.

Fic. 8.—Bustard and rabbit tracks,

Fras. 9 and 94.— Kangaroo tracks.

Fras 10 and 104.—Similar drawings appear in the Anthropology of
the Elder Expedition.

Fre. 11.—An emu track.

Ета. 12,—The “© circle within circle” design of corroborees (?). The
remaining designs are not obvious, though they may, perhaps,
belong to the category of those connected with corroborees.

y
Б

Рглте XVI.—Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well (continued).

Fra. 1.—This design, which is 3 ft. in length, suggests the skeleton
of a snake, though, but for its great length, it might well
be taken to represent a centipede, the obliquely set lines at one
end being intended for its ** feelers.”

Fra 2.—0f unknown significance.

Fra. 3, 34, AND 3B.—Concentric circles. See Plates XIL., ЖҮЛ
and XXI.

Ета. 4.—A spiral design, probably connected with corroboree
decoration.

Fra. 5.—' The same explanation as that given for fig. 1 may possibly
apply here also ; it is 2ft. long; and it had been done, in the first
place, in yellow ochre, and subsequently re-drawn in red.

* An identical sketch has been reproduced by Mr. Helms in the ** Anthro-
pology of the Elder Expedition." He states that it “is undoubtedly
meant for a fringed apron, as is worn by some tribes after certain rites
have been performed upon the wearer."— Trans. Roy. Soc. S. A., vol. xvi.,
Part III., page 261. They are certainly like the waist-girdle described by
Spencer and Gillen.—-Op. cit., pages 572 and 573.

t Op. cit., Plate IX., page 262.

ER. Helms: op. cit., Plates IX. and XIII. Compare the drawings of
the ** Plum-tree Totem " : Spencer and Gillen, op. cit., fig. 133.

|
i
|

45

Fre. 6.—' This is not unlike a sketch made for me by a native with a
pencil, with the intention of represeuting a dingo track (referred
to on page 40). It is 4 in. long.

Fic. 7 was described as a corroboree mark (“ іпта”) by the natives.

Fic. 8 probably depicts a native camp, as in fig. 7 of Plate XIV., the
fires and shelter having been in this case omitted or obliterated.

Fre. 9.—A necklace (?) or fringed apron, as on Plate XIV.

Fic. 10.— Possibly a design of chest ornamentation.

Fic. 11.—Plan of a native camp (see Plate XIV., fig. 7), showing
position of fires, but no shelter.

Fre. 12. —Bustard tracks.

Fra. 13.-—Similar to fig. 5.

Prare XVII.—Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well (continued).
These elaborate drawings filled several square feet in area on the
walls of the rock shelter, and probably have connection with one
of the sacred ceremonies. They were again simply pointed out
as “inma” by the natives.

Prate XVIII.—Drawings upon the roof of a granitic rock
shelter at the base of Mount Sir Henry, in the neighborhood of
Ulurinna Water, Ayers Ranges. The designs chiefly represent

tracks of various animals.

Ете. 1. —A splendid drawing of a snake, 5 ft. in length. The head is

markedly differentiated.

Ета. 2.— Tracks, about 4 ft. long, of monitor (Varanus) or other
lizard.*

Fics. 3 and ЗА. — Snake tracks, the latter being 3 ft. 6 in. long.

Fra. 4. —Chain of connected concentric circles. ] The largest is біп. in
diameter.

Fra. 5.—Concentric circles, which have frequently been referred to.

Fras. 6 and 6a.—Dingo tracks. (See Plate XVI., fig. 6).

Fras. 7 and 74.—Kangaroo or wallaby tracks.

Fic. 8.—Compare with Plate XVI, figs. 1, 5, and 13.

Pirate XIX.—Sketches upon the roof of a very low rock
Shelter, in granitic rock, north-west of Opparinna Spring, Mus-
grave Ranges :—

Ете. 1.—This group of man and emu tracks probably illustrates a
blackfellow in chase of ап emu ; at the end of the series (fig. 1а)
the two kinds of tracks are intermixed, which, we may imagine,
represent the “ kill" It will be noted that the man tracks have
three toes only in each case.

The remaining drawings require no explanation. They include
a large emu track (fig. 2), kangaroo track (fig. 3), a group of emu
tracks (fig. 4), and a snake track (fig. 5).

* See also E. C. Stirling: Anthrop., Horn Exped., Plate HE Res 3.

T Compare the designs on Plate IX. of the “ Anthropology of the Elder
Expedition," and the sacred drawings associated with the Honey-ant Totem
in the Warramunga Tribe described by Spencer and Gillen in ** The Native
Tribes of Central Australia," fig. 131, page 631.

plate b

Кто
Fra

Ranges

Camp.

Fio.

Fro.

Fic.

Fra.
Ето.
FIG,
Кто.
Fic.

Fie.

Fia.

FIG:

Fre.

Кто.

46

Prare XX.—The cave in which these drawings were found is
situated a few chains north of that to which those of the previous

elong, viz, Opparinna, Musgrave Ranges.

l.—A good drawing of a snake, nearly 4 ft. in length. It was
drawn in red ochre, lined with black (charcoal). Тһе poor state of
preservation of this figure has necessitated partial reconstruction
of the outline,

. 2. —Doubtful.

. 3.—Upon asking the natives for information about this design,

the only reply one could get was ‘‘picaninny.” If this be a
correct interpretation of the figure, the absence of head and legs
is remarkable. The striping of the design is, moreover, peculiar.
What appears more likely is that the figure is a copy of a striped
shirt or guernsey, which may have been presented to the natives
by a previous exploring party. To account for the explanation of
““picaninny,” one might assume that the garment had been used
to clothe the child. Dimensions, 20 in. by 29 in.

Ете. 4.—Judging from the symmetry of this design, it in all pro-

bability illustrates a chest ornamentation. Under that view

Å э қ m d d
the spiral portions of the design would probably have been
painted over the two breasts, and the large broad-arrow-like
portion over the abdomen. Its dimensions : Length, about
16 in.; breadth, 18 in. ; diameter, of the circles enclosing the

; > , 8

spirals, about 8 in.

5. — Probably represents a shield, 11 in. long.

Prare XXT.—Drawings from rock shelters in the Musgrave

. Of these figures, 1, 2, and 3 were from the southern

flanks of the ranges not far east of Jacky’s Pass ; the remainder
occur upon an overhanging joint face of granite at Giles’s West

1.-—The shape of the two ends suggests the head and tail of a
lizard, but it seems inconceivable that the artist should have
multiplied the legs to the extent he has, It is drawn in charcoal,
surrounded by red ochre, and is 19 in, x 7 in.
2.—Representation of a boomerang, 1 ft. long. See Plates XI.
and XII.
3.—Very many feet of these paired kangaroo tracks covered the
walls of the cave, and the figure represents portion of a track
6 ft. in length.
4.—Concentric rings, alternately red and white in color, the
largest 9 in. in diameter,

5, 54, and 5B.—Have been discussed before,
6.—Plan of a native camp without the shelter at the head. See
also Plates XIV., fig. 7, and XVI., fig. 11.

7. —Doubtful.

8.—A bustard track.
9.—Poor drawings of dingo tracks, the toes being deficient in
number in two of them,

10.-—These figures probably depict the track of a white man’s
boot, the enlargement at the lower end of the figures repre-
senting the heel of the boot. The lowest member of the series is
drawn in white (kaolin), the remaining in red ochre.
11.—Various designs of kangaroo or wallaby tracks,

47

In conclusion, I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to
Professor E. С. Stirling C.M.G., F.R.S., of this city, and
Professor Baldwin Spencer, C.M.G., F.R.S., of Melbourne, for
their valuable criticisms and suggestions on various points of the
Paper; and to Dr. J. C. Verco, President of this Society, to
whose liberality the reproduction of the accompanying plates

is due.

APPENDIX.

VOCABULARY OF THE KARKURRERRA TRIBE;

OR

“WONGA-TCHITCHE” (LANGUAGE OF THE TRIBE).

In this Vocabulary the orthographical system of the Royal
Geographical Society has been adhered to as far as possible.
Any slight additions thereto will be noted.

Language
Ww oman (lubra)
You ng woman
Mother-in-law
Belly
Eyelashes
iyebrows
Nasal fibrillæ
Anucklebone
Tongue
‚Eye
Nose
Ear
Teeth
Hair
Beard
Ankle
Hand (or Finger)
Fingernail
200% (or Toe)
Toenail
‚nee (or Kneecap)
Thighbone
ùlbow
Calf
Navel
Testes
ulva
Anus
Penis
Breast (female)

Wonga
Kunnga
Wanyi
Wumaru
Wila
Ngimbi
Ungirri
Orrü
Gunna gunna
Gelli (Dallin)
Korru
Mulla
Binna
Kaditi
Kätamonka
Nganngurrü
Mörtull*
Mairra
Mairra-piri
Jinna
Jinna-piri
Mordi
Dundä
Gnükü
Jirrar

Pulli
Okullge
Tehuka
Kunnatörn
Kürlu

Epi

Kangaroo (Maero-
pus rufus)

Euro (Macropus
robustus)

Wallaby (Petrogale
lateralis)

Dingo (Canis dingo)

Tail

Ground

Rock

Sky

Cloud

Star

Moon

Sun

Dark night

Noon

Dusk

Venus

Southern Cross

Wind

Creek

West

Fire

Charcoal

Ashes

Smoke

Act of subincision
ә» circumcision

Medicine man

Marlu
Kanăllă

Waru

Pāpă

Wipū

Múnnda

Kartu

Ilkarri

Martórri

Kilelp

Bira

Jinta

Monanka

Jinta kalkalkü

Tchikalkutipa

Ukurridchikurrid-
chi

Warrida jinna

Wollpa

Kart

Ulbarera

Wärru

Yölda

Ono

Ngàdi

Kallokulldano

Delldinge

Nangarri

* Ч . .n J p
I found it necessary to employ the modified forms (Umlaut) of o and u, the
value of the sound being quite the same as in German.

Spear

55
» (without the
barb)
Spear-thrower
Trough shaped
carrier (large)
Trough shaped
carrier (small)
Hand stone for
native mill
Grinding stone for
native mill
Yamstick
Small bone used by
medicine man
Stone “ knife”
White strands of
twisted fur worn
round forehead

White strands of
twisted fur worn
round arm

A form of necklace
described in the
text, passing
once round the
neck and under
the left shoulder

Rod worn through
nasal septum

Scars on chest

ә on arm

Gum

Ochre

Operating flint

Yes

No

Mine

Yours
Another one
To-day
Spider

Grub
Centipede
Caterpillar
Mantis
Butterfly
Beetle
Grasshopper
Blowfly
Lizard (chadny)

Oiritchanná
Kädti

Winta
Mero

Mika (Wira)
Dokollko
Miri

Tchewa
Wanna

Darreké
Gadorg (Nyilla)

Wil karru (Nann-
bà)

Armakurreké

Putórro or
Puttarra

Delonngu
Tchiparre
Ngarlarrekin
Kedti

Diirrtu

Kalluwila (Günn-
diti ?)

O, owá, u,
бугал,
(according
emphasis
quired)

Wiya

Nayuka

Ngorümmba

Kutipa

Goari

Wünnga

Elljalitti makü

Wänajitti

Anömarre

Gäwall

Benda bendä

Müttumutt

Jendilk

Bübülöri

Ngabolla

uwa,
uwau
to
re-

48

Moloch horridus

Snake

Apus australiensis

Emu

Emu-Feather

» -Breastbone
» -Egg

Curlew

Flower

Sarcostemma
Australe

Eucalypt

Casuarina
Decaisneana

** Mulga” (Acacia
aneura)

Acacia seed

Portulaca seed

Mulga gall (edible)

Pituri (Duboisia
Нортооат)

Water

Metal

Honey (Ant’s)

Spittle

Excrement

Exclamation de-
noting appre-
ciation

Plenty

Much
Little
Scared

Be afraid
Be tired
Leave alone
Give me

Walk
Run
Throw

Dig (with stick and
hand)

Pinch

Kick

Je hungry

Look for

Laugh

Cough

Sneeze

Jump
Cohabit

Menerré
Würmi
Dobüllabülli
Kaleya

Kaleya wipia
Ngarrek
Kaleya ngambu
Willo

Jindà Jindä

Epi epi
Opera

Kurrekarra

Korreku (Parreka)
Mulle

Wakadi

Jarrüllge

Peturr
Kapi
Tellurambu
Worma (?)
Wida
Kunna

Hm! Hm!

Uta, Uraku. or
Uraku-pu (ac-
cording to em-
phasis required)

Punnda |

Wimuggitá |

Ngúloo

Nguluringanyé

Pullkarringanyé

Wunndi

Pakenai nguwa, or
päkayuä (con-
tracted form)

Kullpannye

Wörteböganni

Wonné

Marwonninye

Towale or towanni
Menndi

Ganndola

Amma 1?)
Ngakolakullpannye

Ennga

Gonndull

Narretehi (Narr-
etchinnyä)

Bullgarre

Tehuka moranni

Arrive Ngaálianni My young lubra Wanyi nayuka
One Kudü nganndtharri
Two Kutarra Far Würnma
T hree Munngurru Near Illa
Four or more Düda Good Pullya (Palla)
Want a drink of Bad Kuiya
. Water Карі mantchegalle Odorous Punding
Want to eat Мап mantchegalle Red Ngallda
Poor fellow ! Wilunnga
ABORIGINAL NAMES.
Names or Persons.
MALE. | FEMALE.
Immalangenna | Werejinna
Nginndawaparrikna | Ngungolganna
Kamanje | Junnjinga
Ngerongabarrennye | Nuranna
Dinjimanne | Unnrubinna or Unnruba
Waikillyarinna | Yarmenndinna
Jetominna | Ptumpalenna
Topintopin or Topintopingna | Mijagardonne
Kontchigorra Konndiwanna
Wangunnana | Tcherokullyanna
Pimbakuta | Urabonna
Tallgurinnga Immiarinnya
Yambilpabadonna Pannjidinna

49

Tunndabilonna
Maguaborrange
Tumarinna
Jinnangalerriknga

Immanduranne

Perdinnya

Katchiwalanne
| Tudabaiyanna

Jinnakularrikna Unndabaganna
Kartakardonne \ Manmadonna
Kinnigunne | Karlonda
Jinnamureryanna Ngarnolin
Muranni

TAM E

NAMES or Dogs.
Dunnidunna Pinnakki
Bunnibunni Müuiru

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puare. ПІ.

Ее. 1.— Hair decoration worn by males, and known as “ Dóllgu Wipu.”
x å
F i ү, T ec Ч » 1
IG, 2.— Necklace or * Olindu. х 4.
neu beu Mee : d :
Fic. 3.—Pubie tassel or “ Moiranje," worn by males. Natural size.
"y H + T B 42”
Fie. 4.— Ceremonial object, known as ** Wanningi.’ X .۾‎

Fic. 5.— Hair (fringe) decoration worn by females, and known a
P * Dindula.” Natural size.
Fic. 6. Implement made by natives of the Karkurrerra Tribe. ха.

50

PLATE IV.
Ете. 1.—The honey ant (Melophorus sp.) distended with honey, or ** Winud-
tharra" of the natives. Natural Size.

Fie. 2. —Hunting spear, or “ Oiritchanna," showing the native names of
the separate parts (Karkurrerra Tribe).

Fia. 3.—Spear thrower, or “Mero,” showing the native names of the
separate parts (Karkurrerra Tribe).

Ете. 4.— Native mill consisting of hand stone (“Miri”) and grinding stone
(“ Tchewa ?) (Karkurrerra Tribe). i

Ета. 5.—Native chest decoration, Ullparidja Tribe, Mann Ranges.

Ете. 6.—Diagrammatic representation of a native camp. Тһе positions of
the sleepers receive separate names according to whether they
are on the outside or the inside of the row, as follows :

Ituppulindoma
Mbuppoläindoma

F = 076
C = brushwood shelter, or “© youo ”

PLATE V.

Fra. 1.—A native wet weather hut, west of the Mann Ranges.

Fic. 2.—-A natural rock shelter, Garnet Glen, Mann Ranges. Upon the
roof and sides of this cave the drawings reproduced on
Plate VII. were found.

PLATE VI.

Ете. 1.—A female native's grave, Glen Ferdinand, Musgrave Ranges.
The so-called “ cooleman ” and ** yamstick " of the deceased
can be seen erected on the summit of the mound of earth. А
hole in communication with the body exists underneath the
dry branches of ‘“mulga ” in the foreground. See text.

Fra. 2.—Cave shelter, with aboriginal rock drawings, north-east Mann
Ranges. For particulars see Plate VIII.

Prats VII.

Fra. 1.—Females of the Karkurrerra Tribe, Musgrave Ranges (south).
The two adult figures wear ‘nos s," and a form of
necklace known as ** Puttarra," which passes once round the
neck, thence under the left shoulder. Their hair has been
gathered into a “bob” in front.

Fic. 2.—Males of the Karkurrerra Tribe, Musgrave Ranges (south).
The central figures are boys, not yet initiated. The photo
also shows the method of camping, with the alternate place-
ment of man and fire.

Prate VIII.

Fic. 1.--Males of the Wilrurrerra Tribe, north of the Musgrave Ranges.
The plate shows themethod of holding spear-thrower and spear,
and upward movement of left arm when hurling the weapon.

Fic. 2.—Female of the Wilrurrerra Tribe, north of the Musgrave Ranges,
showing a common method of carrying an infant. The
Musgrave Ranges show in the background.

Pare IX.
Fic. 1.—Males of the Ullparidja Tribe, Tomkinson Ranges. The figure

on the right is a youth, not initiated, who is being tended by
an old man, prior to the ceremony of initiation. The picture

öl

further shows a domesticated dingo (Canis dingo) in the
: background.
Fre. 2. Natives- of the Ullparidja Tribe, Tomkinson Ranges. The old
native is explaining the velationship of his family.
Pram X,

Ете. 1.— Females of the Karkurrerra Tribe, Musgrave Ranges (north). A

:cond method of carrying a child is shown in this picture.

A native toboggan on a granite slope at Kurrekapinnya Soakage
Well, Ayers Ranges. The girl-picaninny (Unnrubinna) is
taken in the act of sliding down the smooth track.

PLATE AL.
Ете. 1.—Rock scratchings on diorite, north-east Mann Ranges.
Ете 2, Воск scratchings on diorite, Mount Crombie, south of the
: Musgrave Ranges.
Fra, 3. — Rock scratchings on granite, Naveena Rockhole, Musgrave
Ranges.

Ете. 4.— Charcoal drawin , Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.

på - H т . TM = қай

Fig. 5.— Drawings, Ulurinna Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.

PLATE XIT
Rock drawings, Garnet Glen, Mann Ranges.
PLATE XUL:
Rock drawings, north of Mount Whinham, Mann Ranges.
PLATE XIV.
Rock drawings, Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.
PLATH XV:
Rock drawings, Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.
PLATE XVI.
Rock drawings, Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.
PEATE XVII.
Rock drawings, Kurrekapinnya Soakage Well, Ayers Ranges.
PLATE. XVIII.
Rock drawings, Mount Sir Henry, Ayers Ranges.
PLATE XIX.
Rock drawings, Opparinna, Musgrave Ranges.
PLATE XX.
Rock drawings, Opparinna, Musgrave Ranges.
PLATE XXI.

Rock drawings, Musgrave Ranges.

8

Fic.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF CORALS FROM THE
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARIES.
Ву J. Dennant, F.G.S.

[Read October 4, 1904.)
PART VII.
¡PRATES ANIN TO KKV.
FAMILY TURBINOLIDÆ.
GENUS FLABELLUM.

Flabellum medioplicatum, spec. nov. РІ. xxii., fig. 2.

The corallum is compressed, especially towards the base
and at its lateral edges; these edges are crested, not only
inferiorly, as in its near ally, F. distinctum, but also
superiorly. Тһе most characteristic feature of the coral is a
strong medial plication on its anterior and posterior surfaces.
This commences at the base, and becomes gradually broader
and stronger as it ascends on the sides of the corallum. The
base is prolonged into a straight tapering pedicel, which at
the point shows a mark of former attachment. Тһе whole
surface is covered with a strong epitheca, which is crossed by
several well marked transverse bands. These bands are
convex and most prominent on the upper portions of the
medial plications, where they form a series of crested ridges.
Beneath the epitheca the costae are traceable as numerous,
faint, and closely packed projections, broad at the summit
of the corallum, but gradually narrowing as they reach the
base. The central ones are straight, and continue to the
extremity of the peduncle; the rest converge towards this
point, but at the same time curve gently inwards. The wall
is thin and thus easily fractured during fossilization. Owing
to this the specimens obtained are all more or less imperfect.

The calice describes two convex curves which meet sharply
at the lateral edges. Its major and minor axes are approxi-
mately as 100 to 56. Іп the type specimen one half of the
calice is fairly well preserved and shows 50 septa, or 100
for the whole calice. On its medial boundaries the septa
are apparently arranged in three orders, of which the first
is fairly stout, and reaches to the central fossula, the second
thinner and nearly as long, with the third very slender and
much shorter. Towards the lateral edges the septa become
alternately long and short.

The columella is rudimentary and deeply placed in the
narrow fossula.

53

Height of a tall specimen, 48 mm. The type is evidently
broken, and now measures 35 mm. from its summit to the
base of the peduncle. The calice of another specimen is ap-
proximately 35 mm. long and 20 mm. broad.

Locality.— Abundant in the Spring Creek section.

I have adopted for this species the manuscript name given
to it many years ago by ıny late colleague, Professor Tate.

F. medioplicatum is quite distinct from F. distinctum,
which occurs abundantly and in good preservation in the same
beds. The former not only differs from the latter in shape,
but its calice contains a much smaller number of septa.

Flabellum microscriptum, spec. mov. РІ. xxii., fig. 1.

The corallum is compressed, pedicellate, deltoid in shape,
and slightly keeled at the edges. The epitheca is complete
and transversely ornamented with delicate, closely set, arch-
ed, and chevroned lines, which. are occasionally raised in
growth ridges. Longitudinally the surface is marked by
very fine straight lines, radiating from the base to the sum-
mit. These represent the interspaces of the coste. The
latter are broad, but are only just traceable on the wall.
The epitheca of the nearest allied species, F. Gambierense,
has a similar but less delicate ornamentation.

The calice is narrowly elliptical, and has its minor axis on
a higher plane than that of the major. The ratio of these
two axes is in the example figured, the largest collected, as
100 to 55. The septa are sparsely granular, and in six
Systems with five cycles. АП are slender at the summit,
especially the higher orders. Lower down, the principal
Septa become stout, and unite across the axial space to form
a strong parietal columella. The remainder vary in length
according to order, and at the level of the columella are
still very thin lamelle. The wall is fragile, and the speci-
mens found are usually much damaged. Out of 17 examples
in my collection I cannot select a single calice sufficiently
well preserved to serve for illustration.

Height of figured corallum, 31mm. Its calice is approxi-
mately 27 mm. long and 15 mm. broad.

Locality, etc.—In Wilkinson’s No. 7 locality, two and a
half miles east of the river Gellibrand, to which it is appa-
rently restricted. It is accompanied by Trochocyathus me-
rulionalis, Duncan, T. Vietorie, Duncan, and T. Wilkinsoni
(see post), whieh so far have only been found in this small
outcrop. Тһе only other coral discovered in it is the widely
distributed Flabellum candeamum, Edw. and Haime. In
addition to the corals a few species of mollusca have been ob-
tained, several of which are new and peculiar to the section.

54

Flabellum Grangense, spec. nov. Pl. xxii., fig. 3.

The corallum is pedicellate, conical in shape, compressed
towards the base, and scarcely so superiorly. The wall is
moderately stout, and is covered with a strong epitheca. The
coste are plainly marked, equal, flat, broad, and sepa-
rated by fine lines.

The calice is subelliptical, its major and minor axes being
in the ratio of 100 to 94. The septa do not correspond to
the coste, but to the linear intervals between them. They
are in six systems with four complete cycles. Тһе primaries
and secondaries are stout and equal; the tertiaries and
quaternaries, especially the last, shorter and smaller. All
are marked by rows of large, bluntly pointed granules. A
rudimentary columella, formed by the junction of opposite
septa, is visible in two examples, both of which are shortened
by fracture. In the figured example, which is taller and
larger, the columella is wanting, and the septa do not meet.
A small fragment of shell has, however, become firmly
fixed in a portion of the columella space.

Height, 19 mm. ; approximate diameters of calice, 85 mm.
and 8 mm. Only three examples have been found, none of
which have the calice perfect. Though much less compres-
sed than Flabella generally, there can be no doubt as to the
genus of this coral.

Locality, etc.—In the Miocene beds at Forsyth's, Grange
Burn. . Collected by Mr. T..S. Hall and myself. Like the
fossils generally in the Muddy Creek Miocene, the coralla
have evidently been rolled.

GENUS PLACOTROCHUS.
Placotrochus magnus, spec. nov. 11. xxii., figs. 4a, b, c.

The corallum is large, dense, and much compressed at the
base, which terminates in a short, abrupt, flatly pointed
pedicel. Above this, the faces incline outwards so as to
form a broadly elliptical calice. The coralla are not uni-
form in general outline, and vary from deltoidal to almost
cuneiform. The lateral edges are plain, sharp, and con-
vexly curved from the base to the summit; the angle sub-
tended by them varies according to the habit of the indi-
vidual from an extreme of about 80* in the broadest to 44?
in the most coutracted forin. The coralla figured represent
the two most strongly contrasted forms collected;
their faces are inclined іп their middle’ lines аф
angles of about 45° and 36° respectively. The summits of
the minor axes of the calice rise to a greater or less extent
above those of the major, according as the examples vary

55

from broadly deltoidal to more cuneiform in shape. There
1$ à corresponding difference in the actual lengths of these
axes, but their ratio is tolerably constant for each
individual, and about as 70 to 100. The wall is
stout except towards the summit, where it becomes
thiuner. It is covered by a strong, coarse epitheca,
which is faintly marked transversely by a series of
broad ridges and corresponding but narrower depressions,
having the same curve as the margin of the calice. The
coste are numerous and arranged in sets in which three very
fine ones alternate with another slightly larger. They fol-
low the contour of the edges, but can only be traced on the
Surface of well preserved specimens. In the deltoidal ex-
ample figured the finer coste fade away near the lateral
edges, while the larger ones become more prominent. On
the surface of this corallum, which is the finest collected, I
counted thirty-two of the larger созбе.

The calice of an adult deltoidal specimen contains 112
Septa of three sizes, viz., 28 stout, equal, and in appearance
primary, an equal number thinner, but nearly as long, and
56 still shorter and finer. The calice figured is that of the
cuneiform corallum mentioned, and has 54 septa on one side
aud 50 on the other. They are in 27 sets, two of which
contain no septa of the third order. This calice is tolerably
perfect, and a number of the primary septa, still intact, rise
slightly above the margin. The free edges of the primary
septa eurve downwards towards the columella, and then de-
Scend vertically to bound the central fossa, which is deep,
long, and moderately broad. For some distanca from their
free edges the septa are quite plain, but lower down their
sides are marked by closely set, radiating rows of fine gran-
ules. The columella is a long, stout, perfectly plain, plate-
like structure. It is in the line of the long axis, and being
largely free it forms a conspicuous feature in the calice.

The dimensions of the deltoidal specimen taken as type
are: —Height, 33 mm.; length of calice, 37 mm.; breadth of
calice, 26 mm. Тһе cuneiform specimen, of which both the
corallum and calice are figured, is 35 mm. high, and its
calice is 29 mm. long and 22 mm. broad. It is an extreme
form, the other examples tending to deltoidal in outline.

Locality, ete.—Common in the Upper Eocene or Oligocene
of Spring Creek, Victoria.

This species closely resembles P. deltoideus, Duncan, but
is larger and heavier. It is also less attenuated at the base,
while its lateral edges are characteristically convexly curved.
Moreover, the hexameral arrangement of the septa observed
in P. deltoideus is evidently wanting in 7". magnus.

\

56
GENUS PLATYTROCHUS.

Platytrochus Maudensis, spec. nov. PI. xxii., figs. ба, b.

Corallum minute, free, and much compressed, especially
inferiorly. The lateral edges of the faces descend vertically
for rather more than halfway from the summit, when they
curve towards each other and meet in a roundly pointed
base. 'The upper part of the corallum thus forms a rect-
angle and the lower a triangle, with the base as its apex.
A white, shining epitheca covers the whole surface. Be-
neath it the coste, which correspond with the septa, usually,
but not always, show as broad, flat bands, with narrow
interspaces; in the figured example they are exceptionally
well marked for a short distance from the summit.

The calice is arched and higher centrally than at the
wall It is elliptical with the two axes in the ratio of 10 to
6. The septa curve upwards from the wall to their central
terminations. They are granular, equal, and in six sys-
tems with three cycles. In the extreme lateral systems the
tertiaries curve towards the primaries, and join them close
to the columella; in the other systems this union is rarely
seen. The secondary septa are always free. The columella
is strong, nodular, and occupies a considerable space in the
calice. In the type it consists mainly of three projecting
nodules fused together by solid tissue; in other examples its
outline is irregular and differs in every individual. There
is, however, always a central linear portion which is joined
by processes from the septal ends. One specimen, cut trans-
versely a short distance below the upper surface of the calice,
is solid centrally, the columella being completely fused with
the axial margins of the septa.

Height of corallum, 45 mm.; length of calice, 25 mm.:
breadth of do., 1:5 mm. The specimens are uniform in size.

Locality, etc.—Fairly common in the lower beds at Maude,
on the Moorabool River (seven examples). These beds are
usually classed as Eocene.

The corallum of this small species looks much like a worn
P. hastatus with the spear-like base removed. Its calice, how-
ever, is nearer that of P. curvatus. Тһе papilli of the colu-
mella, which characterise the genus Platytrochus, are, I
think, in the Maude coral soldered into groups by secondary
infilling.

GENUS CERATOTROCHUS,
Ceratotrochus Australiensis, Duncan (var.). Pl. xxii., figs. 5a, б.
Conotrochus typus, Seguenza, var. Australiensis, Duncan,
(90701. Vol, SL pp. 298 0. Ph жік, ДО 8)

This coral, which is very common in the Australian ter-

tiaries, differs in several respects from that described by Se-

57

guenza,* and subsequently by Reuss. Its septa are less
regularly disposed and the papilli of the columella are much
less numerous. For C. typus, Seguenza gives 30 to 40 and
Reuss 28 to 36 as the number of the papilli, whereas the
Australian form contains from 6 to 12 only. Another dis-
tinetion is that the latter has sometimes a considerable
amount of endotheca in the calice, while no mention is made
by either Seguenza or Reuss of endothcea in the European
examples. Amongst my specimens there are three which
show a notable amount of endotheca. Im Duncan's figure
the artist has clearly indicated some endotheca, and in the
accompanying plates I give a drawing of a calice from
Fyan’s Ford with more still. For these reasons I propose to
make Duncan's varietal name of the Australian form a
Specific one.

Locality, etc.—Eocene. West of Gellibrand River, (Dun-
can’s type locality), Cape Otway, Shelford, and Fyan's Ford,
Moorabool River. The figured example is from Fyan's Ford,
and its pedicel has been broken off.

GENUS DISCOTROCHUS,
Discotrochus ? pateriformis, spec. nov. РІ. xxii., figs. Та, b.

The corallum is free, discoid, and very small. In shape it
resembles a miniature dish, with an outwardly sloping peri-
meter. The base is flat, elliptical, smaller than the calice,
and without trace of adherence. The coste are broad, sub-
equal, almost plain, roundly projecting, and continuous
with the septa. Most of them reach the base, and are
Separated by interspaces equalling them in breadth, and
having a very fine longitudinal ridge in the centre of each.
The wall is stout and well marked at the calicular margin.
Both the base and sides of the corallum have a white, glisten-
ing appearance. i

The calice is subplane and elliptical, its major and minor
axes being in the ratio of 4 to 3. The septa are exsert,
Stout, nearly equal in size, and closely beset on their sides
with large, pointed granules. They are in six unequal
Systems with four cycles, of which the last is developed only
in two and a half systems. The quaternaries, when present,
are very short, and fuse with the tertiaries quite close to the
wall. Occasionally also the tertiaries join the enclosed second-
ary at their inner ends. The columella is prominent, fasci-
cular, and occupies considerable space in the calice.

* Disqu. Pal. intorno ai Corall. Foss., Torino. Part II., pp.
88-5, pl. x., fig. 1.

t Foss. Korall. Osterreichisch-Ungarischen Miocüns, Wien.,
p. 30, pl. iii., figs. 10-12.

58

Height, 2 mm. ; length of calice, 4 mm. ; breadth of calice,
3mm. The base is 2 mm. long and 1:5 mm. broad.

Locality, etc.—The only example of this small coral was
collected in the upper Eocene at Spring Creek by Mr. A. E.
Kitson. Until other specimens come to hand, its generic
position is queried. In several respects it closely resembles
Discotrochus Duncani, Reuss, from the Miocene of Austro-
Hungary.* Its septa and coste are arranged on the same
plan even to the fine ridges in the intercostal furrows. It
also agrees in size, though it differs slightly in shape.

GENUS TROCHOCYATHUS.
Trochocyathus Wilkinsoni, spec. nor. Pl. xxiii., figs. 4a, b.

The corallum is turbinate, slightly curved, and expands
regularly from the short, contracted, pedicellate base to a
widely open calice. Тһе coste are continuations of the septa,
and consist of subequal, prominent, granulate ridges, which
are separated by corresponding interspaces. An epitheca,
very delicate superiorly, but gradually becoming denser to-
wards the base, covers both the coste and their interspaces.
The wall is stout, especially inferiorly.

The calice is shallow and slightly elliptical, with its major
and minor axes in the ratio of 100 to 82. Тһе septa are in
six systems with five cycles. Their margins and sides are
beset with sharply pointed granules. The primaries and
secondaries are moderately stout and subequal; the remain-
ing orders diminish gradually in size. The quaternaries in
each system unite with the enclosed tertiary, either on the
surface or just below it, and from a half to two-thirds from
the wall. The quinaries are rarely developed in both halves
of the systems, and may be entirely absent in a
whole system ; when present, they fuse with the enclosed
quaternary at about one-fourth from the wall. The pali
are in two crowns, elongate, granular, irregular in shape,
and placed before the first three orders of septa, the tertiary
pali being much larger than the rest. The columella is fas-
cicular, with a papillary surface, and fills the central fossa.
The papilli present a confused appearance, and are not easily
separable from the smaller, more central pali. Тһе calice
of this species much resembles that of T. Victoria, Duncan,
but has an additional cycle of septa in some systems and a
larger columella. The pali are similar in appearance, and
in both species are really enlargements of the septal ends.
Such corals are by authors generally placed in Trochocy-
athus.

* Op. dU, p. 29, pl. iii., fig. 18, and pl. ivi; Mos. 102,

59

The specimen illustrated has its columella area partly
choked. Тһе caliee of another and larger example, though
broken down at its margin, is clearer, and the description
given is derived principally from it.

Height, 10 mm.; diameters of calice, 11 mm. and 9
mm. The larger example mentioned, though slightly re-
duced by wear, is still 14 mm. high.

Locality, ete.—Rare in the Eocene outcrop just below
Rivernook House, Princetown. I name the species after
the late Mr. Wilkinson, who discovered the section, and
noted it as No. 7 on his map of the Cape Otway coast (1865).

GENUS LEPTOCYATHUS.

Leptocyathus ? convexus, spec. nor. Pl. xxiii., figs. За, b.

The corallum is free, of compact appearance, almost crown-
Shaped, but longer than broad, and slightly compressed ın-
feriorly. The base is flat, elliptical, and without trace of
adherence.

The coste аге subequal, finely serrate on their edges,
Separated by narrow grooves, and in six systems with four
Cycles, of which the last is complete in two systems only,
each of the remainder having this undeveloped in one half-
System. From the base to the middle of the wall they are
very broad, and then diminish gradually as they ascend.
For about three-fourths of the circumference of the corallum
all the coste. reach the base, but on one side the higher or-
ders exceptionally join the tertiaries midway on the wall.

The calice is convex and elliptical, with its axes in the
ratio of 100 to 86. The septa are highly exsert, and in
reality merely arched continuations of the coste, without
defined boundary. Like the latter, they have dentate
edges, but their sides are more strongly granular. They
taper off towards the centre of the calice, and present the
Same arrangement of cycles and systems as the coste. The
principal septa are unequal, and the higher orders shorter
and usually thinner; the latter are free superiorly, but fuse
with the tertiaries just below the surface. The central
fossa is small, excavated, and approximately circular. Its
contour in the type calice is rendered somewhat irregular by
an accidental fracture of some septa in two of the systems.
lt contains a number of small papilli soldered inferiorly to
each other. Some of these represent the columella, while
the outermost of them are probably the pali. In another
very young specimen there are six elongated pali and a small
nodular columella. There is no epitheca, and the wall is
apparently formed by the coste, which ultimately fuse
together on the base.

60

The corallum is 4:5 mm. high, 5:25 mm. long, and 4:5 mm.
broad.

In Edwards & Haime's description of Leptoeyathus ele-
gans from the London clay, very thin pali, placed before all
septa, and a delicate papillary columella are mentioned.*
Duncan's L. epithecata, which is described as an aberrant
form of the genus, shows small broken-granular pali
merging into a central columella, and only the larger septa
have pali Pourtales refers a recent coral, L. Stimpsoni,
to the genus with some doubt, and states that there are dis-
tinct pali before the secondary septa, while those before the
other orders are scarcely distinguishable from the columella
processes. Lindström deals with the same species, but
queries the genus. He says there are no pali and that the
papilli of the columella may sometimes be mistaken for pali.1
He also describes the recent L.? halianthus as having a
similar papillose columella, which in part simulates pali.|
Lindstróm's drawing of L.? Stimpsoni has somewhat the ap-
pearance of L.? convexus. The Australian coral has cer-
tainly the habit of Leptocyathus, as understood by the au-
thors last mentioned, and may be provisionally referred to
that genus.

Locality, etc.—In the Spring Creek section. Only two ex-
amples have been found, viz., those mentioned above. Col-
lected by Mr. A. E. Kitson and myself.

GENUS DELTOCYATHUS.
Deltocyathus stellaris, spec. nov. Pl. xxiii., figs. la, b, с.

The corallum is free, discoid, and resembles in general
form a plano-convex lens. Its under surface is horizontal,
with a scarcely perceptible prominence in the centre, and
without showing a trace of adherence. The coste are in
six systems with four cycles, which are nearly equally de-
veloped, and conspicuously radiate on the base. The three
principal orders commence at the centre, and the fourth
close to it as coarse, granulated lines, which then gradually
become broader as well as higher towards the margin.
Their interspaces similarly increase in width towards the
edge, which is rendered regularly serrate by the equal pro-
jections of the coste.

The calice is circular, almost flat, with a moderately large
and shallow fossula. The columella 1s distinct, nodular on
its upper surface, and fascicular beneath. The septa are

* Brit. Foss. Cor., pp. 21-2, t. ii1., fig. 6.

t Foss. Corals of Sind., pp. 60-1, pl. iv., figs. 4-7.
t Deep Sea Corals, p. 12, pl. iii, figs. 1, 2, 3.

T Actinology of Atl. Ocean, p. 9, pl. i., figs. 5 to 8.
Op cit pp. 9, 10, pl. i., fia. 9:

61

direct continuations of the costæ, the only visible boundary
between them being the under surface of the corallum.
They are in six equally developed systems, with four
cycles, and show the delta-like combinations characteristic
of the genus. In the several deltas, large, stout, and much
raised pali are placed before the union of the short
quaternaries with the tertiaries, a deep notch in all
three septa marking the point of junction. At
lts outer end each palus consists of three separate
Processes, of which the central one is longer, higher,
and more arched than the others. The solid portions of
these pali taper somewhat, converge in each system, and
then unite laterally with the enclosed secondary septum.
The other pali reach the columella and are much smaller,
especially the primaries, which are slender, much like the
septa themselves, and united to them by thin, sunken pro-
cesses; the secondaries are irregular in shape, more central
than the tertiaries, and less conspicuous in the calice. All
the septa and pali are similarly covered on their sides by
closely set rows of stout granules.
Diameter, 10 mm.; maximum height (to summit of pali),

mm.

Locality, etc.—Rare in the Spring Creek section; five
examples.

This species is at once distinguished from other Delto-
cyathi of the Australian tertiaries by its flattened outline,
coarsely granulated coste, and large tertiary pali.

Deltocyathus fontinalis, spec. nov. Pl. xxiii, figs. За, b.

The coralla are generally discoid in outline, rarely shortly
cylindrical. They vary also in size. The base has a rounded
margin, and may be fiat, barely convex, or hollowed out
centrally. A scar of former attachment is occasionally pre-
sent. The coste are finely granular, radiate on the base,
and perpendicular, or nearly so, from the basal margin to
the border of the calice, when they again curve round, and
are continued as septa. They are equal, broad, and in six
systems with four cycles. In examples with no basal scar
the primaries and secondaries are traceable to the centre;
the quaternaries fuse together near the centre and enclose
the shorter tertiaries. The wall is thin, low, deeply seated,
and rarely visible in the narrow interspaces of the coste.

The calice is circular, slightly convex, or almost flat, with
a shallow central fossa. The septa are unequal in length.
Stout, and very granular. The pali are also granular, and
are placed before the first three orders of septa. Those Le.
fore the tertiary septa are the largest and converge towards

62

the secondary pali, which, like the primary, adjoin tne colu-
mella. There is a distinct, papillary columella.
The figured соға ата is from Spring Creek, and its dimen-

sions are: —Height, 3 mm.; diameter of calice, 6:5 mm.
Another from the same locality is 4 mm. high, and its calice
is 7 mm. in diameter. An example from Table Cape is 8.5

mm., and one from Beaumaris 9 mm. in diameter; both of
these are reduced in height by wear. The largest example
is from Forsyth's, Grange Burn, and is 5:5 mm. high, and
9 mm. in diameter.

Locality, ete.— Extremely common at Spring Creek and
Maude; less so at Table Cape, Beaumaris, and the upper
beds of Muddy Creek. Rare in the Mulgundawa bore,
near Wellington, South Australia. Its range is, there-
fore, from Eocene to Miocene.

The specimens from Spring Creek show no trace of ad-
herence, and the base is flat: in those from Beaumaris,
Table Cape, and the Muddy Creek Miocene the base is
variable, being either flat or convex, and with or without a
scar of attachment. Тһе base is usually concave in Maude
examples, and seldom shows any central scar. Though
somewhat diverse in size, as well as in the outline of the
base, the fossil forms agree in essential characters. As
already intimated in this volume, they are closely
allied to the recent D. Vincentinus, mihi. The latter, how-
ever, is generally taller and larger, is without tertiary
рап, and. has a deeper central fossa. Examples of
the fossil species from Table Cape, Beaumaris, and Muddy
Creek are apparently nearer the recent one than those from
Spring Creek and Maude.

Deltocyathus Verconis, spee. now. Pl. xxiv., figs. 2a, b.

The corallum is minute and discoid in shape. The base is
flat with a rounded margin. At its centre there is a scar of
former attachment, large for the size of the coral, and either
circular or elliptical. There are 48 radiating созбе on the
base, of equal size, free, and nearly as stout at their central
ends as at the margin. They do not arise from the centre
of the base, but only from the borders of the scar of ad-
herence; when this is removed by wearing, as is often the
case, the under surface of the columella and of the inner
ends of the principal septa are exposed. The surface of the
coste is crenately granulose, the separate granules being
large, rounded in the axial line, and bluntly projecting
transversely. From the basal margin the coste rise verti-
cally for a short distance, and then, curving round, are con-
tinued as septa.

63

The calice is circular and only slightly convex. The
septa are stout, sub-equal, profusely granular, and, though
now mostly flattened by wearing, were originally exsert.
They are in six systems with four cycles, and are arranged

in the usual deltoid combinations. There are pali before
the principal orders, those before' the secondaries being the
largest. The columella is fascicular and fused with the

primary and secondary pali.

Height of corallum, 25 mm.: diameter of base, 45 mm.
There are three coralla of this size in my collection, and the
rest are smaller.

Locality, etc.—In Eocene strata at Shelford (amphi-
theatre section), ten examples; and in the equivalent bed on
the Murray River, near Morgan, one example.

I have great pleasure in naming this species after Dr. Jos.
C. Verco, whose extensive dredging operations in St. Vin-
cent and Spencer Gulfs have so materially increased our
knowledge of the marine fauna of South Australia.

FAMILY OCULINIDZE.
GENUS OCULINA.
Oculina umbellata, spec. nov. Pl. xxv., fig. 3.

The coralium is composite, compact, and umbel-shaped,

with a flat upper surface and rapidly sloping sides. The
base is stem-like, and now shows a fractured under surface
without visible sign of adherence. Seven large calices are
regularly arranged around the upper marign, with their out-
lines showing also on the sides as mammillated projections.
They are unequal in size, irregularly elliptical, and of mode-
rate depth. The costz rise slightly above the margin of the
calices, are continuous with the septa, equal, broad, granu-
lose, and distinct on the upper surface, especially at the
calicular margins. From these they recede in curved, tor-
tuous lines, and gradually become less prominent; on the
sides of the corallum the созбе are very faintly marked.
. The calices are, unfortunately, broken down internally, as
if they had been cleared of sediment with a sharp instru-
ment, and their structure cannot therefore be fully deter-
mined. There are numerous, close, granular septa, buf the
number of systems and cycles is not now decipherable. Rem-
nants of granular pali and of a nodular columella are still
left in one or two calices. Judging from the well preserved
state of the созбе, this unique specimen must have been ori-
ginally in excellent order.

At its summit the corallum is 35 mm. long and 30 mm.
broad. The solid cænenchyma from the extremity of the
base to the centre of the upper surface measures 21 mm.

64

The diameters of the largest calice are 13 mm. and 10 mm.;
and of the smallest, 9 mm. and 8 mm. respectively.

Locality, ete.—From a well-sinking in the Murray Desert.
The coral was sent to the late Professor Tate, who, after some
trouble, identified the locality as Mindarie, 80 miles south-
east of Swan Reach, Murray River. The age of the fossils
accompanying it is given in Professor Tate’s memoir as
Post-Eocene (? Oligocene).*

FAMILY ASTRÆIDÆ.
GENUS PARASMILIA.
Parasmilia Flindersensis, spec. nov. PI. xxiii., figs. 2a, b.

The corallum is pedicellate, tapering, and curved or twist-
ed. Some examples have occasional warts or excrescences
on their surface. The wall is stout and smooth, and rarely
shows the remains of a banded epitheca: at the summit only
а few созбе appear as continuations of the principal septa.
A specimen lately collected has the base of one corallum
attached to the calice of another, with its columella and half
the septa still free. This, however, is merely a case of acci-
dental adhesion.

The calice is circular and deeply excavated. Тһе colum-
ella is large, spongy, and reaches high up in the calice. The
septa are sparsely granular, and in ten systems, with three
cycles. The primaries are long, stout, and wavy; for a
short distance from the margin they are horizontal, and
then descend vertically in the fossa, a clear space being left
between them and the columella. The secondaries are thin-
ner, less conspicuous, also wavy, and pass into the fossa
nearer the margin; the tertiaries are very slender lamellæ.
Endotheca scanty; in the type specimen there is apparently
none, but it is certainly present in some others.

Height, 14 mm. ; diameter of calice, 6 mm.

Locality, etc.—In a small exposure of Eocene limestone at
Flinders, Victoria.

Parasmilia lucens, spec. nov. РІ. xxiv., figs. ба, b, c.

The coralla vary both in shape and size. Some are
straight and conico-cylindrical, or vase shaped, while others
are slightly bent and of nearly the same circumference
throughout. Again, there are moderately tall as well as
short examples. The pedicellate base is large and is fre-
quently still attached to a fragment of shell. The wall is
stout, and is covered by a white, shining epitheca, which

* On some Older Tertiary Fossils of uncertain age from the
Murray Desert. R.S.S.A., vol. xxiii.

65

occasionally has a few warty excrescences on its surface. The
Coste are broad, more or less granular, and faintly marked
beneath the epitheca. When this is worn off the granules of
the созбе become more distinct.

The calice is circular and shallow. The septa are highly
granular, and in six systems with four cycles. They are slen-
der, but unequal in size, the two first orders being stouter

than the very thin tertiaries and quaternaries. The colu-
mella is moderately large, fascicular, and united by lateral
processes with the inner ends of the principal septa. A

Scanty endotheca is present in some of the calices.

The wall of the larger corallum figured has been broken
down below the level of the columella, which now projects
above it. The total height of the specimen is 20 mm. А
smaller bent individual is also somewhat damaged. It is
15 mm. in height, with a calice 7:5 mm. in diameter.

Locality, etc.—In Eocene strata at Brown's Creek, in the
Aire River district. Ten examples.

This species differs from P. Hermani of the same beds by its
large base, and straight or slightly bent instead of horn-shaped
corallum. Tt is distinguished ‘also by its smooth, shining
epitheca.

GENUS CONOSMILTA.

Conosmilia granulata, spec nov. Pl xxiv., figs. 5a, b.

The corallum is curved, horn shaped, circular in transverse
Sections, inflated superiorly, and then tapering to an almost
Pointed base; at the extremity of this there is a mark of
former adherence. A delicate, finely granular epitheca covers
the wall, which is thin in the figured example, but stouter and
stronger in a larger one. The latter has a portion of the
wall at the calicular margin and some of its septa broken down,
While the type is a finely preserved specimen. The coste are
continuous with the septa, equal, slightly projecting at the
Summit, and prominent or not lower down. They are out-
en on the wall by broad, wavy lines of the epithecal gran-
ules,

The calice is circular, widely open, and shallow. The
Septa are granular, slender, and in six systems with four com-
plete cycles. The primaries and secondaries are long, and
reach the columella ; the tertiaries are slightly and the quater-
haries much shorter. The latter are also somewhat thinner
than the other orders. The columella is prominent, trabe-
cular, and formed of twisted, vertically placed laminæ, which
fuse with the inner ends of the primary and secondary septa

е endotheca is scanty.

The dimensions of the type are: —Height of corallum, 17
mm. ; diameter of calice, 10 mm. The larger example men-

66

tioned is 30 mm. in height, and its calice is approximately 15
mm. in diameter.

Locality, etc.—In Eocene strata at Cape Otway. Two ex-
amples. A single juvenile example also from Brown's Creek.
Collected by Mr. Kitson and myself.

I place this species in Conosmilia on account of its twisted
laminate columella. In all other respects it might certainly
come under the allied genus, Parasmilia.

Conosmilia stylifera, spec. nov. РІ. xxiv., figs. la, b.

The corallum is small, cylindro-conical in shape, of mode-
rate height, or sometimes tall, usually straight, but occasion-
ally curved just above the pedicellate base. Thc wall ıs thin
near the calice, but becomes stouter below, and is covered by
a pellicular epitheca. This is ridged transversely, but other-
wise almost plain. With the lens, however, very fine en-
circling lines and broad longitudinal strie are traceable on
its surface. These strie mark the mural boundaries of the
septa, and thus represent very faint, rudimentary coste.

The calice is circular and deep centrally. The septa are in
six systems and three complete cycles, with occasionally some
of a fourth. The primaries, which are stout and long, slope
from the margin, and then descend almost vertically in the
fossa. For some distance down a clear space is left between
them and the columella, but lower still they become fused
with it. The remaining orders of septa are much thinner,
subequal in size, and of diminishing length according to or-
der. The inner edges of all the septa are more or less waved,
and their sides are sparingly granular. The columella is
strong, and projects vertically in the fossa as a long pointed
style. It is nodular, twisted, broad below, and gradually
tapers upwards. Deep down in the fossa it sends out strong
lateral processes, which fuse with the primary septa. The
endotheca is fairly developed in some examples, but in others
is very scanty.

The coralla vary in height from 10 mm. to 17 mm.; the
calices are from 4 mm. to 5 mm. in diameter.

Locality, ete.—In Upper Eocene strata at Spring Creek.
Eleven examples.

This species is at once distinguished from all other Conos-
miliæ by its strong styliform columella and almost plain epi-
theca.

FAMILY FUNGIDZE.
GENUS BATHYACTIS.
Bathyactis Beaumariensis, spec. nov. Pl. xxiv., figs. Зо, b.

‚ The cerallum is very small, discoid, and free. The base is
either flat or slightly concave, and, with the exception of a

CF

narrow rim, is covered with a white, glistening epitheca. The
surface is smooth, but lightly raised here and there in small,
blister-like swellings. The costæ are stout and prominent on
the basal margin of many examples, but in others the edges
are merely crenulated by their equal projections. Except at
the rim the cost are usually concealed on the base by the epi-
theca, but occasionally they are faintly traceable beneath it,
and in a single example show as well raised lines almost to the
centre. At the margin they rise vertically to the height of
the corallum, and then, bending sharply round, continue in
the calice as septa. On the basal rim as well as on the peri-
meter of the corallum they are rounded, very finely dentate at
their free edges, and beset laterally by numerous sharply
pointed granules.

The calice is circular and flat. There are four cycles of
septa and six systems, of which one is often incomplete. The
primaries are free, and the remaining orders unite together in
deltoid combinations. In a complete system each pair of
quaternaries unites with the enclosed tertiary to form single
septa of increased size. These, converging towards each
other, meet in front of the straight secondary, and fuse with
it. A short, stout septum is thus produced, which reaches
the columella. In the type calice one system is incomplete,
half of it being undeveloped. All the septa are more or less
flattened at the surface, and are minutely granular on their
sides. The columella is essential, of moderate size, and trabe-
cular. Tt fuses with the edges of the primary and secondary
septa. The margins of the septa are markedly coalescent over
the apices of the deltas. The synapticule are few, and in
many specimens scarcely noticeable. In the figured speci-
men they are arranged in a concentric circle at about one-
fourth from the margin.

The coralla are from 3:5 mm. to 4 mm. in diameter, and
from 1 mm. to 1:5 mm. in height.

Locality, etc.—Abundant in the Miocene of the Grange
Burn (upper Muddy Creek beds), and in the Oligocene of
Beaumaris. The type is from the latter locality.

Bathyactis excelsa, spec. nov. РІ. xxiv., figs. 4a, b.

The corallum is discoid and lens-shaped. Its base is
slightly concave or almost flat, and without trace of attach-
ment. The coste are broad, equal, and continuous with the
septa. They dentate the edge of the base by their projec-
tions and remain prominent on its surface for a short dis-
tance inwards, when they suddenly become much less distinct.
Their surface and also the intercostal Spaces are covered with
a fine granular epitheca.

68

The calice is cireular and convex. The septa are stout,
subequal, and in six systems with four cycles, the last three
of which form the deltoid combinations usual in the genus.
The primaries are free, the tertiaries bend towards and join
the secondaries at a fourth from the columella, and the qua-
ternaries again join the tertiaries about halfway from the
margin. At their junction with the next higher orders of
septa both the tertiaries and secondaries become slightly
thicker than before, and rise in the calice as rounded, lamel-
lar, fan-like projections. The raised secondary fans descend
vertically in the axial space until they reach the level of the
sunken primary septa, when, similarly with these, they unite
by thin processes with the columella. The sides of the septa
are characteristically marked by inwardly converging rows of
sharp, prominent ribs, which project beyond the free septal
edges, and strongly dentate them. Sometimes these ribs con-
sist of intermittent lines, and then resemble rows of sharply
pointed granules. The columella is strong, lamellar, dentate
on its free edge, and in line with two opposite primary septa.
There are usually three dentations on its surface, of which the
central one rises above the other two.

The synapticule are numerous, stout, in four or five con-
centric lines, and placed between all adjoining septa.

The figured specimen, which is the largest collected, is 13
mm. in diameter. Its height to the summit of the secondary
and tertiary fans is 5 mm. The other examples are about
10 mm. in diameter.

Locality, ete.—Fairly common in Eocene strata at Spring
Creek, near Geelong. Rare at Fishing Point, Aire River. -

This coral is closely allied to Bathyactis lens, Duncan,*
from which it differs by its larger size, more numerous synap-
ticule, and stout lamellar columella. In his original descrip-
tion of B. (Antillia) lens Duncan gives it a small essential
columella, but when dealing with the same coral under the
name of Montlivaitia discus Woods states that 1t is without a
columella. I have examined numerous examples of Duncan’s
and Woods’s species, and judge that it has a minute, almost
styliform, columella.

FAMILY EUPSAMMID 4.
XENUS BALANOPHYLLIA.
Balanophyllia truncata, spec nov. Pl. xxv., figs. 4a, b.
The corallum is simple, short, stout, sub-cylindrical, and
abruptly terminated superiorly. The base is broad, flat,

* Antillia lens, Duncan. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1865.
Montlivaltia discus, Ten.-Woods. R.S.N.S.W., 1878. Bathyac-
tis lens, Dennant. R.S.N.S.W., 1897.

69

tumid, and usually attached to a fragment of shell or to poly-
zoa. One example has its base perforated for an annelid, the
caleareous tube of which is still left almost intact on its
under surface. The wall is stout, and marked by rows of broad,
prominent, equal, granular coste. At the truncated summit
of the corallum these festoon the calicular margin, and con-
trast strongly with the slender septa which form their con-
tinuations in the calice. There is a variable amount of epi-
theca, and it may be either delicate or moderately stout.
When worn away, as is frequently the case, a series of ir-
regular, longitudinal pores, separated by thin, transverse
bars, become visible in the interspaces of the coste.

The calice is subplane and slightly elliptical. The ratio of
the major and minor axes varies in the examples; in the
type it is as 10 to 8. The septa are porous, very thin,
minutely granular, and in six systems with four cycles. The
tertiaries are the most conspicuous septa in the calice and
the two in each system bend towards each other and unite
close to the columella. Not unusually these septa describe
a double curve, first towards the tertiary of the same system,
and then away from it towards the adjoining one in the
next system. The quaternaries bend towards and join the
tertiaries near the margin; in the loops thus formed the free
quinaries appear as very short projections from the wall.
The primaries and secondaries are free, subequal, and con-
tinue or not to the columella. In the type calice only one
system is complete, the rest wanting the two higher orders in
one half of each system. A slightly larger but less perfect
calice has the higher orders more fully developed. The colu-
mella is prominent, fascicular rather than spongy, and longi-
tudinally piaced in the fossa.

Height, 14 mm. Length of calice, 55 mm.; breadth of
do., 45 mm.

Locality, etc.—Eocene. Abundant at Spring Creek, and
fairly common at Cape Otway, Wilkinson’s No. 4, and Fish-
ing Point. Single examples from the clays of Calder River,
a tributary of the Aire, and from Shelford.

Balanophyllia induta, spec. nov. Pl. xxv., figs. la, b.

The corallum is tall, slender, straight or slightly bent, and
either subcylindrical or regularly tapering. The base is flat
and pedicellate. The pedicel is of moderate size, and some-
times quite small The wall is stout, and covered by a thin
pellicular epitheca. This is marked transversely with fine
chevroned lines arranged in a series of narrow, scarcely rais-
ed, encircling bands. Such an ornament is unusual in Bal-
anophyllie, and resembles that seen in some species of Fla-

70

bellum. The specimens are often much worn, and the epi-
theca then becomes almost or quite smooth. The coste are
very faintly marked as parallel lines beneath the epitheca.

The calice is shallow and either circular or just elliptical.
The septa are slender, minutely porous, and sparingly granu-
lar. They are in six systems with four cycles, which are ar-
ranged on the same plan as those of the species just describ-
edi The calice illustrated belongs to the tallest example
collected, and has only two of its systems complete; in two
others the higher orders are partially developed, while in the
remaining two they are wholly wanting. The columella is
moderate in size, spongy, and longitudinally placed.

Diameters of calice, 7 mm. and 65 mm. Height of coral-
lum figured, 17 mm. The tall individual mentioned has a
height of 25 mm., but though its calice is well preserved, the
epitheca is much worn, and in places entirely removed, the
porous wall beneath being thus exposed.

Locality, ete.—Eocene. Spring Creek, near Geelong, 13
examples; Cape Otway, 2 examples; Wilkinson’s No. 4, 1
example. Those from the two last mentioned localities and
one from Spring Creek are much smaller than the rest.

This species is distinguished from the preceding by its
complete epitheca. It is also of more slender habit.

Balanophyllia fossata, spec. nov. Pl. xxv., figs. 2a, b.

The corallum is moderately long, curved, conico-cylindri-
cal, and regularly tapering to a small pedicellate base. The
wall is porous, granular, and stout. It is encircled by a
partial epitheca, which is banded and occasionally raised in
growth ridges. Towards the base the epitheca is stronger
and more persistent than in the superior portions of the
corallum. The costæ are either faintly marked, or, as in the
type, barely traceable on the wall.

The calice is slightly elliptical, very deep, and has a broad
margin. At the bottom of the central fossa, which in the
well preserved calice figured is narrow as well as deep, a
small, delicate, spongy, and longitudinally placed columella
is just perceptible. The septa are minutely granular, and
in six systems with four cycles. All are slender, but the
primaries, secondaries, and also the tertiaries below their
junction with the higher orders are rather stouter than the
rest. The higher orders are absent in one half-system of
the type calice, but are otherwise regularly developed. They
slope rapidly ‘downwards, and, bending towards the terti-
aries, join them at about one- third from the margin. Below
this junction the tertiaries increase in size, and, passing be-
yond the first two orders, descend abruptly in the fossa.

11

There is no cther union of septa in the calice, the primaries
and secondaries being straight and free. The edges of both
these orders slope gradually for a short distance from the
wall, and then, like the tertiaries, they descend vertically in
the fossa. They do so, however, much nearer the margin,
and thus at a comparatively high level in the calice.

Height of соға аш, 21 mm.; length of calice, 10:5 mm.;
breadth of do., 9 mm.

Locality, etc.—Very rare in the Eocene strata of Cape
Otway. Two examples.

This species is allied to В. tubuliformis, Duncan, from
which it is distinguished by its banded epitheca, slender
septa, elliptical calice, and curved outline.

Balanophyllia patula, spec. nor. РІ, xxv., figs. ба, b.

The corallum is straight, subturbinate, slightly compressed,
moderately tall, broad at the summit, and then
tapering to a tumid pedicellate base. The whole
surface is vermiculate and granular, the granules
being most prominent on the broad, equal, raised
coste. These project at the summit, and slightly overlap
the calicular margin, where their correspondence with the
septa is well marked. The wall is highly porous, and so thin
as to appear translucent when viewed against the light.
There is no epitheca.

The calice has a vermiculate margin, is shallow, widely
open, and subelliptical. The septa are siender, porous, granu-
lar, and occasionally spined. They are in six systems, with
four complete cycles. The tertiaries are by far the most
conspicuous septa in the calice. For about one-half from the
wall they are small and thin, when they are joined by the
higher orders, which curve towards them. At this junction,
or a little above it, they rise as large, stoutish, very pro-
minent fans, with spined and jagged edges, and continue to
the columella. There are thus twelve tertiary fans in the
calice, of which the eight opposite the sides are larger than
the four at the ends. The two fan-iike tertiary septa in
each system curve round at their inner ends and unite in
front of the enclosed straight secondary, which, though
usually free, sometimes continues to the apex of the curve.

The primaries are straight, free, and reach the columella.
This is spongy, of moderate size, and placed in line with the
major axis of the calice.

Some endotheca occurs between septa, chiefly near the
margin and at the columella.

Height, 28 mm. Diameters of calice, 14 mm. and 12 mm.

Locality, etc.—' This elegant coral is represented іп my col-
lection by a single, perfect specimen, which was found in

12

the Eocene exposure at Red Bluff, Shelford. It is distinguished
from other Australian Balanophyllie by its widely open
calice, prominent and equal coste, as well as by the raised
fan-like extensions of the tertiary septa.

Balanophyllia torta, spec. nov. Pl. xxv., figs. 5a, 0.

The corallum is free, cylindro-conical, curved, and twisted.
It tapers gradually at first, and then more rapidly to the
base, which terminates in a bluntly rounded point. There
is no trace of adherence. Strictly speaking, therefore, it
might be placed under Eupsammia, but as it has the habit
of Balanophyllia I retain it in that genus.

The wall is cellular, thin at the calicular margin, but
stouter below. An epitheca of delicate texture covers 1%
here and there in irregular bands or patches. The coste are
broad, equal, granular, and traceable on the wall from the
summit to the base of the corallum. Where the epitheca is
wanting they consist of raised, prominent ridges.

The calice is deep, slightly elliptical, and has an irregular,
cellular margin. In the example figured it is contracted ou
one side by an inbending and consequent overlapping of the
wall The septa are moderately stout, porous, highly granu-
lar, and in six systems with four cycles. The primaries are
straight and free; the secondaries are either free or join one
of the tertiaries near the columella. The tertiaries are very
prominent, are joined by the higher orders at about one-
fourth from the wall, and then continue to the columella.
Above this junction they form with the quaternaries a series
of twelve intra-mural loops, with a small, straight quinary
in the centre of each.

The columella is of moderate size, spongy, long, and at the
bottom of the deep, central fossa. As the wall surrounding
the ealice is very thin, it is frequently broken down even be-
low the level of the columella, which then projects in the
calice, instead of, as in perfect specimens, just showing at
the base of the fossa. It is easy to understand that a specific
determination based on such worn material might be alto-
gether erroneous.

Height of corallum, 25 mm.; length ob Calico» lil „mm;
breadth of calice, 9 mm. A taller specimen has a height of
31 mm., but its wall is broken down in the manner described.
Originally it must have been at least 36 mm. in height.

Locality, etc.—In Eocene strata at Cape Otway and Wil-
kinson's No. 4 locality. Four large examples and seven
smaller ones.

The only species likely to be mistaken for B. torta is В.
Ulrichi, Duncan, which is very abundant in the same beds.

73

The latter can, however, be at once distinguished by the
small pedicel at the end of the narrow base.

When dealing with the Australian Balanophylliæ, Duncan
identified a species found at Cape Otway with B. cylindrica,
Michelotti, from Turin and Verona.* In 1895 I entrusted
the late Professor Tate, who was visiting Europe, with select-
ed examples from my collection of Australian tertiary Bal-
anophylliæ, for comparison with Duncan's types. . He iden-
tified all the examples except В. cylindrica, and marked my
supposed equivalent as “very doubtful" Іп one respect
only, viz., its pointed base, does B. torta agree with Duncan's
figures and description of В. cylindrica, but its calice is
quite dissimilar, being deep, and superficially contracted in-
stead of shallow and widely open. Either Duncan obtained
specimens which are not represented in my collection, or,
what is far more likely, he had before him immature, broken
specimens of B. torta, or of some species allied to it.

A figure and description of Balanophyllia (Turbinolia)
cylindrica, Michel. are given by Michelint, and in remark-
ing upon the species he says: — Cette espèce est remarquable
par sa forme tres allongée et cylindrique, ses lamelles et ses
stries égales, et sa base presque toujours brisee, paraissant
avoir été adhérente.” This description is certainly not ap-
plicable to B. torta, while the figure accompanying it is un-
like any Balanophyllia that I have seen from the Otway
beds.

Balanophyllia cauliculata, spec. nov. Vl. xxv., figs. Sa, b.

The corallum is in outline a cylinder supported upon a
long, narrow, and slightly oblique stem. It may be com-
pared to a miniature wineglass with its foot removed.
'lhere is a small pedicel at the extremity of the stalk-like
base. The wall is cellular and minutely granular. A dense,
banded epitheca, with fine encircling lines, covers the stem,
and a broad band of a finer textured epitheca surrounds a
constriction of the wall just below the calicular margin. The
coste are equal, broad, and correspond with the septa ; above
the epithecal band near the summit of the corallum they are
prominent and highly cellular, but below this they are only
faintly traceable on the wall.

The calice is deep and subelliptical, its major and minor
axes being in the ratio of 100 to 87. Its margin is narrow

and very cellular. The septa are delicate, cellular, porous
near the wall, and finely granular. They are in six systems
with four cycles. The primaries and secondaries are

* Q.J.G.8. Vol. xxvi., р. 304, pl. xxi., fig. 7.
T Icon. Zooph. p. 38, pl. viii., fig. 15.

74

straight, free, and rather stouter than the rest. The ter-
tiaries are thin, spined, and wavy at their free edges, and
are joined by the higher orders, which have also irregular,
spined edges, about midway from the wall. Тһе interior of
the calice, with its slender, cellular, and wavy septa, may be
compared to an extremely fine lace pattern. The tertiaries
in each system bend towards each other, and meet or not
near the columella. Іп one half-system the fourth cycle af
septa is wanting, and its tertiary remains straight and free
almost to the columella, when it curves round and unites
with the other tertiary in the same system. The columella
is small, fascicular, and consists of a few twisted, rod-like
processes, which are longitudinally placed at the bottom of
the fossa. Superficially it is free, but deeper down it is
joined by the principal septa.

The height of the corallum is 15 mm., the cylindrical por-
tion being 9 mm., and the terminal stem 6 mm. in length.
The calice is 8 mm. long and 7 mm. broad.

Locality, etc.—Very rare at Cape Otway and at Wilkin-
son's No. 4, adjoining beds in the Aire River district. One
example from each locality.

This elegant little coral may be at once distinguished from
its congeners in the same beds by its delicate, finely granular
wall. Its nearest ally is B. campanulata, Duncan, which is
also restricted to the beds mentioned. The latter, however,
has a large, spongy columella, more prominent coste, and
much stouter septa.

Balanophyllia Basedowi, spec. nov. Pl. xxv., figs. 7a, b.

The corallum is very low, cylindrical, and attached by а
broad, spreading base to shells or polyzoa. There is a dis-
tinct, perpendicular, stout, but very short wall. This is
porous, and marked by broad, raised, granular coste. Some
epitheca exists; in the type it is confined to the outer por-
tion of the spreading base.

The calice is circular, almost flat, and has a wide, porous
margin. The septa are also porous, but not granular. They
are in six systems with three cycles. The tertiaries curve
round and join the secondaries about halfway from the mar-
gin, and these again unite with the primaries at the colu-
mella. The fourth order, when present, joins the primaries
quite close to the wall. The columella 1s small, and con-
sists of a few fascicular processes, which unite with the pri-
mary and secondary septa.

Height, 2 mm.; diameter of calice, 4:5 mm.

Locality, etc.—Eocene. The three examples of this coral
are from widely separated localities. Two of them, viz., the
type, from the Murray River, near Morgan, and another

75

from Spring Creek, are attached to polyzoa ; while the third,
from Cape Otway, is fixed to the tube of Dentaliwm Man-
telli.

I dedicate this interesting coral to the late Hon. Friedrich
Basedow, in remembrance of the great interest taken by him
in the natural history of the State.

I have now dealt with nearly all the undescribed corals in
my collection. The few remaining are represented by single

and mostly imperfect examples, and their consideration must

be postponed till fresh material comes to hand. Some gene-
ral remarks upon the distribution, affinities, etc., of Austra-
lian tertiary corals will be made in a succeeding article,
which is in course of preparation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XXII.

Fig.

1. Flabellum microscriptum—corallum, natural size.

9. Flabellum medioplicatum-—corallum, natural size.

3. Flabellum Grangense—corallum, magnified 1:5 diam.

4. Placotrochus magnus—a, corallum of deltoid example, natural
size; b, corallum of cuneiform example, natural Size; 6,
calice of the latter, magnified 1:5 diam.

5. Ceratotrochus Australiensis—a, corallum, magnified 2 diam.;
b, calice of same, with endothecal ring, magnified 6 diam.

6. Platytrochus Maudensis—a, corallum, magnified 4 diam.; b,
calice of another example, magnified 10 diam.

7. Discotrochus ? pateriformis—a, corallum, magnified 6 diam;

b, calice of same, magnified 8 diam.

Plate XXIII.

1. Deltocyathus stellaris—a, corallum, magnified 3 diam. ; b, calice
Seen magnified 3 diam.; c, base of same, magnified
3 diam.

9. Parasmilia Flindersensis—a, coralum, magnified 2 diam.; b,
calice of same, magnified 4 diam.

3. Leptocyathus ? convezus—a, corallum, magnified 4 diam.; b,
calice of same, magnified 8 diam.

4. Trochocyathus Wilkinsoni—a, corallum, magnified 2 diam.; 0,
calice of the same, showing two systems of septa, magnified
6 diam.

5. Deltocyathus fontinalis—a, corallum magnified 4 diam.; b,

calice of same, magnified 4 diam.
Plate XXIV.

1. Conosmilia stylifera—a, corallum, magnified 2 diam.; b, calice
of same, magnified 5 diam.

2. Deltocyathus Verconis—a, calice, magnified 6 diam. ; b, base of
another example, magnified 6 diam.

3. Bathyactis Beaumariensis—a, calice, magnified 6 diam.; b,
base of slightly smaller specimen, magnified 6 diam.

4. Bathyactis excelsa—a, corallum, magnified 1:5 diam. ; b, calice

of the same, magnified 2:5 diam.

16

Conosmilia granulata-—a, corallum, magnified 2 diam. ; b, calice
of the same, magnified 3 diam.

Parasmilia lucens-—a, a straight corallum, magnified 1:5 diam. ;
b, a bent corallum, magnified 1:5 diam. ; ; €, ealice of the lat-
ter, magnified 4 diam.

Plate XXV.
Balanophyllia induta—a, corallum, magnified 1:5 diam.; b,
calice of a longer individual, magnified 4 diam.
Balanophyllia fossata—a, corallum, magnified 1:5 diam.; b,
alice of the same, magnified 3:5 diam.
Oculina umbellata-—corallum, natural size.
Balanophyllia truncata—a, corallum, magnified 1:5 diam.; 0,
calice of another example, magnified 6 diam.

Balanophyllia torta—a, corallum, natural size; 0, calice of
same, showing three systems of septa, magnified 3:5 diam.
Balanophyllia patula—a, corallum, natural size; 0, calice of
same, showing three systems of в septa, magnified 3 diam.
Balanophyllia Basedowi—a, corallum fixed on a polyzoon, natu-

ral size; b, calice of same, magnitied 6 diam.
Balanophyllia cauliculata—a, corallum magnified Y diam.; b,
portion of calice of same, magnified 6 diam.

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDÆ, WITH
NoTES ON PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED SPECIES.

By ARTHUR M. LEA.
PART ID
[Read October 27, 1903.]
SUB-FAMILY BRACHYDERIDES.
EvAS ELLIPTICA, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with small, round scales, entirely conceal-
ing the colour of the derm, those on the upper surface more
or less metallic coppery ; sides, from apex of rostrum, almost
(or quite) to apex of elytra, and the under surface, with
white scales, with a silvery (sometimes with a faint purplisn
or coppery) gloss; legs with scales as on upper surface, more
or less mingled with white; base of femora with white scales.
Eyes completely and narrowly ringed with white scales. — In
addition to the scales, clothed with stout, erect, white setze;
tibie fringed beneath with long, thin hair.

Head with a marrow, longitudinal impression between
eyes. Rostrum transversely impressed on each side at base,
with a feeble median carina. — Prothorax (by measurement)
slightly longer than wide, but apparently the reverse, sides
gently rounded, apex very slightly narrower than base; with
large, round, shallow punctures, distinctly traceable through
clothing; without ocular lobes. ^ Z/yfra elliptic-ovate, apex
notched, at base no wider than prothorax, shoulders absent,
widest at about one-third from base; seriate-punctate, punc-
tures moderately large and subquadrate, moderately dis-
tinct through clothing; interstices not or scarcely visibly
raised. All the tibie with small and acute teeth, but those
of the posterior scarcely noticeable. Length 64, width
24 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Darling Ranges.

The shape is very different to shat of the other Western
Australian species. The white scales at the sides of the
elytra do not usually touch the extreme margins; the eyes
have a spectacled appearance. On one specimen the pro-
thoracie scales have a decided greenish gloss. The elytral
sete are placed in regular single rows: seen from in front or
from above they appear decidedly white and in rather strong
contrast to the scales; from the sides or behind they appear
to be almost black, and are much less distinct.

2% Part I. was published in Vol. xxiii., 011811

78

Evas LATIPENNIS, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with small round scales, entirely conceal-
ing the colour of the derm; scales of upper surface more or
less slaty brown, with a slight coppery gloss; sides, under
surface, and legs with silvery-white scales; prothorax with
two very distinct stripes of white scales, and which are feebly
continued on to head and elytra; apex of elytra with white
scales, and which are more or less feebly continued along
interstices. Elytra with moderately stout, depressed sete,
visible from in front, above, or the sides, but invisible from
behind; prothoracic setæ visible only from the sides.

Head wide, feebly longitudinally impressed between eyes.
Rostrum short, shallowly longitudinally bisulcate. Prothorax
subcylindrical; in male noticeably, in female scarcely, trans-
verse; longitudinally impressed in middle; with small round-
ed granules; without ocular lobes. Zlytra raised above and
fully twice the width of prothorax, base on each side slightly
oblique, shoulders subtuberculate; striate-punctate, punc-
tures round and rather shallow, moderately distinct through
clothing; interstices gently but distinctly convex and usually
wider than punctures; apex feebly notched. Four anterior
tibia with small and acute teeth. Length 8, width 3 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Darling Ranges.

The elytra are proportionately wider and much more dis-
tinctly elevated above the prothorax than in the other species
with which I am acquainted. The shoulders are slightly
less square than in the male of acuminata. The brownish
scales on the elytra cover less than half the surface, and are
more distinct near the base, between the shoulders, and on
the seventh interstice, than elsewhere; in one specimen the
white scales are feebly tinged with pink.

Evas, sp.

I have a remarkable specimen of this genus belonging
either to acuminata or to an undescribed species. It ap-
pears to be hermaphrodite, having the left side female and
the right side male. The left elytron is rounded and not
at all produced at the shoulder, being there scarcely wider
than the prothorax; the right, on the contrary, having the
shoulder produced and tuberculiform, and much wider than
the prothorax; it is also wider throughout and fully half a
milhmetre longer than the other, and is more abundantly
supplied with white scales. The right anterior tibia is
slightly longer, more noticeably curved, and with slightly
stronger teeth than the left.

79

EVADODES RUGICEPS, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with muddy brown or grey scales, scarcely
paler on flanks of prothorax and under surface than above.
In addition with dingy whitish sete.

Head longitudinally wrinkled between eyes; these small
and very prominent. Rostrum with a very feeble carina
along middle, depressed on each side; sides above scrobes
almost parallel. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, disc
somewhat uneven, with a narrowly excavated median line,
apex feebly produced ; ocular lobes distinct. Elytra much
wider than prothorax, widest about middle, thence rather sud-
denly arcuate to apex; apex feebly notched; striate-punc-
tate, punctures moderately large, subquadrate, partially
concealed by clothing; interstices scarcely visibly (except at
base) alternately raised. Four anterior tibie with small,
acute teeth. Length 8, width 3j; variation in length,
6-84 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Forest Reefs.

Apparently much closer to decorum* than lineatus; from
the description of the former it differs by its clothing and
shoulders; from the latter (specimens of which I have from
Gayndah) by being very much wider, differently clothed, and
with more distinct ocular lobes. Of five specimens under
examination none is distinctly marked; they all appear to
have been covered with an ochreous exudation, which is, per-
haps, entirely responsible for their dingy appearance, as in
four of them four feeble, whitish, longitudinal stripes are
traceable on the prothorax, and the sides, from head to apex
of elytra, appear to be clothed with whitish scales.

PROSAYLEUS PHYTOLYMUS, Olliff.

This species belongs either to Hutinophea or to Maleuterpes.
I have two female specimens under examination and which
have the anterior coxæ separated. Mr. Olliff describes the
anterior tibiæ as possessing a spine, but makes no mention of
a femoral spine, which could hardly have been overlooked if
present.
MALEUTERPES SPINIPES, Blackb.

It is curious the strong superficial resemblance both of
male and female that this species bears in miniature to the
Tasmanian Prostomus scutellaris.

EUTINOPHÆA DISPAR, n. Sp.

Brownish-red, legs and antenne paler. Densely clothed
with Eng greyish- hilo scales more or less mottled with pale

* As in decorum, there is a strong resemblance to Mr. Pascoe's
figure of Ochrometa amena,

80

brown along middle of prothorax and elytra. Each prothor-
acic puncture with a seta not rising to the general level; each
interstice of elytra with a regular (but very indistinct) row
of sete ; under surface with slightly recurved sete.

Head densely punctate, punctures themselves concealed,
but traceable through clothing. Sides of rostrum between
antenne inwardly oblique to base. Funicle with first joint
much stouter than and as long as second and third com-
bined. — Prothoraz as long as or slightly longer than wide,
sides moderately rounded and slightly the widest at about
one-third from base, with crowded, moderately large, and
deep punctures, each of which is traceable through clothing.
Scutellum distinct. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax,
base truncate, sides scarcely visibly increasing in width to
apical third; punctate-striate, strie deep, but only mode
rately traceable through clothing, the punctures entirely
concealed ; interstices regular, flattened. Anterior coxæ sepa-
rated ;* tibie dilating to apex, the anterior straight above
and feebly bisinuate beneath. Length, male 14, female
24 mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

Apparently close to nana (from 8. Australia), but the
clothing of that species apears to be uniform, whilst of the
hundreds of specimens I have seen of this weevil the pro-
thorax and elytra, especially in the males, are distinctly
mottled. The colour of the derm can only be seen after the
scales have been abraded. The size is remarkably constant
I have not been able to find the least variation in size in the
males, and the variation in the females is scarcely one-sixth
of a millimetre. The species may be obtained abundantly
in spring on the flowers of Hriostemon lanceolatus.

EUTINOPHÆA FALCATA, n. Sp.

Colour varying from a pale to a dark brownish red; legs
and antenne pale red. Moderately densely clothed with
pale yellowish scales, the elytra variegated in middle and
towards base with chocolate-brown scales; under surface with
pale scales, usually with a greenish tinge. Prothorax with
small sete in punctures scarcely rising to the general level;
elytra with stout, depressed setæ.

lead not very densely punctate, punctures not very dis-
tinct through clothing. Eyes very prominent. Sides of
rostrum between antennæ strongly and inwardly oblique to
base. Funicle with first joint considerably stouter than

* Mr. Blackburn, P.L.S., N.S.W., 1898, p. 255, notes the an-
terior cox of E. nana as being contiguous, a character not men-
tioned by Mr. Pascoe.

81

but noticeably shorter than second. Prothorar as long or
almost as long as wide, subcylindrical, widest at one-third
from apex; densely and rather strongly punctate, the punc-
tures irregularly concealed by the clothing. Scutellum small
and distinct. #lytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders
slightly rounded, sides subparallel towards apex; striate-
punctate, punctures large, suboblong, close together, mode-
rately distinct through clothing; suture, third and fifth in-
terstices raised about summit of posterior declivity. An-
terior сох separated ; anterior tibiæ longer than the others
(which are almost straight), and strongly arcuate ; claws sepa-
rated only at apex. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—N.Q.: Barron Falls (A. Koebele).

To the naked eye each elytron frequently appears to be
supplied with two elongate white spots: one before and one
behind the middle, sometimes only the posterior ones can be
noticed. These spots are on the third (partly on the second)
interstice, and become indistinct under a lens. Of thirteen
specimens under examination I cannot find the least struc-
tural difference, but some which are more brightly clothed and
with more distinct marks are probably the males. The scrobe
when seen from the side looks somewhat like the letter T and
completely isolates a squamose portion of the sides of the ros-
trum towards the apex. I have not considered it necessary
to generically separate it, from nana and the preceding, on
account of its falcate anterior tibiæ.

RHADINOSOMUS LACORDAIREI, Pasc.

This species (a beautiful figure of which has been given *
by Mr. Waterhouse, from a specimen collected by Mr. Dar-
win near Sydney) is very variable in regard to colour, size,
and the acuminated portion of the elytra (also sexually vari-
able). RF. impressus is but a feeble and not at all constant
geographical variety; I have specimens from Swan River,
W.A., and Tamworth, N.S.W., in which not the slightest
difference can be found. Іп appearance 2. Tasmanicus is
very distinct, but I believe it to be a variety only. Of R.
frater Mr. Blackburn says: —“This species is distinguished
from all the previously described Australian Rhadinosomi by
its head gradually narrowed from the eyes hindward." This
is characteristic of the male of A. Lacordairei, judging by
numerous specimens taken in copula. I have a variety from
Mounts Kosciusko and Wellington, in which the colour is
much paler than usual and which has the elytra unusually
dilated in the female; its head also is rather densely clothed
with black sete. `

Е

82
EUTHYPHASIS ACUTA, Pasc.

This species is recorded by Mr. Pascoe as coming from the
Swan River. I have the species from Tasmania, and am
inclined to think Mr. Pascoe's locality is erroneous. Mr. A.
Simson informs me that about a year before the species was
described he had sent a number of Tasmanian weevils (in-
cluding this species—his number 3,216) to Mr. Fry, from
whom Mr. Pascoe probably received his types. The species
is distinct, and my specimens agree perfectly with Mr. Pas-
coe's figure, as well as with the specific and generic
diagnoses.

EUTHYPHASIS SORDIDATA, n. sp.

Piceous; elytra piceous-brown, legs and antenne dull red.
Upper surface almost uniformly clothed with dingy-grey
scales, a feeble pale line on each side of prothorax; under
surface with whitish scales. Elytra with rather long sete on
the sides, at and near apex.

Head with the sides lightly rounded, densely punctate;
eyes small, round, placed midway between base of head and
apex of rostrum. Rostrum narrower than head; scrobes
deep and oblique. Antennz not extending to elytra; Scape
somewhat curved; first joint of funicle longer than two fol-
lowing combined ; club somewhat elliptic. Prothorax slightly
shorter than head and rostrum combined, noticeably longer
than wide, base slightly wider than apex; median groove
very feeble, punctures as on head and rostrum. Zlytra sub-
elliptie, regularly convex, about once and one-third longer
than the rest of the body, wider than prothorax ; each obso-
letely produced at apex: shoulders oblique; seriate-punc-
tate, punctures rather large and subapproximate ; interstices
feebly raised and regular. Under surface punctured as pro-
thorax. Legs moderately long; femora somewhat thickened,
the posterior extending almost to apex of second abdominal
segment; anterior tibie bisinuate beneath; claw joint long.
Length 33, width % (vix.) mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Forest Reefs.

EUTHYPHASIS LINEATA, n. Sp.

Reddish-brown; legs and antenne dull red. Upper sur.
face with greyish or yellowish-white scales, almost uniform
on head, forming feeble lines on elytra, and three mode-
rately distinct lines on prothorax, the median being rather
less distinct than the lateral. ^ Under surface (except of
head) rather densely clothed with white or whitish scales.
Apex of elytra with short setze.

83

Head, rostrum, prothoraz, under surface, and legs as in the
preceding species. Club of antenne considerably longer than
in the preceding. Hlytra about once and one-half the length
of the rest of the body; sides, from behind shoulders (which
are oblique) to apical fourth, perfectly parallel; apex dis-
tinctly triangularly emarginate; seriate-punctate, punc-
tures comparatively small and round; interstices regular,
flat, considerably wider than punctures. Length 42, width
imm.

Hab.—W.A.: Geraldton.

OPHTHALMORYCHUS SPONGIOSUS, n. Sp.

Reddish-brown; muzzle black, antenne reddish-piceous.
Densely squamose; scales of under surface and elytra of a
dingy white, the latter with feeble spots of darker scales and
with a moderately distinct spot on each side about apical
third; prothorax and head with ferruginous-brown scales,
the sides and median line whitish; rostrum very densely
clothed with ferruginous-brown scales, having a very loose,
spongiose appearance, which is caused by numerous small
punctiform impressions (from each of which a seta arises);
the scrobes in consequence appear to be very deeply sunk.

Head the length of prothorax, cylindrical, parallel-sided ;
densely punctate, punctures partially concealed ; a triangu-
lar projection directed upwards and forwards over each eye
and causing them to appear somewhat reniform. Rostrum
somewhat longer than head, swollen about its middle, where
it is wider than head; with a distinct longitudinal impres-
sion commencing just behind muzzle, and continued, but
feeble, on head. Antenne scarcely passing prothorax ; scape
short, deeply immersed in scrobe; funicle with subequal
joints; club elongate-elliptic. Prothoraxr slightly longer
than wide, base much wider than apex, sides rounded;
densely punctate; median line appearing as a shallow
groove.. Elytra slightly more than half the total length,
elongate, and somewhat elliptic; shoulders rounded, base on
each side lightly raised ; each produced at apex ; seriate-punc-
tate, punctures large, quadrate, approximate; third, fifth,
and seventh interstices raised and thickened. Metasternum
with a median depression, and which is continued on abdo-
men. Legs rather thin; posterior femora terminating at
about the middle of third abdominal segment; tibie bisin-
uate beneath ; claw joint long, claws feebly separated. Length
64, width 1 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Windsor (in flood debris).

This species might very well have been referred to ZutAg-
phasis, but as Mr. Blackburn has erected the genus Ophthal-

84

morychus to receive a species having a peculiar process over
each eye, processes reproduced in the present species, I have
thought it best to refer it to the latter genus. The two
genera are closely allied, and in common have many of the
characters of Rhadinosomus. The above species must be
very distinct from O. angustus, for, besides being consider-
ably larger, its elytra are not conjointly rounded, the ros-
trum is wider in the middle than at its base or apex, and
its clothing (slightly similar on the flanks of the prothorax)
is most remarkable: the prothorax is longer than wide, and
not bisulcate. Of O. angustus Mr. Blackburn says it has the
rostrum “dilating greatly forward from its base in such
fashion as to bear a certain resemblance to a funnel, the wide
end of which is the apex of the rostrum." This is also true
of the above species, but only in regard to its under surface.

Besides the specimens described I have two others under ex-
amination, in neither of which are the scales so distinctly
coloured, being almost uniformly dingy grey, the scales on
each side of the median line of the prothorax and on the ros-
trum being of a pale brown. In all three, however, the
character of the scales on the rostrum is the same.

OPHTHALMORYCHUS (METHYPORA) PARALLELUS, Lea.

Atthetimethat this species was described I had not criti-
cally examined many weevils, and in consequence was easily
led astray by its superficial resemblance to Methypora pos-
fica. Тһе species, in fact, is very distinct from Methypora,
having the remarkable lateral extension over each eye char-
acteristic of Ophthalmorychus; although possibly a new
genus will ultimately be required to receive it.* ^ From the
preceding species it differs (besides in many minor details) in
having a much more parallel outline, the prothorax consider-
ably longer than wide, and fully as long as head and pro-
thorax combined, antennæ scarcely extending to anterior
coxæ, and the legs very decidedly shorter and stouter.

HOMGTRACHELUS HADROMERUS, n. Sp.

Black; legs and antenne red, club and claws brown.
Densely clothed with rather stout, feebly glistening scales.

Head and rostrum feebly convex, the former with a very
narrow impression between eyes. Rostrum very indistinctly
depressed along middle. Scape about the length of two
basal joints of funicle ; of these the first is stouter and slightly
longer than second. Prothorax transverse, base almost trun-
cate, sides moderately rounded; densely and coarsely punc-

* There are at least three other species in the Macleay Mu-

seum having these peculiar processes, all of which appear to be
undescribed.

85

tate, punctures alníost concealed. Scutellum subtriangular.
Elytra much wider than prothorax, feebly increasing in
width to near apex, each strongly rounded at base; seriate-
punctate, punctures rather large and subquadrate, appear-
ing to be rather small and oblong when seen through cloth-
ing. Femora thick, scarcely clavate, edentate; tibiæ stout,
with numerous small teeth. Length, male, 33 (rost. incl.),
width, 14; female, 44 x 2 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Geraldton (Hooper and Lea), Garden
Island (Lea).

The small teeth on the tibiæ are more pronounced on the
anterior pair, but on all they are frequently entirely con-
cealed. The prothorax at first sight appears to be strongly
bisinuate at the base. The colour of the scales appears to
be scarcely the same in any two individuals; those of the
under surface are more or less grey, in the male usually with
a bluish, in the female usually with a greenish tinge, some-
times they are dead white. On the supper surface of the
female the prevailing colour appears to be either a sober
grey or green variegated with obscure gold; on the male the
scales are also frequently grey, but are usually of a russet or
golden brown; in many specimens of both sexes, however,
the scales are of a dingy black.

SUB-FAMILY OTIORHYNCHIDES.

MYLLOCERUS CARINATUS, n. Sp.

Black; legs and antenne reddish. Densely and uni-
formly clothed with pale green scales; a few small brown
spots on the elytra. Muzzle with long sete; prothorax with
numerous stout sete not rising above general level; elytra
with two or three irregular rows on each interstice, but very
dense on suture; under surface and legs with much finer
setæ than on upper.

Head flat; a narrow impression between eyes, which is con-
nected with apical triangle by a narrow shining carina. Cur-
vature of scape more pronounced near base than near apex;
two basal joints of funicle elongate, the first slightly longer
than second, seventh longer than sixth. Prothorax widely
transverse, base strongly bisinuate, sides very feebly round-
ed; rather coarsely punctate, the punctures almost concealed.
Scutellum transverse. Hlytra about once and one-fourth the
width of prothorax, very feebly increasing in width to be-
yond the middle; striate-punctate, punctures round and
moderately large, but appearing to be small and oblong
through clothing. Femora clavate, feebly dentate. Length,
84 (rost. incl); width, 22; variation in length, 6-84 mm.

86

Hab.—N.W. Australia (Macleay Museum), King's Sound
(W. W. Froggatt).

On the smaller specimens the spots of brown scales on the
elytra are more pronounced; in none, however, do they en-
croach on the sides or suture. The stout sete are of a pale
yellow colour, and in some lights cause the upper surface (es-
pecially of the elytra) to appear to be of a pale golden green.

MYLLOCERUS USITATUS, n. sp.

Black; densely clothed with pale greenish-grey scales; the
elytra with small brown spots marking many of the punc-
tures; head and prothorax with numerous blackish specks.
Elytra with rather numerous, but scarcely traceable, yellow-
ish setze.

Head almost flat between eyes. Rostrum with three
feeble ridges, all of which are sometimes concealed, and of
which the median one is less pronounced. Scape long, ra-
ther suddenly curved in middle; two basal joints of funicle
elongate, the first noticeably longer than second. Prothorax
moderately transverse, base rather strongly bisinuate, sides
moderately rounded, with strong, concealed punctures. Scu-
tellum as long as wide. — Elytra much wider than prothorax,
gently increasing in width to near apex; striate-punctate,
punctures rather small, subquadrate, approximate, almost or
quite concealed. Ретота clavate, edentate. Length, 54;
width, 2 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Whitton.

The greenish tinge is more pronounced at the sides and on
the under surface; on one specimen many of the scales are
decidedly golden.

M. CINERASCENS, Pasc. Hab.—Geraldton.

M. Darwin, Blackb. (co-type).

Tırınıa BREVICOLLIS, Blackb.

Mr. Blackburn describes this species from “W. Australia.”
I have it from Geraldton and Garden Island ; at both places
it is common on a species of acacia. The elytral spots of
pale scales vary from a dull, dead white to a pale green;
sometimes the spots are entirely absent; in the female there
is seldom a trace of golden lustre; in males in which the
golden spots are very pronounced the legs are usually clothed
with golden scales. The species is extremely close to 7.
tenuis,

PROXYRUS LECIDEOSUS, Pasc.

An abundant and somewhat variable species. I have it
from Geraldton, Dongarra, and Beverley.

87

MATESIA, n. gen.

Head small. Eyes elliptic, rather coarsely faceted, almost
touching, as much on rostrum as on head, and not interrupt-
ing the general outline of the former. Rostrum long and
rather thin, basal three-fourths cylindrical, apex bent and
narrowed; scrobes short, deep, subapical, a scarcely traceable
depression on each side connecting them with eyes. . Antenne
slender; scape considerably passing eyes; funicle with all the
joints elongate; club elliptic, distinctly jointed. Prothorax
subconical, base strongly bisinuate, without ocular lobes, not
emarginate below. Scutellum moderately large and distinct.
Elytra wider than and about thrice the length of prothorax.
M esosternum narrowly produced between anterior сохе; side
pieces very unequal, epimeron narrowly triangular, but pre-
venting the episternum from reaching elytra. Metasternum
the length of basal segment of abdomen; episterna mode-
rately large, angularly enlarged in front. Two basal seg-
ments of abdomen large, sutures of all distinct, the first arcu-
ate in middle. Jegs long; сохае large, anterior approxi-
mate, posterior not widely separated and extending to elytra ;
femora clavate; tibiæ rounded, posterior corbels open; tarsi
rather long, third joint wide, deeply bilobed, claw joint
elongate; claws free and rather stout. Elliptic, convex,
squamose, winged.

Judging by the descriptions, the genus appears to be allied
to Euphalia and Atmesia, from the former separated by the
shape of the scape and prothorax and the long legs, and from
the latter by the bisinuate base of prothorax, distinct scu-
tellum, elongate metasternum, etc. The mentum is large
and rounded anteriorly, the palpi are exposed, the rostrum
beneath has distinct lateral sutures as well as a median one,
the mandibles are prominent and acute; close behind the an-
terior coxæ is a remarkable tooth-like projection and which
is directed backwards.

MATESIA MACULATA, n. Sp.

Brownish-black, shining; scape, tibie, and base of femora
dull red. Pale green scales almost uniformly clothing the
under surface, sparse along middle of rostrum, forming a
spot at base of prothorax and numerous small spots on elytra.

Head smooth, fineiy and sparsely punctate, narrowed from
base to eyes. Rostrum with the sides highly polished and
finely punctate. Antenne long and thin; scape slightly
shorter than funicle, moderately curved, extending to beyond
middle of prothorax; all the joints (but especially the two
basal) of the funicle elongate. ^ Profthorar convex, sides al-
most straight, base much wider than apex and strongly bisin-

88

uate; with small scattered punctures. Scutellum slightly
longer than wide. уға considerably wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders Strongly rounded, sides parallel to near
apex, apex feebly notched ; striate-punctate, punctures mode-
rately large and subquadrate; interstices regular and gently
convex, much wider than punctures. Legs long; femora
very feebly dentate; tibiæ fringed beneath with black setose
hair, apex crowned with stiff black setæ. Length, 51 (rost.
incl); head and rostrum, 2$; width, 2 (vix.) mm.

Hab.—N.W. Australia (Macleay Museum), King's Sound
(W. W. Froggatt).

The femoral teeth are very small, and are invisible from
most directions. Оп the elytra the spots have a decided ten-
dency to become united at the sides; on both prothorax and
elytra the interspaces between the spots of green scales are
clothed with blackish scales, which, though individually
rather large, are traceable with some difficulty ; each of the
elytral interstices has a row of pale semi-decumbent sete,
which, on some specimens, are very distinct, but scarcely
traceable on others.

SUB-FAMILY LEPTOPSIDES.
POLYPHRADES VITIS, n. sp.

Black, opaque; antenne, tibie, and tarsi obscure reddish.
Densely clothed with brown scales, speckled here and there
with grey ones or very stout sete, flanks of prothorax and
elytra with patches of distinct white scales, a small patch on
each side of middle more distinct on prothorax than on
elytra. Under surface and legs with greyish-white scales,
the femora annulate near apex; tibie with dense and long
pale set. |

Eyes elliptic-ovate, finely faceted. Rostrum almost twice
the length of and decidedly narrower than head, apical plate
triangular, produced behind in a carina, becoming very ob-
tuse towards the base. Scape long, apex clavate, touching
prothorax, almost the length of funicle; first joint of funicle
the length of second and third combined; third to seventh
gradually decreasing in length; third and fourth globular;
fifth to seventh transverse; club elliptic, the length of four
preceding joints. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides rather
strongly rounded, apex slightly narrower than base; ocular
lobes finely ciliate; disc rugosely punctate, but punctures en-
tirely concealed. Scutellum indistinct. ^ Elytra cordate,
scarcely twice the length of prothorax, sides near base
strongly rounded, base widely and shallowly emarginate, not
ridged ; striate-punctate, punctures large, but partially con-
cealed ; interstices wide and feebly convex. Tibie very

а ERR

89

feebly dentate beneath; claws soldered together except at ex-
treme apex. Length, 43 (incl. ros.),; width, 1%; variation
in length, 34-53 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Coolup (J. Philippe), Swan River (Mrs. Ar
M. Lea).

The specimens from Mr. Philippe were sent in to the De-
partment of Agriculture as being very destructive to the young
shoots and leaves of the vine. The elytra are provided with
sete, but from no direction do these appear to be either
wholly or partially upright; the pale scales are usually dull,
but occasionally have a silvery or even golden gloss. There
are several specimens under examination which appear to be-
long to this species, but which have not the very distinet
patches of white scales; these patches appear to be more d's-
tinet in the females than in the males. The length of the
scape in this and the three following species would seem to
denote that they belong to Cherrus.

POLYPHRADES DESPICATUS, N. Sp.

Black, opaque ; antenna, tibie, and tarsi obscure reddish.
Densely clothed with brown scales, becoming obscure grey
towards the sides. Under surface with grey scales, the ab-
domen in addition with pale setze. Legs with grey scales, the
femora with short, the tibiæ with long setæ.

Eyes elliptic-ovate, finely faceted. Rostrum decidedly
longer and narrower than head, apical plate triangular, pro-
duced behind in a carina. Scape long, apex slightly clavate
and almost touching prothorax, shorter than funicle. First
joint of funicle the length of two following combined, fifth
to seventh scarcely transverse; club elliptic-ovate, slightly
shorter than four preceding joints. Prothorax feebly trans-
verse, sides strongly rounded, base considerably wider than
apex; ocular lobes feeble; disc densely and finely punctate in
front, subrugosely towards base, but all punctures concealed
in fresh specimens. Scutellum indistinct. Zlytra ovate;
base slightly, the middle considerably wider than prothorax ;
sides strongly and regularly rounded ; striate-punctate, punc-
tures considerably smaller than in the preceding species and
almost entirely concealed, interstices wide and feebly con-
vex. Anterior fibiæ acutely dentate beneath; claws soldered
together for the greater part of their length, and shghtly un-
equal in size. Length, 44; width, 24 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Geraldton.

An obscure species.

POLYPHRADES EXOLETUS, D. Sp.

Black; antenne, tibiæ, and tarsi obscure dull red. Densely
clothed with obscure brownish-grey scales, occasionally very

90

feebly mottled ; the sides, especially head and base of ros-
trum, usually with paler scales than on disc. With nume-
rous rather stout setze, almost invisible from in front, but
very distinct from the sides or behind. Under surface and
legs with greyish scales and setze.

Жуев elliptic-oval, finely faceted. Rostrum longer and
narrower than head, apical plate distinctly triangularly
notched in front, feebly produced hindward in a carina.
Scape long, almost touching prothorax, thickened towards
but not clavate at apex; first joint of funicle as long as the
two following combined, none of them transverse: club ellip-
tic-ovate. — Prothorar transverse, sides strongly rounded,
base wider than apex; ocular lobes distinct; disc in front
finely punctate, punctures concealed, towards base feebly ir-
regularly corrugated. Scutellum very minute. Elytra sub-
cordate, at base scarcely wider than prothorax, increasing in
width to about the middle; striate-punctate, punctures large,
approximate, moderately distinct through clothing, very dis-
tinct at the sides; interstices wide, feebly convex. Anterior
tibi stouter than usual, strongly curved towards apex and
acutely dentate beneath; claws notched at apex. Length,
51; width, 2}; variation in length, 5-6 mm.

Hab.—Swan River.

Specimens have been táken in abundance by means of the
sweep net. Оп an occasional specimen the scales appear to
have a slight golden lustre, but it is extremely faint; several
have a very feeble spot of pale scales on each side of middle
of base. The facets of the eyes, though small, are larger
than in either of the preceding species.

POLYPHRADES EXTENUATUS, n. Sp.

Black, opaque; antennæ scarcely paler. Densely and al-
most uniformly clothed with grey scales and sete having a
rather loose appearance; on the under paler than on the
upper surface and with a silvery lustre.

Shape and sculpture much as in the preceding species, but
the prothorax strongly and rugosely punctate except about
the apical sixth, and the elytral punctures much stronger,
the tibiæ are not so wide at the apex and the claws are more
distinetly separated. Length, 5; width, 2 mm.

Hab.—Swan River.

This species is very close to the preceding, but the different
colour of the scales and very different punctures of the pro-
thorax (obscured, however, by the clothing), appear to ren-
der it distinct.

POLYPHRADES SETOSUS, n. SP.

Black, opaque. Densely and uniformly clothed with pale
subochreous scales, and with very dense and regular stout

91

sete. Scales of under surface, legs and antenne slightly
tinged with brown.

Eyes round and finely faceted. Rostrum short, stout, no
longer and scarcely narrower than head; scrobes large and
deep; apical plate strongly transverse, notched in front, а
depression from its apex to head. Scape rather long and
stout, curved, scarcely extending to prothorax, considerably
shorter than funicle ; funicle with cylindrical joints, the first
shorter than the second and third combined, fifth to seventh
transverse; club acutely pointed. ^ Prothoraw transverse,
sides strongly rounded, base and apex subequal; dise densely
and rugosely punctate or granulate, before the scales are re-
moved appearing feebly transversely corrugate ; ocular lobes
not traceable. Scutellum very minute. | Elytra oblong-
ovate, no wider than but about twice the length of prothorax ;
striate-punctate, punctures large, subquadrate, approximate,
distinct through clothing, interstices wide and moderately
convex. Anterior tibiæ rather stout, distinctly curved at
apex, with a few small teeth beneath; claws separated for
fully half their length and slightly unequal. Length, 7;
width, 2% mm.

Hab.—N.W. Australia (Macleay Museum).

A very distinct species, in shape resembling nanus. The
sete are more numerous and stouter than in any other species
with which I am acquainted. The eyes are rather peculiar.
On one specimen the deciduous piece of the left mandible 18
present; it is long (slightly longer than the eye), strongly
curved, rounded outwardly and blade-like internally, and is
of a shining reddish-brown.

POLYPHRADES GRANULATUS, n. Sp.

Black, opaque. Densely clothed with grey scales and with
paler and dense sete. Under surface and legs with greyish
scales and sete.

Head obtusely but distinctly granulate. Eyes rather large,
ovate, moderately prominent, finely faceted. Rostrum stout,
slightly longer than head, apical plate triangular, slightly
raised, continued to between eyes by a narrow acute costa.
Scape stout, not clavate, scarcely passing eyes; first joint of
funicle as long as two follow'ug combined, fifth to seventh
feebly transverse; club elliptic. Prothorax transverse, sides
strongly rounded, base wider than apex ; ocular lobes dis-
tinct; disc transversely irregularly wrinkled, the elevations
punctate. Scutellum minute. Elytra oblong-ovate, wider
than prothorax at base, feebly increasing in width to about
the middle; striate-punctate, punctures large, quadrate, ap-
proximate, very distinct through clotning; interstices wide,
feebly convex. Anterior tibie curved at apex, with a few

92
small teeth beneath; claws Separated for about half their
length. Length, 91; width, 44 mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

The specimen described is from the collection of the late
Mr. A, Sidney Olliff, and bears a label in the writing of the
Rev. T. Blackburn, “Polyphrades sp. nov.” In build it re-

sembles nanus, from which it may be distinguished by its
clothing and claws.

POLYPHRADES TUMIDULUS, Blackb.

I have numerous specimens from Geraldton (W.A.), which
agree very well with Mr. Blackburn's description of thi: re-

markable species, except that they vary from 24 to 3 lines
(not 3 to 4).
E

. LONGIPENNIS, Pasc. Hab.—S.A.
P. ÆSaLon, Pasc. /lab.—Mount Barker (W.A.).
P. PUSILLUS, Pasc. Hab.—Geraldton.
P. NITIDILABRIS, Germ. Hab.—S.A.
P. PAGANUS, Bohem. Hab.-—Sydney, Windsor, etc.
P. NANUS, Gyll. ILab.— Sydney, etc.
P. LATICOLLIS, Fahrs. IH ab.—Swan River.
р

. INCONSPICUUS, LAMINA-
TUS, AND PLOTUS,

Blackb. (co-types).

ESMELINA* STENOCERA, n. sp.

Black, subopaque; legs and antennæ reddish, tarsi darker
than tibie. Clothed with round and somewhat golden scales,
mixed on the elytra and under surface with pale, stout sete.
Tibiz clothed all over with long and rather dense seta, in-
creasing in length from the base, claw joint with vather
numerous and erect sete.

Eyes ovate, finely faceted, prominent. Apical plate slightly
longer than wide, feebly depressed along middle; punctate,
connected with a narrow and deep ocular fovea by a very in-
distinct impressed line. Antenne just passing base of elytra ;
Scape not very stout, thickened at apex and feebly overhang-
ing base of funicle; of the latter all the joints elongate and
slightly decreasing in length ; club thin, elongate-elliptic, dis-
tinctly four-jointed, all the joints longer than wide, the
fourth very small. Prothorax feebly transverse, subeylindri-
cal, the sides feebly rounded, base and apex equal; ocuları
lobes very obtuse; disc densely granulate, base feebly mar-
gined. Scutellum sloping. "Elytra not raised at base, ob-
long-ovate, at base considerably wider than prothorax, feebly

* Mr. Blackburn (P.L.S. N.S.W., 1892, p. 122) appears to have
doubts as to the propriety of referring this genus to the Leptop-
Sides; to me the position (close to Polyphrades) assigned to it by
Mr. Pascoe appears to be the correct one.

93

increasing in width to beyond the middle, shoulders subtu-
berculate; striate-punctate, punctures large, approximate,
subquadrate ; interstices wide and convex. Legs long; tibiæ
straight except at apex, with numerous feeble teeth beneath.
Length, 13 ; width, 5 mm.

llab.—Swan River.

The club of the antennæ is very peculiar. Тһе unique
specimen described was obtained under bark of an Hucalyp-
tus.

ESMELINA FLAVOVITTATA, Pasc.

The deciduous mandibular processes of this species are re-
markably long. Іп а specimen under examination they are
almost as long as the scape, highly polished, curved, narrow,
sharp-edged internally, and cross at about their middle.

E. AvsTRALIS, Blackb. Hab.—Sydney, Como.

CHERRUS PLEBEJUS, Oliv.

Variable in regard to size and sexually variable in width.
The elytral interstices are very variable in regard to their
elevations and tuberosities, being sometimes wider and some-
times narrower than the striæ, the alternate ones are usually
more highly elevated; the sutural interstices are always
smooth and flattish. | C. opatrinus and ebeninus appear to
be synonyms.

CHERRUS INFAUSTUS, Oliv.

A. variable species in regard to size and shape and the dis-
position and size of the elytral tubercles; vodımerus is with-
out doubt synonymous.

CHERRUS CENOSUS, Fahrs.

With doubt I refer three specimens (from Armidale and
Glen Innes) to this species. They are smaller than the usual
run of C. plebejus, from which they may be at onee dis-
tinguished by the suture of the elytra being tuberculate, and
the other interstices tuberculate throughout, and scarcely or
not at all alternately raised.

CHERRUS MASTERSI, Pasc.

A specimen under examination (from Mount Barker,
W.A.) measures but 73 lines.

CHERRUS PUNCTIPENNIS, Pasc.

I have two specimens (from Donnybrook) which agree with
Mr. Pascoe’s description of this species, except that they are
considerably larger (94 and 11 lines). In both specimens the
deciduous mandibular processes are present; they are stout
and blunt, and are directed at right angles to the apex of ros-
trum.

94

ESSOLITHNA.*
PEPHRICUS.+

The Rev. T. Blackburn, before describing some species of
Pephricus, remarks] on the unsatisfactory separation of the
Australian genera of the Eremmnides from the Leptopsides,
and gives notes on the variation of the claws; subsequently,
when dealing with the Leptopsides, he makes almost exactly
similar remarks on the claws.

Mr. Pascoe placed #ssolithna in the Leptopsides, and
Pephricus in the Eremnides. I am convinced that Pephricus
should never have been placed in a different sub-family to
that to which Polyphrades belongs, and, moreover, that it is
synonymous with #ssolithna. Both supposed genera have a
short scrobe, rostrum transversely sulcate beneath, short
metasternum, more or less distinct ocular lobes, stout an-
tennæ, apex of rostrum with triangular plate (characteris-
tic of most of the Leptopsides), scutellum absent, third and
fourth abdominal segments short, hind corbels open, eyes
more or less rounded, and, in particular, one claw to each
tarsus. То this genus probably also belong the species de-
scribed by Fahræusf as Polyphrades cinereus, murinus, and
perignarus.

Of the described species I possess Hssolithna seriata,
Blackb., and Pephricus squalidus, Blackb., a specimen of
each of which was obtained from Mr. Blackburn, and agrees
exactly with his description. Of the others I believe I know
Essolithna rhombus, Pasc., Pephricus echimys, Pasc., and P.
nanus, Blackb. I do not think that the difference in direc-
tion (the shape is almost exactly the same) of the scrobe be-
tween seriata and squalidus should distribute these species
between two genera and sub-families.

The Australian genera of the Otiorhynchides are in a very
confused state, and will probably remain so until a much
more natural system than Lacordaire's is found for separat-
ing the genera and higher divisions. 1% seems very pecu-
liar to constitute and widely separate sub-families all the
species of which have deciduous mandibular processes; pos-
sibly this system will be along the limes laid down by Le
Conte ** and followed by Le Conte and Horn. f

* Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc., 1869, p. 458.

+ Pascoe, T.E.S., 1870, p. 184.

{TRS S.A., 1892, p. 230.

|| Scientific Results of the Elder Exploring Expedition, p. 49.

® A character (which might perhaps be regarded as only of
specific value) possessed by all the species except Kingiæ is the
presence of dense circular and more or less flattened prothoracic
granules. Similar granules are to be seen on some of the spec’es
belonging to Polyphrades and Cherrus.

f In Schönherr’s Gen. et Spec. Cure.
** American Naturalist, July, 1874.
++ The Rhynchophora of America North of Mexico.

95

ESSOLITHNA PLUVIATA, Pasc.
2

All the species I have under examination are much smaller
than the size ascribed to this species (4 lines), the largest
being less than З lines. |

ESSOLITHNA кһомвоѕ, Pasc.

Four specimens under examination possibly belong to this
species; they differ from Mr. Pascoe's description in having
punctate granules and the elytral interstices convex. They
are from Champion Bay, and vary in length from 1% to 24
lines. The species differs from seriata (which it much re-
sembles) in being smaller, with a shorter scape, basal joints
of funicle differently proportioned and elytral suture thick-
enéd posteriorly.

PEPHRICUS ECHIMYS, Pasc.

I have three specimens under examination, which I believe
belong to this species. The base of the rostrum, however, is
distinctly transversely impressed: a character not mentioned
by Mr. Pascoe. The species must be very close to Poly-
phrades cinereus, but the elytral suture of that species is de-
scribed as subcarinate towards apex; from P. murinus and
perignarus it may be distinguished by the long elytral sete.

PEPHRICUS NANUS, Blackb.

Three specimens (from Swan River) probably belong to
this species. They vary in length from 1} to 14 lines. One
of them is without pale markings; two of them have a mode-
rately distinct spot on each side at base of elytra (as men-
tioned by Mr. Blackburn); and one has in addition a dis-
tinct lateral stripe on the prothorax. The vostrum is as
described.

Rostrum transversely impressed at base.
Upper surface with distinct erect serie.
Rostrum flat between antenne .. echimys, Pase.
Rostrum concave between antennæ ... fissiceps, m. sp.
Upper surface without erect setæ.
Funicle with second joint slightly |
longer than first å .. seriata, Blackb.
Vice versa å Te P .. rhombus, Pasc.
Rostrum not impressed at base.
Elytra with distinct, erect setæ. Get
Elytra striped, non-maculate „ёл MUTATIS: De Sp.
Vice versa LA iG = 2. maculata, n. sp.
Elytra with short sete, or if with long
then it is strongly recurved.
Scape slightly increasing in thickness
to apex 224 1 Үйі S
Scape much wider at apex than at
base.

terrena, n. sp.

96

Scrobe distinct to eye Ph
Serobe terminated before eye.
Elytra not much wider than pro-

Kingic, n. sp.

thonaxi i 99 id ... squalida, Blackb.
Elytra considerably wider .. nana, Blackb.
Elytra without setze P s .. cordipennis, n. sp.

ESSOLITHNA FISSICEPS, n. Sp.

Black; legs and antennæ obscure red. Moderately densely
clothed with round, grey scales, nowhere (in two specimens)
forming a pattern, distinct or otherwise. In addition with
distinct erect sete, moderately dense and rather short on pro-
thorax, and long on elytra, on the latter forming a regular
series on each interstice ; under surface with decumbent sete.

Rostrum distinctly transversely impressed at base, feebly
concave between antenne, sides above scrobes inwardly
oblique. Antenne thinner than usual; scape fully extend-
ing to prothorax ; first joint of funicle as long as two fol-
lowing combined, second noticeably longer than third, the
others not at all or scarcely transverse. Prothorar convex,
feebly transverse, sides distinctly, base feebly rounded ; with
crowded, flat, and more or less circular granules. Zlytra obo-
vate, at base not much wider than base of prothorax, gradu-
ally enlarging posteriorly; punctate-striate, striæ distinct,
punctures rather small, subquadrate, scarcely visible through
clothing ; interstices regular, gently convex. Length, 4%;
width, 24 m.

£ab.—W.A.: Geraldton, Swan River.

ESSOLITHNA MILITARIS, n. Sp.

Black; antenne, tarsi, and tibiæ obscure reddish brown.
Densely clothed with scales varying in colour from white to a
pale slaty-brown or fawn; sides and under surface with white
Scales on flanks of head and prothorax, sometimes with a vio-
laceous gloss; elytra with the white scales forming distinct
Stripes on the sutural and seventh interstices, and less dis-
tinct ones on the third and fifth ; legs with white scales, the
four posterior femora with pale brown rings. Prothorax
with short, dense, erect sete; elytra with long, erect sete
placed in a regular row on each interstice; head and legs wth
moderately long setze.

rostrum very feebly concave between antenna; scrobes
causing the sides above them to appear slightly inwardly
oblique. Antenne moderately long ; scape extending to pro-
thorax; first joint of funicle as long as two following com-
bined, fourth to seventh transverse. Prothorax and elytra
as in the preceding species, except that the elytral punctures
are larger and are more distinct through clothing. Length,
45; width, 21; variation in length, 4 to 5 mm.

97

Hab.—W.A.: Swan River, Pinjarrah, Darling Ranges.

The description of the clothing has been taken from a very
distinctly marked specimen; in most of those under examina-
tion more or less distinct stripes are noticeable, but in a few
the elytra are uniformly clothed with dingy scales; all have
the flanks of the prothorax with white scales, but no mark-
ings on the disc; on several specimens the head is entirely
clothed with white scales.

ESSOLITHNA MACULATA, n. Sp.

Black; autennæ and legs obscure red. Densely clothed
with pale brown or slaty brown scales, more or less distinctly
mottled with darker and paler scales, especially on the elytra;
sides, under surface, and the greater part of the legs with
white scales. Sete much as in the preceding species.

Rostrum slightly concave between antennz, with a feeble
median carina, sides between scrobes distinctly inwardly
oblique. Antenne moderately long ; scape extending to pro-
thorax ; first joint of funicle as long as second and third com-
bined, third to seventh transverse. Prothoraz feebly con-
vex, sides strongly rounded in male, rather less strongly in
female, base truncate, with crowded, flat, circular granules.
Elytra rather briefly obovate, scarcely twice the length of
prothorax ; striate-punctate, punctures moderately large, sub-
quadrate, moderately distinct through clothing. Length,
4; width, 2; variation in length, 3 to 44 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Mount Barker (R. Helms).

The scales on the elytra never assume a striped appear-
ance; the white scales sometimes cover a third of the surface,
and are usually more plentiful on the shoulders and behind
the middle; the larger (female) specimens are more uniformly
clothed.

ESSOLITHNA TERRENA, n. sp.

Black; antennæ and legs obscure reddish-brown. Densely
clothed with muddy brown scales, scarcely variegated, except
on femora and tibiæ, and very indistinctly so on head. With
moderately long but strongly curved and decumbent setz,
which are scarcely visible except from the sides.

Rostrum flat and almost parallel-sided between and behind
scrobes. Antenne moderately long; scape comparatively
thin, feebly increasing in width to apex, extending to pro-
thorax; first joint of funicle as long as second and third; se-
cond as long as third and fourth; third to seventh trans-
verse. — Prothorax as long as wide, sides gently rounded ;
disc with very feeble, scarcely raised, subgranular elevations
not at all distinct even when the scales have been abraded.
Elytra elliptic-ovate, sides near base suddenly dilated, then

G

98

parallel-sided to one-third from apex ; striate-punctate, punc-
tures moderately large, not at all quadrate and not visible
through clothing; interstices regular and gently convex.
Length, 32; width, 14; variation in length, 24 to 34 mm.

Hab.—Swan River.

The elytra are (proportionately to the prothorax) much
wider than in any species with which I am acquainted, being
(at their widest) almost twice the width of prothorax. Tne
prothoracic granules are completely concealed by the cloth-
ing, and even after this has been removed they are traceable
with difficulty. With the exception of nana it is the small-
est species hitherto described.

ESSOLITHNA CORDIPENNIS, n. Sp.

Black; tibiæ reddish, antennæ obscure piceous-brown.
Densely clothed with sooty scales and with greyish or white
scales sparsely distributed, and causing the surface to appear
speckled. Elytra without, prothorax and head with very
indistinct, legs with moderately distinct, setæ.

Rostrum flat, а narow impression from apical plate to be-
tween eyes, sides between and behind scrobes slightly in-
wardly oblique. Scape stout, noticeably shorter than funicle;
first joint of the latter as long as second and third combined ;
third to seventh transverse. Prothorax strongly transverse,
sides moderately, base feebly rounded; with dense circular,
strongly depressed granules. ^ Z/ytra subcordate; at base
noticeably wider than prothorax, sides more or less arcuate
from base to apex; striate-punctate, punctures not very large
(sutural rows largest), quadrate, scarcely traceable througn
clothing; interstices feebly convex, and almost regular.
Length, 4 (vix.); width, 2; variation in length, 32 to 43 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Geraldton.

Evidently close to wmbratus, but differently clothed and
with only the tarsi reddish.

ESSOLITHNA KINGIÆ, n. Sp.

Black ; tarsi reddish, antenne obscure piceous-brown. Dense-
ly clothed with sooty brown scales; head and front and sides
of prothorax variegated with white scales, which have a more
or less decided tinge of green; elytra obscurely variegated
with whitish scales; under surface and legs with dingy scales ;
femora feebly ringed. Upper surface with moderately stout
sete: on prothorax rather dense and recurved, on elytra al-
most flat (except at base, where, however, they are strongly
recurved), and forming a regular series on each interstice.

Eyes more coarsely faceted than usual. Rostrum con-
tinuing the convexity of the head; flat between antenne ;

99

scrobes deep, distinct to but becoming shallow and curved at
eyes; sides between and behind them straight, except towards
base, where they become slightly outwardly oblique. Scape
rather strongly curved, stout, much wider at apex than
base, not extending to prothorax, shorter than funicle: first
joint of the latter longer than second, but not as long as
second and third combined; third to seventh strongly trans-
verse. Prothorax feebly transverse, moderately convex, sides
strongly, base moderately strongly rounded: without gran-
ules, but with large, rounded, deep punctures or foveæ, which
are more or less traceable through clothing. ута briefly
subcordate, base noticeably wider than base of prothorax,
and rather strongly emarginate; seriate- (scarcely striate-)
pünctate, punctures much larger than usual (but smaller
than those on prothorax), and distinct through clothing, in-
terstices feebly convex and regular, except that the second is
slightly wider than the others. Length, 31; width, 2 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Pinjarrah (on Kingia australis),

This species is decidedly aberrant, but I have thought it
best to place it in Essolithna, as the only really important
features in which it differs are the length of the scrobe and
the total absence of prothoracic granules. It is a much
shorter and stouter species than any other with which I am
acquainted.

LEPTOPS GRANULATUS, n. Sp.

Moderately densely clothed with scales varying from
ochreous to dark reddish brown; the elytra in places with
feeble interrupted pale fascie. ^ Abdomen and legs with long
thin sete.

Head somewhat flattened ; eyes ovate, not twice as long as
wide. Rostrum comparatively thin; deeply channelled in
middle, the channel divided in middle by a thin carina,
towards each side with a slightly curved sulcus terminating
before eye and antennæ; scrobes sinuous, deep, and narrow,
distinctly terminated just before eyes; intervening raised
spaces punctate. Antenne long and thin; all the joints of
the funicle considerably longer than wide, the first a little
longer than third, and shorter than second. Prothoraz al-
most cylindrical, longer than wide (4 x 3%), widest just be-
hind apex; with numerous large granules or small tubercles,
each with a setose-puncture; median line feebly marked to-
wards base, more noticeably towards apex. Elytra strongly
convex, at base scarcely wider than prothorax, widest before
the middle; striate-punctate, punctures moderately large,
round and not approximate; interstices with numerous shin-
ing granules, the third and fifth raised and subtuberculate at
summit of posterior declivity. ^ Legs very long; femora with

100

numerous flattened shining granules; tibiæ less noticeably
granulate. Length from apex of eyes, 15; rostrum, 44;
width, 64 mm.

Hab.—Queensland.

My unique specimen was labelled “Qd.,” and was probably
taken by the late Mr. George Barnard, of Cooravoboolarno.
The species (which in shape resembles a gigantic Apion) is
very distinct from any other known to me; it appears to re-
semble swhfasciatus (Pascoe), but that species is described as
having a short scutellar stria, the scrobes “ab oculis remotis,”
and the prothorax subtransverse.

LEPTOPS NODICOLLIS, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with pale ochreous scales becoming subfer-
ruginous on disc of elytra. Rather densely covered with
stout sete, paler on antennæ, abdomen, and legs than else-
where, and very dense on rostrum, tibiæ, tarsi, and tubercles
and suture of elytra.

Head slightly raised between the eyes; eyes elongate-ellip-
tic. Rostrum stout; rather shallowly channelled in middle,
a feeble ridge dividing the channel into two; a rather deep
and almost straight sulcus continued from antenne to near
eyes, a short sulcus between it and scrobe ; scrobes behind an-
tennæ almost straight, shallow, and terminating before eyes.
Antennz long, rather stout; funicle with all the joints longer
than wide, the first longer than second, the others gradually
decreasing to apex. Prothoraw subcylindrical, apparently
longer than wide, but really transverse (male 34 x 32); some-
what rough, but scarcely tuberculate, a shallow transverse
impression interrupted by a small, flattened, shining tubercle
in middle; median line marked at apex by a subpyriform im-
pression. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, sides much
enlarged (but almost straight) to beyond middle ; each elytrou
very feebly produced in middle at base; seriate-punctate,
punctures in male deep and moderately close, in female shal-
lower and distant; interstices scarcely raised, posterior de-
clivity almost vertical, marked at summit by a transverse row
of four strong, subconical tubercles, of which those оп the
third interstices are larger than those on the fifth. Length,
male 134, female 19; rostrum, male 22; width, male 7 , female
102 mm.

Hab.—Cairns (б. Masters).

Allied to tuberculata (Boheman), but with stouter rostrum
and antenne, more irregular prothorax, and the shape and
tubercles of elytra different.

LEPTOPS MALEFICUS, n. Sp.
Densely clothed with ochreous-grey scales, on different indi-
viduals varyiug from almost white to a dingy brown, and

101

sometimes with a feeble greenish tinge. Rostrum, tibie, and
tarsi with dense, short, stout setæ, on prothorax shorter and
sparser, on elytra moderately dense, and towards the sides
and on tubercles becoming longer, darker, and straggling ;
undersurface and legs with long pale setze.

Head, rostrum, and antenne as in preceding, except that
the antenne are thinner. Prothorax subcylindrical, in male
apparently longer than wide, but at widest as wide (male,
3 x 3); at sides with numerous transverse irregular impres-
sions; median line marked in middle by a raised, shining,
somewhat elliptic tubercle. Klytra considerably wider than
prothorax at base, shoulders oblique, scarcely dilated towards
apex in male, strongly in female; seriate-punctate, punctures
comparatively small and distant; third and sixth interstices
tuberculate from base to summit of posterior declivit , Which
is crowned with a transverse row of four large Ант Л соп1-
cal in male, subconical in female, the outer large tubercles
are on the fifth (not the sixth) interstice, and immediately
below them are several smaller ones; several feeble tubercles
on each side near apex. Length, male 13; female 194; ros-
trum, male 33; width, male 62, female 102.

Hab.—N.Q.: Barron Falls (A. Koebele); Goondi River
(W. Freeman).

This species is reported to be very destructive (both in its
adult and larval stages) to sugar cane. From the preceding
species (which it greatly resembles) it may be distinguished
by its elytral setæ, but especially by the tubercies of the third
and sixth interstices; in the latter character it approaches
tuberculata, but the elytra are not at all rounded, as in that
species, and the prothorax is different.

LEPTOPS sETOSUS, n. sp.

Male. Densely clothed with scales having a somewhat cop-
pery hue, with (especially on the under surface) a more or
less rosy tinge; elytral tubercles, muzzle, tarsi, сохе, and
knees more or less distinctly tinged with green. Densely
ervered with stout, short, testaceous setze, longer and paler
on antennz except upper surface of scape; abdomen with the
usual sete more or less intermingled with long, pale, hair-
like setze.

Head feebly depressed between eyes. Rostrum stout;
grooved in middle; a short, deep sulcus towards each side,
scrobes short, strongly curved, shallow, terminating consider-
ably before the eyes. Antenne stout; scape short, stout,
curved; joints of funicle feebly decreasing in width and
length, the second very slightly longer than the first, the
otners subeylindrical, but all longer than wide. Prothoran
considerably narrower at apex than at base, shghtly trans-

ә

^

10
verse (32 x 44), with a number of rather large, deep, and ir-
regular impressions. ølytra about once and one-half the
width of prothorax at base, more parallel-sided than is usual
in the genus, base of each ‘strongly produced in the middle;
shoulders oblique, tuberculate; seriate-punctate, punctures
strong, deep, moderately close, subgeminate; third and sixth
interstices tuberculate from base, the tubercles of third ter-
minating in a large one before summit of posterior declivity,
the fifth with a larger one at or just below summit, a small
tubercle on each side equidistant between summit and apex.
Legs moderately long; femora thicker than usual. Length,
154; rostrum, 32 ; width, 62 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Grafton “Е. de P. O'Kelly).

The specimen described when received by me was labelled
“Leptops tuberculata, Bohem.” ; it is, however, not that spe-
cies, from which (and all its allies known to me) it may be
at once distinguished by the position of the four larger
tubercles, the inner pair being anterior to the outer, instead
of posterior as is usually the case.

LEPTOPS CANALICULATUS, n. Sp.

Male. Sparsely clothed with pale, short setose scales, caus-
ing the derm (both of upper and under surface) to appear
shghtly hoary; scutellum and rostral excavations densely
Squamose; antenne and legs with somewhat glassy scales,
intermingled with short, stout, pale sete.

Пеай wide, three impressions between eyes, of which the
median one is largest. Rostrum wide, strongly dilated to
apex; two strong median channels separated by a strong,
rounded, and narrow carina; sulcate towards each side;
sciobes deep, curved, posteriorly turned up, and joining in
with sulei and continued as the lateral impressions near eyes.
Antenne short, rather stout; first joint of funicle as long as
second, but apparently shorter. Prothorax transverse (6 x 8),
sides rounded, decreasing from near apex to base; a strong
subquadrate excavation in front of middle; with numerous
irregular, shining, vermiform elevations, and with a few
granules or small tubercles towards apex. Elytra oblong-
ovate, not much wider than prothorax at base; densely and
coarsely punctate, punctures separated by narrow transverse
ridges; third interstice with a row of tubercles, small and
rounded at base, becoming larger and conical towards and the
largest terminating at summit of posterior declivity; fifth
interstice with a few small tubercles in middle, seventh with
smaller but more acute tubercles than on third, the largest
just below summit of declivity, the next largest and the most
acute between it and apex; a small conical tubercle on each
side of suture below summit. Abdomen irregular towards

103

the sides, the apical segment channelled down the middle and
with a subelliptic impression on each side. Length, 24; ros-
trum, 64; width, 103 mm.

Female. Differs in being much wider, elytra more rounded,
tubercles more rounded and smaller, punctures shallower and
more irregular, etc. Length, 251; width, 14 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Mossgiel (C. Fuller).

Belonging to the fribulus group, but abundantly distinct
from any with which I am acquainted. In both sexes there
is a feeble subconical process on each side in front of the an-
terior coxæ.

LEPTOPS BRACHYSTYLUS, n. SP-

Male. Densely clothed with somewhat ochreous scales (vari-
able individually to a mottled sooty black); abdomen with
sooty scales, the sides subochreous ; each of the femora with a
feeble sooty ring. Above with rather sparse, stout веб,
scarcely denser on rostrum than on prothorax, antenne
densely setose, the sete increasing in length to apex of
funicle; legs and sides of abdomen with rather long, pale
Seta.

Head feebly convex, а deep linear impression between
eyes. Rostrum stout; feebly grooved in middle, nowhere
with shining carina; between middle and each side with a
strong and strongly curved deep sulcus, which opens pos-
teriorly near the upper base of rostrum. Scrobes short, deep,
oblique, terminated considerably before and beneath eyes.
Antennz rather stout; scape short (scarcely the length of
four basal joints of funicle), considerably enlarged to apex;
second joint of funicle slightly longer than first, the joints
from the third to fifth feebly decreasing, the sixth and seventh
feebly increasing in length; club the length of three preced-
ing joints. Prothorax transverse (34 x 3%); subtuberculate ;
niore or less irregularly excavated in middle, a transverse
impression continued across middle, an impression on each
side of apex. #lytra considerably wider than prothorax;
shoulders oblique, tuberculate; sides subparallel to near
apex; seriate-punctate, punctures moderately large, round,
deep, distant ; each with twelve conical tubercles, four on the
third, including the three largest, the fourth largest of all,
and at summit of posterior declivity, between it and apex, а
very small tubercle; three on the fifth, two on the seventh,
one on shoulder, and a small one slightly behind it. Length,
12%; rostrum, 31; ; width, 53 mm.

Female. Differs in having shorter and more rounded elytra,

tubercles larger at base, and subconical, and antennæ shorter

and stouter. Length, 144; width, 7% mm.
Cairns (G. Masters), Barron Falls (A. Koebele).

104

The rostrum and antennæ are very peculiar; the clothing
appears to be easily abraded, as it is only perfect in two out
of seven specimens under examination. The species is allied
to ferus (Pascoe), from which it may be readily distinguished
by the absence of sutural tubercles at the summit of pos-
terior declivity.

LEPTOPS HORRIDUS, n. Sp.

Male. Densely and uniformly clothed with scales varying on
different specimens from slaty-grey to ochreous and dark
brown; abdomen with an elongate, subelliptie, sooty-black
patch. Moderately densely covered with short, stout sete,
denser on rostrum than elsewhere; antenne and legs with
pale elongate sete.

Head with a feeble transverse impression between eyes.
Rostrum moderately stout; with a narrow deep channel (more
or less obscured by scales) іп middle; a short, deep, some-
what curved sulcus on each side; scrobes short, deep, oblique,
terminating considerably before eyes. Antenne moderately
long ; scape short; joints of funicle subeylindrical, the second
longer than first, all of them longer than wide. Prothorax
feebly transverse (4 x 42), with several irregular transverse
impressions; excavated along middle, the excavation inter-
rupted in middle, anteriorly being horseshoe-shaped, pos-
teriorly irregularly transverse, on each side in front an ele-
vated ridge margining excavation. Wlytra considerably
wider than prothorax, subparallel to near apex; subseriate-
punctate, punctures large, more or less rounded, distant or
approximate; suture аб summit of posterior declivity with
two long subeylindrical tubercles scarcely conjoined at their
bases; third interstice with four tubercles, of which the basal
one is small, and the fourth (before the summit) larger, but
not longer, than the sutural; five acute tubercles forming a
row almost parallel with those on the third, but on different
interstices, the basal one on shoulder, and directed slightly
forward, the fifth on fifth interstice level with and very simi-
lar to those on suture; a small tubercle on each side near
apex, and a small one just behind shoulder. Length, T6.
rostrum, 41 ; width, 73 mm.

Female. Differs in having the elytra slightly more rounded
and shorter, the tubercles larger at their bases, and less
acute, and the humeral one not at all projecting forward.
Length, 181; width, 8j mm.

Hab.—Cairns (С. Masters), Barron Falls (A. Koebele).

A narrow, elongate species, not close to any with which I
am acquainted ; it perhaps belongs to the tribulus group.

105

LEPTOPS ELEGANS.

Male. Head and rostrum with black sete and white scales
intermingled, upper surface of scape with dense blackish
sete; club (except base) brown; prothorax with black scales
and sete, median line marked by white, pink-tinted scales;
elytra with sooty-black scales, a very distinct and dense sutu-
ral line of snowy scales, at the base pink-tinted ; sides from
base to apex narrowly margined with snowy scales, a short
stripe behind each shoulder tinted with pink. Under surface
and legs with snowy scales; flanks of sterna, a spot on each
of the anterior coxæ and a bloteh on each side of abdomen
sooty.

Head densely punctate, punctures partially concealed. Ros-
trum less robust than usual; scarcely grooved in middle, but
with a thin, shining carina ; a short sulcus on each side ; scrobes
short, oblique, shallow, terminated considerably before eyes.
Antenne moderately long; scape as long as funicle, straight,
very feebly thickened towards apex; second joint of funicle
slightly longer than first; fourth to sixth transverse. Pro-
thorax cylindrical, apparently transverse, but: near apex
slightly wider than long (male 3 x 31); shallowly excavated
along median line; with numerous punctate granules or obtuse
tubercles. Аула considerably wider than prothorax ; shoul-
ders oblique, each with a sharp, conical tubercle; sides sub-
parallel to near apex; strongly punctate; third, fifth, and
seventh interstices with rather sharp, conical tubercles, small
except at summit of posterior declivity on third and fifth.

Legs rather long and slender. Length, 12; rostrum, 3i;
width, 5 (vix.) mm.
Female. Differs in having the dark prothoracic and elytral

scales of a sooty brown, the white scales slightly tinged with
yellow, and nowhere tinted with pink, almost the entire
sides of the elytra with whitish scales, and a few whitish ones
about some of the tubercles; the under surface is nowhere
distinctly blotched with dark scales. The elytra are consider-
ably wider, widen posteriorly, and the tubercles are less
acute. Length, 16; width, 73 mm. *

Hab.—N.Q.: Endeavour River (С. Masters), Somerset (C.
French).

A beautiful species approaching the hwmeralis group, but I
do not know a species with which it can be satisfactorily com-
pared. Mr. Pascoe* refers Hipporhinus clavus, Fahrs., to
Leptops. I have not seen M. Olivier's figure of that species,
but it is described by Fabricius as “Albicans, thorace canali-
culato ; coleopteris spinosis; lineolis tribus baseos rubris." It
is possible, though it seems hardly possible, that c/avus is the
above described species; elegans could scarcely be called

106

"albicans," the male (the only sex having three reddish lines
at the base) being clothed with (to the naked eye) deep black
scales, except along the suture and sides of elytra and middle
of prothorax.

In the type female the deciduous mandibular processes are
present; they are long (nearly as long as the three basal joints
of funicle), thin, curved towards apex, and sharp internally.

LEPTOPS SPINOSUS, Fahrs.*

‘This species (which I have from Swan River, Bridgetown,
Donnybrook, Karridale, and Lake Muir) is common and
variable. Specimens under examination range in length
from 7 to 15 mm. (rostrum included). When alive and fresh
they are usually densely covered with small, round, white
Scales and short, whitish sete, mixed with a pale ochreous
dust or meal. The clothing, however, is easily abraded, and
the dust is lost in alcohol. In many specimens the scales
become sooty and form a large discal patch on the elytra and
occasionally on the prothorax; occasionally the whole of the
scales have a rosy or golden gloss. In the female the tu-
bercles are less numerous than in the male, are usually (but
not always) obtuse, and in some specimens the lateral series
almost vanish. The median prothoracie excavation disap-
pears in some specimens. The rostrum is usually indistinctly
carinate; sometimes the carina is very distinct, or it may be
even replaced by a shallow groove.

ПЕРТОР8 SQUALIDUS, Bohem.

L. Hopet is undoubtedly a synonym of this species, as
queried by Fahræus in describing it, and so noted by Mr.
Pascoe.} It is one of the most common and destructive
species of the genus.

LEPTOPS (CHRYSOLOPUS) TUBERCULATUS, W. S. Мас].

In Masters’ catalogue tuberculatus is credited to Bohemann.
It appears to be the same species (and probably the same
specimen) described by W. 8. Масісау.| Bohemann marked
it as Hope M.S., having evidently been unaware (as pointed
out by Sir Wm. Macleay)|| of the existence of W. S. Macleay's
paper.

LEPTOPS ECHIDNA, W. S. Macl.

The type specimen of this species with the label attached

“Chrysolopus (7) echidna, McL., New Holland, Capt. King,"

* I have little doubt but that my identification of this species is
correct, and further that L. dorsatus, Pasc. is one (there are pro-
bably others) of its synonyms.

ТІ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1873, p. 3.

t King’s Survey П., app. p. 445.

EES NEW, T: ep. 200

107

in the handwriting of the late W. S. Macleay, is in the Mac-
leay Museum. In Masters' catalogue it appears as a manu-
script synonym of tribulus, but it is neither. It was de-
scribed in King's Survey II., 1827, app. p. 445. The speci-
men is a female. Compared with a female of tribulus it
differs in having the median ргобһогасіс excavation much
wider and larger, and also with rather strong lateral excava-
tions, somewhat as in acerbus, but more pronounced; the
tubercles on the elytra at a glance resemble those of tribulus,
but differ essentially in the absence of a conjoined pair at the
summit of the posterior declivity, the tubercles at the apex
of the first row (on the third interstice) are large, and appear
to be sutural, but a brief look is sufficient to truly locate them.

L. HUMERALIS, Germ. Hab.—S.A.

L. COLOSSUS, Pasc. Hab.—Geraldton.

І. DüBovLayı, Pasc. //ab.—Geraldton.

L. SUPERCILTARIS, Pasc. //ab.—Forest Reefs, Dalmorton.

І. TETRAPHYSODES, Pasc. //ah.—Tweed and Richmond
Rivers.

L. FERUS, Pasc. IH ab.— Cairns.

L. TRIBULUS, Fabr. Had. NSW. Vit and Tas.

L. SPINIGER, Fahrs. 11ab.—Esperance Bay.

L. INTERIORIS, Blackb. (co-type).

ETHEMAIA APICALIS, n. Sp.

Black; antennæ and tarsi dull red. Densely clothed with
muddy grey scales. Prothorax with blackish sete marking
position of punctures; elytra with pale setze, sparse on alter-
nate interstices, more numerous on posterior declivity, and
rather dense on tubercles; legs with whitish setze.

Head and rostrum slightly convex, the convexity appar-
ently caused by two almost concealed ridges. Rostrum short,
between antenne and eyes subquadrate, near mandibles vis-
ibly punctate. JProthoraw subeylindrical, slightly narrower
at apex than at base, feebly longitudinally impressed along
middle and near sides; sides feebly transversely impressed
about the middle; densely and coarsely punctate, punctures
entirely concealed by scales. Elytra much wider than pro-
thorax, sides subparallel to near apex; shoulders rounded,
somewhat thickened; seriate-punctate, punctures large,
round, entirely concealed by scales; third, fifth, and seventh
interstices distinctly raised, the third and fifth with a dis-
tinct conical tubercle at summit of declivity, the fifth with
an additional smaller tubercle before summit; a small but
very distinct truncate tubercle on each side of apex. U nder
surface with large concealed punctures. Tibie tipped with
black setæ, third tarsal joint feebly bilobed above, entire be-

108

neath, fourth as long as three preceding combined. Length
from apex of eyes, 7 ; rostrum, i; width, 22 mm.

Hab.-—N.S.W.: Windsor.

The tubercles at apex of elytra are very distinctive of this
species. Тһе eyes are not so widely separated nor concealed
as in Hypheria assimilis, and I have preferred on that account
to regard it as an Hthemaia rather than as a Hypheria. Hy-
phæria and Medicasta are founded on very unsatisfactory
characters, and I think should be considered as sections of
Ethemaia. Тһе third tarsal joint in Zthemaia is supposed to
be bilobed ; this is certainly the case with 2. sellata and E.
angusticollis, but in a number of others it is feebly bilobed
above and entire or almost entire beneath. In Hypheria
assimilis it is feebly bilobed above and entire beneath; the
ridges over the eyes (as pointed out by Mr. Blackburn) appear
to be more satisfactory ; X. curtula (which I have from Bev-
erley) somewhat resembles 4. assimilis in this respect, and
also as regards the tarsi, and has the eyes forced out, as in
that species; and if the two genera are to be recognised it
would belong to Hyphæria. — Medicasta is still more unsatis-
factory, the species appear to be nothing more than small
Ethemaic.

ETHEMAIA EMARGINATA, n. Sp.

Black; antennæ (funicle darker than scape or club), tibiae,
tarsi, sides and apex of elytra dull red. Densely clothed
with muddy-brown scales. A few sete showing at sides of
prothorax, sides and apex of elytra; legs with whitish setze.

Head and rostrum slightly convex, the outline (in non-
abraded specimens) not interrupted by ridges or coste. Ros-
trum short, broad, dilating to mandibles. Prothorar slightly
longer than wide (but apparently transverse), sides at apex
oblique, basal two-thirds parallel; a moderately distinct me-
dian excavation; densely and strongly punctate, punctures
entirely concealed by scales. Elytra much wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders oblique, somewhat thickened, apex emargi-
nate; seriate-punctate, punctures large, round, subapproxi-
mate, concealed ; third and fifth interstices distinctly raised,
near summit of posterior declivity with a small tubercle, on
summit itself distinctly tuberculate. ^ Abdominal punctures
traceable. Tibie tipped with black sete; third tarsal joint
feebly bilobed above, still more feebly beneath. Length, 5;
rostrum, 3; width, 2 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs.

The clothing of this species is so dense that all traces of
punctures are lost on the prothorax and elytra. It is allied
to the preceding species, but the apices of the elytra are very
different.

109

E'THEMAIA VAGANS, n. Sp.

Black; antenne, tibiæ, tarsi, and sides of elytra dull red.
Densely clothed with muddy-grey scales, a subquadrate
blackish patch on elytra, under surface with obscure blackish
patches, femora and tibie with feeble blackish rings. Legs
with white sete.

Head flat, scarcely wider than rostrum. .Rostrum longer
than usual, parallel between eyes and antenne and tricari-
nate, apex dilated. Prothorax narrow, longer than wide,

sides rounded in middle and feebly transversely impressed
near base and apex; with a feeble median groove; densely
and strongly punctate, punctures distinctly visible. — Elytra
much wider than prothorax, shoulders oblique, subtubercu-
late; apex rounded ; seriate-punctate, punctures large, round,
their positions distinctly visible through scales; third and
fifth interstices feebly raised, each with two almost obsolete
tubercles on disc, the third with a distinct tubercle at sum-
mit of posterior declivity, fifth with a smaller one below sum-
mit, and a still smaller one before it. Under surface with
positions of punctures visible. Legs longer than usual; fe-
mora thickened; tibiæ tipped with black sete; third tarsal
joint distinctly bilobed, fourth slightly shorter than three pre-
ceding combined. Length, 54; rostrum, 14; width, 2 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Richmond River; W.A.: Newcastle.

Allied to but abundantly distinct from angusticollis. From
the description of adusta it differs in the rostrum having three
carinæ (or seven, if the lateral ones are counted), the scutel-
lum not raised, and each elytron with only three tubercles
about the posterior declivity.

ETHEMAIA FUNEREA, n. Sp.

Black; tarsi, base and apex of tibiæ, dull red. Densely
clothed with black scales. Under surface and legs with dingy
whitish sete, rostrum with black setze.

Head densely and distinctly punctate, flat and wide, а
feeble ridge shghtly projecting over each eye. Rostrum
short, broad, narrower than head, with five longitudinal
granulate ridges between eyes and antenne, apex dilated.
Prothorax subeylindrical, sides very feebly sinuous, apex as
wide as base, with large, coarse punctures, only partially con-
cealed. — Elytra more than twice the width of prothorax;
shoulders square, nontuberculate ; seriate-punctate, punctures
large, round, appearing small and deep through scales ; inter-
stices scarcely alternately raised, summit of posterior declivity
with a moderately distinct tubercle on third, second with a
much less distinct one, two feeble tubercles before summit,
fifth with a small tubercle just before and another just belo.

110

summit: apex rounded. Under surface with punctures trace-
able. Leys moderately long ; femora thickened ; third tarsal
joint bilobed, fourth shorter than three preceding combined.
Length, 33; rostrum, 1; width, 14 mm.

Hab.—Swan River.

A small and very distinct species, possibly belonging to
M edicasta, but I prefer to regard it as an Ethemaia.

ETHEMAIA SELLATA, Pasc.

An abundant and widely distributed species. I have taken
specimens at Tamworth, Queanbeyan, Hay, and other places
in N.S.W., Murray Bridge and Adelaide in S.A., Beverley
and Pelsart Island in W.A., and Hobart, Franklin, and
Launceston in Tasmania.

The semilunar brown marking on the elytra mentioned by
Mr. Pascoe is rarely present, the scales nearly always being
of an uniform colour. The size (including rostrum) ranges
from 5% to 91 mm.

E. ANGUSTICOLLIS, Pasc.

Hab.— Clarence River.

HYPHÆRIA ASSIMILIS, Pasc.

Hab.—Queanbeyan.

A specimen from Wilcannia differs in having a spot of
white scales on the apex of prothorax, the scutellum white
and connected with the prothoracie spot by a feeble whitish
median line; the elytral tubercles are also more densely
crowned and with paler scales than on the rest of the sur-
face.

MEDICASTA LEPTOPSOIDES, n. Sp.

Black; antenne, tibiæ, and tarsi obscure red. Densely
clothed with muddy-brown or slaty-grey scales, paler on under
than on upper surface. Legs with short, whitish sete.

Head somewhat flattened. Rostrum about twice as wide
as long, narrower than head, with traces of about five feeble
ridges. Prothoras cylindrical, slightly longer than wide,
base and apex equal, with large punctures almost concealed
by clothing. | Elytra wider than prothorax, shoulders
rounded, sides feebly increasing to near apex; seriate-punc-
tate, punctures large, round, almost concealed; third, fifth,
and seventh interstices strongly raised, the third with a dis-
tinct tubercle at summit of posterior declivity, fifth with a
tubercle just before and another just below summit. Punc-
tures of under surface entirely concealed. Tarsi with third
joint deeply bilobed, fourth slightly shorter than three pre-
ceding combined, subtriangularly dilated to apex. Length,
3$ ; rostrum, 2; width, 14 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Pinjarrah.

111

Two specimens very different in clothing; on one the scales
are uniformly muddy brown, on the other brown mottled with
slaty or greenish-grey ; they bear a strong general resemblance
to many species of Leptops.

SUB-FAMILY AMYCTERIDES.

Whilst in Sydney recently I examined some of the specimens
of this sub-family in the Macleay and Sydney Museums. Un-
fortunately, the late Sir William Macleay seldom, if ever,
designated his type specimens, so that it is impossible to tell
(by the label) when the species is named in both museums,
which specimens were his types. Mr. Masters, however, tells
me that the majority of them are in the Macleay Museum. A
number of the species are referred to wrong genera, but I had
not sufficient time to spare to go thoroughly into the ques-
tion. The following notes, however, were made: —

PSALIDURA.

Mr. Masters believes that this genus does not occur in W.
Australia, and such is my own conviction. P. mira was re-
corded from the Swan River by Sir William from a specimen
so labelled in W. Sharp Macleay's collection. In the Macleay
Museum are a number of duplicates of the species, so many
that did the species occur in W. Australia I think that Mas-
ters, Brewer, Duboulay, or myself should have taken it.

Sir William appears to have regarded the presence of ex-
ternal anal forceps as an essential feature of the male in
Psalidura. This supposition I am not willing to admit. I
believe that the following species referred by him to Talau-
rimus belong to Psalidura:—Penicillatus, Macl.; Riverine,
Macl.; erasperatus, Er.; and the species he has identified as
morbillosus, Boi., and tomentosus, Boi., in all of which the
apical segment of the abdomen is largely transversely exca-
vated, and which have (more or less hidden) anal appen-
dages.

TALAURINUS CAMDENENSIS, Macl.

T. Murrumbidgensis, rudis, salebrosus, and rugosus, Macl.,
all belong to this species, as also do the specimens labelled
Westwoodi, Sch., in the Macleay Museum.

TALAURINUS EXCAVATUS, Sch.

The specimen so labelled in the Macleay Museum is identi-
cal with the one labelled rugifer, Boi. The locality, "Swan
River,” for the latter, is in all probability erroneous. It
does not follow, however, that these names are synonymous.

TALAURINUS SIMILLIMUS, Macl., and T. FOVEATUS, Мао].
These names appear to be synonymous.

112

SCLERORRHINUS,

I believe Sir William has made far too many species of this
genus from the South Australian specimens he had under ex-
amination, not having allowed sufficiently for the variation of
elytral tubercles, which often differ on the right and left sides
of a specimen.

SCLERORRHINUS ÅDELAIDÆ, Мас].

S. divaricatus and nodulosus at least, and possibly arenosus
and a number of others, are synonymous.

SCLERORRHINUS WATERHOUSEI, Macl.
S. interioris is synonymous.

SCLERORRHINUS ASPER, Macl.
S. sordidus and acuminatus are synonymous.
SCLERORRHINUS ANGUSTUS, Мас].

The unique specimen standine under this name in the Mac-
A 8 D
leay Museum is probably a male of emilis.

NOTONOPHES,.
Mr. Sloane refers but one species (Cubicorrhynchus cich-
lodes) to this genus. The following species should also be
referred to it:-—Talaurinus dumosus and spinosus, Macl.,

and lemnus and pupa, Pase. I do not believe, however, that
all these names will eventually stand.

ACANTHOLOPHUS CONVEXIUSCULUS, Macl., and HYBORRHYN-
CHUS MASTERSI, Мас].

I have carefully examined the types of the above in the
Macleay Museum (and also the specimens so named in the
Sydney Museum), and find them identical. The Species be-
longs to the same genus as Cubicorrhynchus spinicollis,
Macl. does.

AMYCTERUS DRACO, W. S. Macl.

I have a male specimen (from Killerberrin, W.A.), which,
on comparison with the type specimen of this Species, appeared
to agree with it, except that the prothorax had five tubercles
on one side and six on the other side of the middle.

A. specimen (probably from the Murchison), which appears
to be the female of the species (unknown to both the Mac-
leays), differs in being much larger than the male (34 by 13
mm.), the prothorax more decidedly flattened at the sides; the
elytral tubercles much smaller and flattened, and the lateral
row (except at apex), almost obsolete; the apex is strongly
mucronate (the mucros fully a millimetre in length), thicken-
ed, and obtusely granulate (not with a regular series of small

113

tubercles). The abdomen is not at all punctate, though
somewhat rugose in places. The prothorax has four dis-
tinct tubercles on each side, the median space between them
being wider than in the male.

MOLOCHTUS TIBIALIS, Sloane.

I have received a specimen from the Adelaide Museum
(with an Elder Expeditiou label in Mr. Helms's writing) as
this species. Compared with a female of gagates, from Ger-
aldton (Champion Bay), it presents the differences mentioned
by Mr. Sloane,* but these differences entirely disappear when
compared with the male of that species. Му specimen also
agrees with Mr. Sloane's description, except that the pro-
thoracic granules are setigerous, instead of being, as he de-
Scribes them, “punctured at apex, but not setigerous." Ровѕ-
sibly his specimen was somewhat abraded.

ÆDRIODES HUMERALIS, n. Sp.

Entirely black, opaque, with sparse and very minute dingy
scales scattered about. Granules with short setæ, muzzle and
legs (especially tibiæ) with long black setze.

Head flattened, impunctate. Rostrum impunctate, with
three feeble impressions; apex with a shining subobcordate,
slightly concave punctate space, separated by grooves from
the rest of the rostrum. — Prothoraz subglobular ; apex trisul-
cate, median sulcus largest and deepest, open behind but not
to base, the ridge on each side of it with smaller granules and
denser setæ than elsewhere; with rather large, round gran-
ules, each of which bears a seta in its middle. Zlytra at
base not as wide as middle of prothorax, but at apical third
considerably wider; suddenly declivous near apex; disc with
numerous small shining seta bearing granules, sides with
very small shining simple granules; third interstice raised,
produced at base, about middle thickened and terminated, at
summit of posterior declivity with a large tubercle; fifth in-
terstice raised, arched, and considerably produced at base, at
summit of posterior declivity dilated into a tubercle rather
less than that on third, and iess pronounced in character, ex-
cept when viewed from behind. Under surface with a few
small punctures; apical segment transversely impressed. Legs
long and thin. Length, 11; width, 5 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Mount Barker.

Moderately close to nodipennis, and, like that species, re-
sembling to a certain extent some of the species belonging to
Mythites and Sosytelus.

> T.R.S. S.A., xvi., p. 413.

+ This species was recorded from and I have taken it on the
Swan River. In the catalogue it appears as coming from South
Australia.

H

114

ACHERRES GLOBICOLLIS, n. Sp.

Black, opaque, with numerous stout black sete, and with
four small but distinct patches of dingy white scales; one
on each shoulder and one at some distance behind it: a few
small scales on the sides about the middle.

Head feebly wrinkled, a few large punctures below and be-
hind eyes. Rostrum with large punctures, with two strong,
coarsely punctured ridges overhanging the eyes and almost
united in front. Prothoraz almost globular, with large, regular,
closely set mamilliform tubercles, all of which are concave and
supplied with sete. Zlytra briefly ovate, much wider than
prothorax, not once and one half as long as wide; sides with
large punctures or foveæ, towards suture becoming irregular
and submamilliform ; each with two rows of about five conical
tubercles, which become larger and more acute towards and
terminate at summit of posterior declivity; an acute post-
humeral tubercle. Length, 9; width, 43 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Fremantle.

The tubercles at the base of the inner row on each elytron
are more round than conical, and are very distinctly punc-
tate; the outer rows consist of five tubercules on one side and
six on the other in the type. It differs from mamillatus
(which I have from Geraldton), in having the rostral crests
much stouter and more coarsely punctate, the prothorax more
globular and with regular, uniform, more strongly elevated,
and smaller mamilliform tubercles; the elytra are supplied
with larger punctures, with larger and less numerous tu-
bercles, and the clothing is different.

ODITESUS TIBIALIS, n. Sp.

Entirely black, opaque, with small setose greyish scales,
moderately dense on head, prothorax, and sides of elytra, and
causing the upper surface to appear very dingy. Granules
with small, the legs with long, black setze; middle almost to
apex of anterior tibiae with à very dense fringe of sete.

Head largely excavated, a feeble median ridge on each
side between eyes. Rostrum sparsely punctate; base with a
large subconical elevation, which is feebly divided along its
middle, and punctate and setose throughout. Prothorar sub-
globose, with a distinct (but not deep), complete median ex-
cavation, each side in front with an oblique excavation, with
large (larger at sides than in middle), round granules, each of
which is punctured and bears a seta. Elytra at base not
much wider than prothorax in middle, but considerably wider
towards apex; with series of punctures much interrupted on
disc, but becoming more regular and foveate on flanks ; third
and fifth interstices more or less raised, the elevated parts
densely granulate, both (third slightly, fifth largely) pro-

115

duced at base on to prothorax, third with three or four (in
the specimen under observation three on the right and four
on the left elytron) clusters of granules forming feeble
tubercles and a distinct tubercle at summit of posterior de-
clivity. Under surface and legs with dense, shallow, slight-
ly rugose punctures; apical segment transversely impressed.
Legs long and thin. Length, 9; width, 44 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Mount Barker.

To the naked eye the fringe of setæ cause the tibiæ to ap-
pear strongly bisinuate beneath. The excavation on
each side of the median one in. front of the
prothorax is very distinct when seen from in front,
but indistinct when viewed from behind. From
some directions each elytron appears to be supplied
with four distinct tubercles, but the only real tubercles are
those at the summit of the posterior declivity, the others
being little more than clusters of granules—except perhaps
the one on the middle of the fifth interstice. The species is
very distinct from lycosarius (the only described species with
which I am acquainted) and much resembles -Ldriodes nodi-
pennis. There are two other species in my possession, but
each is represented by a single battered specimen.

SUB-FAMILY RHYPAROSOMIDES.
PHRYNIXUS ASTUTUS, Pasc.

When in Melbourne recently I received from the National
Museum a specimen of this New Zealand species, as coming
from Victoria.

ZEPHRYNE PERSONATA, n. 5р.

Very densely clothed with muddy-greyish scales entirely
concealing the punctures and derm. With straggling semi-
erect sete; dark on upper surface both of body and legs, and
pale on under surface of body and legs.

Head apparently shallowly concave in middle, with a late-
ral extension completely concealing each eye from above.
Prothorax feebly transverse, disc and sides very uneven,
apex feebly produced, but not elevated. ^ Elytra wider than
prothorax, shoulders produced and subtuberculate, alternate
interstices distinctly raised. Length, 32; width, 12 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Glen Innes.

Having only one specimen under examination I have not
cared to abrade the scales to make sure of the sculpture, ex-
cept on a portion of the elytra, which is seen to be covered
by very large quadrate punctures. The species differs
from the description of sordida in being smaller, by having
the prothorax not at all oblong, and by having the alternate
interstices of the elytra (although distinctly raised) entirely
without tubercles.

116

MANDALOTUS CAMPYLOCNEMIS, n. Sp.

Black; antenne and tarsi of а dingy red. Densely clothed
with muddy scales, entirely concealing the derm, and mixed
here and there with a few stout semi-upright clavate setæ.
Under surface less densely clothed than upper, and with
more numerous and stouter adpressed sete. ^ Legs with
numerous elongate sete, the intermediate tibiæ in the male
with long, thin hair towards apex.

Rostrum somewhat curved, strongly carinate, the carina

sometimes almost concealed. ^ Scape straight except at ex-
treme base. First joint of funicle slightly longer than
second. Prothoraz strongly transverse, apex considerably

narrower than base, median groove very distinct, with nume-
rous obtuse tubercles in male, in the female slightly irregular
and with small, scattered granules; very feebly punctate.
Scutellum small and indistinct. ута subcordate ; at base
narrower, about the middle wider than prothorax ; seriate-
punctate, the punctures rather large and round, and show-
ing almost as geminate strie through clothing; suture be-
yond middle, second, fourth, and sixth interstices obtusely
tuberculate, the second and sixth at base distinctly tubercu-
late, a distinct tubercle about shoulder. Tibie strongly
curved in front, dilated at apex, less noticeably so in female
than in male, and in the intermediate than the others.
Length, 64 (incl. rost.); width, 22; variation in length, 43-
74 mm.

“На%.--Сізгепсе River.

The curvature of the apical portion of the anterior (1126
in the male is so great as to be almost at right angles to the
base, and is much greater than in valgus, which species 1й
somewhat resembles. Іп the male the basal segment of the
abdomen is strongly transversely depressed, in the female
the depression is scarcely traceable.

Norr.—The colour of the above and of nearly all of the
following species can only be seen after the scales have been
abraded. When the punctures and granules or tubercles of
the prothorax and elytra are described without mentioning
the clothing, such description has been drawn up from inten-
tionally abraded specimens.

MANDALOTUS PILIVENTRIS, n. Sp.

Black; antenne and tarsi of a dingy red. Densely cloth-
ed with muddy scales which entirely conceal the derm, and
with numerous stout sete, more numerous and depressed on
prothorax, on elytra sublinear in arrangement and suberect.
Legs with stout sete, the anterior and to a slightly less ex.
tent the posterior tibie in the male fringed beneath with
long, soft hair.

1217

Rostrum stout, curved, strongly carinate along middle,
the carina sometimes concealed. Scape straight, not very
Stout; two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothoraz di-
lated in middle, apex slightly narrower than base, median
line feeble; with small regular obtuse tubercles, neither tu-
bercles nor median line showing through clothing. Scu-
tellum small and indistinct. Ælytra in male narrower. than
prothorax at base, and wider beyond: middle; in female as
wide at base and slightly increasing to beyond middle; seri-
ate-punctate, punctures moderately large, round, and regu-
lar, the interspaces densely punctate, finer punctures entirely
concealed; suture, second, fourth, and sixth interstices
slightly raised. 7104: moderately strongly curved, and all
(the intermediate less noticeably than the others) dilated at
apex. Length, 6; width, 21; variation in length, 5-7 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Clarence River, Windsor, Sydney.

The basal segment of the abdomen in the male is strongly
depressed, and clothed with long setze between the coxæ, in
the female it is but feebly depressed and the clothing is nor-
mal; the sutural interstice is slightly contracted near the
base, but dilates beyond the middle, so that the rows of
punctures appear to be somewhat curved. Numerous speci-
mens of both this and the preceding specimens were obtained
during a flood. Although the sculpture of abraded speci-
mens is seen to be very different, perfect specimens are not
very dissimilar, but they are readily distinguished by the
clothing and shape of the tibiæ.

MANDALOTUS SCABER, n. sp.

Male. Black; antenne and legs dull red, tarsi pale red.
Clothing as in the preceding species, except that the tibiæ
are not clothed beneath with long hair.

Rostrum stout, curved, carinate. Scape thinner than in
the preceding species and slightly curved, two basal joints
of funicle subequal. Prothoraa strongly transverse, apex
distinetly narrower than base; median lime distinct, with
numerous obtuse tubercles, and which are traceable through
clothing. Scutellum small and very indistinct. Elytra
ovate, small, considerably narrower than prothorax at base,
and nowhere as wide as prothorax at its widest; base semi-
circularly emarginate; seriate-punctate, the punctures mode-
rately large; each with a few obtuse tubercles, of which the
most distinct are on the second and sixth interstices at base
and one behind each shoulder. Basal segment of abdomen
widely depressed, the depression continued from metaster-
num. All the fibie strongly curved and dilated at apex,
the posterior suddenly narrowed close to apex. Length, 5;
width, 2 mm.

118

Hab.—Tweed River.

Å small species somewhat resembling campylocnemis and
valgus, from both of which it may be readily distinguished
by its large prothorax and small elytra.

MANDALOTUS AMPLICOLLIS, n. Sp.

Male. Black; antenne and tarsi of a dingy red. Very
densely clothed with: muddy-brown scales, not only conceal-
ing the derm, but even the positions of the punctures. Pro-
thorax with stout, suberect sete, on the elytra becoming sub-
linear in arrangement. All the tibiæ fringed beneath with
long, soft hair, but rather sparser on the anterior than on
the four posterior.

Rostrum stout, distinctly curved, non-carinate; scrobes
deep. Scape stout, shorter than usual. First joint of
funiele once and one half the length of second. Prothoras
large, much less transverse than usual, sides rounded, apex
scarcely narrower than base; densely punctate, with small,
regular, seta-crowned granules, median line just traceable
through clothing. Scutellum not visible. ^ Elytra compara-
tively small, almost the width of prothorax at base, and
scarcely wider elsewhere; seriate-punctate, punctures rather
large and round ; interspaces finely punctate, alternate inter-
stices raised. Basal segment of abdomen widely depressed,
the depression continued on to second segment, but small,
and bounded behind by a distinct ridge. bic stouter than
usual, strongly curved, apex of the anterior so strongly
curved as to be almost drawn backwards. Length, 6; width,
21 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs.

The scape is shorter than in any other species with which
I am acquainted. Тһе clothing is so dense that the sculp-
ture is entirely hidden; many of the suberect sete on the
elytra are more like stout, soft scales than true sete. The
rostrum is dilated at the middle and non-carinate, the api-
cal plate being abruptly terminated.

MANDALOTUS SPURCUS, n. Sp.

Blackish ; antenne and tarsi of a dingy red. Moderately
densely clothed with muddy scales mixed with a few sete.
Anterior tibie in the male rather feebly fringed beneath
with long, soft hair. |

Rostrum stout, curved, narrowly carinate, the carina
sometimes almost concealed. Scape almost straight; first
joint of funicle slightly longer and noticeably thicker than
second; club larger than usual. Prothoraz moderately
transverse, sides rather feebly rounded, apex as wide as
base, median line feeble, disc almost smooth. Scutellum

119

small, not traceabie through clothing. H/ytra oblong-ovate,
in both sexes wider than prothorax, widest in female; seri-
ate-punctate, punctures round and close together; alternate
interstices scarcely visibly raised; a feeble tubercular eleva-
tion behind each shoulder. Tibia rather stout, not strongly
curved, bisinuate beneath, not very wide at apex. Length,
5.3 width;:2-mm:

Hab.— N.S.W.: Sydney, Windsor.

The very obtuse tubercular elevations of the prothorax and
the feeble median line are entirely concealed by the not very
dense clothing; the elytral punctures are rather larger than
usual. The female is considerably wider than the male, but
otherwise the sexual differences are not very pronounced.

MANDALOTUS EXCAVATUS, n. Sp.

Male. Blackish ; antennz and tibiæ of a dingy red. Densely
clothed with dark muddy scales, interspersed with stout seta.
Legs with stout setæ, the tibiæ not fringed beneath with long
hair.

Rostrum moderately long, narrowly carinate. Scape ra-
ther stout; first joint of funicle almost twice the length uf
second. Proihorax and elytra much as in the preceding,
but the tubercular elevations of the prothorax very distinct
and regular. Basal segment of abdomen strongly depressed
in middle, the depression bounded at each corner by a dis-
tinct ridge. 77006 much as in the preceding, but thinner.
Lengtn, 4: width, 13 mm.

Hab.—Brisbane (A. J. Coates).

MANDALOTUS SUTURALIS, n. Sp.

Blackish ; antenne, tarsi, and suture of elytra of a dingy
red. Not very densely clothed with small, rounded scales
aud with numerous stout sete, on the elytra becoming linear
in arrangement, and very conspicuous on the suture and al-
ternate interstices. Legs setose, the anterior tibie of male
rather sparsely fringed beneath with moderately long hair.

Rostrum moderately stout, curved, strongly carinate.
Scape straight and moderately stout ; first joint of funicle
noticeably longer and stouter than second. Frothorax
slightly transverse, sides moderately round, base and apex
almost equal, with small, closely packed, rounded, and regu-
lar tubercles; median line just traceable either on perfect or
abraded specimens. Scutellum small, transverse, indistinct.
Elytra oblong-ovate; in male scarcely, in female distinctly
wider than prothorax; seriate-punctate, the punctures com-
paratively small and round, appearing in geminate rows
through clothing; alternate interstices scarcely visibly raised,
but slightly wider than the others. Abdomen transversely

120

wrinkled or corrugated in male, the basal segment narrowly
impressed across base and across middle of apex. i Tobie
curved, bisinuate beneath, not largely dilated at apex.
Length, 44; width, 14 mn.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Armidale, Inverell.

The colour of the elytral suture is sometimes traceable
without removal of scales, but when these have been abraded
it shows up very distinctly. The small and reguiar prothor-
acic tubercles are very distinctive.

MANDALOTUS PINGUIS, n. Sp.

Blackish ; antennæ and legs obscure reddish-brown, tarsi
paler. Not very densely clothed with small, round, grey
scales (in certain lights having a golden-green reflection) ob-
scurely mottled with small brown patches. With numerous
stout sete, conspicuous but scarcely linear in arrangement ;
at tne sides (especially of the elytra) becoming rather long
and resembling the clothing of the legs; this is thin anl
straggling, and scarcely longer on the tibiæ than elsewhere.

Rostrum short, stout, curved, non-carinate. Scape al-
most straight, stout at apex; first joint of funicle obtriangu-
lar, as long as the two following combined. Prothoras

feebly transverse, rather strongly rounded; densely and
finely punctate; without tubercular elevations and without
median line. Scutellum not traceable. Elytra subovate,
distinctly wider than prothorax, widest before middle;
shoulders rounded; seriate-punctate, punctures small and
close together ; interstices wide, regular, and flat. Two basal
segments of abdomen strongly punctate, the others with

denser and smaller punctures. Tibiæ almost straight on
their outer edges, all (but especially the posterior) large at
apex. Length, 52; width, 23 mm.

Hab.—Rottnest Island.

A rather short, stout species, without rostral carina; from
ventralis it may be distinguished by the absence of prothor-
acie tubercles, from punctiventris by having no median line,
and from pilosus, to which it is closest, by the shorter and
sparser clothing, less strongly curved tibiæ, wider elytral in-
terstices, and smaller punctures.

MANDALOTUS PALLIDUS, n. sp.

Testaceous, under surface livid. Not very densely clothed
with obscure muddy scales. With numerous moderately
long, suberect sete, darker and more numerous on the pro-
thorax than on the elytra, on the latter they are sublinear
in arrangement; tibi; in male fringed beneath with long,
soft hair, less noticeable on the intermediate than on the
others.

ال

Rostrum short, curved, distinctly: carinate. Scape
straight, increasing to apex; two basal joints of funicle elon-
gate, the first longer and stouter than second. —Prothorax
widely transverse, apex noticeably narrower than base; disc
smooth and without tubercular elevations; median lime nar-
row, as distinct before as after removal of scales. Scutellum
small, but distinct. Ауга in male scarcely, in female con-
siderably wider than prothorax ; seriate-punctate, punctures
moderately large and round (smaller in female than in
male); interstices feebly convex, the alternate ones feebly
raised. Basal segment of abdomen with a semi-circular row
of strong punctures. Tibie slightly curved, bisinuate һе-
neath, moderately dilated at apex. Length, 54; width;
male 2, female 23 mm.

Hab.— Sydney.

Had I seen but one specimen I would probably have con-
sidered it immature, but as there are fourteen under exami-
nation, all agreeing in colour, I have no doubt but that the
colour as described is that of fully matured specimens. The
species is not very close to amy here noticed or described.

MANDALOTUS RETICULATUS, n. Sp.

Blackish; antennæ, prothorax, tarsi, and base of tibiæ
dull reddish-brown. Sparsely clothed with small rounded
scales. The elytra with very distinct but not numerous
sete. Tibiæ moderately densely setose, but scarcely fringed
beneath.

Rostrum moderately stout, curved, acutely carinate.
Scape slightly but distinctly curved; first joint of funicle
almost twice the length of second. Prothoraw moderately
transverse, base and apex subequal, closely covered with
small and very depressed but distinct tubercles; median line
not at all traceable. Scutellum small, moderately distinct.
Elytra oblong-ovate, not much wider than prothorax ; seriate-
punctate, punctures not very large; interstices regular and
finely punctate. Basal segment of abdomen with a semi-
circular row of strong punctures. bie curved, the inter-
mediate bisinuate beneath, the posterior curved outwards on
apical half. Length, 3; width, 1} mm.

Hab.—Inverell.

The prothorax appears as if the elevations were less like
tubercles than owing to numerous narrow impressions, in
this respect differing esentially from those of suturalis. The
curvature of the posterior tibie is remarkable.

MANDALOTUS PUSILLUS, n. Sp.
b

Male. Blackish ; antenne, prothorax, tarsi, tibiæ, and base
of femora obscure reddish-brown. Sparsely clothed with

132

small, ochreous-grey scales. With Stout, dark, suberect
setze on the elytra, really linear in arrangement, but scarcely
appearing to be so when viewed directly from above. Under
surface sparsely and almost uniformly setose. All the tibiæ
(but the intermediate less noticeably so) fringed beneath
with long, soft hair, rather Sparser and longer than is usual.

Rostrum moderately stout, not depressed at base, and non- |
carinate. Scape comparatively thin, very feebly curved;
first joint of funicle about once and one half the length of
second. — Prothorax transverse, rounded, somewhat depres-
sed, smooth; finely punctate, and with a feeble median line.
Scutellum small. Elytra not much wider than prothorax,
widest near base; seriate-punctate, punctures rather large
and subquadrate; interstices feebly convex, and very feebly
alternately raised. Basal segment of abdomen with a semi-
circular row of strong punctures, the second with a few scat-
tered large punctures, apical segment densely and finely
punctate. Tibie strongly curved, suddenly at apex of pos-
terior Length, 3; width, 14 mm.

Hab.—Swan River.

Somewhat resembles suturalis and the preceding, but may
be at once distinguished by its smooth prothorax. The eyes
are rather more coarsely faceted and more advanced in posi
tion than usual. On the specimen described both of the de-
ciduous mandibular processes are present, they are curved,
directed outwards, and but slightly decrease in width to
apex, their colour is red with the tip blackish.

MANDALOTUS SUBGLABER, n. sp.

Black, somewhat shining ; antennz (the club black), tarsi,
and base of tibiæ dull reddish brown. Sparsely clothed with
very small grey scales, and with subdepressed and not very
stout sete. Тіра very feebly fringed beneath.

Lostrum moderately stout, not depressed at base, dis-

tinctly costate. Scape almost straight, rather suddenly
thickened near apex; first joint of funicle obtriangular, twice |
as long as second. Prothorax transverse, closely covered

with small, flattened tubercles; median line narrow and in-
distinct. Scutellum scarcely traceable. Hlytra oblong-ovate, in
male scarcely, in female distinctly wider than prothorax ;
seriate-punctate, punctures large and subquadrate; inter-
stices convex and regular. Basal segment of abdomen de-
pressed in middle, the depression continued on to second seg-
ment and to metasternum. Anterior солее almost approxi-
mate; tibiæ rather feebly curved and feebly bisinuate be-
neath. Length, 4; width, 12 mm.

Ilab.—Forest Reefs.

A small, shining species which may be easily distinguished
by the colour of the antenne.

123

TIMARETA.
This genus is remarkably close to Mandalotus, being sepa-
rated therefrom only by the character of the ungues.

TIMARETA FIGURATA, Pasc.

This species (which I have from Geraldton, Bunbury,
Swan River, and Rottnest Island) occurs (as also does T.
erinita) in abundance at the roots of beach-growing plants.
The white scales are exceedingly variable in disposition and
extent, and are frequently tinged with a pretty green; on
some specimens the whole of the scales are of a pale, muddy
green, in others they are more or less coppery; the second
abdominal segment is usually clothed with greenish scales.
T. satellina, Pasc., I have no doubt whatever, is only one of
its numerous varieties.

T. CRINITA, Pasc.

Hab.—Geraldton, Swan River.

SUB-FAMILY TANYRHYNCHIDES.
XYNÆA UNIFORMIS, n. Sp.

Black; antennæ, tarsi, and apex of rostrum feebly diluted
with red. Densely clothed all over (except at the sides and
apical third of rostrum) with dingy greyish and somewhat
rounded scales, perfectly uniform in tint, except that those
of the under surface are slightly paler. With somewhat
stout, depressed sete at regular intervals, but less numerous
on under surface and elytra than elsewhere.

Rostrum the length of prothorax, basal half convex and
ridged, the ridge continued to apex, but the rostrum in front
of the antenne somewhat concave. Scape lightly curved.
Prothorax large, transverse, sides rounded, base feebly
rounded, apex more than half the width of base;
with rather dense and large punctures, the inter-
spaces finely punctate, with а feeble median line;
neither line nor punctures traceable through clothing.
Elytra in male narrower at base than widest part of pro-
thorax, in female as wide; widest at about one-third from
base, regularly convex, conjointly rounded at apex, pos-
terior declivity rather abrupt, seriate-punctate, punctures
moderately large and round; interstices flat, considerably
wider than punctures, themselves rather densely punctate,
but the punctures concealed. Under surface and legs
densely punctate. Basal segment of abdomen almost as
long as three following combined; apical segment feebly de-
pressed in male, gently convex in female. Tibiæ with a few
small teeth beneath, all at apex crowned with stiff black seta
most noticeable on the posterior. Length, male 3; rostrum,
14; width, 14 m.

124

Hab.—King's Sound (W. W. Froggatt).

In four specimens under examination, two (which I regard
as males) differ from the others in being smaller, with larger
prothorax, smaller elytra, and with somewhat different abdo-
men; one of them has the derm almost entirely of a dull
red colour.

X. SAGINATA, Pasc. Hab.—S. Australia.

SYNAPTONYX OVATUS, Waterh. Hab._NW. Australia.

SUB-FAMILY ATERPIDES.
PELORORRHINUS AMPLIPENNIS, n. sp.

Moderately densely clothed with obscure greyish, feebly
mottled with sooty and brown scales, but nowhere forming a
distinct pattern. ^ Prothoracic punctures with stout scales
becoming setose in middle. Rostrum clothed throughout,
the apex with long bristles: apices of all the joints of the
funicle with long sete; tarsi with long sete, especially
noticeable on the claw joints.

Head densely and in front deeply punctate; a feeble ridge
(conjoined and slightly raised in front) on each side between
eyes. Rostrum largely excavated in front, near base with
a narrow transverse ridge, behind which is a slightly con-
cave space; flanks coarsely and confluently punctate to
base, finely in front except on upper portion, which is al-
most impunctate. Club elongate-ovate, longer than three
preceding joints combined. Prothorax longer than wide
(4 x 33 mm.), sides slightly dilated in middle, base not much
wider than apex; with numerous small granules not very
clearly seen through clothing. Llytra raised above and fully
twice the width and four times the length of prothorax, sides
very feebly diminishing from near base, and not suddenly
rounded at apex; with regular series of large, shallow, quad-
rate punctures ; interstices feebly raised, very much narrower
than punctures, with almost obsolete granules, except for a
few moderately distinct ones near base and suture. Length,
18; width, 64 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Mount Barker (Macsorley and Lea).

To the naked eye the prothorax appears to be marked by
two dusky, longitudinal, slightly curved lines. If Peloror-
rhinus is to be maintained it may be necessary to erect a
genus to receive this species and angustatus, and another to
receive the species described below as Rhinaria aberrans.

P. crassus, Blackb. Hab.—S. Australia.
P. sparsus, Germ. Hab.—S. Australia.
Р. ANGUSTATUS, Fahrs. Hab.—-Swan River.

135

RHINARIA CAUDATA, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with small scales, varying from ashen grey
to dingy black; prothorax with a feebie median line арі
several small spots of pale scales; elytra with three dark,
oblique fascie: a narrow one at base (commencing on shoul-
ders), a wide one (very indistinct towards suture) about
middle, and an indistinct one near apex. Rostrum glabrous
except for a few bristles at apex.

Head densely punctate, punctures confluent in front and
causing numerous short ridges to appear; crests stronglv
curved, conjoined in front. Rostrum gently concave; flanks
coarsely and irregularly punctate. Club shorter than three
apical joints of funicle, the apical joint of the latter with a
little of the club's sensitised pubescence. Prothorax densely
punctate, each puncture containing a small shining granule,
each of which is punctured in middle. Elytra suddenly and
largely narrowed at apical fourth, each separately produce
at apex; seriate-punctate, punctures large, subquadrate;
interstices narrower than punctures, third, fifth, and seventn
distinctly raised; at base and sides with small, shining, red.
dish granules. Under surface with moderately dense, large,
round, and deep punctures. Length, 10%; width, 44 ; varia-
ticn in length, 105-12 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Riverstone (Miss King), Galston (S.
Dumbrell).

A very distinct species. Many of the abdominal and a
few of the sternal punctures do not bear scales or sete. On
one of the specimens the elytral granules are almost black,
and the scales are so dense as entirely to conceal the punc-
tures of the upper surface.

RHINARIA CONCAVIROSTRIS, n. Sp.

Denseiy clothed with scales varying from ashen grey (pale
on under surface and legs) to dingy brown or black; frontal
crests pale ochreous; prothorax with three feeble longitudi-
nal stripes of pale scales; elytra with the pale scales cover-
ing the majority of the surface; the dark scales forming a
wide fascia beyond middie (narrowed towards suture) and
somewhat blotchily distributed towards base and apex; scu-

tellum with white scales. Punctures of prothorax and
elytra with larger spathulate scales, becoming setose in
middle of the former. Rostrum glabrous.

Head with dense punctures which are partially confluent
in front, crests moderately large, feebly curved, narrowly
but distinctly separated throughout. Rostrum feebly con-
cave; base considerably elevated; flanks not very coarsely
but irregularly punctate. Club slightly longer than three
preceding joints combined. ^ Prothorar with large round

126

punctures slightly confluent in places. Zlytra with regular
series of large subquadrate punctures: interstices regnlar,
each with a regular row of shining dark granules, larger and
more flattened towards base than apex. Punctures of
under surface much as in the preceding, but each bearing a
seta. Length, 91; width, 4; variation in length, 91-13 mm.

Hab.—Q.: Upper Endeavour River (C. French), Port
Denison (G. Masters).

The prothcracie punctures are so large that their walls are
broken in places and cause the surface to appear to be cover-
ed with granules; this appearance is visible in many other
species of the genus.

RHINARIA SULCIROSTRIS, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with pale ochreous-brown scales, in places
feebly variegated with paler or darker scales; prothorax with
a feeble and indistinct pale median line, and numerous Spots
transversely placed in middle; under surface and legs scarcely
paler than upper. Prothorax with dense suberect scales in
punctures, becoming subsetose towards middle: elytral punc-
tures with stout scales; the interstices. in addition to the or-
dinary scales, each with a row of stout, pale, decumbenr
scales, almost as large as (but narrower than) those in punc-
tures. Rostrum sparsely clothed in middle, the apex with
Sparse, stout bristles.

H ead very densely punctate; crests curved, moderately
large, joined in front. ^ Rostrum slightly concave, feebly
transversely wrinkled at base; flanks very coarsely and :r-
regularly punctate, towards apex and top scarcely punctate,
sulcate towards bottom. Club elongate-elliptie, slightly longer
than four preceding joints combined. Prothorax with dense
round punctures, the walls of which are of unequal thick-
nesses, and cause the surface to appear to be granulate.
Elytra with regular series of large, subquadrate punctures ;

>

interstices regular, with small granules towards base. Punc-
tures of under surface each bearing a large, stout scale, ex-
cept that on the apical segments they become setose. Length,
12; width, 48; variation mm length, 101-12 mm.
Hab.—W.A.: Mount Barker (R. Helms and S. Macsorley)
The very long club is this species’ most distinctive feature:
the eyes are less ovate than in stellio.

RHINARIA BISULCATA, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with pale, soft, ochreous-brown and very
pale yellow scales, the whole having a soft, speckled appear-
ance. — Prothorax and elytra with the usual stout scales.
Rostrum both on flanks and along middle with distinct se-
tose scales or sete.

127

Head with dense, but concealed, punctures; crests large,
moderately curved, feebly separated (on one specimen con-

nected in front) throughout. Rostrum decidedly concave;
base ridged; flanks coarsely and irregularly punctate; lower
portion narrowly bisuleate. Funicle with the second joint

much shorter than the first; club moderately long, ovate.
Prothoraz with numerous black, glossy granules, showing
through clothing. Elytra with series of large, quadrate
punctures; interstices regular, much narrower than puncs-
tures, each with a regular row of piceous-red granules, very
distinct throughout, but small towards apex. Punctures of
under surface rather less numerous than usual, each (except
of apical segments of abdomen which are setose) bearing a
rather stout scale; metasternal episterna each with a single
row. Length, 81; width, 35; variation in length, 83-10 mm.

Hab.—N.Q.: Upper Endeavour River (C. French);
N.S.W.: Sydney (Lea).

The two grooves of the lower portion of the flanks of the
rostrum are sometimes obscured by clothing. The club is
more elongate than in cavirostris; the second joint of funicle,
much shorter than the frst, separates it from the description
of debilis.

RHINARIA FAVOSA, n. Sp.

Not densely clothed with dingy scales; prothoracic and
elytral punctures with stcut scales; elytral interstices with
regular series of stout scales. Rostrum glabrous. А

Head densely punctate, punctures slightly confluent in
front; crests not very large, feebly curved, not united in
front. Rostrum convex, but at extreme base feebly con-
cave, and with a median ridge which divides the crests;
flanks with a few small punctures towards base. Club elon-
gate-ovate. Prothoraw feebly flattened in middle, with
dense, round, clearly cut, non-confluent punctures; the sur-
face nowhere granulate. Zlytra with regular series of large
subquadrate punctures ; interstices regular, each with a rega-
lar row of rather large, flattened, glossy, reddish granules,
becoming smaller and convex towards apex. Punctures of
under surface rather denser than usual, each (especially on
sterna) bearing a large scale. Length, 9; width, 34 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Geraldton.

The clothing on the unique specimen under observation is
perhaps somewhat abraded, but the species (on account of
the prothoracic punctures) is a very distinct one.

RHINARIA TRAGOCEPHALA, n. Sp.

Moderately densely clothed with dingy scales, nowhere
forming a distinct pattern, but darker on prothorax than on

128

elytra ; scutellum with whitish scales; under surface and legs
with dingy greyish scales. ^ Prothoracic and elytral punc-
tures and interstices of the latter towards apex with stout
scales. Rostrum glabrous.

lead densely punctate; crests very large, in front with
three very distinct raised shining processes: the median one
largest and subcordate, the two others at the sides and
slightly to the rear, and subcylindrie or subconical. Rostrum
convex; flanks moderately regularly punctate, except that
the punctures increase in size to (although not very large at)
base. Club ovate, noticeably shorter than three preceding
joints combined. — Prothorax with large round punctures,
the walls of which are frequently absent in places, and cause
rather large granules to appear; middle sometimes with &
Short, irregular carina. Elytra with series of large sub-
quadrate pvnetures; interstices regular, much narrower
than punetures, each with a regular row of glossy, reddish
granules, distinct to, but very small at, apex. Under sur-
face with derse punctures, each of which (except on apical
segments of abdomen) bears a stout scale Length, 114;
width, 4}; variation in length, 8-12 mm.

Hab.--Q.: Upper Endeavour River, Somerset (C. French),
Gayndah (G. Masters); W.A.: Geraldton (Lea).

The three very distinct processes marking the front of the
very large crests render this species remarkably distinct;
from in front they cause the head (including the rostrum) to
look remarkably like that of a goat.

RHINARIA SIMULANS, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with dingy scales, on the elytra obscurely
mottied with small sooty patches; scutellum with whitish
scales. Prothoracic punetures and elytral punctures and
interstices (the latter much more distinctly than usual) with
stout scales. Rostrum glabrous.

Head densely punctate; crests very large, each side in
front with a raised, moderately shining process. Rostrum
convex, even at base; extreme base on each side with a nar-
row extension; flanks finely and regularly punctate except
at base, where the punctures are more crowded. Club
ovate, no longer than two preceding joints. Prothoraz,
elytra, and under surface as in the preceding species, except
that the granules are smaller and those on the elytra darker.
Length, 114; width, 4 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Queanbeyan.

A very distinct species; the frontal crests are scarcely as
large as in the preceding species, the processes are only two
in number, and are partially obscured by clothing.

129

RHINARIA ABERRANS, n. Sp.

Upper surface sparsely, legs moderately, under surface
densely clothed with whitish scales. ^ Prothoracic punctures
with indistinct larger scales. Rostrum glabrous.

Head densely punctate ; crests entirely absent, but a feeble
longitudinal impression between eyes. Rostrum strongly
convex, base not raised above the rest, but thickened between
eyes; flanks rather strongly but not densely punctate.
Funicle with the second joint as long as scape and slightly
longer than first; club elongate-ovate, much stouter than
funicle, longer than three preceding joints combined. Pro-
thorax with small granules, sides with rounded punctures.
Elytra with series of large quadrate punctures, interstices
regular or feebly alternately raised, much narrower than
punctures; not granulate. Punctures of under surface more
or less concealed, but apparently large and scale or seta bear-
ing. Claw joint rather stouter, the claws smaller than
usual. Length, 6; width, 221; variation in length, 41-6 mm.

Hab.—W.A.: Mount Barker (R. Helms).

A very small species. The absence of frontal crests, the
long second joint of funicle, and the great (proportionate)
width of the club are at variance with the other species be-
longing to Rhinaria. Of four Specimens under examination
three appear to be partially abraded, but one I believe to be
in perfect preservation.

RHINARIA CONVEXIROSTRIS, n. Sp.

Densely clothed with greyish or very pale brown scales,
paler on scutellum, under surface, and legs than elsewhere:
the elytra with a distinct blackish fascia beyond middle,
which is narrowed, and more or less interrupted towards
suture. Prothoracie and elytral punctures with larger scales.
Rostrum glabrous.

Head densely punctate; crests moderately large, feebly
curved, indistinctly united in front. Rostrum convex;
flanks irregularly, but not coarsely or densely, punctate.
Club elongate-ovate, slightly longer than three preceding
joints combined. Prothoraz with large round punctures,
the walls of which are frequently broken so as to cause glossy
depressed granules to appear. Zlytra with series of mode-
rately large and somewhat rounded punctures; interstices
regular, much narrower than punetures, each with a row of
reddish, glossy granules, which become very small towards
apex. Under surface densely punctate, each puncture bear-
ing a more or less setose scale, those on the sterna being
scarcely stouter than on the abdomen. Length, 9; width, 4
(vix.); variation in length, 83-10 mm.

Hab.—S.A.: Venus Bay (C. French).

I

130

Remarkably close in general appearance to concavirostris,
but at once distinguished by the rostrum. The elytral
granules are not constant, as of three specimens under ex-
amination, two have them convex throughout. whilst the
third has them depressed and larger towards base.

RHINARIA SIGNIFERA, Pasc.

Mr. C. French has sent me a number of specimens from
North Queensland (Cooktown, Somerset, and Upper Endea-
vour River), which agree exactly with Mr. Pascoe's descrip-
tion of this species. They vary in length from 45 to 6 lines.

RHINARIA CAVIROSTRIS, Pasc.

A very variable species as regards size and markings. I
have specimens from Victoria River (Mitchell's expedition),
Brisbane (A. J. Coates), and Whitton, Tamworth, and Clar-
ence River.

RHINARIA STELLIO, Pasc.

This handsome species may frequently be seen on young
shoots and leaves of various species of Banksia. When alive
they are frequently marked with small patches of ochreous
scales, but these become almost obsolete in spirits. I have
specimens (from Albany, Swan River, and Pinjarrah) vary-
ing in length from 12 to 21 mm.

В. TIBIALIS, Blackb. Hab.—N.S.W.: Sydney, Gal-
ston, Forest Reefs, Coota-
mundra.

R. RUGOSA, Boi.* ITab.—Sydney.

R. TRANSVERSA, Boi.* /lab.—Sydney, Forest Reefs.

R. GRANULOSA, Fahrs. /1ab.—N.S.W.: Wallerawang.

R. TESSELATA, Pasc. Hab.—Swan River.

R. CALIGINOSA, Pasc. Hab.—N.S.W.: Bungendore.

Rostrum concave along middle.
Elytra suddenly narrowed towards ànd
separately produced at apex + J Coudata, ni sp.
Elytra gently arcuate towards and con-
jointly rounded at apex.
Rostrum glabrous along middle 2. CONCAVITOStTIS, n. SP.
Rostrum more or less distinctly setose
or squamose along middle.
Interstices of elytra alternately
rai 22 Por Me å
Interstices regular.
Elytra with а distinct white
transverse complete fascia
near middle ... Lus asasinita, Pase.

transversa, Boi.

* Lam doubtful as to whether these species are correctly identi-
fied or not, but they are so named in the Macleay and Sydney
Museums.

131

Elytra non-fasciate
Club elongate-elliptic.
Interstices of elytra with
regular and very distinct
shining granules .... Stellio, Ракс.
Interstices very feebly granu-
late and only towards
base 2H å .. sulcirostris, n. sp.
Club ovate.
Elytral granules more or less

concealed ... oy .. cavirostris, Pase.
Elytral ` granules distinct _
throughout i1 på. Abisulcata, п: ер.

Rostrum convex in middle.“
Dise of prothorax with clearly defined,
non-confluent punctures FÅ favosa, n. sp.
Protborax granulate, or if punctate
then punctures decidedly confluent.
Frontal crests with three raised shin-
ing processes (one in front and

one each side) b tragocephala, n. sp.
Frontal crests with two raised pro-

cesses (one on each side) . simulans, n. sp.
Frontal crests absent ... aberrans, n. Sp.
Frontal crests without raised pro-

cesses.

Interstices of elytra alternately
raised,
Flanks of rostrum setose .. granulosa, Kahrs.
Flanks of rostrum glabrous sw calignósa,? Pase.

Interstices regular.
Median ridge continued between
crests from base of rostrun: rugosa, Boi.
Rostrum truncate at base, or at
least in middle of base.
Elytra with a distinct black
fascia (interrupted at su- >
ture) just beyond middle convexirostris, n. sp.
Elytra non-fasciate.
Granules of elytra rather
large, flat, and decidedly

red pes d .. tessellata, Pasc.
Granules of elytra small, |
convex, and dark 2. tibialis, Blackb
RHINOPLETHES FOVEATUS, Hab.—W.A.: Swan River,
Pasc. Albany.
ATERPUS TUBERCULATUS,
Gyll. TTab.— Sydney, etc.
A. RUBUS, Bohem. /Tab.—Tasmania.
A. CULTRATUS, Fabr. Hab.—N.S.W. (widely distri-
buted).
A. GRISEATUS, Pasc. Hab.—N.S.W.: Tweed and Rich-

mond Rivers: Q.: Brisbane.
IPHISAXUS ASPER, Pasc. Hab.—W. Aj Mount Barker.

* Usually concave at apex and base.

132

I. ÆTuIOPS, Pasc. Hab.—Mount Barker.

ZESIOTES LEUCURUS, Pasc. Zab.—N.S.W.: Sydney, Bindo-
gundra. :

Ж. NOTABILIS, Pasc. Hab.—Wide Bay.

SUB-FAMILY HYLOBIIDES.
CYCOTIDA LINEATA, Pasc. (М.С. 5099).
Mr. Champion writes me that this species (recorded as
from Western Australia by Mr. Pascoe) is really Californian,
and = Otidocephalus vittatus, Horn.

SUB-FAMILY BELIDES.
BELUS GRANULATUS, Lea.

I find that tnis is but a variety of B. centralis. I have

typical specimens of the latter from Sydney and Victoria.
BELUS ABDOMINALIS, Blackb.

This is a synonym of В. parallelus, Pasc. The species can
be readily identified by its narrow form and by "each of the
first four segments having a transverse row of three sharply
defined round denuded spots" (Blackburn); or, as Mr. Pas-
coe says: —"Abdomine segmentis quatuor basalibus maculis
tribus denudatis margine posteriore notatis."

SUB-FAMILY BALANINIDES.
BALANINUS.

All the Australian species of this genus differ from the five
British species (turbatus, villosus, betulæ, rubidus, and sali-
civorus) that I have under examination, by having the
third tarsal joint dilated to a much greater extent, with the
claw joint just passing its apex. ОЁ the previously describ-
ed Australian species amænus (from Sydney*) may be readily
recognised by its black colour and by the presence of four
prothoracie, five elytral, and a scutellar spot of snowy scales ;
Mastersi (from Port Denison) has a post-median elytrai
fascia (primarily caused by semi-denuded Spaces), and with
an unusually long rostrum in the female.

For the opportunity of describing the new species I am
indebted to Mr. George Masters : —
Clothing forming patterns.

Legs black 2

Legs more or less red.

amænus, Fab.

Elytra with a post-median fascia Mastersi, Pasc.
Elytra with longitudinal markings as TUM
well Å mi .. imtricatus, n. Sp.

Clothing uniform or almost so.
Funicle with first joint as long as the
second... HS. 5 x -aequalis ne өр.
Funicle with the first joint distinctly
longer than the second.
Shoulders produced... ا‎ ... delicatulus, n. sp.
Shoulders rounded 3 ie . submaculatus, n. sp.

* I have just received a specimen of this species from Mr. Geo.
Compere, who captured it at Brisbane.

133

BALANINUS INTRICATUS, n. sp.

Male. Dark red, legs (except knees and tarsi), rostrum
(but not mandibles), and antennæ (except club) paler.
Densely clothed with setose scales, varying from almost white
to reddish brown; the pale scales form five lines on pro-
thorax (with single ones scattered rather thickly about),
clothe the scutellum, basal third of suture, the third inter-
stice beyond the middle (between these the scales are also
pale), and form a feeble oblique fascia just beyond the
middle, but not extending to sides or suture; on each elytron
three dark patches may be seen: one close to suture, one
about middle commencing on third interstice, and one be-
tween it and apex, but confined to the third interstice. Legs
with pale, the under surface with still paler, scales.

Rostrum with narrow punctate grooves on each side behind

the antenne. Antenne inserted in exact middle Gf the
mandibles are excluded) of rostrum; first joint of funicle
almost as long as the second and third combined. Punc-

tures of prothorax and elytra traceable with difficulty ; third
interstice of the latter apparently feebly raised posteriorly ;
shoulders rounded. Length, 34; rostrum, 13; width, 2 mm.

Female. Differs in having the rostrum considerably longer
(21 mm.), less curved, and with the punctures in simple
series instead of in grooves; antenne inserted nearer the
base; the clothing denser and rather paler (the elytral suture
is almost entirely clothed with pale scales and the short post-
median fascia is very distinct), but with the dark markings
on the elytra more sharply defined.

Hab.—Sydney (Macleay Museum).

The scattered pale prothoracie scales are placed trans-
versely on the male, but obliquely on the female.

BALANINUS JEQUALIS, n. sp.

Female. Reddish-brown; mandibles darker, rostrum and
antennae paler. Moderately densely and almost uniformly
clothed with pale ochreous (or dark stramineous) scales,
slightly darker on elytra and paler on legs than elsewhere.

Rostrum moderately densely punctate at sides of basal
fifth, elsewhere sparsely punctate. Antenne inserted just
behind the middle of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle
equal in length, their combined length equal to that of the
remaining joints. Prothoraw (except front margin) densely
punctate. Llytra punctate-striate, the punctures deep, the
striæ narrow, but sharply defined; interstices transversely
wrinkled, shoulders produced. Length, 5; rostrum, 3l;
width, 3 mm.

Hab.— Cairns (type in Macleay Museum).

In the specimen described the middle of the prothorax is
almost nude, but this appears to be due to abrasion.

134

BALANINUS DELICATULUS, n. Sp.

Female. Of a very pale red, knees, tarsi, and mandibles
darker. Rather densely clothed with stout, adpressed white
scales, denser on middle of prothorax, suture, and under
surface than elsewhere.

Rostrum with small and moderately dense punctures, not
much denser, but rather larger towards base than elsewhere.
Antenne inserted three-sevenths from base of rostrum; first
joint of funicle stouter than and the length of the two fol-
lowing combined. — Prothorax with the punctures concealed.
Elytra distinctly striate, with moderately distinct punc-
tures; shoulders very decidedly produced. Length, 3+ ; ros-
trum, 2; width, 1+ mm.

Hab.—N.W. Australia (type in Macleay Museum).

To the naked eye the elytra appear to be feebly mottled,
but this is owing to the scales being rather thinner in places,
and allowing the derm to be seen.

BALANINUS SUBMACULATUS, n. sp.

Female (?). Reddish-brown; legs, rostrum (but not man-
dibles), and antenne paler. Densely and uniformly clothed with
dark stramineous (or paie ochreous) scales (slightly paler on
under surface); on each elytron near the apex is a small
patch of slightly paler scales, immediately behind which is à
small, dark, semi-denuded space, so that the patches (which
are of the same shade as the scutellar scales) are rendered
rather distinct.

Rostrum equally curved throughout; sparsely and finely
punctate. ^ Antenne inserted nearer base than apex; first
joint of funicle almost as long as the two following combined.
Prothorar with the punctures concealed. Elytra with the
punctured strie almost concealed, but the punctures marked
by larger scales; shoulders rounded. Length, 42; rostrum,
3 (vix.) ; width, 21 mm.

Hab.—N.S.W.: Kiama (type in Macleay Museum).

In this species the eyes are coarsely faceted (almost twice
as coarsely as in the British turbidus), whilst in the three
preceding they are finely faceted.

SUB-FAMILY LAEMOSACCIDES.
LAEMOSACCUS.

I did not notice till quite recently that there was an omis-
sion of a line in the tabulation of the genus, given in P.L.S.,
N.S.W., 1896, р. 312. Line 15:— "Elytra more or less red,”
would appear to govern querulus, longimanus, subsignatus,
funereus, and dubius, instead of querulus only; line 16
should have been: —‘‘Elytra entirely black."

135

NoTES ON SoUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS ОҒ NEW SPECIES, PART 1.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), etc.
[Read August 2, 1904.]
PLATE XXVI.

Dentalium intercalatum, Gould.

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vii., p. 166 (1859); Otia, p. 4494
Sowerby in Conch. Icon., xviii., pl. vii., fig. 45 (1872). Type lo-
cality, China Seas (North Pacific Expl. Kxped.). Pilsbry in
Tryon's Manual of Conchology, vol. xvii., p. 25, pl. xi., figs. 88, 89.
D. Bednalli, Pilsbry & Skarp, Man. of Conch., vol. xvii., p. 248, pl.
xxxix., figs. 1, 2, 8; type locality, St. Vincent Gulf (W. T. Bed-
nall). D. octogomum, Angas (non Lam.), P.Z.S., 1878, p. 868,
Henley Beach, S.A.

Angas misidentified our shell from Henley Beach as P.
octogonum, Lam., and cited it as a South Australian shell in
P.Z.8., 1878, p. 868. Pilsbry & Sharp, in Tryon's Man. of
Conch., vol xvii, p. 248, described a shell under the name
of D. Bednalli, from St. Vincent Gulf, sent to them by Mr.
W. T. Bednall. This name would stand, were it not that
specimens of our extremely variable species are inseparable
from D. intercalatum, Gould, 1859, which has priority.

I have examined more than three hundred individuals,
dredged by me in St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs, Investiga-
tor Strait, and Backstairs Passage. They have been taken
alive at all depths between eight and twenty-two fathoms,
chiefly in muddy bottoms. I have vainly endeavoured to dis-
cover more than one species among them. They are exceed-
ingly variable, and were it not for intermediate forms, quite
a dozen species might be created.

Its length varies, of course: firstly, with its age; indi-
viduals when very young are only 5 millimetres, when senile
37; secondly, with the amount of its posterior end which has
been removed, so that a stouter, older shell may not be so
long as another which is evidently younger and has not suf-
fered so much truncation.

Its curvature is also very variable. In its early stage of
growth it is well curved, but becomes gradually, though
markedly, less so as it gets older. Since the posterior end is
progressively removed, the mature shell has an appearance
quite different from that of the immature, being nearly
straight and bluntly truncated, instead of well curved and
posteriorly acuminate. The same individual in its two ex-
treme stages of growth, without the controlling intermediate

136

examples, might be excusably described as distinct species.
This probably partly explains why the name of D. Bednalli,
Pilsbry & Sharp, has been added to that of D. intercalatum,
sould, the former being an old individual, and the latter a
young one.

One shell, compared in the Natural History Museum, Lon-
don, with that labelled D. intercalatum, Gould, was identical,
and represents our immature, curved, sharp-pointed stage. The
figure given in Tryon's Man. of Conch. corresponds with it, as
does also the description there transcribed, even to the origin of
its secondary riblets, first in the two interspaces on the outer
curve, and somewhat later in the lateral ones and on the con-
cave side, as italicised in the manual. Hence, though the
type locality of this species is given as China Seas, the iden-
tity of our South Australian form is indisputable.

The number of ribs very rarely remains the same through-
out the entire length of theshell; thus one with eleven rather
acute ribs at the posterior end has but eleven at the anterior.
Almost always the ribs become more numerous with age. The
increase is effected in two ways, by intercalation and by rib
splitting.

l. By intercalation. Generally in the centre of an inter-
space a riblet arises, and gradually enlarges until it equals
the original ribs. The stage of growth at which this begins
is variable, not only in different shells, but in the several
interspaces of the same shell. For instance, when the indi-
vidual is quite immature every interspace may bear a riblet,
whereas when senile there may be only the first indication of
one. Again, one interspace may show a riblet very soon,
and later, other interspaces may develop them at varying dis-
tances as in the typical D. intercalatum. Besides these secon-
dary riblets, eventually tertiary riblets may arise in their
interspaces and further multiply the costations. Still ano-
ther variation is to be soon—instead of a single secondary cos-
tula arısing in an interspace, two riblets of equal dimen-
sions may develop simultaneously. This twin intercalation
alone may be found in an example, or there may be every
combination of single and double intercalation.

2. By rib-splitting. A groove begins to form in a rib, and
gradually grows in depth and width until it divides it into
two. This groove may begin on the centre or on any part of
the side of the rib. Тһе ribs so formed may subsequently
be cut up by other grooves. Sometimes two or three of such
furrows may appear on the same rib at the same time and
rer oi at an equal rate form three or four subequal rib-
ets.

137

The two methods, intercalation and rib-splitting, may
occur alone in respective individuals, or both in the same
example, and there may be any conceivable ratio between
the two methods in different specimens.

The contour of the ribs may vary greatly. They may be
at ‘their inception narrow and comparatively high, and may
so continue throughout their length. Or after some increase
in size they may begin to decline in height until they almost
fade out and leave the anterior part of the shell nearly
smooth. Their shape may completely change; whereas, at
first, they may have concave interstices so as to resemble a
fluted column, the ribs may widen out and become convex,
while their interstices become reduced to narrow, shallow
grooves between broad, approximate, rounded ribs.

The number of ribs at the posterior end is very variable.
If multiplication of coste occurs, it is plain that the older the
shell and the more truncated, the greater will be the number
of ribs at the posterior extremity ; and if such multiplication
always began at the same stage of growth and was equally
rapid, the number would always be greater with a greater
truncation. But such is uot the case, hence the number of
ribs at the hinder end varies widely. Six is the fewest I have
found. But there may be any number beyond this up to
fourteen, which is the most yet observed. These larger num-
bers are by no means restricted to examples with much trun-
cation, nor is there any definite proportion between the num-
ber of ribs and the diameter of the shell; some of large dia-
meter at the truncation have but few, and vice versa. A
diagnosis framed upon the number of ribs would be baseless.
Pilsbry suggests the typical form is hexagonal; probably he
is right, but usually there are more than six созбе.

The anal appendical tube is wanting in most cases, even
during life. + When present it may be two or three milli-
metres long. It may exist when the shell is young and nar-
row, and be wanting when old and wide; possibly it may have
been broken off. It is central and most frequently in the
axis of the shell. But it may be distinctly out of the axis,
joined at an angle so as to point markedly towards the con-
cave side, or slightly towards the convex, and in one it is
funnel-shaped instead of cylindrical. These circumstances
confirm the suggestion of its being an outgrowth subsequent
to truncation, and not merely a residual inner layer of the
shell after the outer portion has been absorbed.

The radula (pl xxvi, figs. 14а, b, с. d) is compara-
tively large, and contains fifteen rows of teeth, with the
formula 1.1.1.1.1. The rachidian tooth is about twice as wide
as high, is thickened along its free edge, and thinned along

138

its attached border. The single lateral is stout and rather
short, and has one obliquely placed cusp without serrations.
The marginals are trapezoidal flat plates, thickened along
their inner end, and the whole or larger part of their upper
margin. Mr. Kesteven, in executing the drawings, detected
a small accessory plate of chitin (fig. 147). It is somewhat
pyriform, stouter at its narrow, attached end, and thinner and
slightly striate at its free, expanded extremity. Its height 1з
about one-half that of the rachidian tooth, outside of which
it stands, with its base about half-way between this and the
lateral. As the laterals overlap the outer fourth or third of
the rachidian, this plate iies behind or between the laterals,
and being comparatively thin it cannot be seen through the
much denser laterals; but in a dismembered radula it can be
certainly recognised.

Cadulus acuminatus, Tate.

This shell is first referred to as a South Australian species
by G. F. Angas, in a paper entitled “A List of Additional
Species of Marine Mollusca . . . of South Australia,” in
Proc. Zool. Soc. of November 5, 1878, p. 868, species 44,
Cadulus acuminatus (7) Desh., М.В. in coll., Cuming; Hold-
fast and Aldinga Bays (Tate) ; also Port Jackson. In the Trans.
and Proc. Roy. Soc. of South Australia, vol. ix., p. 194,
1887, Tate, in a paper of October 5, 1886, on "The Scapho-
pods of the Older Tertiary of Australia," includes Cadulus
acuminatus, of which he gives a short description, cites 16
from the “oyster beds of the Upper Aldinga series," and
says, “the species is not uncommon 1n shell sand on the shores
of St. Vincent Gulf.” Іп the Manual of Conchology, vol.
xvii, p. 183, Pilsbry gives C. acumwnatus, Tate, pl. xxxii,
figs. 47, 48, 49, with a full description.

I have dredged it in St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs and
Investigator Straits and Backstairs Passage at five fathoms,
(14 dead), at nine fathoms (29 dead and 3 alive), at seven-
teen fathoms (80 dead and 12 alive and 7 initial tubes), be-
sides 35 dead and 5 alive at unrecorded depths. These living
examples enable me to make some additions to and altera-
tions in Pilsbry's description of what were doubtless beach-
rolled specimens. Though glossy and smooth to the naked
eye, under the microscope very fine, crowded transverse
scratchings are visible. Though usually quite clear and
glassy, but for the white opaque internal callous ring near
the posterior end, many individuals have fine, milky, trans-
verse lines, and some have opaque, white, subdistant, inter-
rupted bands, or on one side a group of round or oval white
blotches.

|

139

The posterior end has not å continuous, smooth margin,
but is irregular, and has a minute, triangular spine, which
projects from it at a very slight angle on the convex border
of the shell (pl. xxvi., figs. 5 and 6). "This end shows signs of
fracture, and suggests that it is not the actual commence-
ment of the shell, but has been broken off from an earlier
segment.

Dredged with these are what at first sight appear to be
another form of Cadulus, or a minute Dentaliwm, measuring
up to four or five millimetres in length. These are curved
like a juvenile Dentalium, and gradually increase in diameter
and become less curved. They are evidently fractured at
their attenuate posterior extremity, and show a minute, tri-
angular projection from its margin on the convex side. After
a very slight inflation near their anterior extremity they are
constricted, and then begin to expand again into a funnel-
shaped portion, which may measure one, two, or three milli-
metres in length. This end is irregular in outline and evi-
dently fractured. The funnel is clear and glassy, whereas
the dentalium-shaped tube is like ground glass from very
fine, crowded, transverse, milky lines. Some individuals lack
the funnel, and end at the constriction.

In one instance the posterior end of a Cadulus acuminatus
has slipped into the funnel-shaped extremity of one of these
shells, and allows a comparison to be made between them.

In mv opinion this dentalium-like shell is the juvenile stage
of the Cadulus acuminatus. When it has grown to a certain
length and diameter there is a trifling inflation, then it be-
comes definitely constricted, somewhat obliquely, and thea
begins to expand to form the mature shell. After a time
the earlier portion becomes detached at the constriction, and
in the fracture a tiny, projecting spine is left on the adult
portion at the convex side, which spine is a spicule of the
juvenile shell just where it is becoming contracted.

If this deduction prove correct, and I have no doubt about
it, probably all the species belonging: to the group Cadulus
dentalinus represent only immature stages of species in the C.
acuminatus group. This will necessitate a careful re-exami-
ration of all these forms, and a considerable revision of their
ncmenclature.

The radula, which was difficult to get because the animals
were dried up, shows a formula of LILLE Dhirteen rows
can be counted ; possibly there шау be a few more in a com-
plete ribbon. The rachidians are higher than wide, nac-
rower at their attached end, where they are widely notchel,
with a wide, simple, flange-like cusp (pl. xxvi., figs. 14, 15, 1c);
the laterals are rhomboidal, much larger and stouter, espe:

140

cially at their upper inner part, and are notched at their
lower inner angle to form two small cusps. The marginals
are not quite so large, are rhomboidal plates, and quite
simple in outline. Тһе laterals are very different from the
rather remarkably shaped denticles of C. propinqua, figured
in Man. of Conchology, vol. xvii., pH sette le

Leiopyrga octona, Tate.

Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., vol. xiv., 1891, part ii., p. 260, pl.
xi), fipo 5

Dredging has supplied some living examples of this species,
from which the operculum and radula have been obtained.
The operculum (pl. xxvi., fig. 15) is horny and multispiral, five
or six revolutions, with central nucleus. To the margin of
the spirals is attached a thin membrane, rather less than half
as wide as the spiral. It is radially striated with slightly
wavy lines. From the earlier whorls it is absent, doubtless
worn away, and is fragmentary and ragged on the next to the
last whorl. The radula (pl. xxvi., figs. 16, 17, 18) has for its
formula oC (5:1:5) © . Ав the examples had been allowed
to dry instead of being preserved in spirit, the radula was
difficult to isolate, and not in perfect condition. "There is a
rachidian tooth nearly circular or quadrate, with a slight cen-
tral projection of the free edge. Then follow five laterals on
each side, with a thickened outer border, and with the free
upper margin bent over throughout its whole extent. These
eleven central denticles have no serrations. Then follow
Short, stout uncini, whieh gradually become longer and nar-
rower, and finally are subulate. The number of these mar-
ginals is indefinite. They have about half a dozen minute
serrations near their free end. These are not shown in
fig. 18, though seen in fig. 17.

The operculum and radula of this species determine its
location in the Trochidæ, and not in the Turbinidæ, and
close to Bankivia. Fischer, Manuel de Conch., 1887, p. 810,
places “Liopyrga’ as a:genus provisionally in the vicinity of
Phasianella with the remark, “the operculum is unknown.”
Pilsbry, in Manual of Conchology, vol. xi, p. 10, 1889,
makes it a section of Bankivia, and at p. 139 refers to “the
thin, membranaceous Trochus-like operculum" and “the teeth
like those of Margarita," in Watson's description of the ani-
mal of L. picturata, H. & A. Adams. Our species has the
same characters and should have the same place. Tt is quite
possible it should have the same name. Tate diagnoses J.
octona from L. pieturata by three features: its conspicuous
einguli, its convex whorls, and its linear suture. But its
cinguli vary in validity; in some examples they are valid.in

141

all the spire whorls, in others the upper whorls show them
plainly, but the lower whorls very indistinctly, though in the
latter they are very valid over the base of the body whorl.
In some L. picturata, from Port Jackson, sent to me by Dr.
Cox, there are quite distinct indications of spiral cinguli on
the spire whorls, though in most they are wanting. Our
shells vary much in the convexity of their whorls. Some with
well-marked cinguli are typically convex, others equally cin-
gulated are almost straight-sided, whereas samples of 1.
picturata, from Port Jackson, may be convex. I am disposed
to think Tate's species is no more than a validly spirally
striate variety of L. picturata, Adams. |

The colouration of our shell is just as variable as that of
Bankivia fasciata, Menke. It may be wholly white, or
purple, or may be banded or spotted or flamed or blotched, or
zig-zagged with pink, brown, or yellow, in very pretty and
abundant variety.

Hab.—Dredged in Investigator Strait, St. Vincent Gulf,
Backstairs Passage, and off Newland Head; 15 fathoms, 3
dead; 17 fathoms, 8 alive, 9 dead ; 20 fathoms, 10 dead; 22
fathoms, 2 recent, 42 dead.

Cassidea sinuosa, sp. nov. . Pl xxvi., figs. 7, 8, 9, 10a, b, c.

Shell roundly oval, thin. Nucleus of two and a half
whorls, smooth, flatly rounded. Spire whorls, three, rounded,
with spiral lire, 13 in the penultimate ; the posterior three
are linear and adjacent, the next three flatly rounded ; inter-
spaces, at first equal in width to lire, but becoming gradu-
ally narrower, till reduced to shallow, wide incisions.
Oblique aceremental growth lines, crossing lire and inter-
spaces. Suture linear, finely crenulate. Body whorl large.
Suture linear, faintly channelled towards the aperture, where
it slightly ascends. Sculptured with flat, broad, slightly
raised liræ, least marked over the centre of the whorl; »e-
coming gradually more valid towards the suture, and most
valid anteriorly above the notch. Numerous subdistant,
axial, accremental strie, crenulating the suture, more valid
and crowded towards the aperture. Aperture obliquely oval,
widened anteriorly, compressed for about three millimetres
posteriorly. Outer lip sinuous, projecting for about four
millimetres below the suture, then receding in a shallow curve
to the notch; slightly bevelled within, and faintly toothed.
Some callus thickening inside the posterior projection, which
is slightly incurved. Columella moderately arcuate, nume-
rous oblique wrinkles on the lower half. Inner lip spread
thiekly over the varix of the notch, forming a small rhima
above and below it, thinly but widely spread over the body

142

whorl to meet the outer lip. Notch well marked. Orna-
ment, five spiral rows of quadrate rufous spots, one imme-
diately below the suture, and one just above the notch, from
eight to ten spots in each row. Length, 24 millimetres;
breadth, 15; aperture, 16 by 7.

Hab.—Dredged in Investigator Strait, Backstairs Pas-
sage, and off Point Marsden, Kangaroo Island ; in 15, 16, 17,
19, and 20 fathoms; 22 individuals, young and mature, alive
and dead.

Diagnosis.—From Cassis pila, Reeve. It is more ovate,
much less globular, and has no varix on the outer lip, which
is sharp and peculiarly sinuous. From C. Adcocki, Sowerby.
It is more elongate, has no longitudinal plice, the whorls are
not angulated nor concave below the suture, there is no thick,
granulated, infra-sutural band, there are no nodules on the
last whorl, the labrum is not thickened, but is sinuous. It is
not represented in the British Museum.

Its radula shows a single rachidian tooth, with a long,
central cusp, and six gradually decreasing cusps on each side;
a long lateral tooth, with about thirteen cusps, sloping
obliquely inwards, and two uncini, not quite equal in size.

Variety A.—1s slightly narrower, being 19 mm. by 11, in-
stead of 12. In place of five rows of rufous spots there are
oblique, wavy, or curved brown radial bands, starting from
a row of spots below the suture.

Obs.—The largest specimen is 27°5 mm. in length. When
mature or senile there is a marginal linear thickening out-
side the labrum, which becomes well bevelled inside. In liv-
ing specimens the ground tint is light pinkish brown, deeper
on the nucleus and the earlier whoris. The number of spots
in a spiral row varies considerably, even in the same shell,
trom./ to 15.

Cancellaria pergradata. sp nov. Pl. xxvi., fig. 19.

Shell small, solid, brown, fusiform. Nucleus prominent,
one turn and a half, apex imbedded, smooth, light horn
colour. Spire whorls, three and a half, sharply angled. Be-
hind the angle tabulate, with one tuberculate spiral lira.
At the angle a stout spiral cord, coronate with about 25
sharp tubercles. Penultimate, with four very valid spiral
ribs, not quite equal in width to the interspaces (which are as
deep as wide), validly tuberculate, by narrow axial striæ,
running from suture to suture, very obliquely from posterior
suture to angle.

143

Body whorl, obliquely roundly pyramidal, with ten spiral
cords rounded, about half as wide as the interspaces, crossed
by 26 axial lamelle, which form rounded tubercles at the
junction, and coronate t.:e stouter cord at the angle. Finer
microscopie axial strie cross the interspaces between the
lamellæ.

Aperture obliquely oblong, narrowed and deviated to the
left anteriorly, where it ends in a moderate-sized notch. Pos-
teriorly square, external lip simple, thin, corrugated by the
spiral ribs, uniformly slightly curved. Columella nearly
straight, with two oblique anterior plates, inner lip as a thin
glaze, not obliterating the spiral ribs on the base of the whorl.

Colour, uniform dark chestnut-brown.

Length, 10 millimetres; breadth, 5. Aperture length, 45
mm.; width, 3.

Hab.—St. Vincent Gulf, 17 fathoms, 2 broken, 1 re
cent; Backstairs Passage, 17 fathoms, 1 alive, 3 dead; 22
fathoms, 2 dead.

Stephopoma nucleogranosum, sp. nov. PL хху 108 iie 12, Los

Shell attached, solitary, or conglomerate. Nucleus horn-
coloured or white; nautiloid, of one turn and a half; dia-
phanous, slightly effuse at its aperture; covered with minute
granules, arranged in crowded lines corresponding with the
accremental lines. The shell springs from within the slightly
trumpet-shaped mouth, which projects all round and marks
off the embryonic shell from the next whorl. Two and a half
of these follow in the same plane, rather rapidly enlarging,
and attached to tbe surface on which the shell rests; then
come one or two whorls, coiled above and adhering to those
below ; and, finally, a free, more or less twisted tube, varying
up to an inch in length. Тһе attached whorls along their
outer under surface throw out numerous scales of attach-
ment at irregular intervals. The adherent whorls have a
pronounced rounded carina along their upper outer part,
which gradually becomes less valid along the free tube, until
it may be indistinguishable. From this carina the side is
flat to the carina of the whorl below, so that a young shell
has the shape of a short cylinder fixed by one end on the
rock, etc. There are moderately developed accremental striæ,
which become ruder and rounder on the free tube.

Aperture circular, or very slightly elliptical.

Colour translucent white. Some are tinged more or less
with pinkish-chestnut.
1 Operculum horny, multispiral; nucleus central, setigerous.
Sete comparatively narrow beyond the base of attachment,

144

then flatly expanded with numerous (perhaps eight) fine setze
on either side, beyond these the seta bifurcates ; one part con-
tinues nearly in the same axis, and is the larger and longer;
the other stands out at an acute angle and generally divides
into two. Resting on the operculum, in the throat of the
shell, may be three or four embryos, like minute nautilus.
Cylindrical portion about 6 millimetres in diameter and 4

or 5 high ; aperture 3 or 4 in diameter.

Hab.—Backstairs Passage, from 16 to 23 fathoms, many
alive.

I compared this species with a solitary small specimen in
the British Museum, of unknown habitat, said to be a type
of Vermetus senticosus, Mórch, and regarded it as identical.
But a comparison of the nucleus of our shell with the descrip-
tion and figure of the type of Mórch's shell, given in P.Z.S.,
18601 P TOO, Dl RE, figs. 2 and 14, disproves this. The few
large tubercles of his figure are quite different from the nume-
rous minute granules of ours, aad the 25 valid тапта Ше at
the periphery are wanting in ours. Then the form of the
opercular setz is quite dissimilar. Ours has not the expand-
ed, sub-basal lamina he depicts, nor has his the bifurcation
which ours always shows. His description indicates his pos-
session of several shells, and not one only. Possibly the Bri-
tish Museum specimen may not have been the actual indi-
vidual taken as the type, though resembling it externally,
but may be the species now described.

Nacella crebrestriata, sp. mov. Pl. xxvi , figs. 20, 21.

Shell oblong-ovate, laterally compressed, depressed conic.
Apex subcentral, somewhat anterior ; rounded, simple. About
sixty radial riblets, rounded, about as wide as the inter-
Spaces; fine microscopic accremental stris. Translucent,
with an opaque, white apex, and a white flame in the centre
of the upper half of the steep anterior slope ; on the posterior
slope, іп its upper half, is a series of about seven opaque,
white, concentric markings, consecutively increasing in trans-
verse extent. The muscie scar is open towards the shorter
end of the shell. Length, 3:8 millimetres: breadth, 2:1;
height, 1:8; apex, 121 and 2'7 from the margin.

Hab.— "South Australia," from Professor Tate's collection ;
no more exact locality given. He had labelled it Scutellina ;
but that genus has the apex directed away from the opening
of the muscle scar. Its size and shape recall our Nacella
parva, Angas, from which it differs in being more solid and
in its radial striation. i

145

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 10. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, rachidian, from the back.
Fig. 15. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, rachidian, from the front.
Fig. le. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, rachidians, side view: dia-

grammatic.
Fig. 2. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, lateral.
Fig. 8. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, marginal.

Fig. 4. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, young.
Fig. 5. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, adult.
Fig. 6. Cadulus acuminatus, Tate, adult, turned round.

Fig. 7 Cassidea sinuosa, Verco, profile.
Fig. 8. Cassidea sinuosa, Verco, ventral view.

Fig. 9. Cassidea sinuosa, Verco, protoconch.

Fig. 10a. Cassidea sinuosa, Verco, marginals.

Fig. 10b. Cassidea simuosa, Verco, lateral.

Fig. 10c. Cassidea sinuosa, Verco, rachidian.

Fig. 11. Stephopoma nucleogranosum, Verco, adult.

lig, 12. Stephopoma nucieogranosum, Verco, young.

Fig. 13. Stephopoma nucleogranosum, sete from operculum.
Fig. 14a. Dentalium intercalatum, Gould, var. Bednalli, Pilsbry,

Fig. 140. Dentalium intercalatum, Gould, var. Bednallı, Pilsbry,
rachidian. 4

Fig. 14c. Dentalium intercalatum, Gould, var. Bednallı, Pilsbry,
margmal. :

Fig. 14d. Dentalvum intercalatum, Gould, var. Bednalla, Pilsbry,
accessory plate. |

Fig. 15. Liopyrga octona, Tate, operculum. a.a, Marginal
fringe. b.b. Spirals. у.

Fig. 16. Liopyrga octona, Tate, rachidian and laterals, one

Fig. 17. Liopyrga octona, Tate, last marginal.
Fig. 18. Liopyrga octona, Tate, first marginal.
Fig. 19. Cancellaria pergradata, Verco.. :

Fig. 20. Nacella crebrestriata, Verco, side view.
Fig. 21. Nacella crebrestriata, Verco, dorsal view.

146

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN DECAPOD CRUSTACEA.
PART |.

By W. Н. BAKER.
[Read July 5, 1904.]
PLADDS XXVIL ro XXXI.

ln presenting a first paper of a series of studies of South
Australian Decapoda—a department of our natural history
that has heretofore been much neglected—I wish to acknow-
ledge the kind assistance of the President of the Royal
Society of South Australia, who has allowed me the use of
the specimens from his dredging excursions; Professor Stir-
ling, F.R.S., and Mr. Zietz, F.L.S., of the Adelaide Mu-
seum; also of Mr. S. W. Fulton, of Melbourne, who is
studying the same branch, and whose help I much appre-
ciate; and also of Mr. G. M. Thomson, F.L.S., of Dunedin,
who has been good enough to look through the pages and
make some necessary corrections.

In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, London, for
1863, appear descriptions and figures of a group of shrimps
from South Australian waters, by the late Mr. Spence Bate;
these were dredged, he says, in about four fathoms, in St.
Vincent Gulf by Mr. Angas, and were forwarded by him to
the British Museum. The first mentioned is a remarkably
beautifully coloured species, Angasia pavonina, which Mr.
Angas himself has figured and coloured, and Mr. Bate states
that the genus Angasia was instituted by Mr. White, of the
British Museum, to receive it.

Since this record I am able to find mention of the follow-
ing species which have been referred to the same genus,
viz. : —

A. lanceolata, Stimpson, from Hongkong.

A. carolinensis, Kingsley, from the east coast of the
United States.

A. Stimpsom, Henderson, from the Gui? of Martaban.

To these I wish now to add four species from our coast
which are more differentiated by their external contour than
by the details of their structure.

The Rev. T. R. Stebbing, in his “History of Recent Crus-
tacea,” remarks at page 233 that “little agreement exists
as to the precise classification of some of the genera of the
family Hippolytidæ”—to which Angasia belongs; and Mr.
Bate, in his “Macrura of the Challenger,” sets out the genera
with which he is there engaged as chiefly differentiated by
the condition of the mandibles and the number of joints into
which the carpus of the second pair of legs is divided.

147

According to this classification the genus Angasia would
come in between the genera Latreutes and Hippolyte, for in
it the mandible is without appendage, and the carpus of the
second pereiopod is three-jointed, a like condition to what
obtains in Latreutes, and the question would arise: Why
not unite the two genera? The reply must be that they
differ sufficiently in other respects to warrant the separa-
tion.

There is no doubt that the family greatly requires revision,
and if the addition of a few more species renders this more
imperative, good will be accomplished.

Sub-order, MACRURA.
Tribe, CARIDEA.

Family, Нтррогутірж. (Legion, POLYCARPINEA.)
Genus Angasia, White.

Body usually elongate.

Carapace without a spine on the gastric region, and with-
out supra-orbital spines.

The rostrum usually is very long, laterally ridged, pointed
rigid, tapering, and strongly keeled below, with spines only
on the under side.

The antennules are much shorter than the rostrum, and
usually shorter than the antennal scales.

The antennal scales also are shorter than the rostrum,
long, narrow, robust, regularly tapering to a terminal spine.

The mandibles consist only of the molar process.

The third maxillipeds are short, spatuliform, with the ter-
minal joint short, and strongly spined on its anterior border
without exopod.

The second pereiopods have a triarticulate carpus.

The branchiæ are five.

This genus differs from Latreutes, in the more elongate
form, the shape of the rostrum, in the Shape and propor-
tionate length of the joints of the third maxillpeds, and in
the proportionate lengths of the carpal joints of the second
pereiopods, and in the pleura of the pleon and other minor
characters.

Angasia elongata, n. sp. Pl. xxvii, figs. 1-4.

Body very elongate, narrow in the vertical direction, espe-
cially anteriorly, and laterally compressed.

Carapace more than one-third the length of the body, ex-
clusive of rostrum and telson, about as long as the first four
segments of the pleon, smooth, not markedly depressed an-
teriorly, its anterior margins have rather long subocular
spines with slight lobes just above them, the external angles

148

also are strongly spined and lie posterior to the subocular at
the lower level.

The pleon is very slightly geniculate at the third segment.
The first five segments do not di£er much in dorsal length
except the first, which is shortest, and their sides are not
very deeply produced, that of the fifth is produced pos-
teriorly well along the sixth—in some specimens nearly its
whole length—and there is a small spine on its posterior de-
scending border. The sixth segment is much longer than
the dorsal portion of the fifth, its posterior margin bears 4
lobed spine projecting over the base of the telson on each
side, and the posterior angles also are very acute.

The telson 1s slightly longer than the sixth segment, nar-
row, arched, and tapering with the usual four quadrately
placed spines, which are placed rather low down; it termi-
nates with six strong spines, two of which are small and
median, one above the other, the next two outer and longer,
the external two short.

The rostrum is rather more than one and a half times as
long as the carapace, straight or slightly curved upwards,
gradually tapering, with its base occupying the whole of the
interocular space, having a dorsal and two lateral ridges;
deeply carinate below, especially at the proximal end, with
numerous spiniform teeth which decrease in frequency for-
wards, but do not reach near to the apex. Between the
teeth there are soft hairs. (Three specimens had respectively
sixteen, eighteen, and over thirty teeth.)

The ophthalmopods are rather short, they are pyriform,
and capable of being partially covered by the lateral ridges
of the rostrum.

The antennules are short and partially obscured by the
lateral ridges of the rostrum. The peduncle does not reach
half the length of the antennal scale, the first joint is exca-
vate above to receive the ophthalmopod, the stylocerite spine
reaches a little beyond its end, the second joint is longer
than the third, and together they are about as long as the
first joint. The upper flagellum is thickish and shorter than
the peduncle, the lower one slender and longer, but does not
reach to the ena of the antennal scale. The antennal scales
are very long, narrow, rigid, and taper to acute terminal
teeth. The second peduncular joint of the antenna has 4
strong external spine at the base of the scale, and the re-
maining joints are only about one-fifth the length of the
scale. The flagellum is slender and long.

The third maxillipeds are short, only reachiug a little
beyond the anterior angles of the carapace. The first of
the three joints of the endopod is long and a little curved,
or twisted proximally, the second very short, the third is

149

short but longer than the second, moderately broad, strongly
setose, wedge- shaped in a side view, its distal margin fur-
nished with seven strong teeth, the apical one stronger than
the rest. The first pair of pereiopods are short, moderately

robust, not reaching as far as the third maxillipeds. The
merus is a little longer than the carpus and is scarcely exca-
vate at its distal end, the carpus is cup-shaped, and dis-
tally hollowed to receive the rounded proximal end of the
propodus; it bears above a small process tipped with hairs
and a little row of setæ near its distal end on the inner side,
the palm is a little longer than the carpus, and is articulate
to it at its lower edge, it tapers somewhat and is slightly
curved, its proximal end is rather swollen above. The fin-
gers are setose, excavate, rather weak, much shorter than
the palm, with terminal curved teeth. The second pair of
pereiopods are very slender, weakly chelate, reaching as far
as the first pair. The ischium and merus are subequal in
length, the carpus longer, it widens a little distally, and its
third division is subequal to the first, the middle one being
short; the propodus narrows distally and is slightly curved.
It is a little longer than the third division of the carpus, the
fingers are very "weak and setose at their tips.

The third and fourth pairs of pereiopods are rather long,
moderately robust, reaching further forward than the maxil-
lipeds, the meri are long, and are provided each with a distal
spine below. The carpi are a little produced distally above,
the propodi are more than twice as long as the carpi, they
are a little compressed, and narrow somewhat distally and
are moderately spinose behind, the dactyli are slightly
curved, strong, and terminally bifid, with a few strong spines
towards the proximal ends. "The fifth pair are shorter, but
otherwise similar. The pleopods are long and well developed
in both sexes.

The uropods are a little longer than the telson, they are
narrow, the rami are nearly equal i in size and well dev eloped,
the outer ramus has a sinuate division and two subterminal
spines on the outer side.

Length of carapace, 15 mm.

Length of pleon, 25 mm.

Length of rostrum, 22 mm.

Length of antennal scale, 8 mm.

Dredged by Dr. Verco, about fifteen fathoms, S.A. coast;
am specimens from Port Victor from Mr. Бўи:

Types in the Adelaide Museum.

Angasia kimberi, n. sp. РІ. xxvii., fig. 5.
Body arched, much compressed laterally, elongate, mode-
rately slender, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly from the

150

third segment of the pleon. Carapace nearly one-third the
length of the body, excluding rostrum and telson, dorsally
depressed from near the posterior end forward, anterior
margin as in the preceding species.

The pleon is shaped differently from that of the preceding
species, the pleura are deeper, and it is more geniculate at
the third segment, the fifth segment is well produced pos-
teriorly to about half the length of the sixth, and bears a
spine on the oblique posterior margin; the sixth segment is
also similarly spined as in А. elongata, and is about twice as
long as the dorsal portion of the fifth. The fifth segment is
a little longer than the first, the third and fourth and
second and fifth subequal in length.

The telson is unfortunately broken.

The rostrum is very long (also broken in specimen), much
longer than the antennal scales in the same oblique line
with the anterior part of the carapace, it is dorsally and
laterally ridged, the teeth on the lower carina are numerous
and rather crowded.

The ophthalmopods are as in 4. elongata, as also are the
rest of the appendages in most of their parts.

The second pereiopods have the carpus equal in length to
the merus, of its three joints the third is longer than the
first.

Length, excluding rostrum and telson, 37 mm.

This species differs from the preceding in the more later-
ally compressed and rather less slender and tapering body,
the arched shape, and somewhat deeper pleon segments, and
in the depressed carapace; it is also like A. pavonina, but
differs specifically in the elongate, many toothed rostrum,
and the shape of the first and second pereiopods.

Dredged by Mr. W. J. Kimber in about four fathoms, off
Port Willunga.

Type, one female, in Adelaide Museum.

Angasia robusta, n. sp. Pl. xxviii., figs. 1-8.

Body robust, smooth, moderately elongate.

Carapace not depressed as in A. kimberi, spined anteri-
orly as in the same, also bearing about the same relation in
length.

The rostrum is only a little longer than the carapace, it is
very strong, slightly curved upwards, and tapers to a point,
it has dorsal and lateral ridges, which are very pronounced,
and a deep carina below, provided with five to seven small,
remote teeth.

The ophthalmopods are not so pyriform as in the preceding
species.

151

The stylocerite spine of the antennular peduncle is strong
and extended beyond the first joint, the second and third
joints are subequal in length, the upper flagellum is short,
about equal in length to the second and third joints of the
peduncle together, the whole scarcely half the length of the
antennal scale; the lower flagellum is very slender, and a
little longer than the upper.

The antennal scale is long, reaching about three-fourths
the length of the rostrum, rigid, narrow, tapering, the exter-
nal spine on the second joint of the peduncle is not very
acute, the remainder of the peduncle is only about one-sixth
the length of the scale, the flagellum is nearly as long as the
body of the animal.

The third maxillipeds are very robust, reaching a little
further than the anterior angle of the carapace, the terminal
joint is very broad at the end, and is provided with 11-13
strong, but short, teeth, six or seven of which are on the
inner margin.

The first pair of pereiopods are scarcely different from
those of the preceding species, except that the propodus is
not so swollen above at the proximal end, and the joints are
comparatively a little longer. à

The second pereiopods are long, slender, and reach forward
a little beyond the maxillipeds. The merus is a little shorter
than the carpus, the first and third carpal divisions are sub-
equal. The ischium of this joint is marked with two small
spines, which are close together and on the inner side.

In the third, fourth, and fifth pairs the carpal joints aud
the dactyli are longer than in the preceding species.

The pleon is moderately geniculate at the third segment.
The first segment is the shortest, the third more than twice
as long as the first, the second and fifth are subequal in
length, and the fourth a little longer, the sixth is not much
longer than ihe fifth, the pleura of the segments are very
deeply produced, almost covering the peduncles of the pleo-
pods in the females; their posterior angles are scarcely
rounded or abrupt, the posterior oblique margin of the fifth
is without spine, and is produced much deeper than the
sixth segment, the postero-lateral margin of the sixth seg-
ment has a large lobe, :tipped with a small spine projecting
over the base of the telson.

The telson is longer than the sixth segment of the pleon,
it narrows quickly, tapering to end in four spines, the two
inner ones longer. Тһе uropods are longer than the telson,
the outer ramus is well thickened on the external margin.

Length, excluding rostrum and telson, 38 mm.

Length of carapace, 13 mm.

Length oı rostrum, 16 mm.

152

Length of antennal scale, 12 mm.

The general appearance of this species is well differentiated
from the two preceding; from 4. pavonina it differs first in
its greater robustness, secondly in the shape of the rostrum
and its number of teeth, thirdly in the comparative length
of the joints of the first pair of pereiopods, fourthly in the
shape of the second pereiopods, which do not expand distally
to such a degree, and fifthly in the circumstance that the
telson ends in four spines.

Dredged in from 10-12 fathoms, St. Vincent Gulf.

Types in the Adelaide Museum.

Angasia tomentosa, n. sp. Pl. xxix., figs. 1-4.

Body less elongate than in each of the preceding species,
rather robust, covered on all parts with a harsh tomentum.

Carapace nearly as long as the first four segments of the
pleon, a little elevated dorsally, anteriorly descending
obliquely to the rostrum, deepening behind, the anterior
margin has two small, subocular spines close together, the
lower one more acute, the antero-lateral angle has a larger
spine which projects further forward than the suboculars.

The pleon is very slightly geniculated at the third seg-
ment. The first five segments are dorsally carinate, the
carine of the third, fourth, and fifth are posteriorly pro-
duced to spines, the sixth segment, although the longest, is
comparatively short, it is without carina, its postero-lateral
margin bears a long, lobed spine projecting over the base of
the telson, and there is a small one at the posterior angle:
the posterior margins of the segments are well rounded be-
low, and the fifth has a spine on the oblique margin and
another small one below it at the angle.

The telson is much longer than the sixth segment of the
pleon, it is arched above, narrow, with two strong terminal
spines, with a very small median tooth between them, it nar-
rows rather more abruptly near the end, there is one small
spine on each margin just above the end, and above them
near the point of greater contraction one on each side, also
marginal. These may be the representatives of the usual,
quadrately placed spines, but they are not in the usual
positions.

The rostrum is rigid, as long as the carapace, it is a httle
elevated distally and tapers to an acute point, its dorsal and
lateral ridges are well marked, especially the latter, which
extend for a short distance behind the orbits; on each side
of the dorsal ridge there is a slight groove, a strong keel
below bears five teeth, the more distal ones very remote; it
is scantily setose between the teeth.

The ophthalmopods are rather short and thick.

153

The antennules are short; the peduncle is about one-fourth
the length of the rostrum, the first joint is excavate above,
its stylocerite spine being very strong and reaching well in
advance of the end of the joint, the second and third joints
are subequal in length, rather swollen above, together they
are shorter than the ophthalmopod, the upper flagellum
reaches rather more than half the length of the antennal
scale, the lower one is a little longer than the scale.

The antennal scale reaches about two-thirds the length of
the rostrum, it is broader than is usual in the other species,
and is strengthened by two longitudinal ridges above, the
distal spine is terminal, the external spine on the second
joint of the peduncle is strong, and above it at the base of
the scale there is an acute projection. The remaining joints
of the peduncle are nearly one-fourth the length of the
scale. The flagellum is slender and long.

The third maxillipeds reach nearly to the end of the an-
tennal peduncle, of the three joints, the distal portion of the
first, the second, and third are slightly excavated on their
upper expanded 'surfaces, the third joint is acuminate dis-
tally, with a strong terminal spine, four others on the outer
side and two or three on the inner: between the spines are
very short teeth, the joint also along with the second is
strongly setose on the inner side.

The first pereiopods resemble those of 4. robusta, as also
do the second, o a peculiar bend at di junction of the
basis joint with t the емши: and there is only one spine on
the ischium.

The third and fourth pairs are vobust and long, the meri
bear two spines below near the distal end, and are fringed
with plumose sete, the carpi are short and expand well dis-
tally, the propodi taper a little and are well spined on their
posterior margins, the dactyli are short, little curved, and
have two strong claws.

The fifth pair are rather less robust, the merus haviug
only one spine. The pleopods are well developed, the rami
subequal in length.

The uropod) are rather narrow, as long as the telson.

The ova are small and numerous.

Length, excluding rostrum and telson, 28 mm.

Length of carapace, 13 mm.

Dredged by Dr. Verco, S.A. coast, about 20 fathoms.

Types, two, in Adelaide Museum.

Another species obtained belongs to the genus Alope, of
the family Hippolytidw, and is related to a species, Alope
palpalis, White, which is figured in the zoology of the Erebus
and Terror, Crust., pl. iv., fig. 1, and for a-long time was im-
perfectly known until recently redescribed by Mr. G. M.

154

Thomson, of Dunedin, in "Trans. Lin. Soc., 2nd series, vol.
vio рош.

The present species differs from А. palpalis mainly in its
smaller size, its non-expanded carapace, its less robust third
maxillipeds, in the less divided state of the second pereiopods
—except the carpus—and in many other minor particulars.

I am not aware of there being known any other species of
this genus, so I take the liberty of slightly modifying Mr.
Thomson’s presentation to include the present species.

Tribe, CARIDEA.
Family, HIPPOLYTIDA,
Genus, Alope, White, 1847.

Carapace smooth, with supra-orbital spines and suborbital
teeth.

Rostrum short, armed with teeth above and springing trom
a deep groove.

Ophthalmopods short, stout, ocelli well developed.

First antenna short, with two flagella.

Second antenna with large scale (scaphocerite) and long
flagellum.

Mandible with shortened or ahnost obsolete cutting plate,
and three jointed palpi.

First maxilla two or three branched.

Second maxilla three branched with wide mastigobranch:al
plate.

First maxilliped with two lobed mastigobranchia.

Second maxilliped with short podobranchial plume.

Third maxilliped very long and pediform, without bran-
chia.

First pereiopod strong, chela well developed.

Second pereiopod slender, long, minutely chelate, carpus
seven-jointed.

Telson moderately narrow.

Third to fifth pereiopods with two clawed dactyli.

Pleurobranchiæ, five.

Podobranchia, one, on the second maxilliped.

Alope australis, ». sp. Pl. xxx., figs. 1-7.

Body smooth, white, with many very small red spots.
short and robust. Carapace; not carinated dorsally or
swollen, but slightly narrowing anteriorly. The two long,
supra-orbital spines are connected dorsally by a U-shaped
ridge, in the fork of which is a small, broad-based spine,
and immediately in front of this spine in a depression arises
ridge, in the fork of which is a small, broad-based spine,

vus o ET |

155

eyes, acute, slightly depressed, with lateral ridges, acuminat-
‘Ing on all sides, with five forward directed spines above,
entire below, with the apex a little laterally constricted.
Laterally from the supraocular spines a ridge is continued
on each side in a curved manner to a prominent antennai
spine. This ridge forms the posterior margin of a lunate
depression (half of the depression which the rostrum divides),
and its anterior margin is excavated to receive the eye ped-
uncle. The antero-lateral angles are rounded, and the re-
mainder of the lateral margins of the carapace are fringed
with short hair.

The pleon is not carinated or geniculate, it narrows regu-
larly in the transverse direction after the second segment.
The pleura of the three anterior segments are moderately
deep, those of the first overlapping the carapace, those of the
second the first and third, though not extensively. The sixth
segment is shorter than the two preceding ones together, and
about as leng dorsally as the third; on its posterior margia
it bears two triangular spines, which project each side of the
telson, the posterior angles are acute, but do not project as
far as the above spines, the sternal surface has an obtuse
preanal lobe.

The antennular peduncle reaches to about the middie of
the antennal scale, the basal joint is much expanded and ex-
cavate above, and reaches well beyond the eyes, the stylo-
cerite spine, which is not deeply cut from the body of the
joint, reaches a little beyond the end, there is a smali lobe at
the inner proximal end, and a tuft of plumose setæ near the
distal end above, the second and third joints are subequal in
length, and are together shorter than the first, each three

joints has distally and above a little transverse comb of

short spines and below the first and second bear tufts of
plumose sete, the upper flagellum is stout, and subequal in
length to the peduncle, the lower is slender and about twice
as long. The ophthalmopods are stout and shorv, ocelli join
the pigmented portion above.

The antenne have moderately broad scales, which only
slightly narrow distally. The external distal spine is well
below the apex, there is a small external spine on the outer
side of the second joint of the peduncle, and a group of
plumose setz on the third joint on the inner side, the fifth
joint has distally a tuft of rather rigid plumose sete, this
joint reaches about two-thirds the length of the scale, the
flagellum is strong, and nearly as long as the animal's body.

In the mandible the cutting plate is extremely rudimen-
tary: the molar process is strong and very deflexed, there is
a three-jointed palp, the basal joint of which is expanded
and produced at the outer angle.

156

The first maxilla is three-lobed, the outer branch bifid,
with one or two long sete on each division.

In the second maxillipeds the exopod is very large, the last
two joints of the five-jointed endopod deflexed.

In the third vete acer the endopod is very long, reaching
forwards as far as the lower flagellum of the antennule, the
three joints are well beset with hairs. The first joint is
longer than the third, the second about one-third the length
of the third, the third is more vertically compressed, slightly
curved and a little tapering, very hairy on the inner “side,
as also is the second, with four or five strong, divergent
spines at the end. The exopod is very small.

The first pereiopods are moderately strong. Both merus
and carpus are distally excavate to receive prominences of
the succeeding joints, which are articulated at their inner
proximal angles. The palm is smooth and scarcely com-
pressed, with a slight longitudinal suleation on the inner
side, the fingers are a little more than half as long as the
palm, they are curved and are distally cut into two or three cor-
neous teeth, and are setose on their apices and margins, and
excavate, the carpus and palm together are subequal in
length to the ischium and merus together. The merus has
a row of small teeth at the outer distal end, and the mar gin
of the cup-like carpus has—besides the shallow one at the
articulation of the palm—two deep insinuations near the mar-
gin, on the inner side there is a row of pectinate sete.

The second pereiopods are long and slender. The carpal
joint is divided into seven, the frit four become successively
shorter, the fourth, fifth, and sixth are subequal in length,
the seventh about as long as the third, the nu is a little
longer than the seventh division of the carpus, the fingers
are half as long as the palm, the ischium and merus together
are subequal in length to the succeeding joints together, the
merus is a little longer than the ischium, and together they
form a slight curve. The end of the last joint of the carpus
has a pencil of long bristles, and some are situated on the
fingers.

The following three pairs of pereiopods are moderately
stout, the last pair a little weaker, they are sparely spined,
the ischi and meri together are stouter and subequal in
length to the succeeding joints, the carpi are slightly curved,
the propodi slightly compressed and a little curved;
the dactyli are strong, curved, with two strong claws, and a
few spines inward from them.

The pleopods are well developed, the rami subequal. Ths
uropods have moderately broad rami, the external one has a
tooth and articulated spine, with a sinuate division some-
what distant from the end, the outer margin is straight.

157

The inner ramus is ovate-lanceolate and as long as the outer
both are elegantly fringed. The telson is shorter than the
uropods, tapering, with a shallow median sulcation and the
usual quadrately placed spines, and a fasciculus of sete near
the proximal end above; it terminates in five teeth and
two spines, and is fringed to about halfway up the sides.

The ova are small and numerous.

Length from base of rostrum to base of telson, 27 mm.

Length of carapace, 10 mm.

Obtained in shallow water at Smith's Bay, Kangaroo Is-
land, by R. Baker, January, 1903.

Type specimens, two, in Adelaide Museum.

A sixth species is unique; a female found by Mr. Zietz
amongst Dr. Verco's dredgings from 20-30 fathoms. Tt be-
longs to the family Crangomdæ, of the same tribe as the
preceding, and is related to both the genera Pontophilus and
Sabinea, with tendencies towards Pontocaris, but I am of
opinion that it requires to be placed in a new genus, mainly
for the following reasons: — First, the shape of the body and
the relationship of the parts, though the cephalo-thorax is
not so long, it is quite as bulky as the pleon; secondly, the
peculiar position of the eyes, their distance apart and sessile
character; thirdly, though the second pereiopods are re-
duced in length and non-chelate, they are still comparatively
strong, and reach as far as the carpus of the first pair;
fourthly, the telson is broad and more Alpheus-like than in
any figures of other species of the same family I have seen;
unfortunately, I am not able to state whether the branchiæ
are six or seven.

Tribe, CARIDEA.
Family, CRANGONIDÆ.

Genus, Vercoia, n. (en.

Body short.

Carapace deep, as long as the first four segments of the
pleon, little compressed laterally, broad, produced at the
antero-lateral angles, its lower margin making an obtuse
angle about the middle. {

Eyes distant, large, оп very short peduncles, which аге
hidden by the cephalic portion of the carapace, in distiuet
orbits formed above by that portion of the carapace and
below by the produced antero-lateral regions, and anteriorly
by processes of the antennules.

Rostrum shaped as is usual in Pontophilus, placed far in
advance of the eyes.

Antennular peduncles very short, much hidden by the
cephalo-thorax, the joints with external lateral expansions,
that of the first completing the orbit in front.

158

Antennal scales short, feeble, subtriangular, without dis-
tal spines, flagella short.

Third maxillipeds long, the distal joints vertically com-
pressed.

First pereiopods robust.

Second pereiopods non-chelate, shortened but rather
robust, reaching as far as the carpal joints of the first, car-
pus and propodus together about as long as the merus.

Third pereiopods styliform.

The pleopods have much expanded peduncles, which be-
come faced outwards in the female, the rami are curved, es-
pecially the inner.

The uropods and telson are short, the telson broad, round-
ed at the end, and ciliate, but not spined.

There is a ridge on the ventral surface between the first
and second pairs of pereiopods, terminating anteriorly in a
projecting spine between the first pair.

Vercoia gibbosa, n. sp. РІ. xxxi., figs. 1-4.

Body short, very much depressed at the first segment of
the pleon, gibbous and much sculptured with many obtuse
prominences, but no spines. Carapace of rigid consistence,
deep, dorsal surface broad, rather depressed, consisting of a
shield-like platform, which occupies nearly the whole length;
this is rather excavate in the gastric region, and anteriorly
and medianly bears the short, slightly excavate, and entire
rostrum. Laterally from the rostrum on each side is a lobe,
slightly insinuated on the margin projecting in front of the
eye, and forming the upper anterior part of the orbit. The
lateral margin of the platform on each side is marked first
by a small tooth immediately over the eye, then by a short,
slightly sigmoid, detached ridge, and behind this a short,
straight ridge beginning abruptly. The posterior boundary
on each side of the median line consists of a small, incurved,
oblique ridge, and behind these a pair of longer, converging
ridges, forming together a broad V, the apex of which
reaches close to the posterior margin of the carapace. The
surface of the anterior or gastric portion of this platform is
smooth, but the cardiac portion has medianly a longitudinal
ridge, divided into three portions—or obtuse carinæ, the
most anterior part of which is short and low—not visible
from a side view, the second and third portions are strongly
elevated, the third being declivous behind towards the pos-
terior margin of the carapace; on each side of the middle
portion is a short, transverse, scale-like ridge. The antero-
lateral angles of the carapace are produced considerably in ad-
vance of the eyes to near the bases of the antennal scales, from
them on each side an oblique ridge extends backward and

159

slightly downward, for about half the length of the carapace,
and between this hepatic ridge, which is very pronounced,
and the lateral margin is another faintly marked, which
bifurcates behind and soon disappears. The lateral margin
of the carapace forms an obtuse angle immediately over the
base of the third pereiopod. ^ Posterior to these ridges und
higher up is another short, oblique ridge, divided into two
anteriorly abrupt portions, and higher still and more pos-
terior there is a short, slightly sigmoid ridge, whose end
reaches close to the posterior margin of the carapace, and in
the postero-lateral region there are two short, slightly
oblique ridges with very obtuse anterior ends. "These have a
few faintly marked, scale-like projections preceding them.
The antenal and hepatie regions also have a few short, scale-
like projections, viz., one a little below and behind the eye,
with two or three more higher up about the middle of the
carapace, and one or two on the antennal region.

The pleon narrows considerably after the third segment
both laterally and vertically, it is much sculptured, and the
second and third segments are strongly humped in the
middle line. The first segment is very short, and very
slightly overlaps the carapace. The three posterior segments
also are short and broadly but not deeply keeled dorsally,
they are marked with one or more scale-like ridges on the
sides; the second and third are more sculptured above and at
the sides than the others, and are only moderately produced
at the sides. The sixth segment is longer than either of the
two preceding ones, it is much overlapped at the sides by the
fifth, and ventrally has a broad, preanal lobe bearing two
acute prominences.

The telson is a little longer than the sixth segment, it is
rather broad, especially at the base, medianly sulcate above,
rounded at the distal end, and ciliate, but not spined, dor-
sally there are two scales on each side of the median sulca-
tion, occupying the place of the usual quadrately placed
spines.

The appendages are mostly short.

The eyes are as stated above.

In the antennules the first joint of the peduncle is hidden
under the carapace except its lateral lobe. The peduncle
does not extend much further than the rostrum. The upper
fagellum does not reach as far as the antennal scale, the
lower one is very small.

The antenna arises in a recess of the anterior margin, its
scale has a small triangular process situated near its base on
the upper surface. The distal peduncular portion is scarcely
more than half the length of the scale, the flagellum is
slender and very short.

160

The third maxillipeds project well in advance of the scales
of the antennæ, the last two joints are broad and fringed
with short sete. The antepenultimate joint has a short dis-
tal keel below.

The first pereiopods are sub-chelate, they are capable of
reaching as far forwards as the maxillipeds, the merus is
much compressed, the carpus very short, and its distal mar-
gin is divided into lobes, the carpus and palm are together
about equal in length to the ischium and merus together.
The palm is robust, about twice as long as broad, swollen
much proximally—on a side view—with a strong spiniform
pollex and moderately strong dactylus.

The second pereiopods are short, non-chelate, not very
weak, reaching nearly as far as the carpus of the first, the
terminal joint is small and acute, the penultimate joint
bears a small distal spine in the position of a pollex, the
limb is slightly setose.

The third pereiopods are very slender, styliform, with the
terminal joint very acute, it reaches forward nearly as far as
the antennal scale. The next two pairs of pereiopods are
robust, very sparingly setose, with strong, simple dactyii.
The four anterior pairs of pleopods are short, with very
broad peduncles presented outwards. The rami are curved
and foliaceous, the inner ones falcate.

The uropods are short and rather weak, the outer ramus
ің subtriangular, without a division, and with a very small
external spine, the inner ramus is ovate and narrower.

The ova are large and few.

Length, excluding rostrum and telson, 14 mm.

Length of carapace, 6 mm.

Type, one female, in Adelaide Museum.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES.
PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Angasia elongata, n. sp., enlarged.

P f A З =
Fig. 2. Third maxilliped of same, enlarged.

Fig. 3. First pereiopod of same, enlarged, outer view.
Fig. 4. Second pereiopod of same, enlarged.

Fig. 5. dngasia kimberi, n. sp., enlarged.

Prate XXVIII.
Fig. l. Angasia robusta, n. sp., enlarged.
Fig. 2. Third maxilli 1 a
Fig. 2. Third maxi iped of same, enlarged.
Fig. 3. Telson of same, enlarged.
ns. ET Opthalmopod, antennule and antennal scale of same,
enlarged.

Fig. 5. Rostrum of same, enlarged.
Fig. 6. Mandible of same, enlarged.

ED : E ;
Fig. 7. First pereiopod of same, inner view, enlarged.
Fig. 8. Second pereiopod of same, enlarged.

1501

161

PLATE XXIX.

. Angasia tomentosa, n. Sp., enlarged.

Third maxilliped of same, enlarged.
First pereiopod of same, inner view, enlarged.
Second pereiopod of same, enlarged.

Pratt XXX.

Alope Australis, n. sp.

Alope Australis, frontal parts of same, much enlarged.
Alope Australis, firstpereiopod of same, much enlarged.
Alope Australis, mandible of same, much enlarged.
Alope Australis, under side of antennal peduncle of

same, much enlarged. |
Fig. 6. Alope Australis, second pereiopod of same, enlarged.
Fig. 7. Alope Australis, uropods and telson of same, much en-

larged.

Fig

Fig.
larged.

PLATE XXXI.
Vercoia gibbosa, n. sp., lateral view.
Vercoia gibbosa, dorsal view.
Vercoia gibbosa, frontal parts of same, much enlarges
Vercoia gibbosa, second pereiopod of same, much en-

162

` DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF ORTHOPTERA
FROM NORTH-WESTERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA.—- No. 1.

By 7. 0. O. TEPPER, F.L.S., F.S.Sc.
[Read June 7, 1904.]
Рілте XXXII.

The species described form part of a small collection made
by Mr. Herb. Basedow, as one of the members of an explor-
ing expedition under the command of Mr. på Ar Wels:
This part of the country had been rarely traversed, and no
insects had been collected there previously. The expedition
left Adelaide in March, 1903, and returned in the following
November.

Order, ORTHOPTERA.
Family, BLATTARLÆ.

PERIPLANETA BASEDOWI, sp. nov. Plate xxxii. (three
femaies in good condition).
Ochraceous, shining, size large.

Head with impressed nunute dots; a round pale spot at
the base of the antenne and separate from them and the
eyes; face with faint, dark spots in transverse rows. An-
tennæ brownish, very slender, as long (or nearly so) as the
body. Pronotum transverse, elliptical, with subangular,
subsemilunate, brownish impressions. Meso.- and meta-
notum paler marked; scutellum elongate-triangular, pro-
miscuous. Elytra as long as or longer than the wings, deep
black, shining; anal vein and transverse veinlet very fine,
pale. Wings much longer than the body, anterior area and
the veins of the posterior deep black; transverse veinlets
pale, membrane between them greyish. Legs shorter, but
stouter than those of P. americana; concave surface (under
the femora) of the coxe with small raised granula; femoral
spines few and slender; middle and hind femora with about
six strong spines in eacb row; tarsi short, glabrous. Abdo:
men ovate, compressed, thin, rugulose, with a submarginal
row of small, dark spots; hind margins of segments above and
beneath broadly darker; posterior angles of penultimate seg-
ment alone produced ; supra-anal lamina subrotundate, «le-
pressed ; scarcely twice ав long ав the lamina; subgenital
lamina emarginate, very short and slender.

Length of body, 25-28 mm.
Length of pronotum, 8 mm.
Length of elytra, 30-33 mm.
Length of wings, 25-27 mm.
Width of pronotum, 11-12 mm.

IM E)

| 163

The bright-coloured pronotum and legs contrast most con-
spicuously with the ueep lustrous black tint of the elytra,
and render this species the handsomest of the Australian
species and of the genus, and I have much pleasure in dedi-
cating it to the assiduous collector as a slight mark of esteem.

MANTODEA.
(?) PSEUDOMANTIS PULCHELLUS, sp. "ov.

Female. Pale browaish grey to pale brown (abdomen).
Head transverse, extremely compressed, pale grey; eyes very
large, a darker band with parallel borders over the middle,
and continued over the vidge of the head; front with three
minute tubercles in place of ocelli. Antenne missing. Pro-
thorax smooth above, very elongate and slender, slightly di-
lated anteriorly ; margm densely and finely spinulose; a nar-
row pale transverse line before the middle of the dilatation,
anterior to which an elongate, gradually attenuated depres-
sion extends about halfway towards front margin, posteri-
orly a distinct median ridge extends continuously to the
hind margin of the metanotum. Meso.- and metanotum
pale, subequal. Elytra ionger than the wings, thinly mem-
| branous, pale brownish ; fore margin, anal area, and a large
| round discal spot whitish; apex obtuse. Wings subrotun-
| date, frontal area rosy with brownish apex, remainder

opaque, deep bluish black, with a few linear transverse

streaks anteriorly ; apex brown, with a narrow white border.

Forelegs elongate; coxe unarmed, external keels whitish ; fe-

mora with four spines externally and numerous spinelets

internally ; a very long spine followed by two much smaller
` ones obliquely opposite to the last external; tibiæ multispinu-

lose, and a long spur. Middle and hind legs very long and

slender, unarmed. Abdomen subcylindrical, slightly atten-

uated towards extremity, not dilated ; supra-anal lamina tri-

angular, equilateral, subacute; lateral lobes subtriangular,

whitish ; cerci slender, not, or scarcely, extending beyond

the lobes; anal appendages forming two small, acute spines.

Length of body, 52 mm.

Length of head, 1 mm.

Length of pronotum, 13 mm.

Length of elytra, 11:5 mm.

Length of wings, 9 mm.

Length of hind femora, 17 mm. |
| Width of head, 4 mm. |

Width of elytra, 3 mm. |

Width of dilatation, 2:75 mm.

It is with some diffidence that I place this species in the
genus it is assigned to, it apparently not agreeing exactly

164

with any I have descriptions of; but not having the male
(perhaps akin to P. Kraussiana, Sauss.), the creation of a
new genus appeared inadvisable. In the form and coloura-
tion of elytra and wings it seems to approximate the Afri-
can genus Danuria.

ACRIDIDÆ.
CORYPHISTES CYANOPTEROIDES, sp. nov., 2 (male and female).

Resembles C. cyanopterus, Charp., but is darker and lar-
ger; dull brownish-grey. Fastigium verv prominent, nearly
parallel-sided, apex abruptly rounded. Eyes large, dark
reddish-brown. Antenne ensiform, joints gradually dim-
mishing in width from the third. ^ Ocelli inconspicuous,
brown. Head with a fine medial ridge from near the apex
of the fastigium, and continued to the hind margin of the
pronotum: dark lateral parallel-sided bands, bordered
above narrowly white, from the inferior part of the eyes, and
continued to the hind margin of the pronotum, the space
between the bands marbled with black. Elytra pale brown,
veins much darker, a few blackish streaks adjoining the base
of the humeral and near the middle of the anal vein;
transverse veinlets very numerous, mostly pale, but bor-
dered mostly and capriciously deep black or brown. Wings
with costal area smoky brown (mas.), or blackish (fem.),
veins and veinlets much darker; remainder much paler,
basal and anal part pale blue. Fore and middle legs slen-
der, body colour: hind femora strong, base not very tumid,
unarmed, inner side wholly black (mas.), or more or less
purplish (fem.); hind tibie pale greyish externally, remain-
der rosy-purplish; with two rows of ten spines above, the
external ones black and much the larger. Abdomen grey
or brown, banded dark brown or blackish (mas. and fem.) ;
cerci conical, very short.

Length of body, 45-47 mm.

Length of antenne, 14-15 mm.

Length of pronotum, 10-12 mm.

Length of elytra, 48-50 mm.

Length of hind femora, 21-22 mm.

Length of hind tibiæ, 18 mm.

This species is widely distributed in South Australia, and
has been usually included under Charpentier's name, C. cyan-
opterus. From this species it differs by the much more pro-
minent and angular fastigium, general colouration, and
other characters. It inhabits forests and woods sparingly,
and is slow to take to flight. Its colour appears to ke
highly protective, inasmuch as it agrees more or less per-
fectly with the tints of the trunks of trees, etc., upon which
it rests, or settles when disturbed.

165

CORYPHISTES SERRATUS, sp. nov.

Female. Brown, variegated with grey and black. Head
large; eyes oval, metallic golden-bronze. Fastigium wide
above, concave, blackish, keeled, emarginate, contracted into
à narrow ridge in front below the apex between the antenne,
then again gradually diverging and terminating rotundately
beyond the ocellus. Lateral ocelli large, black, midway be-
tween the eyes and the antenne. Occiput, sides and under-
side of head, also the sternum yellowish-grey ; a low median
ridge and an impressed, curved black band from the base of
the fastigium on either side to the base of the head. An-
tennæ blackish, apparently with 18 joints; basal joint short,
stout; joint 2 still shorter, thinner, cup-shaped ; remainder
much longer, subcylindrical, gradually diminishing in size
to apex; from the third with a broad membranous border,
forming alternately larger. subtriangular lobes, with rounded
hind margin to near the apex. Pronotum black, with nume-
rous pale striæ bordering the fore and hind margins, and
pale round granulations scattered over the rest, fore margin
emarginate, hindmargin rounded. Elytra pale grey, acute,
the extremely numerous longitudinal veins and transverse
veinlets bordered dark brown. Wings with basal area tinged
pale greenish, shading into brownish along anterior costa
and towards apex, costal veins and veinlets dark brown, re-
mainder pale. Legs mottled blackish and brown, fore and
median ones short, underside and internally more or less
densely pilose, tibie with a few minute spinelets along the
inner ridge. Hind femora strong, upper ridge minutely
spinose, lower ridge with nine larger spines, and hairy be-

tween ; discal ridges spinulose; internal side smooth, crim-

son with broad transverse black markings; lower genicular
lobes very long, narrowly lunate, as long, or longer than, the
width of the joint. Hind tibiæ slender, mottled brown and
blackish, inner side black and crimson; external upper ridge
with eleven acute conical spines, internal with nine, space
between densely pilose; spurs very small. Tarsi thinly
hairy; claws oppositely divergent; pulvillus large. Abdo-
men blackish brown above, pale beneath. Cerci mutilated.
One female.

Length of body, 41 mm.

Length of antennæ, 18 mm.

Length of pronotum, 10 mm.

Length of elytra, 50 mm.

Length of wings, 45 mm.

Length of hind femora, 26 mm.

Length of hind tibiæ, 22 mm.

166

The remarkably and prominently keeled fastigium, broad
serrated antennæ, markings of the pronotum, and armature
of the hind femora and tibiæ, also the elongated
curved genicular lobes, appear to render this a well-marked
species, and, perhaps, with the following the type of a sub-
genus. |
CORYPHISTES NIGROCONSPERSUS, 8). nov,

Male and female. Smoky brown; in general form resem-
bling preceding. Head pale (mas.) or dark (fem.) brown.
Fastigium blackish, subrectangular above, separated from
occiput by a more or less distinct furrow; distinctly keeled
only towards apex, in front contracted to an obtuse ridge,
then expanding between the antennæ forms a distinct cal.
losity, with the ocellus in the central depression, the dis-
tinct (mas.) or indistinct (fem.) sinuous lateral ridge extend-
ing to the margin of the face. Occiput and sides of head
nearly smooth, dull; a narrow black median stripe from base
of fastigium to pronotum, a slightly curved, irregularly
bounded brownish band on either side above; laterally a
broad, parallel-margined black band from the base of the
antenne, interrupted by the lower part of the eyes, and a
narrow black submarginal, more irregular one, starting con-
jointly with the former. Eyes oval, dark bronzy-brown;
lateral ocelli rather small, bright brown, adjoining the
lower border of an elongate black spot on the side of the fas-
tigium. Antenne dark brown, mottled paler, ensiform ;
marginal lamina very thin, basal joint subconical, joint 2
very short, not much thinner than the first; joint 3 over
three times longer than the preceding together, triangular,
broad; joints 4-7 quadrate, angular, subequal; joints 8-9,
10-11, 12-13 successively narrower, longer than wide, quad-
rangular; joint 14 half as wide as preceding, remainder
gradually diminishing in dimensions, last. ones very mi-
nute. Pronotum darker than the head, ‘almost smooth,
rounded in front and behind, with a few minute tubercles
above and two broad pale stripes to posterior transverse
furrow, also the black cephalic stripes more or less distinctly
continued to the hind margin. Elytra ochreous-brown, with
numerous small spots scattered over all; apex obtuse. Wings
pale greenish-brown ; veins and veinlets dark, not bordered.
Legs, also face and underside, more or less beset with browa
hairs. Fore and middle legs unarmed. Hind femora stout,
as long, or longer than, the body; external genicular lobes
moderately long, curved, gradually narrowed to the sub-
acute apex; internal lobes large, subquadrate; external
ridges minutely spinose, densely hairy above; discal area
white (mas.) or pale ochreous (fem.), with 16 black, narrow,

| 167

angulate, transverse bands; internal area blackish and purp-
lish ; hind tibiæ with two rows of 9-11 large acute spines,
besides 4 curved spurs, space between densely hairy. Tarsi
long; claws and pulvilli small. Abdomen stout, smooth,
shining, and ending with 6 small black spines.
Length of body—Male, 45 mm.; female, 52 mm.
Length of antennæ-—Male, 17 mm.; female, 21 mm.
Length of pronotum-—Male, 11 mm. ; female, 15 mm.
Length of elytra--Male, 43 mm.; female, 47 mm.
Length of hind femora—Male, 24 mm. ; female, 28 mm.
Length of hind tibie—Male, 20 mm.; female, 25 mm.
There is a specimen of each sex, and fairly well preserved.
The female differs from the male, besides size, only in the
markings being less distinct and some occasionally obsolete.
The species is a well-marked one, and new to the Museum
collection.

GRYLLACRIDE.
GRYLLACRIS ATROFRONS, sp. nov. (fem.).

Size moderate, smoky-brown. Face, clypens and mandibles
black, except large white ocelliform spot; sides of head
brown; antennæ brown, base blackish; fastigium keeled.
Pronotum above broadly and its hind margin entirely black,
sides pale. Meso.- and metanotum blackish. ^ Elytra and
wings net-veined, pale brownish veins and veinlets deep
| brown. Femora above and externally dark, apices of middle
and hind femora pale. Tibie with four small spines extern-
ally and internally, finely and shortly hirsute, black at the
base, remainder pale; tarsi brownish, slender. Abdomen
short, truncate, alternately pale and dark banded. Cerci
"slender, pale; ovipositor slightly curved, pale, apex darker,
acute.

Length of body, 23 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4.5 mm.

Length of elytra, 39 mm.

Length of hind femora, 13 mm.

Length of ovipositor, 21 mm.

This species resembles G. atrogeniculatus, m., but is smaller
and differs in the black face and top of head, large white
ocelliform spot, keeled fastigium, and longer ovipositor, be-
sides other characters.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN
ELACHISTIDE, ETC.

Ву Oswaıp B. Lower, F.E.S. (Lond.).
[Read June 7, 1904.]
TINEINA.
СЕСОРНОКІР 2.

PHLÆOPOLA SCIASPILA, n. Sp.

Male, 12 mm. Head and palpi whitish, second joint of
palpi with a blackish apical and a blackish lateral stripe on
basal two-thirds, and blackish apical ring. Thorax white,
irrorated with fuscous, anteriorly dark fuscous. Antenne
greyish. Legs greyish, posterior pair fuscous, tibiæ and
tursi banded with whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate,
costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; white, finely
irrorated with fuscous and with blackish markings; a basal
spot in middle; a spot on costa at one-fifth ; a second below
and beyond; a third in middle beyond last two; an irregular
elongate spot on costa at three-quarters; a short spot at end
of cell, and another before and below; a darker suffused spot
on costa at five-sixths, from which proceeds an oblique, fus-
cous shade towards anal angle; a few small, suffused dots
along lower half of termen; cilia fuscous whitish, with a
darker line below apex. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous-
whitish. A small species, distinct by the number of dots;
the first four are very clear. Nearest turbatella, Walk.

Duaringa, Queensland. One specimen; in November.

OCYSTOLA HELIOTRICHA, n. Sp.

Male, 20 mm. Head, thorax, antenne, abdomen, and
legs black, antennal ciliations four. Palpi orange, terminal
joint black. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa hardly
arched, termen oblique; orange; a narrow black streak along
basal fourth of costa, extended at base to inner margin,
thence continued along inner margin and gradually dilated
to beyond middle, thence broadly dilated to reach costa, and
fill up rest of apical and terminal portions of wing, upper
half slightly curved anteriorly; cilia orange, with a black
spot at apex. Hindwings orange; a broad, black band along
termen; cilia black.

Exceptionally distinct by the orange wings and black
markings.

Tasmania (probably Hobart); one specimen ; in November.

169

BORKHAUSENIA (7) ERYTHROCEPHALA, n. sp.

Female, 14 mm. Head pale red, face paler. Thorax dark
fuscous. Antenne dark fuscous (imperfect). Abdomen and
legs pale ochreous, anterior legs infuscated. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique,
apex pointed; dark fuscous, somewhat mixed with reddish,
and minutely irrorated with blackish scales; cilia dark fus-
cous. Hindwings elongate, apex pointed: fuscous: cilia pale
ochreous. Underside of both wings clothed with blackish
scales.

A species of doubtful affinity, and doubtfully referred ;
the antenne are imperfect, and the wings are more pointed
than usual.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. One specimen; in April.

BORKHAUSENIA AMPHIXANTHA, n. sp.

Male, 14 mm. Head and palpi pale ochreous, base of
second joint externally and terminal joint of palpi fuscous.
Antenne fuscous, obscurely annulated with pale ochreous.
Thorax fuscous, patagia ochreous. Abdomen fuscous, legs
fuscous, banded above with ochreous. Forewings elongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded;
pale yellowish, with fuscous markings; a spot at base of
costa; a thick suffused streak along fold throughout: a
narrow streak along costa, interrupted near base, and before
and beyond middle; a dot on fold in middle; a second on
fold at two-thirds, both connected with costa by a narrow
shade; dorsal portion of wing suffused with fuscous, except
near base and middle; a moderate apical patch; cilia fus-
cous, slightly ochreous-tinged at base. Hindwings light
fuscous ; cilia as in forewings. Somewhat allied to Sulfurea,
Meyr., and Protowantha, Meyr., but differs from both by
the narrow forewings and other details.

Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen; in April.

ELACHISTID А.
BATRACHEDRA ZONOCHRA, n. Sp.

Female, 10 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, antenne, and
abdomen pale greyish-ochreous, palp rather short, antenne
with strong pecten. Legs whitish, more or less banded with
greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; pale grey-
whitish, with rather obscure ochreous markings; a narrow
transverse basal fascia; a second, similar, at about one-
third; a third in middle; a more or less developed longitu-
dinal streak in middle of wing, better developed, from pos-
terior edge of third fascia to apex ; a suffused patch at apex;
containing a darker spot above anal angle; a narrow streak

170

along fold from beyond third fascia to below spot: cilia
greyish, becoming fuscous tinged at base. Hindwings rather
broadly lanceolate; grey; cilia five, pale greyish-ochreous.

Broken Hill, New South Wales. One specimen; in Janu-
ary.

BATRACHEDRA STENOSEMA, n. Sp.

Male, 14 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennæ ashy-
grey-whitish, palpi whitish internally, antenne obscurely
ringed with fuscous, post-orbital rims whitish. ^ Abdomen
greyish-ochreous. Legs ashy-grey-whitish, posterior tibiæ
and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings linear-
lanceolate; ashy-grey-whitish, with blackish markings; a
fine streak along fold; a second median, more or less inter-
rupted, better developed on posterior half; a third, sub-
costal, only traceable on posterior half; an elongate spot on
anal angle, some scales at apex; cilia grey. Hindwings very
narrow, lanceolate-linear ; grey; cilia grey-whitish.

Not unlike Sterilis, Meyr., but without the costal spots.

Broken Hill, New South Wales. One specimen ; in April.

BATRACHEDRA (?) LYGROPIS, n. Sp.

Female, 11 mm. Head dull whitish. Thorax fuscous.
Palpi ashy-grey-whitish, internally whitish. Antenne with
moderate pecten, fuscous. Abdomen greyish. Anterior
and middle legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish, tibie with
two black bands, tarsi ringed with fuscous. ^ Forewings
elongate-lanceolate; ashy-grey-whitish, with fuscous mark-
ings; a moderately defined, flattened spot on fold just be-
yond middle, and a second similar on fold before anal angle;
apical portion of wing slightly darker than general ground
colour; cilia cinereous grey, terminal half grey. Hindwings
lanceolate; dark grey; cilia greyish-ochreous.

Not unlike in general appearance Artiastis ptochopa
( Gi cophoride ) Meyr.

Broken Hill, New South Wales. One specimen; in April.

BATRACHEDRA HYPOLEUCA, n. Sp.

Female, 11 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and ab-
domen dull coppery-fuscous, abdomen beneath with broad
whitish bands. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair banded
with whitish. Forewings elongate-linear; shining dark cop-
pery-fuscous; cilia dark fuscous, becoming paler around anal
angle. Hindwings fuscous, somewhat shining metallic;
cilia dark fuscous on costa and around anal angle, greyish-
ochreous on other portions.

Rather an inconspicuous species, but readily known by
the whitish bands on under side of abdomen.

Broken Hill, New South Wales. One specimen; іп Oc-
tober.

171
CALICOTIS MICROGALOPSIS, n. Sp.

Male, 8 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, antennæ, abdomen,
and legs shining snow white, posterior tarsi with whorls of
long hairs at apex of joints, somewhat fuscous tinged. Fore-
wings elongate, narrow; shining snow white; cilia snow
white. Hindwings linear-lanceolate; white; cilia white.

Mackay, Queensland. Two specimens; in November.

The species is tolerably common, but owing to the active
flight, and habit of falhng to the ground when disturbed,
were difficult to obtain. ;

STATHMOPODA TRICHOPEDA, n. SP.

Male, 9-10 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous, with
coppery metallic reflections, face whitish. Palpi pale
ochreous, terminal joint infuscated. Antenne fuscous-cop-
pery, fillet brassy metallic, basal joint ochreous. Legs pale
ochreous, posterior pair dark fuscous, posterior tibie with
tufts of bristly hairs at joints. Abdomen ochreous-orange,
segmental margins fuscous, paler beneath. Forewings elon-
gate, narrow; bright orange; markings deep соррегу pur-
plish; a moderate streak along basal one-fifth of costa, ai
base extended to inner margin; an outwardly oblique
blackish line from middle of costa to just beyond middle of
inner margin, beyond which the rest of wing is deep cop:
pery-purplish, with a suffused blackish bloteh in middle,
hardly separated from ground colour; cilia dark fuscous,
Hindwings elongate-lanceolate; shining bronzy-ochreous;
cilia orange, fuscous around anal angle.

Recalls species of Calicotis in general appearance.

Mackay, Queensland. Five specimens; in November. Ар-
pearing to frequent one of the Leguminosæ.

STATHMOPODA HOLOBAPTA, n. Sp.

Male, female, 10 mm. Head and palpi shining ochreous-
white, terminal joint of palpi more ochreous. Antennæ
ochreous, basal joint whitish. Thorax yellowish-orange,
with two or three metallic longitudinal stripes. Abdomen
blackish above, beneath white, anal tuft ochreous. Legs
whitish, fuscous tinged, anterior coxæ shining white, pos-
terior legs with blackish tufts at extremities of joints. Fore-
wings narrow elongate; orange-ochreous, with shining golden
metallic markings; a streak along costa from middle to
apex; a longitudinal streak from base of costa, above and
parallel to fold, thence reaching costa again at apex ; a short,
oblique streak from base of costa to one-quarter inner mar-
gin; a narrow streak in middle of fold; cilia fuscous. Hind-
wings bronzy fuscous; cilia fuscous, at base dull orange.

172

Probably nearest Cyanopla, Meyr., but differs, especially
by colour of head, face, and abdomen, and other details.
Melbourne, Victoria. Two specimens; in November.

AEOLOSCELIS AULACOSEMA, n. Sp.

Male, female, 10-12 mm. Head and thorax brownish-
ochreous. Palpi whitish, annulated with fuscous. Palpi
white,” ringed throughout with fuscous. Legs silvery-white,
tibiæ and tarsi banded above with fuscous. Abdomen grey:
ish. Forewings narrow elongate; brownish-ochreous; a
narrow, curved, interrupted black, posteriorly whitish-edged
fascia, from costa at one-sixth to inner margin at one-quar-
ter; a small black whitish-edged dot above fold about
middle, below which is a leaden suffusion extending to fascia,
but widely interrupted in middle; two fine, white elongate,
subcostal lines at three-quarters, only separated from each
other by a narrow black streak; below the lower streak is a
strongly marked line of black, from posterior extremity of
which proceeds a fine white line along fold towards the
white-edged dot, but suddenly obliquely deflected to inner
margin beyond middie before reaching it: a fine white line
along fold immediately below, edged above with its similar
width of black; a rather large, conspicuous black dot at
apex, edged with white; a short, erect, anteriorly whitish-
edged black spot at anal angle; cilia greyish-ochreous, be-
coming fuscous arouud apex, with a sharp black basal line
and apical tooth. Hindwings greyish fuscous; cilia greyish-
ochreous.

Mackay, Queensland. ^ Several specimens amongst dry
grass; in November and December.

A EOLOSCELIS EUPHÆDRA, n. Sp.

Male, female, 9-12 mm. Head, palpi, antennæ, and
thorax shining snow-white, antenne slightly ochreous-tinged,
thorax anteriorly bright ochreous. Abdomen ochreous, seg-
mental margins whitish, more pronounced beneath. ^ Legs
silvery white, more or less banded with ochreous. Forewings
narrow elongate; shining snow white, with bright ochreous
markings; three well-defined rather broad, transverse fasciæ,
edges irregular; first close to base; second from before
middle of costa to middle of inner margin; third obscure,
from five-sixths costa to three-quarters inner margin, with a
slight sinuation above middle on anterior edge; a narrow,
light ochreous, irregularly-edged fascia along termen; cilia
greyish-ochreous, becoming ochreous at base. Hindwings
elongate-lanceolate ; light fuscous; cilia pale ochreous.

Mackay, Queensland. Four specimens, at light; in No-
vember.

173

ÅEOLOSCELIS PETROSARCA, n. Sp.
Male, female, 10.12 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and

thorax pale fleshy-ochreous, palpi whitish internally. Ab-
domen ochreous, whitish beneath. Legs whitish, posterior
pair greyish-tinged. Forewings narrow elongate: pale

fleshy-ochreous: a strong inwardly oblique narrow white
streak from costa at three-fifths to inner margin in middle,
edged posteriorly narrowly with black, especially on upper
two-thirds; a fuscous dot on costa at three-quarters, and
another in anal angle, both anteriorly edged with white, in-
dicating a second fascia; cilia pale greyish-ochreous. Hind-
wings narrow ; greyish-fuscous : cilia grey.

Townsville, Queensland. Two specimens, taken on sea
beach, somewhat worn, in April.

ÅEOLOSCELIS HEMICROCA, n. sp.

Male, female, 10-14. Head, palpi, thorax, and antenne
ochreous-yellow, somewhat brassy-tinged. Abdomen ochre-
ous, segments dull silvery-white. Legs pale ochreous.
Forewings narrow elongate; pale ochreous-yellow, somewhat
tinged with brassy, deeper ochreous on basal half; a narrow
leaden metallie subcostal streak from base to beyond middle,
attenuated posteriorly; a similar line along fold, from base

to anal angle; cilia ochreous, mixed with greyish. Hind-
wings narrow; pale fuscous ; cilia as in forewings.
Rockhampton and Duaringa, Queensland. Three speci-

mens; in November.

PYRODERCES ARGYROZONA, n. Sp.

Female, 8 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-orange, face
shining white. Palpi white, banded with blackish, second
joint more whitish. Antenne white, sharply annulated

with black, except towards apex, where there are two ob-
scure blackish bands. Legs grey-whitish beneath, anterior
pair banded above with black, posterior pair broadly band-
ed above with dull orange. Abdomen ochreous, fuscous on
terminal half. Forewings lanceolate, with expansible tuft
of long ochreous hairs beneath; vellowish-orange, with
silvery metallic markings, mixed with whitish; a narrow
basal fascia extended to one-sixth inner margin; a narrow
oblique fascia from costa at one-sixth to one-third inner mar-
gin, more whitish than others; a broader oblique fascia from
costa in middle to beyond middle of inner margin; a similar
one from costa near apex to anal angle, both the last fascia
are somewhat dilated on costa; a narrow streak along ter-
men: cilia greyish-ochreous. Hindwings linear; light fus-
cous; cilia as in forewings, but more ochreous at base.
Nearest Schismatias, Meyr., but abundantly distinct.
Duaringa, Queensland. One specimen; in November.

174

LIMNOGCIA HETEROZONA, n. sp.

Female, 7 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, narrowly
banded with black. Antenne whitish, annulated with fus-
cous. Thorax fuscous. Legs and abdomen greyish, pos-
terior legs more whitish, irregularly banded with black.
Forewings elongate-lanceolate; blackish, with white mark-
ings; three equidistant transverse fasciæ: first from costa at
one-sixth to inner margin at one-sixth, inwardly oblique,
somewhat obscured on inner margin; second slightly broader
and distinct, from costa in middle to inner margin in middle,
but hardly reaching it; third from five-sixths costa to anal
angle, obscure on lower half, and somewhat cuneiform on
costa; cilia dark fuscous, mixed with blackish at base around
apex. Hindwings narrow, linear at base; fuscous; cilia
light fuscous.

Duaringa, Queensland. One specimen; in November.

LIMN@CIA ISODESMA, n. sp.

Male, 14 mm. Head and palpi whitish-ochreous. An-
tennæ and thorax dark fuscous. Legs whitish, banded with
fuscous, coxæ more whitish. Abdomen fuscous, anterior
segments ochreous-tinged, beneath fuscous, ringed with
whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; dark fuscous,
somewhat purplish shining; three equidistant, transverse,
moderate whitish-ochreous fascie, from costa at one-fifth,
beyond middle, and three-quarters respectively, all direct
and reaching inner margin; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings
dark fuscous. Hindwings elongate-lanceolate; pale fuscous ;
cilia greyish-ochreous.

Easily known by the three equidistant fasciæ.

Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen; in November.

LIMNGCIA ANISODESMA, n. Sp.

Female, 18 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-white, antenne
and thorax fuscous, antenne finely annulated with whitish,
and with a broad whitish band beyond middle. ^ Legs fus-
cous, banded with whitish, posterior pair somewhat ochreous
tinged. Abdomen ochreous-fuscous. ^ Forewings elongate-
lanceolate; dark purplish-fuscous, somewhat iridescent; a
broad whitish-ochreous fascia, from costa at one-sixth to
one-sixth inner margin, posterior edge slightly curved out-
wards; a narrow transverse ochreous-white fascia, from costa
beyond middle to inner margin at three-quarters; a nearly
straight similar streak from costa at five-sixths to anal
angle, narrowed on lower half, and almost cut in middle by
a streak of ground colour; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings
elongate-lanceolate; dark fuscous: cilia fuscous; greyish at
base.

sn uam ————

175

Somewhat allied to the preceding, but the broad anterior
fascia distinguishes it at once from that species.
Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen; in March.

SYNTOMACTIS DECALOPHA, n. Sp.

Male, 12 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax ashy-
grey-whitish, terminal joint of palpi with three blackish
rings, basal joint with two; antenne annulated with fus-
cous, obscure on terminal half. Abdomen fuscous, beneath
white. Legs white, tibiæ and tarsi obscurely banded with
fuscous. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; light leaden fus-
cous, with ten black tufts of scales, anteriorly broadly edged
with ferruginous-ochreous, posteriorly narrowly with whit-
ish ; a few small white marks along costa; first tuft on fold,
near base; second obliquely above and beyond; third below
fold at one-quarter; fourth above dorsum, about middle;
fifth above and midway between third and fourth; sixth
above dorsum at three-fifths from base; seventh subcostal,
beyond middle; eighth, ninth, and tenth, small and incon-
spicuous, scattered between base and three-quarters; a small
ferruginous fuscous spot on fold at three-quarters; a short
fuscous subapical dash; cilia ashy-grey-whitish, mixed with
greyish-ochreous on te:minal half. Hindwings narrow-
lanceolate, fuscous; cilia fuscous, mixed with ochreous to-
wards lower half ot termen.

Closely allied to <lrgoscia, but apart from the broader
| wings it differs, chiefly by the greater number of tufts, and
| absence of spots along costa.
| Penola, South Australia. One specimen; in November.

SYNTOMACTIS ARGOSCIA, n. Sp.

Female, 10 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white, greyish-
tinged, terminal joint of palpi with three black bands,
second joint with two similar bands. Antenne greyish, ob-
scurely ringed with fuscous. Abdomen greyish-fuscous. Legs
whitish, banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate-lanceo-
late; whitish, suffused with leaden fuscous along dorsum and
apical third; tufts black, anteriorly ferruginous-edged, pos-
teriorly narrowly whitish: one close to base below middle;
three equidistant at one-fifth, two-fifths, and three-fifths
respectively, basal two edged posteriorly more broadly with
whitish ; a fifth tuft on fold at one-third, and two or three
small, indistinct ones above three-fifths; costal edge nar-
rowly ferruginous-fuscous in middle; three or four costal
ferruginous spots between posterior end of this and apex;
some scattered elongate ferruginous marks in disc; a black-
ish elongate subapical streak; a rather sharply defined whit-
ish line along termen; cilia fuscous-grey-whitish. Hind-
wings narrow lanceolate, fuscous; cilia light fuscous.

176

Probably nearest fephras, Meyr., but differs by the ferru-
ginous.markings and different arrangement of tufts.
Melbourne. One specimen; in December.

SYNTOMACTIS GNOPHODES, n. Sp.

Female, 12 mm. Head, antennæ, thorax, and abdomen
dark fuscous, head and face sprinkled with whitish. An-
tennæ obscurely annulated wth grey-whitish, abdomen be-
neath white. Palpi whitish, internally clearer, ringed with
fuscous, somewhat obscure. Legs fuscous, posterior pair
with tibiæ and tarsi banded with whitish. Forewings elon-
gate-lanceolate: dark fuscous, mixed minutely with whitish,
ferruginous, and fuscous metallic scales; tufts black; pos-
teriorly finely edged with white, arranged in four trans-
verse outwardly oblique series, the white posterior edging
almost confluent, and thus tending to form narrow, thread-
like fasciæ ; first series of tufts close to base, rather obscure,
followed on tornus by a moderate black tuft, finely edged
with whitisb ; second series from one-third costa to one-third
inner margin; third from three-fifths costa to about three-
fifths inner margin; fourth from three-quarters costa to anal
angle, a narrow black median streak from just before three-
quarters to apex, cut by the fourth series of tufts; some
white scales at apex, in which is placed a blackish spot;
whitish scales along apical one-fifth of costa and along ter-
men to anal angle; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia
dark fuscous.

Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen; in November.

SYNTOMACTIS PERINEPHES, n. Sp.

Female, 18 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi whitish,
terminal joint with two fuscous bands, second joint inter-
nally fuscous, antennæ fuscous whitish. Abdomen fuscous.
Legs white, somewhat infuscated. ^ Forewings elongate-
lanceolate ; whitish, dorsal half fuscous: tufts blackish, some-
what ferruginous-edged, one near base below fold; a second
on fold above and beyond, both small; a third transversely
elongate, below fold at one-quarter; a fourth on fold, and a
fifth on inner margin beyond middle; immediately following
the last is a longitudinal streak of pure white, reaching anal
angle, somewhat cuneiform; somewhat minute scattered
scales of blackish on upper edge of dorsal streak; cilia fus-
cous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous; cilia purplish-tinged.

Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen ; in November.

SYNTOMACTIS POLYCHROA, n. Sp.

Female, 12 mm. Head, thorax, and antennæ white, ап-
tennæ annulated with fuscous, basal joint blackish. (Palpi

——————————————

177

broken.) Abdomen fuscous, mixed with metallic coppery,
beneath whitish. Legs whitish, banded with fuscous. Fore-
wings blackish-fuscous; markings white; a broad basal
patch, occupying basal third of wing, posteriorly limited by
a nearly straight, blackish line; in the middle of patch is an
obseure narrow fuscous transverse streak, obscure on lower
half; an obscure outwardly oblique fascia on costa at two-
fifths, reaching nearly half across wing; a somewhat quad-
rate spot on costa at three-quarters, reaching half across
wing, more or less connected with lower edge of previous
fascia, and enclosing an elongate-triangular spot of ground
colour on costa: scale tufts metallic; three equidistant just
above inner margin, between one-third and two-thirds; a
whitish one at anal angle; two small ones above fold between
first and second ; second subcostal, on lower edge of fuscous
triangular patch; cilia fuscous, mixed with ferruginous at
base, and with an obscure whitish spot at apex; costal cilia
blackish. Hindwings blackish-fuscous; cilia greyish-fus-
cous.
Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen; in December.

SYNTOMACTIS MELAMYDRA, n. Sp.

Male, 8 mm. Head, palpi, antennæ, and thorax black.
Abdomen grey, beneath with white segmental bands. Legs
greyish, posterior pair blackish. Forewings elongate-lanceo
late; dark fuscous, mixed with and some metallic scales:
tufts black, anteriorly metallic; cilia dark fuscous. Hind-
wings narrow-lanceolate; pale fuscous; cilia fuscous. An
obscure species.

Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen: in September.

TRACHYDORA LEUCOBATHRA, n. Sp.

Male, 10 mm. Head fuscous, face snow-white. Palpi
white, basal half of second joint black, terminal joint fus-
cous. Antenne dentate, fuscous, anterior half white. Ab-
domen and legs black, abdomen more or less ringed with sil-
very white, more prominent beneath, legs banded with
silvery-white, posterior coxæ silvery white. Forewings. elon-
gate-lanceolate; seven to costa; black with snow-white mark-
ings; four costal spots, first at one-eighth moderate; second
largest at one-quarter ; third and fourth close together, some-
what raised, at three-quarters; three minute subapical spots,
arranged longitudinally; two large spots on inner margin,
reaching nearly half across wing at one-quarter and beyond
middle; tufts white anteriorly, black posteriorly, one below
last two costal spots and nearly resting on inner margin, and
two close together, transversely placed on middle of inner
margin; cilia white, becoming black at apex and anal angle.
Hindwings narrow-lanceolate; dark fuscous; cilia rather

L

178

dark fuscous. Easily known by the snow-white spots on the
blackish ground colour, and whitish antenne.
Cooktown, Queensland. One specimen; in April.

TRACHYDORA POLYZONA, n. Sp.

Male, 10 mm. Head and palpi white, basal half of second
joint fuscous. Thorax fuscous, anteriorly whitish, patagia
white, antenne dentate, with small pecten: fuscous-whitish.
Abdomen ochreous, strongly margined, beneath fuscous,

banded. with silvery-white. Legs banded with fus-
cous, tarsi fuscous, ringed with white, posterior coxæ
snow-white, anterior legs dark fuscous. Forewings

elongate-lanceolate; fuscous, mixed with ochreous and
black, with whitish markings; a short, moderately broad,
oblique fascia from costa at one-sixth, reaching more than
half across wing ; a second, broader, from costa before middle,
anterior edge distinct, posterior edge somewhat suffused into
ground colour; a similar fascia on inner margin at one-quar-
ter, anterior edge distinct, posterior edge somewhat suffused ;
another at anal angle, somewhat triangular; all the above
markings are edged on either side with darker ground colour,
especially those on inner margin; three minute subapicai
spots, arranged longitudinally; tufts anteriorly white, pos-
teriorly fuscous; a smail one at base of second costal spot; a
second transversely double on inner margin in middle: a
third above anal angie, and two others clear white and curv-
ed on costa at three-quarters; cilia white, becoming dark fus-
cous at apex and anal angle. Hindwings narrow-lanceolate ;
greyish-fuscous; cilia light fuscous, on basal half greyish-
ochreous. Somewhat allied to the above, but distinct by
the different coloured forewings, etc.

Mackay and Cooktown, Queensland. Two specimens; in
March and April.

TRACHYDORA ZOPHOPEPLA, n. Sp.

Female, 16 mm. Head, palpi, antennæ, thorax, and ab-
domen blackish-fuscous, second joint of palpi with tuft
large, whitish internally on basal half, basal joint of an-
tennæ whitish beneath, abdomen white beneath, ringed on
sides. Legs fuscous-whitish, coxæ more whitish. Forewings
elongate-lanceolate ; dark fuscous, with some scattered, deep
ferruginous and whitish scales, tufts moderate, dull whitish,
anteriorly edged with blackish; two near base; another al-
most resting on inner margin at one-half ; a second just above
and beyond; third at two-thirds, larger, resting on inner
margin;.a fourth just above; a fifth just above anal angle,
edged anteriorly by a sharp black streak, which is edged be-
low with ferruginous; cilia dark fuscous, becoming darker
on basal half, and with some scattered whitish scales. Hind-

179

wings narrow-lanceolate ; bronzy-fuscous; cilia fuscous, grey-
ish-ochreous basally.
Stawell, Victoria. One specimen ; in October.

TRACHYDORA MOLYBDIMERA, n. Sp.

Female, 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennæ, and thorax ashy-
grey-whitish, palpi more whitish internally at base. Legs
whitish, posterior pair fuscous. Abdomen dark fuscous, be-
neath white, anal tuft beneath white. Forewings elongate-
lanceolate; dull fuscous-leaden, with somewhat metallic re-
flections; tufts rather obscure, somewhat leaden metallic,
edged with ferruginous; one on inner margin before middie;
another just above, both obscure: a third, ridge-like on
inner margin at two-thirds; a fourth subcostal, above third;
a fifth at three-quarters in middle of disc, edged with a sharp
black streak above; a narrow fuscous line along fold; some
black scales along termen and around apex;. cila fuscous.
Hindwings narrow-lanceolate; dark fuscous, somewhat shin-
ing; cilia as in forewings.

Melbourne, Victoria. Опе specimen: in March.
TRACHYDORA ANTHRASCOPA, n. sp.

Female, 20 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax
black. Abdomen grey-whitish, two anterior segments dull
ochreous, beneath fuscous. Legs fuscous, mixed with whit-
ish. ^ Forewings elongate-lanceolate; black: a thick, black

streak along fold from base to three-quarters; several obscure
short streaks on posterior half of wing; some white scales
along termen and apical fourth of costa; tufts moderate
fuscous; one on fold at one-sixth; a second above and be-
yond; a third on fold at one-third, and two others, one
above and one below third; three others similarly placed at
posterior end of streak, middle one beyond others; another
at anal angle; cilia blackish. Hindwings dark fuscous;
cilia dark fuscous; greyish at base. Allied to capnopa,
Low., but much broader winged, with abdomen with yellow-
ish anterior segments, and with hindwings and cilia darker.
I have another closely aliied species from Penola, South
Australia, but not in a fit condition for description.
Grafton, New South Wales. One specimen; in December.

TRACHYDORA CENTROMELA, n. Sp

Female, 24 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne grey-whitish,
basal joint of antennz darker fuscous. Thorax and abdo-
men fuscous, abdomen beneath silvery-grey. Legs fuscous,
posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate :
grey-whitish, tufts grey-whitish, anteriorly blackish; a broad
blackish well-defined. longitudinal median streak from base
to apex, broadest on posterior two-thirds; apex of wing in-

180

fuscated ; about four equidistant tufts of greyish scales rest-
ing on lower edge of streak, between one-third and three-
quarters; two subcostal, one before and one beyond middle ;
cilia dark fuscous, mixed with whitish and grey, at apex
with a black streak, continued from longitudinal streak to
extreme tip, slightly curved. Hindwings lanceolate, mode-
rately broad: shining bronzy-fuscous; cilia fuscous, becom-
ing dull ochreous at base, especially towards costa.

Stawell, Victoria. Omne specimen; in December.

TRACHYDORA MICROLEUCA, n. Sp.

Female, 20 mm. Head and thorax whitish. Palpi ashy-
grey-whitisu, terminal joint with three oblique black bands,
second joint with an oblique band of blackish near base),
above which is a narrow white sharply defined band. An-
tennæ fuscous-whitish, reddish tinged beneath towards base.
Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs whitish, suffused with fleshy
red and fuscous, anterior and posterior coxæ fleshy-red.
Forewings elongate-lanceolate ; cinereous grey: a black streak
along fold from base to before middle: a similar streak be-
neath costa from base to middle; veins towards termen finely
and obscurely outlined with black; tufts posteriorly white,
anteriorly fuscous ; first on fold at one-third ; second on inner
margin before middle: third above fold at three-fifths ; fourth
below fold at three-fifths: fifth just above anal angle; cilia
fuscous, mixed with white on basal half. Hindwings lanceo-
late: bronzy-fuscous; cilia fuscous. Тһе reddish legs and
whitish tufts of forewings are excellent distinguishing charac-
ters of this species.

Cooktown, Queensland. One specimen; in November.

TRACHYDORA ARGONEURA, n. Sp.

Female, 14 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, antenne, and ab-
domen dark fuscous, second joint of palpi whitish internally
towards base, abdomen ringed with whitish beneath. Legs
grey-whitish, middle and posterior pair fuscous above, pos-
terior tibiæ and tarsi banded with whitish. Forewings elon-
gate.lanceolate; dark fuscous, more or less finely irrorated
with whitish; a more or less distinct thick blackish streak
from costa at base to apex, broadest on anterior hall; a
short elongate white streak lying on upper edge of streak at
three-quarters from base; two very short oblique white
streaks, from costa at one-sixth and one-quarter, reaching
upper edge of median streak; streaks separated by a line of
ground colour; a fine black line along termen and apex, pos-
teriorly edged by a narrow whitish line, rather obscure ; cilia
cinereous grey, terminal third blackish. Hindwings lanceo-
late, narrow; fuscous; cilia fuscous.

Melbourne, Victoria. Two specimens; in March.

181

PETROGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF SOME ‘VARIETIES OF
GRANITE FROM NEAR OLARY, SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Ву W. 6. \Үоотхогсн, B.Sc., F.G.S., Lecturer in Mineralogy
and Petrology, University of Adelaide.

[Read September 8, 1904.]

The rocks which form the subject of the present note were
ecllected by my friend and colleague, Mr. W. Howchin,
F.G.S., on a recent visit to the northern parts of the State.
From their stratigraphical relationships he thought they
might possibly represent the equivalents of the Таріеу в Hill
slates in a highly metamorphosed condition. lie submitted
them to me, with the object of obtaining evidence for or
against such a theory. I have had some of the most typical
varieties sectioned, and have described four of these with
some detail. The stratigraphical relationships will be described
by Mr. Howchin in a separate communication to this Society.

GNEISSIC GRANITE (A) FROM HILLS NEAR KINGS BLUFF,
OLARY DISTRICT.

In hand specimen the rock appears holocrystalline in tex-
ture. The general colour effect is pinkish-grey. Its most
obvious feature is the evidence of intense strain to which the
rock has been subjected, and which has produced an imper-
fect foliation. The pressure has been relieved by shearing.
The surfaces along which slipping has taken place are not
planes, but are curved or irregular ; a large amount of mica,
both biotite and muscovite, has been developed on them, giv-
ing them quite a greasy lustre. With the naked eye and the
lens there can be distinguished quartz, pink and white fel-
spars, the latter striated, and glistening flakes of black. and
white mica, biotite being the more conspicuous of the two,
though the largest flakes are of muscovite. These large sur
faces of muscovite show a kind of “lustre mottling.”

Microscopie Characters.

In section the texture is seen to be granitic, but the crush-
ing has produced a complete shattering of many of the con-
stituents, which makes the texture appear much finer than
it must originally have been. The foliation seen macroscopi-
cally is not quite so marked under the microscope.

Quartz is abundant, and, as is generally the case, has suf-
fered much more from dynamic forces than any of the other
constituents, which, though softer, are less brittle. In ordi-
nary light the large allotriomorphic sections of quartz appear
perfectly limpid except for the comparatively few inclusions
they contain. These appear to be chiefly cavities containing
liquid, and a reiatively rather large bubble, which, in some
cases, shows spontaneous movement. Ir. other instances the
cavities contain only gas. Almost every grain of quartz ex-

182

hibits marked strain effects. "These vary from the develop-
ment of undulose extinction. through peripheral shattering to
complete granulation.

Felspar is abundant, and is of at least two types. Ortho-
clase occurs in comparatively large, completely allotriomor-
phie sections, which are colourless to somewhat cloudy in
ordinary light. Тһе cloudiness is some of it due to develop-
ment of kaolin, but some of the secondary material cannot be
referred to that mineral. The sections are mostly untwinned,
but a few exhibit twinning after the Carlsbad law. The
optical properties are perfectly normal, and there is little or
no trace of shadowy extinction. The difference between the
refractive index of this felspar and that of quartz is appa-
rently much greater than that of the other felspar to be
described.

The dynamie metamorphism of the rock has caused a little
shattering of the orthoclase, but far less than in the case of
quartz. In some instances grains appear to have been com-
pletely broken up, but mostly the effect is visible only around
the edge. Some grains of felspar, which.are partly untwin-
ned, and then indistinguishable from orthoclase, show in their
remaining portions a very fine, hazy, polysynthetie twinning ;
others, again, exhibit a similar structure throughout. This
is extremely suggestive of an orthoclase.

Albite is present in just about the same proportion as
orthoclase, and is of the same order of size, and exhibits
similar strain and decomposition phenomena. Like the or-
thoclase, it is much less erushed than the quartz, but evi-
dences of mechanical movements are not wanting in peri-
pheral shattering and bending and faulting of the twin
lamelle. The refractive index is slightly lower than that of
Canada balsam. ‘Twinning after the albite law is seen in
every instance, the lamelle being narrow and extremely
regular when not interfered with by mechanical deformation.
Twinning after the Carlsbad law is by no means common, but
is readily recognisable in a few instances. Sections perpen-
dicular to (010) give a maximum symmetrical extinction of
9°. The extinction is sensibly the same in the two portions
of a.Carlsbad twin. These measurements indicate albite with
a composition not far from Ab,, An,.

The amount of true decomposition in the felspar is com-
paratively slight. Kaolinization has taken place to a certain
extent, but not sufficiently to cause more than a cloudiness in
transmitted light. But the alteration is not confined to
kaolinization. A large amount of secondary muscovite has
been produced. This is distributed in the form of small
flakes throughout most of the sections ої both types of fel-

183

spar. It is conspicuous in the felspar on account of its
bright polarization colours and its higher refractive index,
but is perfectly clear and colourless. Though scattered
through che whole of the large grains of the enclosing mine-
ral, it is partieularly abundant, forming a selvage around
their edges, especially where the fineness of the quartz mosaic
indicates a point of intense compression. "These features in-
dieate very plainly its secondary origin. All the muscovite
is not, however, of secondary origin. In marked contrast to
these very minute flakes there are comparatively large rag-
ged plates of the same substance fairlv abundantly distri-
buted through the section. Their optical characters call for
no special remark. Like all the other constituents they have
suffered in the processes of rock movement, the results being
bending and fraying, and the presence of pseudo-inclusions of
quartz and felspar. True inclusions are very scarce, and in-
clude only an occasional minute prism of apatite. The indi-
vidual sections of biotite are all small, but their occurrence
in “nests” accounts for the apparently large individuals when
they are observed macroscopically. In no case is biotite inter-
grown with muscovite. The colour is light yellowish-brown :
the pleochroism, though strong in yellow and dark brown
tints, is not so powerful as is often the case with granitic
biotite, the absorption never approaching extinction. Even
basal sections are just noticeably pleochroie: in convergent
light they give a dark cross which breaks up into hyperbolic
brushes. The optic axial augle is very small. The usual de-
composition into moderately pleochroic, bright green chlorite,
with very weak double refraction, is observable. "The only
inclusions are a few small prisms, apparently zircon, but
these are not surrounded by pleochroic halos. Тһе biotite
does not show strain effects.

lron ores of various kinds appear as accessory constituents.
Some of the opaque material seems to be magnetite, some is
certainly ilmenite. The composition of most of it is pro-
bably that of titaniferous magnetite. Some leucoxene. has
been developed at the expense of these ores. A very occa-
sional grain of pyrite is met with.

Traces of calcite occur amongst the thickest aggregates of
secondary muscovite. Apatite is sparingly distributed
throughout the rock.

Unfortunately, 1 am not in a position to have chemical
analyses made, and the time and means at my disposal do not
permit me to carry them out myself. As a substitute I have
calculated the analysis from a quantitative determination of
the mineral composition by the method of Rosiwal.*

* Cross, Iddings, Pirsson & Washington: ‘‘Quantitative Classifi-
cation of Igneous Rocks,’ Univ. of Chicago Press, 1903, p. 204.

184

In this caleulation certain assumptions have been made. It
has been assumed that albite and orthoclase are present in equal
amounts. This is very nearly correct, and a quantitative
separation of the felspars would have very nearly doubled the
time occupied in measurement. The variation in the amounts of
Si O, and Al, O, from this cause is certainly negligible. The
total amount of alkalis is approximately correct, too. Albite has
been calculated as pure Ab, whereas it is Ab,, An,. Some
Ca O is thus neglected, and the Na, O is correspondingly high.
Ideal compositions have been assumed for orthoclase and
muscovite. The composition assumed for biotite is that given by
Messrs. Cross, Iddings, Pirsson, and Washington, in column C,
Table xiv., of their “Quantitative Classification of Igneous
Rocks.”* This constituent occurs in such small amount that the
error involved in using the assumed composition is certainly
very small.

Na, О and СаО, which occur in proportions amounting to
only a fraction of a per cent., have been neglected.

Iron ores have been calculated as Fe, O,.

The chief probable errors in the calculated analysis are there-
fore as follows :—

Some Ca O is certainly present, but the amount is likely to be
less than 1 per cent. Na, O is proportionately high.

Ti O, islikely to bo a very little low, as the Ti O, content
of the ores has been neglected.

H, O is sure to be somewhat too low— probably not much.

Traces of S, CO,, and P, O, must occur. Analyses of two
other granites are inserted for comparíson. Both are taken from
Dr. Washington's list of analyses :—

per TIS TD,
SEO io TET 69-28 70:65 68:87
Ads Osaka. |, 16:28 16:16 16:62
esc E 1:64 1.58 0:43
Ке О ASI 1:52 0:52 272
МЕО "m 0:70 trace 160
СаО "vU mot estimated 0:00 0:71
Na, O (NUIT 2:90 0 54 1:80
К. Оо санаса 6:54 8:66 6:48
Hose v 097 1:20 0:74
ШО on, меті 0:18 — —
Б, Өшкен of I au 0:05
Total a 100:01 99:83 100:02
* Loc. cit., Table xiv. | Analysis C;
t N.B.--Decimals are untrustworthy in I. They have been

introduced to show that there has been no clerical error in calcu-
lation.

185

I. Gneissic granite, hills near King's Bluff, Olary, Б.А.
(calculated).
“TI. Granite, Chywoon, Morvah, Cornwall (Teall: British
Petrography, 1888, p. 314).

III. Granite, Wilson's Creek, Omeo, Victoria (Howitt:
Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic., vol. xxiv., 1888, p. 122).

The calculation of the norm leads to the following result: —

Per Cent.
СУЛАРЫ soda cdi nacre qoid ies. 26°04
Orthoclase . øsende as E og 38:36
А ево. вуд aot. Lerum 94:63
Сога ага. a adera idin birt ab 449
уре опен mdi 120-4542 ot 2:76
Magnetite Dha al... bastion 2:32
Ilmenite HERTA NO ant ан 46
Total со. ae 99:06

The rock, therefore, belongs to Class I. Persalane, Order 2
Britannare, Rang. 1 Liparose, Subrang. 3. Liparose.

It is certain that a chemical analysis would show
that some of the soda should be replaced by lime. A lower-
ing of the soda by '75 per cent. would bring the rock under
consideration into Subrang. 2 (Omeose), of which the granite
from Wilson's Creek, Victoria (Analysis III. above) is the
type.

GNEISSIC GRANITE (в) FROM HILLS NEAR KING'S BLUFF.

Macroscopic Characters.—In hand specimen the rock is
light pinkish-grey in colour, speckled with black, and ex-
hibiting silvery-white patches. The texture is holocrystalline,
moderately fine, and the rock is roughly foliated. On ex-
amination with a lens, pink and white felspars are seen to be
abundant, but striation of the felspar is not apparent.
Abundant interstitial, milky quartz is present. The black
material is biotite, the silvery mineral is muscovite, the two
micas being about equally abundant. The muscovite is in
larger flakes than the biotite and exhibits very markedly the
phenomenon of lustre mottling. Additional evidence of strain
is afforded by the occurrence of rough joints and by the de-
velopment on them of secondary mica, both muscovite and
biotite.

Microscopic Characters.—In section the rock is hy-
pidiomorphie granular in texture. The foliation which
is so marked a feature macroscopically is just as important
under the microscope. In addition to the bending the indi-

186

vidual minerals show the effects of strain to a considerable
extent. Decomposition has progressed very slightly indeed.
Quartz is abundant in perfectly clear and very much
rounded sections of comparatively small size. In the last
rock described quartz formed a mosaic of small grains, but
in this ease there is nothing that can be called a mosaic. The
individual grains are comparatively widely separated and are
perfectly independent optically. Тһе mineral is sparingly
dusted through with very minute inclusions, which, under
the highest power available, appear to be filled, some with
liquid, some with gas. Тһе shapes of these cavities are mostly
irregular, but polygonal forms (negative crystals) are by no
means rare. The liquid cavities have bubbles, whose volume
bears no fixed ratio to that of the liquid. Movement of the
bubbles is very pronounced. In addition to these unindi-
vidualised inclusions the quartz grains contain small grains
and crystals of biotite, zircon, and rutile (?), the last two
very rare.

Felspar is abundant in relatively large, perfectly allotrio-
morphic grains, the outlines of which are often very angular
and irregular. At first sight there seems to be no connection
between adjacent grains, but closer inspection shows that,
in a fair number of instances at any rate, two or more neigh-
bouring granules are certainly parts of a single original erys-
tal. All stages between slight difference of optical orienta-
tion and a complete obliteration of all trace of relationship
are met with. As a rule, the mineral is nearly free from
decomposition products. Where the latter are present in any-
thing like considerable quantities they are generally thickest
along the (010) and (110) cleavage planes. In many in-
stances the felspar is so perfectly water clear that it would
be difficult to distinguish it from quartz but for the twinning,
or, in its absence, the refractive index. Whilst mechanically
the effects of rock movement are very marked in the break-
ing of the grains described above, opticallv the felspar is
singularly free from any sign of strain. In all cases where
the section is not parallel to the plane of composition fine
lamellar twinning after the albite law is beautifully developed.
Carlsbad twinning is associated quite often, but in only one
instance have I detected lamellæ after the pericline law. In
an odd crystal here and there the lamellæ are faulted, but
they are nowhere bent, nor is there any extensive undulose
extinction. This combination of characters makes the opti-
cal determination of the species easy and satisfactory. Sec-
tions in the zone perpendicular to (010) give maximum sym-
metrical extinctions of 13^. The difference in the extinction
of different parts of the Carlsbad twin is just perceptible with

187

a Bertrand's quartz plate, but not measurable. Sections
parallel to (010) are relatively fairly numerous. They show
absolutely no trace of zoning, and so appear quite like ortho-
clase. The cleavage parallel to (001) and the rough cracks
and lines of decomposition products permit the orientation of
the sections to be determined. The extinction angle is + 18°.
In convergent light the point of emergence of an acute bisec-
trix is seen within the field, but near the edge. The optical
sign is positive. The refractive index is less than that of
quartz at all contacts. The felspar is thus almost pure albite,
with no perceptible intergrowth with isomorphous compounds.

Muscovite, both primary and secondary, is abundant. As
a primary mineral it forms large flakes, whose optical charac-
ters are quite normai. It is intergrown in the usual way
with biotite, the basal planes of the two minerals being
parallel. The mineral is perfectly destitute of colour, and
exhibits no characteristic microstructure. It contains, as do
all the minerals of the rock, a few prisms of rutile and apa-
tite. Тһе secondary mica, though distributed through the
section, is particularly abundant in the folia containing
much primary mica, where it forms felt-like masses, with
strong double refraction. It is derived in part from the
primary muscovite, as the latter can be observed fraying out
and breaking up. Some of it is derived from felspar, as por-
tions of unaltered felspar can be detected amongst it.

Biotite is primary in all cases. 16 is of the same order of
size and abundance as the primary muscovite, and, as above
noted, is intergrown with it. Both minerals are somewhat
frayed out at the ends, but are not much bent or broken.
The biotite is light yellowish-brown in colour, and is very
strongly pleochroic. When the vibrations are perpendicular
to the cleavage the colour is yellow, the vibrations parallel
to the cleavage being almost entirely absorbed. Around the
few small prismatie inclusions (probably rutile) marked halos
of dark colour are produced. Grains and imperfect crystals
of magnetite, all of comparatively small size, are present, but
not abundant. Small prisms of apatite are even scarcer.
The most abundant accessory mineral is rutile. This is scat-
tered through the section, and is included by all the essential
constituents. In most instances the rutile builds short,
thick prisms, surmounted by pyramids, but occasionally the
crystal form is not apparent, and the mineral assumes the
shape of round grains. No certain trace of twinning was ob-

served. The colour is bright orange by reflected light,
reddish - brown by transmitted light, though the small-
est individuals appear somewhat greenish. Тһе refrac-

tive index is so high that many of the more ` round-

188

ed pieces appear almost opaque. Between crossed nicols only
the smallest individuals show bright polarisation colours, on
account of the exceedingly strong double refraction.

GNEISSIC APLITE, NEAR BASE OF GRANITE RANGE, WEST OF
Kıng’s Buurr.

Macroscopic Characters. —The rock is granitic in texture,
and rather coarse in grain. The mass colour is yellow, but
it is speckled with small grains of a black material, the ar-
rangement of which points to a fairly marked foliation. Un-
der the lens it is seen to consist almost entirely of felspar,

quartz, and magnetite. Felspar is the most abundant con-
stivuent. It occurs in pinkish-yellow (tabular) sections up

to about 8 mm. in diameter, striking on account of the per-
fection of the cleavage. On cleavages parallel to the base
(001) twinning after the albite law can be noticed, combine
occasionally with that after the Carlsbad law. Quartz is pre-
sent in translucent grains of small size, but is fairly abun-
dant. No mica or other ferromagnesian mineral is to be
detected. Тһе abundance of magnetite in so acid a rock is
remarkable. The grains are up to about I mm. in dia-
meter, and, as already noted, are arranged in roughly paral-
lel lines. The rock is obscurely jointed, and a little second-
ary muscovite has been developed on the joint surfaces.

Microscopic Uharacters.-—In thin section the rock possesses
several features in very marked contrast to those previously
described. In the first place, the absence of primary mica
of any kind is very striking. Then the evidences of strain
in the felspar are much more marked here. The abundance of
magnetite in so acid a rock is also somewhat remarkable.

The essential minerals present are quartz, albite, and mag-
netite, the texture being hypidiomorphic granular.

Albite occurs in relatively large, perfectly allotriomorphic
sections. These are, on the whole, perfectly clear and colour-
less, though they contain a considerable amount of dusty de-
composition product. Examination of the optical properties
indicates practically pure albite, the measurements being
practically identical in all cases with those given for the other
rocks, described and as thoroughly satisfactory. The differ-
ence of extraction angle between the two portions of a Carls-
bad twin rises here to about 3°. Lamelle after the pericline
law are quite frequent and in all cases are certainly of secon-
dary origin. They appear in sections which have obviously
been subjected to crushing, and in many instances there is a
very obvious faulting along their plane of composition. The
faulted portions, which have a step-like arrangement, con-
tain pericline lamelle, but no albite lamellæ, whilst in the

189

unfaulted parts the converse is the case. The plane of com-
position is thus a glidi.g plans. It has also acted as a solu-
tion plane, for the boundaries of the lameliæ are often mark-
ed by strings of irregular liquid and gaseous inclusions. In
a section parallel to (010) the angle of inclination of these
lamelle to the trace of the (001) cleavage is slightly variable
between the limits + 23? and +26° These angles are greater
than those for pure albite,* but as everything is so sharply
defined I feel confidence in my measurements.

Additional evidence of strain is afforded by the condition
of the albite lamelle. These are in many instances bent and
faulted. Where the latter effect has been produced the albite
lamelle are suppressed for a short distance on either side of
the fault line. Another striking feature is observed in the
neighbourhood of certain quartz grains. The lamelle imme-
diately surrounding the granules are suppressed, whilst
those further out are curved so as to very strikingly resemble
the “knots” in a piece of pine. The resemblance is still fur-
ther apparent where the quartz grain does not appear in the
thickness of the section, and only the bending of the lamellæ
is apparent. These observations seem to suggest that in
these rocks at all events twinning after the albite law is of
primary origin, but that molecular shifting may be produced
by pressure, the result beina an obliteration of the twinning.
On the other hand, twinning after the pericline law is of
secondary origin, and is accompanied. by the development of
gliding planes parallel to the plane of composition of the
twinning.

These results are interesting, and, if borne out by further
investigation, may be of considerable importance. I do not
by any means wish іс announce them as a general law: the
statement applies simply to the rock under examination.

Quartz is fairly abandant, and is under two fairly distinct
habits: i., small, round sections, included fairly centrally in
the albite; ii., larger and more irregular grains, which are
interstitial in character, or else are included in the peripheral
portions of the felspar sections.

The sections under the first category are, a few of them,
certainly idiomorphic, the habit being that often found in
quartz porphyries, viz., with almost entire suppression of the
prism. Most of the sections are, however, nearly circular or
only subangular. Those most centrally situated in the fel-
spar exhibit no trace of optical continuity, but towards the

* Rosenbusch-Iddings : < Microscopical Physiography of the Rock-
making Minerals,” 4th edition, p. 329.

190

outer boundary of the host this property is strongly develop-
ed. АП contain liquid inclusions with moving bubbles, but I
think the 1ndividuals nearer the centre of the felspar contain
fewer than those cioser to tko periphery or than the inter-
stitial quartz. The latter occurs in relatively somewhat larger
grains. It is perfectly angular, and shows the effects of strain
in its shadowy extinction, incipient, and even advanced frac-
ture. Much of it shows pegmatitic intergrowth with the
albite.

Magnetite, as already stated, is remarkably abundant for
so acid а rock. It occurs in idiomorphic subidiomorphic and
irregular grains scattered through both the other minerals.
It has not undergone much decomposition, but has neverthe-
less given rise to some staining of the rock with red and yel-
low oxides of iron. An interesting feature is that in the
majority of instances the grains of magnetite are surrounded
by a partial or complete halo of muscovite, giving bright
polarisation tints.

Muscovite is very scarce in the rock. No large sections at
all occur, but it all assumes the form of fine flakes around
the magnetite grains, or grouped in aggregates with the
general characteristics of what has been called in the other
rocks described secondary muscovite. That some, perhaps
all, of it may really be primary is rendered possible by the
fact that some of the magnetite grains provided with halos
are completely surrounded by quartz, and it is difficult to
see how muscovite could be formed secondarily in such a
position.

GNEISSIC GRANITE, OUTCROP BEHIND OLARY.

Macroscopic Characters.—The rock is yellowish-pink in
colour, holocrystalline, but somewhat fine in grain. It is
markedly foliated in band specimen. Under the lens it 18
found to consist of quartz, felspar, and chlorite.

Quartz is abundant in smal!, rounded grains, and is clear
to milky. The felspar sections are mostly small, but here
and there a comparatively large section is met with in the
form of an "eye," though typical “augen” structure is not
well developed. The mineral is flesh-coloured, and shows
Carlsbad and albite twinning where the sections are large
enough to show structares distinctly. Only a small amount
of muscovite is developed, and this is in small pieces. Biotite
is much more plentiful, and occurs in streaks, giving the
rock the foliated appearance. The piece of rock under ex.
amination contains several foreign fragments. One of these
is a small piece of sericite schist about 25 mm. x 10 mm. x
3 mm. All the others are fragments of vein quartz.

on E

—— 74

191

Microscopic Characters.—The rock is essentially a medium
grained hypidiomorphic granular mixture of quartz and
albite, with a considerable quantity of chloritic substance de-

rived from limotite and ilmenite. All the minerals show
strong evidence of erashing, which has probably materialiy
modified the original character of the rock. Foliation

obvious in hand specimen is not distinct under the micro-
scope. The quartz and felspar call for very little description, as
they present features similar to those in the three last rocks
described. In this instance, however, there is more inter-
stitial quartz and less included in the felspar, which is in much
smaller pieces. Both minerals are much shattered, and give

markedly undulose extinctions. In the felspar twinning
after the albite law is moderately developed, but is very often
hazy, perhaps owing to strain. Certainly the lamelle are

often bent and broken.

The chloritic material is dirty green in colour and is of
markedly micaceous habit, the plates often being arranged
in rosettes, which give a black cross between crossed nicols.
The pleochroism is marked: light yellow when the vibrations
are perpendicular to the cleavage, greenish when they are
parallel to it. Double refraction is very weak, the colours
being the characteristic azure tints of chlorite. Sections
parallel to the cleavage are sensibly isotropic. The figure in
convergent light is exceedingly hazy, but appears to indi-
cate a biaxial mineral. At the edges of each flake the
colour changes to bright orange-yellow, indicating a more fer-
riferoüs variety, and there is a corresponding increase in
double refraction, the colours at the edge being of the same
order as those of quartz. The original biotite must have
been strongly titaniferous, as the chlorite which has been
produced by its alteration is much mixed with granules, of
greyish sphene, even where no ilmenite can be detected.

Ilmenite is moderately plentiful in rather irregular grains,
which in some cases appear to be aggregates of minute gran-
ules. A certain amount of decomposition into leucoxene is
noticeable.

Rutile in small, stumpy pyramids and rounded forms is
scattered through all the minerals indiscriminately; in the
chlorite they give rise to dark pleochroic halos. The smaller
individuals are practically opaque, the larger ones show a
dark reddish-orange colour by transmitted light. A few zir-
cons, some of them of relatively very large size, are present,
and are distinguished from rutile by their lack of colour and
weaker double refraction.

192

SUMMARY.

The rocks from all the localities studied agree in certain |
well-defined properties: — |

i. They are certainly igneous in origin, and do not repre-
sent highly metamorphosed sediments. |

ii. The triclinic felspar is of remarkably uniform compo- |
sition throughout.

111. All show evidence of intense earth movements at some
period of their history.

iv. They are on the whole rather highly titaniferous.

The evidences of movement are somewhat variable and are
rather difficult to interpret as a whole. Pure albite is char-
acteristic, not of eruptive, but of metamorphic, rocks. It is
to be noted that in the rock which shows the least advanced
degree of crushing, namely, the first described, the triclinic
felspar contains some An. In the remaining rocks it ap-
pears to be pure Ab. This seems to indicate a certain
amount of molecular reconstruction.

In some of the rocks cataclastic structures are common, but
in others, particularly the most thoroughly foliated ones,
shattering is not noticeable. In the latter case it would
appear that the rock was plastic at the time the reconstruc-
tion took place; that is, that it was at a sufficient depth
below the surface to come into what Van Hise* has termed
the zone of flowage.

It is probable that the first rock described represents the
least altered facies.

The conclusion arrived at on page 189 with regard to the
twinning of the albite is of interest if it is substantiated by
other investigations.

n E

f

* Van. Hise: “Some Principles Controlling Deposition of Ores,”
Trans. Ann. Inst. Mining Engineers, vol. xxx., 1900, р. 31.

var

Шз

PETROGRAPHICAL NOTES ON SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN
QUARTZITES, SANDSTONES, AND RELATED Rocks.

Ву W. 3. WoorwoucH, D.Sc., F.G.S.

[Read October 4, 1904.]
PLates XXXIIT. акр XXXIV.

When this paper was undertaken it was intended that it
should be the frst of a series dealing with the petrography of
South Australia. As South Australia is remarkable for the
comparative scarcity of its eruptive rocks, I began with those
of sedimentary origin. I examined the arenaceous rocks
first, as being of simplest mineral composition, and there-
fore most likely to retain their original characters in regions
where metamorphie forces have been active. My removal
from the State renders it impossible for me to complete the
scheme outlined above, and I bring forward these isolated
observations in the hope that they may stimulate some other
observer to carry out what promises to be an extremely in-
teresting and very valuable piece of research.

A detailed and systematic investigation of the microscopi-
cal petrography of the sedimentary rocks of South Australia
is rendered absolutely necessary for the purpose of strati-
graphical correlation, by the paucity of fossils in the Paleo-
zoic, and probable absence of them from the pre-Cambrian,
rocks.

Quartzites and sandstones from upwards of fifty different
localities have been examined, and thirty-eight of the types
are briefly described in the following pages. More attention
has been paid to the microscopic than to the macroscopic
characters.

One of the most important horizons of arenaceous rocks
is the immensely thick series of quartzites, sandstones, and
phyllitie slates which underlies the Cambrian glacial bed in
the type district of the Sturt River, and which forms the
whole of the western portion of the Mount Lofty Ranges in
the immediate neighbourhood of Adelaide. "There are pro-
bably several bands о? quartzite in this series with almost
identical lithological features. In absence of a very detailed
outcrop map of this intensely folded and faulted region it is
impossible to correlate the various outerops at present.

Specimens from different parts of the district differ very
considerably in texture and general appearance, but all agree
in certain well-defined characteristics.

M

194

iMitcham.

Macroscopic characters V егу coarse grain-
ed and intensely hard rock, composed of rounded and angu-
lar grains of different materials firmly cemented together.
Fractures across and not around individual grains, fractured
surface being very vitreous. Chiefly colourless quartz, toge-
ther with a little which is smoky and still less opalescent. А
good deal of fresh-looking, pinkish felspar and still more that
is strongly kaolinized. Considerable number of rock frag-
ments, mainly liver-coloured cherty rock and greenish schist.

Microscopie charact en s.—Texture very
coarse. About 40 per cent. felspar, rest mainly quartz.
Quartz in completely angular grains in optical contact. All
show evidence of having been originally rounded grains. ‘The
present form is due to secondary deposition of quartz upon
the clastic grains in optical continwity with the original (reju-
venescence of crystals). Inclusions not very abundant.
Mostly liquid and gas cavities, the former with moving
bubbles. These are mostly irregularly distributed through
the quartz, but long lines of inclusions evidently occupying
secondary solution planes pass without interruption through
two or more contiguous grains. This indicates that the rock
has been buried to a very considerable depth below the earth's
surface. A few individualised inclusions consisting of small
mica plates and zircon (?) crystals are also present. Not
much evidence of severe strain. A little undulose extinction
has been induced, but only very rarely has a quartz grain
been completely shattered.

Felspars are of three distinct types: --а, Albite, in clear
and undecomposed idiomorphic sections; 0, microcline, fresh
and somewhat idiomorphic; с, orthoclase, also fairly idio-
morphie, but very much kaolinized. One very remarkable
feature about the microcline is the very noticeable develop-
ment of secondary felspar in optical continuity with the
material of the originally rounded grains. Sometimes the
rim shows no trace of twinning, but in other cases the twin
lamelle of the original grain are continued without inter-
ruption in the rim. 1

Composite grains more numerous than they appear to be
macroscopically. Many of them are evidently composed of
reef quartz, others of a finely granular aggregate of quartz
and microcline (probably gneissic), others of an excessively
fine-grained, cloudy, quartzose rock (chert), and a few of
fine-grained micaceous schist.

A little barytes is present in small radial aggregates, but,
considering the comparative abundance of this mineral in

— — س

195

veins and cavities in the Mitcham rocks, very little of it has
been observed under the microscope.

Plate xxxiii., fig. 1, gives a general idea of the structure of
this rock.

M iit ia m,

Macroscopic character s.—Very much finer in
texture than i. This is probably due to its consisting of finer
sediment originaliy, but the fineness of grain is also partly a
secondary effect. Fracture and lustre as in i. Exactly simi-
lar mineral composition.

Microscopic charactenrs.-—Texture mode-
rately fine. Nearly all grains very angular, a few rounded or
ovoid. Largest grains are round ones of felspar, quartz
grains smaller and more angular. Mineral constituents in
about the same proportions as in i.

Quartz much shattered, almost every fragment showing un-
dulose extinction. Inclusions not abundant, and without
regular arrangement. Felspars of same types and general
characters as in i, but showing very distinct evidence of
strain in bending of twin lamelle and development of undu-
lose extinction. A good deal of sericitic mica is developed
around the periphery and occasionally in the mass of the
felspars.

A few moderately large flakes of muscovite are present, but
most of the mica has a sericitic habit, and is evidently secon-
dary in origin. In addition to the direct association of
sericite with felspar a good deal is present as an interstitial
cement.

Finely granular dolomite also is abundant as a cement, and
a few grains of pyrites, biotite, and tourmaline are included.
Composite grains as in i. This rock differs from i. only in
its finer texture, which is evidently chiefly the result of pres-
sure, and in the presence of secondary sericitic and dolo-
mitic cement.

ur Dunstan Quarry, S10 yl

Macroscopic characters —Exactly like ii.

Microscopic character s.—Intermediate be-
tween i. and ii. Texsure moderately fine, and evidently the
result of cataclastic processes. АП grains show traces of
rounding. Felspars less idiomorphic than in preceding types.
Quartz much shattered, but still preserves traces of rejuven-
escence of originally rounded grains. Sericite associated with
felspar grains and distributed through slide as in ii. The
amount of dolomite varies considerably in adjacent parts of
the rock. In some sections it is entirely absent.

Rutile needles, pyrites, and tourmaline grains are present,
the last being bluish in colour. Some of the felspar grains
contain small crystals of apatite. А

196

ividiower be dj Watert all Cull y; forming
lip of fall.

Macroscopic characters.—Medium grained,
very vitreous, pinkish quartzite, with a good deal of hæma-
tite staining. Felspar fragments as in the preceding rocks.
Fractures across the grains.

Microscopié emaracter s.—Moderately coarse
in grain, though not so coarse as i. Mineral composition
like i., but relatively less felspar. Felspar shows little trace
of idiomorphism. Quartz exhibits much strain structure, of-
ten amounting to complete peripheral granulation. Secon-
dary overgrowth of rounded quartz grains very marked.
Planes of inclusions (gas and liquid) cut through adjacent
grains. Some of the quartz grains contain excessively fine
rutile (?) needles.

Composite fragments as in the preceding rocks. "There is
little sericitic material except in direct association with fel-
spar grains. The sericitic areas, cleavage cracks in the fel-
spars, and similar absorbent portions of the slide are strongly
stained by iron oxides, and the pyrites of the preceding rocks
is here represented by hæmatite pseudomorphs.

ev material Gully.

Very Wass ve. bed „ab. upper fall

Macroscopic character s.—Rather fine-grain-
ed, intensely hard, vitreous quartzite, very much jointed,
fracture conchoidal.

Microscopic characters.—Quartz much the
same as in iv., but much less felspar, sericite very much more
abundant. Cherty fragments rather abundant, and amongst
other composite grains those composed of quartz and miero-
cline are important.

In parts the rock consists essentially of a mass of angular
and subangular quartz grains, set in fine sericitic ground
mass. Strain structures in the quartz amount to complete
shattering, but do not approach thorough granulation. Re-
juvenescence of quartz grains marked.

vi. Gumeracha (exact locality not known).

Macroscopic character s.—Strongly pyritic,
grey quartzite, very vitreous on fracture. Felspathic con-
stituents not so prominent as in the rocks near Adelaide, as
they are more colourless.

Microscopie characters.—Texture medium.
‘About 30 per cent. felspar, rest chiefly quartz. There is a
good deal of authigenic pyrites. Very subordinate amounts
of biotite. Composite grains not recognisable with certainty
on account of the intense crush.

197

The structure of this rock affords a beautiful illustration
of the eflect of erush. Every grain shows evidence of pres-
sure in the development of undulose extinction, in-
cipient fracture, or complete granulation. Іп spite
of the abundance of felspar, however, there is no sericite de-
veloped. The quartz grains are dovetailed, and not cemented
together. In fact, there is practically no recrystallization of
material, and this suggests that water was absent during the

period of pressure. The production of cross-hatched twin-
ning in a felspar as the resull of pressure is illustrated in one
section. Тһе whole rock has a distinctly foliated appear-

ance. The limes of inclusions in the quartz granules do not
pass from grain to grain.

vii Gumeracha (exact locality not known).

Шот ов бо рас characters. Rather coarse
framed, very distinctly schistose quartzite, of pinkish colour.
Fractures around the grains as well as across them. Parallel
folia differ in texture and are differently.silicified. Хо fel-
spar noticeable. :

Microscopie characters. —Coarser bands are
probably due to entire recrystallization of the quartz. Strain
structures comparatively slight, though there is a good deal
of undulose extinction and peripheral granulation. A few
rounded flakes of biotite are included, and lines of liquid and
gas cavities are continuous from grain to grain. These lines
appear to be perpendicular to the plane of schistosity of the
rock, and therefore parallel to the direction of maximum
pressure. The finer bands of the rock consist of completely
angular quartz grains, whose arrangement gives a very mark-
ed foliated appearance to the rock, but which show remark-
ably little evidence of strain. "These bands are crowded with
small muscovite and biotite flakes, rutile crystals (some of
which show geniculate twinning), and zircon crystals. The
arrangement of all of these, with their long axes in one direc-
tion, makes the schistose appearance of the rock all the more
striking. Some little patches of sericitic material are also
present, but no felspar or composite grains can be observed.
The rock, as a whole, is very porous.

vin Mount Pleasant.

Macroscopic characters.—Very like those
of vi.

Microscopie characters.—The same type of
rock as vi., but finer in texture and more felspathic. About
40 per cent. of the rock consists of felspar, the rest is mainly
quartz, a little biotite 1s present.

There is evidence of very severe crush, which has resulted
in very extensive shattering of the quartz grains, with very

198

little development of unduiose extinction or production of

sericite. Quartz grains are dovetailed. Felspars are mostly -

microcline and orthoclase, the latter kaolinized. Composite
grains are present, but are difficult to distinguish from granu-
lated quartz fragments.

i Mount (ed Cars ad,

Very similar to vii. Dilference of grain in different bands
is not so great. Much less mica is present, its place being
taken by light-coloured interstitial chlorite.

Spring Greek, Mount Hemarkarbtie,

Macroscopic character s.—Distinctly banded
rock, consisting of layers differing in composition and tex-
ture. Finer grained layers are dark greenish-grey in colour,
and are composed chiefly of quartz, with a few felspar and
rock fragments of a pinkish colour. Coarser grained layeis
are more pink because of the greater abundance in them of
the coloured constituents above noted. Fracture rather
round than across the grains, except in the finer bands.

Microscopic character s-—Consist of rather
coarse, perfectly rounded grains, set in a finer ground mass
of the same materials. Mineralogically similar to the type
rock of Mitcham (i.), but differs in the very much greater
relative abundance and variety of the composite grains.
These make up quite 30 per cent. of the rock. Remainder of
the rock is composed of quartz and felspar in about equal
abundance. The felspars are similar to those in the Mitchain
rock (1.), but are all rather decomposed ; some contain a little
chlorite along the cleavage cracks. No strain structures are
noticeable in either quartz or felspar.

The most abundant or remarkable types represented among
the composite grains are as follows: —-

1. Rounded grains of reef quartz. 2. Rounded grains
of quartz rock, whose high degree of ^ internal
granulation indicates that they were derived from
crystalline schists. 3. Particles of very fine grained, neariy
opaque, micaceous slate. 4. Fragments of decomposed holo-
crystalline, but rather fine-grained, eruptive rock, composed
of kaolinized felspar, quartz, chlorite, and apatite. 5. A few
pieces of granophyre, consisting of a mass of minute spheru-
litic aggregates of quartz and felspar.* А considerable
amount of interstitial viridite is present and acts as a ce-
ment.

* A rock very similar to this occurs as a large erratic in the
Upper Cretaceous series, near Stuart’s Creek.

199

xi West of Woodside (stone reserve, Section
221, Hundred of Onkaparinga).

Macroscopic character s.—Fine-grained, white
quartzite, highly felspathie, breaks across the grains, much
jointed.

Microscopic characters —Very fine in tor:
ture, much crushed, and perfectly cemented. All the con-
stituents in extremely angular grains. No recognisable com-
posite grains, otherwise the rock is mineralogically very simi-
lar to the type rock of Mitcham, but felspars of all types are
rather more abundant. There is a little clastic mica, but
none that is certainly secondary. А small amount of inter-
stitial chlorite is present.

xi. Anna Creek Railway Station. (Loose frag-
ment on the surface. Quartzite hills occur immediately to
the east.)

Macroscopic characters.—Very fine-grained
grey felspathic quartzite, with vitreous lustre on fracture.

Microscopic characters. —Rather fine-grained
mosaic of quartz and felspar. Тһе latter mineral is not sv
abundant as in the Mitcham rock. All the original grains
were completely rounded, but secondary outgrowth, affecting
both quartz and felspar, has converted the rock into a perfect
mosaic. None of the grains show the slightest evidence of
strain. The felspars are mostly orthoclase, with only a little
microcline and albite. The secondary rim, in the case of the
felspar grains, is more kaolinized than the original materia].
A little tourmaline and pyrite is present. . The mineral com-
position of this rock, obtained over five hundred miles north
of Adelaide, is strikingly similar to that of the rock from
Mitcham.

xii Baroota Creek, Flinders Ranges. Under the
glacial bed.

Macroscopic character s.—Medium grained,
greyish-white quartzite, with white felspathic particles.

Microscopic character s.—Identical in mine-
ral composition with the rocks of Miteham and Burnside, but
different in texture. The rock consists of a number of quartz
and felspar grains, and a good many composite particles se!
in a “mortar” of fine-grained, angular material of the same
character, together witk abundance of dolomite in sharp
crystals, or allotriomorphie aggregates. It is possible thav

the fine-grained base of this rock is due to the shattering of

larger particles through crush. Nearly all the quartz shows
evidence of strain, Lut felspar crystals are present whose
shape suggests that they have not been subjected to much
pressure.

200

xiv. Maitland, Yorke's Peninsula. No. 1 bore.

Macroscopic characters —Hard, brownish-
pink quartzite, very vitreous on fracture. Abundance of
clear to cloudy pinkish felspar present, and some rock par-
ticles. Some of the quartz is miiky to opalescent, but most is
clear.

Microscopic: charucter s.--Very similar to
those of the Mitcham and Burnside rocks. Texture coarse.
Quartz is most abundant mineral, but felspar is plentiful. &
good many schist fragments are present. The chief feature
about the rock is the extraordinary perfection of the secon-
dary outgrowth of the quartz grains. All the quartz grains
must originally have been perfectly rounded. Secondary ad-
dition of quartz in optical continuity has produced a perfect
mosaic. The original surfaces of the grains are indicated оу
lines of dusty inclusions. (Plate xxxiii., figs. 2 апа 3.) The
secondary silica is all quartz, no chalcedony having been pro.
duced.

xv. Two miles west of Ardrossan, Yorke's
Peninsula. This rock ovtcrops on Mr. Dinham's farm, near
the road to Maitland. It lies directly upon the upturned
edges of pre-Cambriau schist and gneiss and is overlain,
apparently unconformably, by very fine-grained vitreous
quartzite and the strongly chalcedonized Turritella aldinge
bed of the Eocene.

Macroscopie characters.—Very variable in
hardness, some of it being almost unconsolidated sand, while
in the same hand specimen are portions with the characters
оі an intensely hard quartzite. The material is almost en-
tirely quartzose; a iittle chaleedony is present in the con-
solidated portions.

Microscopic | characters.—On casual exami-
nation the large amount of milky white material in the rock
suggests an important felspar content, but optical investiga-
tion shows that all this material is quartz, rendered almost
opaque by the enormous number of minute, irregular gas
cavities it contains. An appearance simulating cleavage is
due to the arrangement of inclusions along well-defined parat-
lel planes. No composite particles were observed. The sec-
ondary outgrowth of the originally rounded quartz fragments
is very remarkable. ‘In some parts of the rock adjacent se.
condary rims have met and mutually interfered, and a
mosaic is produced. fn other portions the rejuvenescence has
reproduced ideally perfect quartz crystals with their free ends
pointing into a cavity now completely filled with chalcedony.
A little rutile is present in sharp crystals, and some hair-like
prisms which may be rutile. "There is a little muscovite an4
zircon and some dark brown tourmaline in grains and prisms.
(Plate xxxi, fig. 4.)

>

201

x. Doro: add Ivers: 48:«dtsh. ccock Ar reo ва! аыйл

quarter of a mile north-east of Miss Norton's house.

Macroscopic characters. —Rather coarse,
greyish grit, with a notable amount of pinkish and whitisia
felspar. Fracturcs around and not across the grains.

Microscopic chearecters.—Textursis medium.
Quartz is predominant, but felspar and chert fragments are
notable in amount. Quartz is in angular fragments, almost
all of which show strain structures. Slight trace of rejuven-
escence of grains, and in at least one instance a reconstruct-
ed granule has been subsequently broken (possibly owing to
a second period of erosion and transport). The felspar is
nearly all albite, there is very little orthoclase, and no micro-
cline, the chert particies are reddish and nearly opaque.
There is a good deal of yellowish opaque material, the de-
composition product of rutile, and a few flakes of clastic
mica. Cement is quite plentiful, and is mainly chalcedonie,
though some calcite is also present. The latter may be allo-
genic material (derived from the Cambrian limestones upon
which the rock appears to rest).

хуп. One and a half miles so ub son
Ardrossan. Ialt a mile west of Parara. This rock
occurs only about a quarter of a mile north of xvi., but, both
in the field and under the microscope, it appears quite dis-
tinct from it. Traced in a northerly direction its texture
varies from an incoherent sand to an intensely hard and
tough quartzite.

Microscopic character s.—Moderately coarse,
sub-angular grains of quartz, set in a fine-grained mosaic of
the same mineral. All the grains are in optical contact.
Many of them show traces of rejuvenescence, some of them
to a high degree of perfection. Some brown tourmaline is
present in small fragments.

The stratigraphy of these three quartz rocks from Ardros-
san is very complicated, and needs further investigation for
its elucidation.

xvii. Plain east of Mount Remarkable.

Macroscopie characters.—Very hard rock of
medium texture, composed mainly of colourless quartz, with a
little whitish material. Very vitreous on fracture.

Microscopic character 5.—Rock consists of
medium-sized, rounded grains, set in very fine textured in-
terstitial cement. The latter makes up about 25 per cent. of
the whole rock. About 95 per cent. of the larger grains are
clear quartz, the remainder are ferruginous mica slate, gene-
rally excessively fine-grained. There is no felspar in the sec-
tion. Rounding of grains is generally quite complete. In

203

certain bands ground mass is absent and the quartz frag-
ments are cemented by secondary outgrowth of the original
grains. 'The rock has undergone very considerable pressure.
Where there is no fine-grained cement undulose extinction is
very strongly developed, but where there is a cement between
the grains this phenomenon is not observed. "Throughout
the whole rock a very marked parallel structure has been de-
developed. This is expressed by a series of parallel planes
crowded with minute liquid and gas cavities. "These planes
are interrupted where they pass from a grain into the base,
but re-appear in the same direction in the next original
grain. The liquid cavities contain minute bubbles, but in
no instance could I detect spontaneous movement. (Plate
zu, NED):

xix. Mount Lofty. Quarry in the northern peak of
Mount Lofty.

Macroscopic characters.—Anintensely white,
moderately coarse-grained rock with granular fracture. No
constituents other than quartz can be made out. Its general
appearance is very well described by its local name of “Sugar-
loaf Rock."

Macroscopic character s.—Texture medium,
structure distinctly foliated. Consists essentially of quartz
and muscovite, the latter chiefly of the sericitic variety. A
notable feature is the entire absence of felspar of any kind.
Crushing has been very intense, so that the original quartz
grains have been completely shattered. All the particles in
the rock are extremely angular and show shadowy extinction.
In some instances the quartz granules are in optical contact,
but generally are separated by at least a film of sericite. In
the interstices betwesn the quartz grains there are consider-
able areas occupied by a very fine-grained aggregate of
sericite and some quartz. A comparatively few large flakes
of muscovite also occur. The rock may originally have con-
tained some felspar, which was subsequently sericitized ; this
is improbable, as there is no trace whatever of original fel-
spar.

zo орар edm Sturd:

Macroscopic characters. —Fine saccharoidal
quartzite, somewhat fimer in grain than xix. and slightly
pinkish in parts. А little muscovite is visible. Fracture is
conchoidal and lustre vitreous.

Microscopic character s.—Texture medium,
but somewhat variable, structure markedly schistose. Prac-
tically a pure quartz rock. The grains are extremely angu-
lar, and show the effects of intense crush in optical anomaly
and complete shattering. Some of the particles show evi-

203

dence of having undergene rejuvenescence before the shatter-
ing took place. The individual grains have crenulated mar-
gins and are completely interlocked. Numerous small, per-
fectly round grains of zircon are present.

жк Ме е s Hill

Macroscopic character s.—Exactly similar to
those of xx., though the colour is somewhat more pinkish.

Microscopic characters.—vVery similar to
those of xx. In addition to quartz, the rock contains very
small amounts of muscovite, biotite,. apatite, zircon, and tour-
maline, and is somewhat iron-stained. Evidence of crush is
slightly less marked. Lines of inclusions pass continuously
through adjacent grains. Dovetailing of grains, etc., as in
xx. Secondary quartz veins pass through the rock; their in-
jection must have been prior to the later part of the period
of crushing (Plate xxxiii., fig. 6). Strong tendency to cleavage
іш the rock. The similarity between this rock and the pre-
ceding one is remarkable, as they come from two entirely
different geological horizons. Upper Sturt is in the lowest
portion of the Mount Lofty series, while Sellick's Hill is in
the purple slate formation, the topmost formation in the
series.

i Là ыш nda.

The geological horizon of this rock has not been satisfac-
torily determined. The quartzite is associated with a very
extensive series of tremolite-, actinolite-, andalusite-, and
mica-schists, crystalline limestones, and coarse gneisses.

Macroscopic character s.—Intensely white,
saccharoidal quartzite, of rather coarse grain, with bands of
still coarser, clearer material. Fracture around the grains
in finer, across the grains in the coarser, portion.

Microscopic character s.—Coarse-textured
aggregate of quartz, with every evidence of intense strain.
Grains completely shattered. Abundant liquid and gas cavi-
ties, the former with slow-moving bubbles. Strong tendency
for the cavities to be arranged in lines continuous through
adjacent grains. A few rounded flakes of biotite occur in
the quartz and in some fragments numerous excessively fine
rutile (7) needles.

xxiii Mount Barker, northern end of the mount.

Macroscopic characte rs.— Medium-grained,
hard white quartzite, very tough, and breaks with a con-
choidal fracture. Slightly micaceous.

Microscopic character s- Texture medium.
Essentially an aggregate of very irregular quartz granules,
with 2-3 per cent. muscovite in large flakes, some pyrite,

204
and a good deal of earthy hematite. No groundmass and no
felspar or sericite. Structure roughly foliated. There has
been a very considerable amount of crush, resulting in deve-
lopment of undulose extinction and granulation of quartz.
In addition to liquid and gas cavities, the quartz contains
numerous round flakes of biotite and muscovite, and small
crystals of magnetite. Large flakes of muscovite, often bent
and broken, are scattered through the rock, with a general
parallel arrangement. Pyrite in fresh-looking cubes. A little
rutile and zircon present in crystals and fragments.

xxiv. Mount Barker, outcrop about 300 yards
west of the scarp of the mount.

Macroscopic characters —Rather thin bedded
rock, somewhat coarser than xxiii, and not so hard or
vitreous. More yellowish in colour.

Microscopic character s.—Texture coarse,
An aggregate of irregular quartz grains in optical contact,
with no interstitial cement at all. Quartz is clear and glassy,
and singularly free from liquid and gas cavities, except
such as lie along secondary solution planes. On the other
hand, little round flakes of biotite are extremely numerous.
These are exactly like those so characteristic of gneisses,
and indicate that the material was derived from a gneiss, and
not from a granite. A very occasional grain of orthoclase is
present, but no other felspar.

xxv. Blakiston, two miles west of Mount Barker.

Macroscopic eharacter s.—Thin bedded schis:
tose quartzite, whitish-grey in colour, moderately fine grain,
fractures across the grains, somewhat micaceous.

Microscopic character s—Very similar to
xxiii., but very much more schistose. Biotite enclosures in
quartz like those in xxiv., together with some andalusite.
Parallel lines of inclusions (liquid and gas) run indifferently
through all the grains. A fair amount of broken and bent
muscovite flakes and brown-green grains and fragments and
prisms of tourmaline are present.

RXV Кт р вот Буй пу Ооа ny,

Macroscopie characters.—Very white, hard
quartzite of fine grain. Contains no recognisable constitu-
ents other than quartz. Fractures across the grains.

И созоор le. cámara ab ens lo all mespects
similar to xxiii., except that texture is more uneven. Largeish
quartz fragments are set in a finer-grained mass of the same
material. A fair amount of muscovite is present. Structure
very markedly schistose.

س

xxvi. Waterfall Gully, about one mile from
Burnside.

Macro scopic Ota nate Urs, OG veenisH" grey
rock, composed of fairly coarse, clear quartz grains, set in а
finer-grained groundmass of the same substance, mixed with
dark-greenish chlorite material.

Microscopic Waru cter 's.—Moderately fine
in general texture. Grains are subangular to rounded, and
there is a moderate amount of interstitial cement. The chief
constituents are quartz and felspars of the same types as
those in the Mitcham rocks. They mostly show evidence of
strain, and the felspars are rather decomposed. Some of the
quartz shows abundant mica flakes as inclusions. There is a
little magnetite in crystals, and some tourmaline and rutile.
In addition to these constituents there are locally numerous
minute rhombic sections of a mineral with moderate refrac-
tive index and strong double refraction. These are pleo-
chroic, from blue to colourless. These characters and the
measured angles of the sections suggest lazulite. This is the
only rock in which I have been able to detect any mineral
resembling lazulite, although Rosenbusch* states that this
mineral is particularly characteristic of quartzites. The ce-
menting material is mostly a dark green, almost isotropic
delessite, though there is also a good deal of kaolin stained
with iron oxides. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 1.)

xvin. Charen dons Tunnel

Macroscopic character s,—Greenish rock of
moderately coarse texture, composed mainly of quartz, with
some felspar, set in dark-green chloritic base. Much pyrite.

Microscopie characters. —Texture medium.
Chief constituents are quartz, felspars, composite grains.
The quartz contains numerous gas and liquid cavities, and
inclusions of apatite, actinolite, rutile, and zircon. Compo-
site grains are mostly rather coarse mica schist. Interstitial
material is mostly dark-green delessite, with a little sericite.
Much pyrite and a little tourmaline and apatite are present,
and also patches of opacite.

xxix. Coromandel Valley, near Blackwood.

M. 0 6 s 048.01 0XD.240 character s.-—Fine-grained,
white, hard quartzite, with numerous whitish patches.

Microscopic characters.—Rather fine in
texture, composed mainly of quartz, with a little felspar,
fragments of biotite schist, a good deal of sericite, and only a
little chloritic material. Some of the quartz grains are
crowded with radiating bundles of tremolite. The most
striking feature of the section is the abundance and variety

* Rosenbusch: “Mikroskopische Physiographie," ed. 3rd, p. 500.

206

of tourmaline, which varies from black and opaque, through
various shades of brown, green, and blue. A good deal of
opaque leucoxene (?) is present and some zircon.

xxx Wield Raver, near che mouth.

Macroscopic chamacte,rs.— А moderately
fine, pinkish groundmass, in which quartz and felspar can
be recognised, through which are scattered numerous larger
fragments, up to a quarter of an inch diameter, of quartz,
pink and brown felspar, and red jasper.

Moi 61040 suenos presenta Chia r avert eimis.—TextüteN! fairly
fine. Grains are very angular, both large and small ones.
Felspar is almost as abundant as quartz, and of the felspars
microcline is much the most common. Quartz fragments
almost all exhibit strain. The cementing material is almost
exclusively calcitic, and shows a very strong tendency to-
wards fibrous structure. A little sericitic material is also
present and very little chlorite and leucoxene. (Plate xxxiv.,
fig. 2.)

xxl тера oh ft Ve fr, small overfold, near Hal-
lett’s Cove.

Macroscopic, characters —Rather finer in
grain than xxx., with no strikingly large fragments. Colour
more greyish than pink. Intensely hard and tough.

Microscopic characters.—Almost exactly
similar to those of xxx. The cementing material here 1s
more dolomitic, with a very strong tendency to idiomorphism.
In many instances the carbonate forms spherical radial aggre-
gates, with or without a quartz grain as a nucleus. There is
a fair amount of magnetite and some rutile.

xxxi. Wilson, on the western slopes of the Black
Jack Range.

Quite a number of bands of quartzite occur in this lo-
cality, interbedded with purple slates.

Macroseopic characters. Very white, hard
quartzites of fine grain, in which no mineral other than
quartz can be recognised. Fracture is granular.

Microscopic characters —Fine-graimed rock,
essentially a mosaic of quartz. The grains are mostly clear,
except around the edges of originally rounded grains, where
a line of dusty inclusions occurs. Strain structures are
only slight. A very small amount of orthoclase occurs in
rounded grains. A feature of the rock is the comparative
abundance of zircon, in crystals and grains, which, though
somewhat abraded, have suffered very little during trans-
port.

207

xxxii. Wilson, range three miles west of town.

Macroscopic character s.—Rather coarser in
grain than xxxii. Very white and intensely hard. Silicifi-
cation has been so complete that the rock appears almost
homogeneous. Fracture is conchoidal, and lustre highly
vitreous.

Microscopic character s.—Essentialy a me-
dium-textured mass of interlocking quartz grains. Very
angular, and show evidence of intense strain. The rock is in
all respects like that from Sellick’s ШЖК Ip 203),
and occupies an exactly similar stratigraphical position.

Sav Metropolitan Brickworks, Black
wood.

In the glacial till at this locality erratics of quartzite are
very numerous. I have examined a considerable number,
but have found a very surprising uniformity of characters
amongst them. They are medium in grain, and are very
dense and hard. In many of them nothing but clear quartz
can be identified with a lens. In other examples there are
abundant white specks, strikingly like the felspathic constitu-
ents of the Mitcham quartzites on casual observation. Closer
observation shows that these patches are finely granular, and
have a distinctly greasy lustre.

Microscopic characters.—Texture is un-
even, but is not coarse. The most abundant constituent is
always quartz, in rather rounded grains, almost all of which
show rejuvenescence. In the densest rocks, those without
the white spots, this secondary addition of quartz has com-
pletely filled all the original spaces ; in the other rocks spaces
have been left. A comparatively few composite grains are
present, mostly fine-grained schists or granular quartz.

The patches of white material noted above are seen to
consist of masses of fibrous material, generally with radial
arrangement; its optical properties and behaviour with acids
indieate antigorite. There is nothing to show from what pri-
mary mineral it has been derived.

say. Inman Valley.

A very remarkable rock formation has been found at in-
tervals from this point on the south to Williamstown on the
north. In its general appearance and its apparent strati-
graphical relationships ıt is very strikingly suggestive of a
repetition of the Cambrian glacial bed. Its characters are
those of a conglomerate gneiss, though the degree of meta-
morphism varies very considerably. In the Inman Val-
ley the boulders which exceed a foot in diameter have been
much deformed by fiowage. Тһе groundmass is practically
a coarse-grained mica schist, with well-marked "augen"

208

structure. The whole rock has been much jointed, the joint
planes cutting sharply vhrough groundmass and boulders in-
diseriminately. At Williamstown the metamorphism has
been much more severe, so that in many places the rock be-
comes a somewhat friable mica gneiss. All the pebbles are
much elongated, and in certain places it is diffieult or im-
possible to distinguish where the pebble ends and the ground-
mass begins.

The rock under consideration is that which forms the boul-
ders in the Inman Valley occurrence.

M a:cir.o0ss oopvadsdk åra tems. Dense; hard;
greyish quartzite of rather fine grain. Тһе individual con-
stituents cannot be satisfactorily made out, but a black mine-
ral is present.

Microscopoc character sA < completely
granulated mass, consisting essentially of quartz, felspar,
muscovite, and ilmenite. More than 50 per cent. of quartz,
forming a perfect mosaic. Well-marked foliation. Strain
has been relieved by perfect shattering, so that undulose ex-
tinction is not marked. Feispar is slightly decomposed and
is all untwinned orthoclase, with no triclinie felspar at all.
Muscovite about as abundant as felspar in granular aggre-
gates and largeish plates. Fair amount of ilmenite in scat-
tered, irregular grains. Numerous small crystals and grains
of zircon and rutile, the latter exceptionally dark in colour.
There is also a very little dark blue-brown tourmaline.
(Plate xxxiv., fig. 3.

xxxvi. Ln man Var Т ену, Groundmass of the
above conglomerate.

Macroscopic characters —As noted above,
this groundmass is coarse in texture and gneissic in structure,
with well-marked “auge” of quartz. It is very strongly
micaceous, and a very conspicuous feature in it is the great
abundance of ilmenite in large plates and grains. In some
places the groundmass of the conglomerate contains nearly 50
per cent. of this mineral.

Microscoprtc characters.—Consist mainly
of quartz and muscovite. The former occurs in large grains,
showing evidence of crush in shadowy extinction and the
presence of a “halo” of finely granulated material. “Augen”
structure is even more marked than it is macroscopically.
Much of the quartz is opalescent by reflected light. Some of
the muscovite is in large plates, but most of it occurs in the
form of minutely granular aggregates, in the most thorough-
ly comminuted parts of the rock. There is a good deal of
ilmenite in irregular granular aggregates. Its lustre by re-
flected light is rather bright, and suggests magnetite, but
the alteration around the edges into very typical “sagenite”

> c smt

209

webs indicates its titaniferous character. All stages of alter-
ation, from a mere peripheral zone to complete replacement
by sagenite, occur. Tourmaline and zircon occur. (Plate
xxxiv., fig. 4.)

xxxv Dike RT FET Devs tri ¢ t Upper, Creta
ceous (desert sandstone) formation.

Macroscopic character s.—Typical porcelain-
ized desert sandstone. Light yellowish in colour and ex-
tremely tough, consists of rather fine, angular quartz frag-
ments, cemented by fine, white, amorphous, opaline material.
Very markedly conchoidal fracture.

Microscopie characters.—Larger fragments
are of medium size, and are angular to subangular. Nearly
all quartz, with only a few grains of microcline. Many of
the particles exhibit strain phenomena, whose characters in-
dicate that they were produced before the redistribution of
the mineral; that is, that this rock has been formed from
the materials of an older quartz rock which had undergone
considerable pressure. It is almost certain that the older
rocks must have been the Cambrian felspathic quartzites. A
few cherty fragments are present. There are a fair number
of broken crystals of zircon, and a very few grains of tour-
maline and magnetite. A good deal of the interstitial mate-
rial consists of very angular quartz grains down to sub-
microscopic dimensions. There is also a great deal of a white
opaque substance, probably kaolin. The remainder is
chiefly fine chalcedony, much of it showing evidence of the
infilling of irregular cavities. In the centre of some of these
cavities a little isotropic opal occurs, but only in very small
quantities. There is no evidence of secondary outgrowth of
quartz grains. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 5.)

xxxvius AM ll ¡a me rekk

An aboriginal chipping, picked up on the surface. From
the great abundance of similar material in large angular
pieces, evidently a local rock.

Macroscopic characters. — Perfectly homo-
geneous, structureless rock, of light greyish-yellow colour.
Perfectly conchoidal fracture. Very tough and hard.

Microscopie characters. — Exceedingly fine
grained. Mostly quartzose material so exceedingly fine in
texture as to be almost unresolvable under the microscope.
This is very variable in translucency ; some of it is almost
opaque, some quite transparent. It forms quite 90 per cent.
of the bulk of the rock. The grains scattered through it,
quite irregularly, are very sharp, angular splinters of quartz
and an occasional zircon. This sharpness of the quartz grains
is the most striking feature of the rock. They can have been

N

210

subjected to no attrition whatever, or, small as they are, they
would have had the extremely sharp edges rounded off. The
section, as a whole, shows very marked evidence of flow
structure, quite like that so often seen in a rhyolite. 16 has
evidently been caused to flow while in a plastic condition.
There is no sufficient evidence upon which to ground the
suggestion that this rock has had a glacial origin, but, con-
sidering its very peculiar structure and the great abundance
and variety and large size of the erratics found throughout
the desert sandstone of the Far North, the possibility of such
an origin is well worthy of further investigation.

SUMMARY.

Though the rocks which have been examined embrace
only an exceedingly smail proportion of the quartzites and
sandstones of the State, they form a fairly representative col-
lection, and certain fairly reliable conclusions may be drawn
from the descriptions: —

1. The massive quartzites of the Mitcham formation (lying
immediately under the Sturt glacial bed), in all their occur-
rences from Adelaide to Mount Remarkable, are characterised
by abundance and variety of felspar, such as is shown by no
rock beyond the limits of this formation.

2. The erratics from the glacial bed are certainly not frag-
ments of Mitcham-Burnside quartzites, but somewhat re-
semble those from the Clarendon tunnel.

3. The quartzites associated with the archzocyathine bed
(those of Sellick’s ТІП and Wilson) constitute another very
definite type, quite distinct from those of Mitcham and
Burnside.

4. The quartzites of the Mount Barker district are dis-
tinct from either of the abovc series.

5. The rock from King's Bluff, Olary, shows far more re-
semblance to those from Mount Barker than to those from
near Adelaide.

6. The boulders in the Inman Valley conglomerate are
very markedly different in character from the erratics in the
glacial bed at Blackwood.

In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to my frieni
and colleague, Mr. Howchin, for the keen interest he has
taken in the work. Many of the types which have come
under examination are from his private collection, the con-
tents of which he placed unreservedly at my disposal.

I hope that the very incompleteness of the foregoing de-
scriptions will cause some other worker to enter this field of
investigation. I am sure that the interest of the work and
the value of the results obtained will well compensate any
one for the labour involved.

211
EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES.

Microphotographs of various types of quartzites described in
56 foregoing paper. In all cases the magnification is 15 dia-
meters.

PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Mitcham (i.). Crossed nicols. Тһе particular point

photographed is somewhat poor in felspar. Shows the com-
pletely interlocking arrangement of grains.
. Figs. 2 and 3. Maitland Bore (xiv.). Fig. 2. is in ordinary
light; fig. 3 the same portion of the section between crossed nicols.
Show the very marked rejuvenescence ‚of the quartz grains. In
fig. 2 the outlines of the original grains are marked clearly by
the rings of inclusions. In fig. 3 the optical continuity of the
quartz outside these lines with that inside is apparent.

Fig. 4. Mr. Dinham’s Farm, west of Ardrossan (xv.). Crossed
nieols. Shows well the perfect rejuvenescence of quartz crystals
and the infiltration with chalcedonic cement.

Fig. 5. Plain east of Mount Remarkable (xviii). ^ Ordinary
light. Quartz and composite grains set in a fine base. The whole
rock is crossed by a series of parallel, secondary solution-planes.

Fig. 6. Sellick’s Hill. Crossed nicols. Show undulose extinc-
tion and marked tendency to cleave.

PLATE XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Waterfall Gully (xxvii.). Ordinary light. Small rhom-
bie sections, probably lazulite.

Fig. 2. Field River, near Hallett’s Cove. Crossed nicols. In-
dicates irregularity of texture, strain phenomena, felspathic na-
ture of rock, and (rather faintly) fibrous structure of calcareous
cement,

Fig. 3. Inman Valley. Boulder from conglomerate gneiss
(xxxv.). Ordinary light. Felspathic content and marked schis-
tosity are shown.

Fig. 4. Inman Valley. Ground mass of conglomerate gneiss

(хххуі.). Crossed nicols. Shows the foliation of the rock and! the
optical evidence of strain, but does not exhibit well the “augen”
structure.

Fig. 5. Lake Eyre District. Desert sandstone (xxxvii.) Angu-
lar quartz, set in a fine-grained ground mass, somewhat chalce-
donic.

212

NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, WITH SYNONOMIC
AND OTHER NOTES.

A. JEFFERIS TURNER, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read October 4, 1904.

Family, ARCTIADÆ.
HELIOSiA CHAROPA, n. Sp.
(Charopos, bright, cheerful.)

Male, 20-22 mm. Head and palpi orange-ochreous. An-
tennæ fuscous; in male simple, moderately ciliated (1). Tho-
rax dark fuscous; apices of patagia ochreous. Abdomen
dark fuscous; basal segment mixed with ochreous; tuft
orange-ochreous. Legs fuscous; middle femora and apices
of middle tibiæ ochreous; posterior pair wholly ochreous.
Forewings elongate-oval, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; bright orange-
ochreous; with two transverse dark fuscous fascie; first
from one-third costa to before middle of dorsum, narrower
on costa, broadening slightly in disc; second broader than
first from costa before apex to tornus, with an outward pro-
jection beneath costa, followed by an inward projection above
mid-dise; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen
rounded; ochreous; a very broad dark fuscous terminal
band, containing an ochreous dot at apex; cilia dark fuscous.

Type in Coll, Turner

N.Q., Townsvile, in February, June, and October; five
specimens, of which four were received from Mr. F. P. Dodd ;
one I captured myself.

STENOSCAPTIA PHLOGOZONA, n. Sp.
(Phlogozonos, with fiery band.)

Male, 15 mm. Head bright yellow. Palpi whitisn-
ochreous. Antenne pale fuscous; in male simple, mode-
rately ciliated (1%). Thorax dull purple; берив bright yel-
low. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ochreous; anterior pair soine-
what iufuscated. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa rather
strongly arched, apex rounded, termen straight, slightiv
oblique; purple, with metallic reflections; a broad ante-
median bright yellow fascia with straight edges; a narrow,
bright yellow terminal band, broadest on costa, indented be-
neath costa, coming to a point at tornus; cilia bright yel-
low. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish, thinly
scaled ; a broad fuscous terminal band; cilia fuscous.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in March; one specimen, received from
Mr. FP, Dodd.

213
Family, NOCTUIDZE.

I agree with Mr. Lower in regarding Grammodes clementi,
Swin., as a synonym of Grammodes pulcherrima, Luc., and
Marapana rhodea, Turn., as a synonym of Prionophora rho-
dinastis, Meyr.

Section, AGROTINZE
Genus, PROPATRIA.
Propatria, Hmps., Cat. Lep. Phal. iv., p. 651.
Both species refevred to this genus have a single apical
hook on fore tibie. This would materially alter the position
of the genus in Sir С. Hampson's tabulation.

ÅDISURA MARGINALIS.
Anthophila margiralis, Wik., Brit. Mus. Cat. xii., p. 830.
Adisura marginalis, Elmps., Cat. Lep. Phal. iv., p. 121.

N.A., Port Darwin; N.Q., Townsville; Q., Brisbane. Als»
from India.

Section, CARADRININZE.
EUPLEXIA CHLOEROPIS, n. Sp.
(Chloéropis, greenish-looking.)

Male, 40 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, upper sut-
face brownish; second joint annulated with dark fuscous.
[Antenne broken.] Thorax brownish, with some whitish
scales. Abdomen grey; apices of segments and tuft ochreous
Legs whitish ochreous, mixed with pinkish-brown and fus-
cous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, termen
bowed, slightly oblique; brownish, mixed with whitish and
fuscous; a whitish spot at base of costa and a second spot,
bisected by a fuscous line, on costa near base, both partly
suffused with greenish; orbicular greenish, with a few cen-
tral fuscous scales; reniform similar, but more obscure; а
fine dentate, blackish, post-median line, from three-quarters
costa to three- quarters dorsum ; a suffused whitish apical spot,
from which a faint whitish line proceeds to tornus: an in-
terrupted dark fuscous ter minal line; cilia, bases green-whit-
ish, apices grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; dark
fuscous; cilia whitish, bases fuscous near apex. Under side
of forewings fuscous, "with a pinkish-brown costal streak; of
hindwings whitish-ochreous, with a dark fuscous discal dot
and broad terminal band.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Biggenden ; one specimen, received from Mr. H. Tryon.

314

PROMETOPUS RUBRISPERSA, n. sp.
(Rubrispersus, speckled with red.)

Female, 30-32 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi pale reddish,
irrorated with dark fuscous. Antenne ochreous-whitish.
Abdomen pale grey. Legs, dark fuscous, irrorated and an-
nulated with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
scarcely arched, apex round-pointed, termen moderately
oblique, slightly bowed, slightly crenulate ; fuscous intimately
mixed with blackish, whitish, and reddish scales, the last
varying in depth of colour in different individuals; lines in-
terrupted and indistinct, indicated by blackish scales, edged
posteriorly by pale scales; two or three short sub-basal lines
from costa to fold; an antemedian and a postmedian line; six
to eight whitish dots on costa; orbicular reddish-white, edged
thinly with blackish scales, circular; reniform similar in
coloration as far as its median portion, the upper and lower
parts obsolete, or faintly indicated by a thin, blackish out-
line; a fine, dark fuscous, terminal line; cilia fuscous, mixed
with pale reddish. Hindwings with termen rounded, wavy ;
grey, paler towards base; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Brisbane, Toowoomba; four specimens.

PROMETOPUS XERAMPELINA, n. Sp.
( X erampelinos, reddish.)

Female, 35 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi pale reddish,
with scattered fuscous scales. Abdomen pale reddish-
ochreous irrorated with fuscous. Legs pale reddish, irro-
rated, and tarsi anvulated with dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, termen bowed,
oblique, slightly crenulate; pale reddish, irrorated with fus-
cous; a narrov’ fuscous antemedian line from one-quarter
costa to two-fifths dorsum, outwardly curved, slightly den-
tate; orbicular obsolete, reniform very faintly indicated; a
narrow, fuscous, dentate postmedian line from mid-costa to
three-fifths dorsum, outwardly curved in upper two-thirds;
a sub-terminal series of pale reddish dots; terminal edge
fuscous; cilia reddish barred by dark fuscous -irroration.
Hindwings with termen slightly sigmoid; whitish; towards
termen suffused with fuscous; cilia whitish, tinged with red-
dish.

Type in Coll., Turner.

W.A., Coolgardie: oue specimen.

p:

215

PROMETOPUS INASSUETA.

Prometopus inasseuta, Gn., Lep. v. p. 38, pl. iii., fig. 9.

Caradrina chromoneura, Turn., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1902, p- 86.

Brastroides lichnomima, Turn., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1902, Jh FTO.

Q., Brisbane; T., Launceston, Ulverstone.

Queensland specimens have the forewings suffused with
green, especially towards base, and the ochreous streaks ou
veins are replaced by green. ,

PROMETOPUS NODYNA.
(Nodunos, pleasing.)

Male, 30 mm. Head and thorax white, intimately mixed
with dark fuscous. Palpi white, with a broad, median, dark
fuscous ring. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs whitish, irrorat-
ed, and tarsi annulated with dark fuscous. Forewings elon-
gate-triangular, costa nearly straight, termen bowed ; whitish,
irrorated and suffused with fuscous; a short, dark-fuscous,
longitudinal streak from base of costa; a fuscous dot on costa
near base; an interrupted fuscous line from one-sixth costa
to one-fourth dorsum ; followed by a similar line, which joins
it before dorsum ; a sullusea straight fuscous fascia from mid
costa to beyond mid-dorsum; orbicular and reniform obso-
lete; an outwardly curved, whitish line from three-quarters
costa, margined posteriorly by a fuscous line, both lost in
disc; a whitish, dentate, subterminal line; a dark fuscous
spot on termen above tornus; cilia white, barred with dark
fuscous. — Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish-grey ;
cilia whitish, with au interrupted median fuscous line.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in February; oue specimen.

Section, NOCTUIN Æ.
CORULA DELOSTICHA, n. Sp.
(Delostichos, with conspicuous lines.)

Male, 22 mm. Head and palpi dark brown. Antenne
pale grey; in male with long bristles (3), and shorter cilia
(1) Thorax grey-whitish, mixed with some brownish scales ;
collar ochreous-brown, edged posteriorly with dark brown.
Abdomen pale grey; extreme base and tuft whitish. ^ Legs
whitish-grey ; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings elongate,
costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, slightly
oblique; grey-whitish; all veins marked by very distinct,
dark fuscous lines; a transverse brownish-fuscous fascia,
edged posteriorly by dark fuscous, at two-thirds; cilia grey-
whitish, barred by prolongations of lines on disc. Hind-
wings with termen sigmoid, rather strongly incurved beneath

216

apex, thence rounded; whitish, towards termen broad!v
fuscous ; cilia whitish, obseurely barred with fuscous. ;
A neat and very distinct species. Type in Coll., Illidge.
Q., Eumundi, near Nambour. One specimen, bred from
Casuarina, by Mr. R. Illidge.

PRAXIS ALAMPETA, n. Sp.
(Alampetos, dark, unlightened.)

Female, 32 mm. Head and palpi dark fuscous, mixed
with pinkish-white. Thorax dark fuscous, mixed with
brown-whitish. Abdomen dark fuscous, irrorated wi:h
white; a small pinkish tuft on mid-dorsum. Legs dark
fuscous, irrorated with whitish; posterior pair mostly

whitish; tarsi annulated with pinkish-white. Fors-
wings triangular, costa straight, termen bowed,
slightly oblique, crenulate; dark fuscous, irrorated

with whitish; in basal half are several ill-defined, waved,
blackish, transverse lines; an obscure 8-shaped whitish spot
beneath one-third costa, connected by a whitish suffusion
with dorsum; an obscure, finely dentate, white, postmedian
line, and a similar more distinct subterminal line; a blackish
terminallime, preceded by a series of whitish dots, cilia fus-
cous, mixed with whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded,
crenulate ; dark fuscous; base whitish ; a white line from *wo-
thirds dorsum nearly to costa; a short, nearly parallel, white
line from tornus; terminal line and cilia as in forewings.

But for the abscence of red scales on the wings this /s
very similar to marmarinopa, Meyr.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in January. One specimen.

LYNCESTIS MACROSTICHA, n. Sp.
( Maerostichos, long-streaked.)

Male, 48 mm. Head and palpi whitish, irrorated with a
few brownish scales; terminal joint of palpı annulated with
dark fuscous. Antenn® ochreous-fuscous, towards base
whitish ; in male shortly laminate, very shortly ciliated (1).
Thorax grey-whitish ; collar whitish, irrorated with brown-
ish, with a median blackish transverse line: posterior crest
well marked, brownish tinged. Abdomen whitish, apices of
segments ochreous, basal crests grey-brownish. Legs whitish,
irrorated with brownish and fuscous. | Forewings elongate,
costa straight, termen bowed, oblique, crenulate:; white, suf-
fused with grey : a blackish streak from base beneath cell and
vein two to termen ; a similar streak from end of cell becom-
ing suffused and bent upwards near termen; a V-shaped,
blackish, suffused mark resting on termen above termination

—

——— —

217

of first streak; veins partly slenderly outlined by blackish
scales; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen rounded ; white,
translucent; a broad, dark fuscous apical blotch extending
to mid-termen; cilia white, interrupted by dark fuscous on
mid-termen. Under side of forewings white, with a large,
subterminal, dark fuscous blotch; of hindwings similar to
upper side.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in February. One specimen, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ISCHYJA PORPHYREA, n. Sp.
(Porphureos, purple.)

Male; 66-70 mm. Head and palpi dark fuscous. Antenne
fuscous; in male moderately bipectinated (2), terminal one-
fifth serrate. Thorax dark fuscous, with a purple sheen.
Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, with a few whit-
ish hairs; femora and tibie densely hairy; tarsi with whitish
annulations. Forewings triangular, costa straight to near
apex, then strongly arched, apex acute, shghtly produced,
termen nearly straight, oblique; dark fuscous, with a bril-
lant purple sheen not extending to termen; a very few
scattered whitish scales; a small, brownish-ochreous spot be-
neath costa beyond middle: a series of whitish dots from
three-quarters costa, ending in a small, suffused brownish-
ochreous blotch above dorsum; cilia pale ochreous. Hind.
wings with termen slightly rounded; colour, subterminal
dots, and cilia, as forewings.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Thursday island. Kuranda (Dodd). Three speci-
mens.

Section, ERASTRIAN Æ.
ERASTRIA RHAPTINA, n. Sp.
( Rhaptinos, embroidered.)

Male, female, 19-20 mm. Head and thorax whitish, with
some fuscous scales. Palpi fuscous. Antenne whitish: in
male shortly ciliated (1). Abdomen ochreous-whitish ; with
a single, small, erect, basal crest tipped with fuscous. Legs
fuscous, mixed with whitish. ^ Forewings triangular, costa
nearly straight, termen bowed, oblique; pale fuscous, mixed
with white; a series of six white dots on costa, with a largev
dot on apex; a double white antemedian line from dorsum
before middle, inwardly oblique, not reaching costa; orbicu-
lar, 8-shaped, white, with a few central dark scales; reni-
form similar, but larger: a slightly sigmoid double white
line from four-fifths costa to two-thirds dorsura; an irregu-

218

larly whitish terminal band, partly suffused with fuscous; an
interrupted, dark fuscous, terminal line: cilia whitish, bases
mixed with fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded:
whitish, with slight fuscous suffusion towards termen ; a nar-
row, fuscous terminal line ; cilia whitish.

I hardly think this is a true Zrastria.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Thursday Island. Five specimens.

MEGALODES HEDYCHROA, n. Sp.
(Hedus4roos, pleasantly coloured.)

Male, 22 mm. Head whitish, with a posterior white-
centred black spot; face ochreous-fuscous, with an acute, an-
teriorly projecting, corneous process, slightly bifid at apex.
Palpi dark fuscous, apex of second joint narrowly whitish.
Antenne whitish-ochreous ; in male shortly ciliated (4). Tho:
rax pinkish-white; collar black, with some pinkish-white and
brown scales. Abdomen grey, apices of segments and tutt
pale ochreous. ^ Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior and middle
pairs annulated with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa straight to near apex, where it is strongly
arched, termen bowed, oblique; pinkish-white; a narrow
transverse black line from costa near base to fold; a rather
large black spot on one-fourth costa, followed by a fine, wavy,
black line extending to two-fifths dorsum ; a similar line from
two-thirds costa bent first outwardly, then inwardly to two-
fifths dorsum; a leaden grey suffusion on dorsum between
transverse lines, connected by a pale grey line with costa; a
large, oval, pale grey spot within postmedian line; a black
blotch on costa before apex, and two black spots before
tornus; cilia whitish, on mid-termen and tornus leaden gre
Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Dalby. One specimen.

у.

AXIORATA GLYCYCHHOA, n. Sp.
(Glucuchroos, sweetly coloured.)

Female, 19 mm. Head and thorax pinkish-white, irro-
rated with fuscous; frons prominent, rounded. Palpi fus-
cous. Antenne fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, irrorated with
whitish. Legs fuscous, irrorated, and tarsi annulated, with
whitish. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex
rounded, termen rounded, oblique; pinkish-white; base,
costa, and termen densely irrorated with dark grey; a red-
dish spot near base of costa; a broad, median, dark grey
fascia, edged by dentate lines, which are reddish, mixed with
dark fuscous; cilia dark grey, with a series of whitish dots

219

on bases. Hindwings with termen rounded; dark grey,
cilia grey.

The genus -A ziorata (Turn., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1902, p. 120)
agrees with Pachylepis (Hmps., Moths Ind., ii, p. 337) in
the non-crested abdomen and stalking of veins 7, 8, 9, 10 of
forewings, but differs in the stalking of 3 and 4 and 6 and
7 of hindwings.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Thursday Island. One specimen.

Section, HYPENIN Ж.
NODARIA ANELIOPIS, n. sp.
(Aneliopis, gloomy looking.)

Female, 28-30 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antenne
fuscous. Abdomen fuscous mixed with whitish. Legs

fuscous, with some whitish scales. Forewings elongat:-tri
angular, costa nearly straight, termen bowed, slightly
oblique; fuscous; a dark fuscous median discal dot; a wavy
darker lime, succeeded by a pale line, from five-sixths costa
to five-sixths dorsum; a terminal series of minute, dark
fuscous dots: cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen round-
ed, slightly indented beneath apex: pale fuscous; cili fus-
cous whitish.

In this species and in Vodaria armatalis, Wlk., vein 5 of
hindwings arises from close to lower angle of cell, bu* both
have the characteristic palpi of Vodaria, and so differ from
the genus Simplicia.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.Q., Thursday Island, Townsville. "Three specimens.

Family, GEOMETRIDÆ.
Sub-Family, GEOMETRINÆ.
EUCHLORIS PERIPHRACTA, n. Sp.

( Periphraktos, fenced around.)

Male, female, 24-28 mm. Head ochreous; fillet whitish ;
face reddish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous. ^ Antenne whitish ;
in male with long pectinations (6), apical fourth simple.
Thorax green ; collar and bases of patagia ochreous; a median
ochreous spot, continuous with abdominal streak. Abdomen
green, towards apex whitish; a median ochreous streak, be-
coming obsolete posteriorly ; beneath whitish. Legs whitish ;
anterior and middle pairs brownish anteriorly, except anterior
coxe, which are ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa
straight, slightly arched towards apex, apex tolerably point-
ed, termen nearly straight, oblique; green, inclining to
bluish-green: a broad, deep-ochreous costal streak, costal

220

edge paler; a whitish-ochreous wavy line from beneath one-
third costa to two-fifths dorsum ; a similar line from beneath
two-thirds costa to three-fifths dorsum ; discal dot represented
by a very fine, short, transverse streak, running into costal
streak; cilia deep-ochreous, on dorsum green. Hindwings
with termen angled on vein 4; colour as forewings; a dis-
tinct, narrow, transversely elongate ochreous discal dot; a
finely dentate, whitish-ochreous posterior line; cilia as fore-
wings, but ochreous also on corsum.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Stradbrooke Island, in October. Six specimens, beaten
from Banksia serratifolia.

EUCHLORIS ARGOSTICTA, n. Sp.
(Argostictos, speckled with white.)

Male, female, 24-30. inm. Head and fillet green; face
green, margins narrowly white. Palpi green, towards base
whitish. Antenne whitish, towards base green; in male
with very long pectinations (10), apical third simple.
Thorax green; collar white. Abdomen green, with some
white median dots on dorsum, better marked in female,
towards apex whitish. Legs whitish; femora barred an-
teriorly with green, tibie and tarsi with fuscous. Forewings
triangular, costa gently arched, apex tolerabiy pointed, ter-
men slightly rounded, oblique; green, with fine, white, trans-
verse strigule, rather sparsely distributed; a fine shining
white costal streak ; a fuscous discal dot, bordered with whit-
ish, slightly beyond middle; cilia greeu, apices whitish.
Hindwings with termen roanded; colour and markings as
forewings.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Townsville; in January, February, and July. Three
specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

EUCHLORIS TANYGONA, n. Sp.
Tanugonos, long-angled ; in allusion to hindwings.
© 2 5 © ?

Male, 26 mm. Head green; fillet snow-white ;
face ochreous, upper edge brownish - ochreous. Palpi
brownish-ochreous. Antenne white; in male with

rather long pectinations (5), apical fifth simple.
Thorax green; abdomen green; sides and inferior surface
whitish. Legs whitish; anterior tibiæ and tarsi brownish
tinged. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched,
apex round-pointed, termen slightly crenulate, slightly bow-
ed, oblique; rather dull green; costal edge near base brow-
nish-ochreous, thence narrowly white; a circular, brownish-
fuscous dot in dise at one-third ; two similar dots on dorsum

t»

21

at and before middle; a brownish-fuscous terminal line; cilia
white, barred with brownish-fuscous, opposite veins. Hind-
colour markings and cilia as forewings, but discal dot larger,
and only one dot on dorsum.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Mount Tambourine: in November. One specimen.

EUCHLORIS THALASSICA, n. 5р.
( Thalassikos, sea-green.)

Female, 22 mm. Head dull green; face whitish, above
greenish tinged; fillet narrowly white. Palpi rather long
(2), ascending: whitish. Antenne fuscous, towards base
white. Thorax and abdomen dull green. Legs whitish ;
anterior pair greenish tinged. Forewings triangular, costa
strongly arched at base, thence nearly straight, apex round-
pointed, termen bowed, oblique; dull green; a few minute
fuscous dots on costa; a very faint darker-green discal dot at
one-third ; a faint, wavy, whitish line from two-thirds costa
to two-thirds dorsum ; cilia pale green. Hindwings with ter-
men angled and produced in a strong tooth on vein 4 ; colour
and cilia as forewings; a well-marked, transversely elongate,
dark green discal dot at one-sixth ; a faint, whitish, straight,
transverse line before middle. Under side pale green, with
fuscous green discal dots, and a broad, subterminal fascia,
not quite reaching costa of forewing and inner margin of
hindwing.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda; in March. One specimen, received from
Mr EP Dodd:

EUCHLORIS LEUCOSPILOTA, u. Sp.
( Leucospilotos, spotted with white.)

Male, 24 mm. Head white; face whitish, upper portion
green. Palpi moderate (11); whitish, upper surface of second
joint green. Antenne whitish- ochreous, base of shaft white;
in male with ver y long pectinations (10), apical two-fifths
simple. Thorax and abdomen green, spotted with white.
Legs white; anterior and middle pairs greenish anteriorly.
Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-
ed, termen slightly wavy, rounded, oblique : green, with
numerous large. white spots, more or less confluent, towards
termen these form two broadish fasciæ, separated by a green
line; cilia whitish, mixed with green. Hindwings with
termen wavy, toothed on vein 6, and again more prominently
on vein 4; colour, spots, and cilia as forewings. Under side
white.

Type in Coll., Turner. |

Тар Kibanda; in March. One specimen, received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

222

EUCHLORIS CALLISTICTA, n. sp.
(Callistiktos, beautifully spotted.)

Male, 28 mm. Head green; face white, upper third green.
Palpi moderate (14), ascending; whitish. Antenne white,
apices and pectinations fuscous; in male with moderate pecti-
nations (3), apical two-fifths simple. Thorax and abdomen
green, with white spots. Legs white; anterior pair broadly
barred with fuscous anteriorly. Forewings triangular, costa
moderately arched, apex rounded, termen crenulate, round-
ed, oblique; green, irrorated with white (green hair scales on
a white ground); costa narrowly fuscous, speckled. with
white; a subterminal series of white spots, succeeded by a few
submarginal spots; a terminal series of white dots; cilia
green. Hindwings with termen dentate, rounded; colour,
spots, and cilia as forewings, but with less white irroration
towards base and more numerous spots. Underside whitish ;
costa of forewings fuscous.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda; in March. One specimen, received from

Мт: E... P. Dodd,

EUCHLORIS VERTUMNARIA.

Mr. D. Goudie has bred this species from larvæ feeding on
Acacia hakeoides.

PSEUDOTERPNA BRYOPHANES, D. Sp.
(Bruophanes, like moss, moss-green.)

Female, 35 mm. Head and face whitish-ochreous, mixed
wich green. Palpi dark fuscous, towards base beneath whit-
ish-ochreous. Antenne ochreous-whitish, with some black-
ish scales towards base. Thorax green, with a transverse,
dark fuscous line behind collar. Abdomen ochreous-whitish,
with a few dark fuscous scales. Legs ochreous-whitish, annu-
lated with dark fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa
straight nearly to apex, apex rounded, termen wavy, round-
ed, oblique; green, mixed with whitish-ochreous, the latter
preponderating towards base and on veins; markings black-
ish; numerous dots on coste; an interrupted basal line; a
rather diffused line from one-quarter costa to one-third dor-
sum; several dots beneath mid-costa representing a narrow,
transversely elongate discal spot; a line from three-quarters
costa obliquely outwards, bent in dise to form an obtuse,
twice-angled projection, thence inwardly oblique and slightly
dentate to before mid-dorsum; some scattered blackish
scales beyond posterior line; an interrupted terminal line
thickened between veins; cilia green, mixed with whitish-
ochreous, and interrupted with fuscous. Hindwings with

223

termen crenulate, rounded; veins 6 and 7 separate: colour
and markings as forewings, but basal and antemedian line
absent. Under surface ochreous-whitish, with dark grey
lines as on upper surface: posterior part of disc faintly red-
dish and irrorated with dark grey. ч

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Sandgate (?), near Brisbane. One specimen. There
is a doubt as to the locality, as the friend from whom
l received it had been recently visiting Gayndah, and might
have taken it there, but he thinks not.

PSEUDOTERPNA MYRIOSTICTA, n. Sp.
(Muriostiktos, many-speckled.)

Female, 34 mm. Head whitish; face rounded and rather
prominent, lower third and a transverse line above middle

blackish. Palpi fuscous, lower surface of basal and second
joints whitish. Antenne pale grey, with some fuscous scales
in basal half. Thorax and abdomen white, sparsely irro-

rated with black scales. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with
whitish ; posterior pair whitish. Forewings triangular, costa
arched near base and apex, apex rounded, termen wavy,
rounded, oblique; white, with scattered, dark fuscous scales;
towards costa ochreous-whitish ; an interrupted basal fascia ;
a broad, dark fuscous fascia, containing some reddish scales,
at one-quarter, closely followed by a slender looped dark
fuscous line; a black linear discal mark beneath mid-costa; a
second suffused fascia, like the first, from five-sixths costa to
three-quarters dorsum, interrupted above dorsum, where it
is preceded by a slender, dark fuscous line: to this suc-
ceeds a dentate. white subterminal line, edged posteriorly
with dark fuscous: a terminal series of black dots between
veins; cilia white. Hindwings with termen wavy, rounded ;
veins 6 and 7 separate: colour and irroration as forewings,
but without fascie; a line of raised scales in disc anteriorly
white, posteriorly black, represents the discal spot, and is
continued to mid-dorsum. Under surface whitish, washed
with pale reddish; a broad terminal blackish band: discal
dot of forewings large, oval, black, of hindwings minute.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Eumundi, near Nambour: in November. One speci-
men.

Sub-Family, MONOCTENIANZE
TAXEOTIS ACROTHECTA, n. Sp.
( Acrothektos, sharp-pointed.)

Male, female, 21-24 mm. Head grey-whitish ; face dark
fuscous. Palpi rather short (11); dark fuscous. Antenne

324

whitish, in male dentate, shortly ciliated (3). "Thorax and
abdomen grey-whitish, with a very few dark fuscous scales.
Legs whitish, sparsely irrorated with fuscous. ^ Forewings
triangular, costa straight, slightly arched close to base and
apex, apex acute, slightly produced, termen sinuate, oblique;
11 connected with 12; grey-whitish, with a few scattered
dark fuscous scales; a transverse line at one-quarter in fe-
male, in male scarcely indicated; a dark fuscous discal dot
beneath mid-costa; a ferruginous-fuscous line from beneath
four-fifths costa to three-quarters termen; in male interrup-
ted ; followed immediately by a whitish line, best marked in
female; a series of black, terminal dots; cilia grey-whitish.
Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as
forewings, but without basal line.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Townsville; in August. Three specimens, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ТАХЕОТ18 ORPHNINA, n. Sp.
(Orphninos, dusky.)

Male, 23 mm. Head grey; face dark fuscous. Palpi
moderate (12); dark fuscous. Antenne ochreous whitish ;

in male distinctly laminate, with rather long ciliations (2).
Thorax grey. Abdomen pale grey, with a few fuscous scales.
Legs whitish; anterior and middle pairs irrorated with fus-
cous. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex
acute, termen sinuate, oblique; 11 connected with 12; pale
grey, with a few scattered black scales ; costal edge ochreous-
whitish ; a dark fuscous spot on costa at one-third, and ano-
ther at two-thirds; a black discal dot beneath mid-costa; a
ferruginous-fuscous interrupted line from beneath four-fifths
costa to three-quarters dorsum; a fuscous spot near dorsum
posterior to this; a series of blackish terminal dots ; cilia grey
whitish. Hindwings termen rovnded; as forewings, but
lines obsolete.

Female, 23 mm., differs in having the wings uniformly
suffused with fuscous.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Mount Tambourine; in March. Two specimens.

TAXEOTIS ADELPHA, n. Sp.
(Adelphos, brotherly, closely akin.)
Male, 23 mm. Head grey; face dark fuscous. Palpi
moderate (12); dark fuscous. Antenne grey-whitish; in
male scarcely laminate, with short ciliations (2). Thorax
grey. Abdomen [broken] Legs whitish, irrorated with fus.
cous. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex toler-

225

ably acute, termen rounded, oblique; 12 free; pale grey, with
sparsely scattered black scales; ccstal edge ochreous-whitish ;
a fuscous spot on costa at one-third, and another at two-
thirds; two or three dots connecting first costal spot with
dorsum; a fuscous discal dot beneath mid-costa; a sinuate,
ferruginous-fuscous line from beneath four-fifths costa tc
three-quarters dorsum; preceded by some dark fuscous dots,
and succeeded by dark fuscous irroration and a series of dark
fuscous spots; a series of black terminal dots; cilia pale grey.
Hindwings with termen rounded; as forewings, but lines
obsolete.

Extremely similar to the preceding, but readily dis.
tinguished by the male antenne. The shape and neuration
of forewings are also somewhat different.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.S.W., Katoomba district; in February. Опе specimen.

TaxEOTIS EPIGAEA, n. Sp.
( Epigaios, resting on the ground.)

Male, 38 mm. Head pale reddish-ochreous; face dark
fuscous, tinged with ferruginous. Palpi rather short
(14); dark fuscous; antenne ochreous-fuscous; in
male slightly laminate, with moderate ciliations (1).
Thorax and abdomen pale reddish-ochreous; apical
half of abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish, irrorated
with fuscous; anterior and middle tibiæ and tarsi dark fus-
cous anteriorly. Forewings triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex tolerably acute, termen bowed, slightly
oblique; 12 free; pale reddish-ochreous with dark fuscous
irroration tending to form transverse strigule, a fuscous dot
on costa at one-third and another at two-thirds; a slender,
pale line from beneath four-fifths costa to three-quarters
dorsum, preceded by a series of dark fuscous dots; a termi-
nal series of dark fuscous dots; cilia pale reddish-ochreous.
Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as
forewings.

The colour of this species harmonises with the red earth
of the locality in which it was captured.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Mount Tambourine; in November. One specimen.

Genus, PROROCRANIA.
( Prorocranios, prow-headed.)
Face with strong anterior convexity. Tongue well de-
veloped. Palpi rather long; second joint long, obliquely

ascending; terminal joint short, porrect. Antenn& in male
with a double series of pectinations extending nearly to apex,

о

226

outer pectinations longer than inner. Forewings rather elon-
gate, 11 anastomosing with 10, 10 anastomosing with 8 and
9:7,8,9 stalked. Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate.
PROROCRANIA ARGYRITIS, n. Sp.
(Arguritis, silvery.)
Male, 38 mm. Head and palpi dark grey. Antenne dark
grey, with a rather long series of outer pectinations (5), and

shorter inner pectinations (3). Thorax dark grey; inner
edge of patagia blackish. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fus-
cous; posterior pair grey. Forewings elongate-triangular,

costa straight except close to base and apex, apex rounded,
termen rounded, strongly oblique; dark grey; a short, black-
ish streak from base, broadly dilated and dentate posteriorly,
edged above with silvery white; an acutely dentate anteme-
dian line, interrupted at costa and on mid-disc, blackish,
edged with brownish and silvery white; veins before this
marked with blackish streaks; a postmedian line from five-
sixths costa, at first straight and inwardly oblique, then
strongly dentate, and ceasing abruptly in mid-disc, silvery
white, edged anteriorly with blackish; ar interrupted den-
tate, blackish, subterminal shade; terminal veins with black-
ish streaks; a series ot elongate, silvery white spots on ter-
men, some of them bisected by black; cilia dark fuscous, bar-
red with white. Hindwings rather elongate, termen nearly
straight, except towards costa and tornus; pale grey; a grey
discal dot in cell; cilia grey.

Type in Coll, Turner.

W.A., Albany; in August. One specimen, captured and
presented to me by Mr. J. J. Walker.

NEARCHA URSARIA.
Panagra ursaria, Gn. Lep. х., p. 129.
Nearcha oæyptera, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1903, p. 188.
Q., Brisbane, Stradbroke Island.

NEARCHA PROSEDRA, N. Sp.
(Prosedros, sitting near, closely akin.)

Male, female, 29-32 nun. Head grey ; face blackish. Paloi
moderate (23); blackish; towards base sharply white. Ar-
` tenn grey; in male with a double series of long pectinations
(6). Thorax and abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair
whitish; in male posterior femora are fringed with long
hairs on inferior surface, posterior tibie much dilated and
grooved on internal surface. Forewings triangular, costa
scarcely arched, apex pointed, termen gently sinuate, slightly
oblique; grey, with a very few scattered fuscous scales; a
transversely oval dark fuscous discal dot, with grey centre

227

beneath costa before middle; a fine sinuate whitish line from
beneath three-quarters costa to three-quarters dorsum, pre-
ceded by a series of fine black dots, and succeeded by a broad,
dark grey shade; a terminal series of black dots; cilia grey.
Hindwings with termen rounded; in male with a large fovea
in end of cell, preceded by a curled tuft of long, fuscous
hairs, succeeded by a tuft of shorter fuscous hairs, and
bounded internally by a high ridge of pale grey hairs; ав
forewings, but without markings or with a faint, pale trans-
verse median line only.

The palpi are longer than in buffalaria (2), shorter than
in ursaria. The male may be distinguished from ursaria by
the absence of any hairy patch on the underside of forewings,
and from buffalaria by the steep ridge of hairs on the inner
side of the fovea on the hindwings.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island ; in November and December. Eight
specimens.

NEARCHA NEPHOCROSSA, n. Sp.

(Nephokrossos, with cloudy border.)

Male, 32 mm. Head whitish-grey; face blackish. Palpi
moderate (2); blackish; towards base sharply white. An-
tennæ grey, toward base mixed with white; in male with a
double series of very long pectinations (10). Thorax and
abdomen whitish-grey. Legs grey; [posterior pair broken].
Forewings triangular, costa straight, except close to base and
apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique: whitish-grey,
rather closely irrorated with dark grey ; a dark fuscous streak
along costa from base to one-quarter; a pale transverse line
at one-quarter; a fuscous discal spot beneath costa before
middle; a clearly defined, sinuate, whitish-grey line from
three-fifths costa to three-quarters dorsum; preceded by a
series of dark fuscous dots; and succeeded by a broad. dark
grey fascia, its outer edge crenate; terminal part of disc
whitish-grey, with a series of suffused fuscous spots; a termi-
nal series of black dots; cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings with
termen rounded; in male without tufts beneath; dark grey;
with two transverse, pale grey lines, one median, one sub-
terminal; terminal dots and cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Burpengary, near Brisbane; in April. One specimen.

Gen. ZEUCTOPHLEBIA.

Zeuctophlebia, Warr., Nov., Zool., 1896, p. 355.

Face without projecting tuft. Tongue present. Palpi
moderate (1%), porrect, terminal joint very short. Antenne
of male with a double row of long pectinations, apical one-

228

sixth simple. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anas-
tomosing with 12, 10 arising from 11, beyond anastomosis,
and anastomosing with 9, forming a single areole. Hind-
wings with 6 and 7 separate.

5

Type, 2. rufipal pis.

ZEUCTOPHLEBIA RUFIPALPIS.
Zeuctophlebia rufipalpis, Warr., Nov. Zool., 1896, p. 355.
Q., Nambour, Brisbane, Toowoomba; from September to
December.
ZEUCTOPHLEBIA TAPINODES, n. Sp.

( Tapinodes, of humble appearance.)

Male, 24 mm. Head and palpi grey. Antenne grey; in
male with a double series of long pectinations (8), apical
one-sixth simple. Thorax, abdomen, and legs grey. Fore-
wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
termen bowed, oblique; pale grey sparsely irrorated with
dark grey; costal edge dark grey in basal half; a dark fus-
cous discal dot beneath costa before middle; a very fine,
dark, dentate line from three-quarters costa to three-quar-
ters dorsum; a terminal series of fuscous dots; cilia pale grey.
Hindwings with termen slightly wavy, rounded; colour and
markings as forewings.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island. One specimen.

Genus, ENCRYPHIA, nov.
(Encruphios, hidden, concealed.)

Head flat, not tufted. Palpi moderate, porrect, densely
haired, terminal joint concealed. Antenne in male with a
double row of moderate pectinations nearly to apex, each
pectination bearing a terminal bristle. Posterior tibiæ in
male dilated, with a groove on inner side, containing a long
tuft of hairs from base. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked,
10 arising before 7, anastomosing with 11; and then with
8 and 9 forming a double areole, 11 anastomosing with 12.
Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate or separate, 8 approximated
to cell as far as middle.

ENCRYPHIA ARGILLINA, n. Sp.
(Argillinos, like clay, clay-coloured.)

Male, female, 29-34 mm. Head ochreous-grey ; face dark
brown. Palpi moderate (13); dark brown. Antenne dac.
grey; in female paler; in male with moderate pectinations
(2), but appearing longer on account of the terminal bristles.
Thorax and abdomen ochreous grey. Legs whitish, tinged

229

with reddish, and irrorated with dar) fuscous: anterior pair
in male fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight ex-
cept close to base and apex, apex pointed, termen slightly
rounded, slightly oblique; purplish- reddish- or ochreous-
grey, with a few scattered, dark fuscous scales: a straight
line from one-quarter costa to one-quarter dorsum, jale
fuscous, sometimes edged anteriorly with pale ochreous,
sometimes obsclete, or repre:ented by two or three dark
fuscous dots; a faint linear discal dot sometimes obsolete: a
line similar to first from three-quarters costa to two-thirds
dorsum, slightly bent in middle, sometimes represented by a
series of dots; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen
rounded; colour and markings as forewings, but without
basal line and discal dot.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.Q., Townsville; in July (Dodd). Q., Brisbane, Dalby.
Seven specimens.

Genus, SYSTATICA, nov.
(Systatikos, connecting.)

Face smooth. Tongue welı developed. Palpi ascending,
reaching vertex, densely haired, terminal joint concealed.
Antenne in male with a single row of pectinations on outer
side, apical one-sixth simple. ^ Legs smooth, posterior and
middle tarsi with à few spinules. Forewings with 7, 8, 9
stalked, 10, 11 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9, but not
connected, 12 free. Hindwings with 6 and 7 separate.

Туре S. ranthastis. This genus forms a connecting link
between Epidesmia and Monoctenia.

SYSTATICA XANTHASTIS.

Monoctenia (7) «anthastis, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1894, p. 85.

Q., Gympie, Mount Tambourine; in March. Two speci-
mens.

Genus, Homospora, nov.
( HL omosporos, of the same ancestry.)

Face with strong, obtuse, conical chitinous projection.
Tongue well developed. Antenne in male bipectinated to
apex. Palpi moderate, subascending; terminal joint very
short. Thorax stout, densely rough-haired beneath. Legs
without tarsal spines; anterior tibiæ densely tufted with long
hairs beneath; posterior tibiæ without middle spurs. Fore-
wings with 3 and 4 from angle of cell, 6 from upper angle,
7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 8 and 9 beyond 7,
11 free. Hindwings with 5 from above middle of cell, 6 and
T connate.

Allied to Arrhodia, Gn., from which it differs in the fron-
tal projection, absence of hook on anterior tibie, and con-
nection of vein 10 of forewings with 8 and 9.

230

HOMOSPORA PROCRITA, n. 8р.
( Proeritos, preferred, esteemed.)

Male, 42 mm. Head and palpi whitish. Antenne whit-
ish; pectinations in male ochreous, long (5). Thorax grey-
whitish, anteriorly whitish-ochreous. Abdomen [broken].
Legs whitish; on upper surface fuscous irrorated, and tarsi
annulated, with whitish. ^ Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen nearly straight,
oblique; grey ochreous-whitish, with scattered fuscous scales,
which in places tend to form transverse strigulæ; an inter-
rupted fuscous line along basal fourth of costa; a tri-
angular fuscous spot on one-quarter costa, from which pro-
ceeds a fine, deeply-waved line to one-quarter dorsum; a
straight, broad fuscous transverse shade just beyond middle,
a finely dentate, nearly straight, fuscous line from three-
quarters costa to three-quarters dorsum ; cilia whitish, broad-
ly barred with dark fuscous on middle part of termen. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; whitish, towards apex washed
with pale reddish-purple; a fuscous apical blotch ; some fus-
cous scales towards tornus and about mid-disc; traces of &
dentate fuscous postmedian line; cilia whitish, towards apex
barred with fuscous.

Type in Coll, Turner. |

N.Q., Townsville; in March. One specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd, in good condition, except abdomen.

Sub-Family, SELIDOSEMINZE.
EcTROPIS HEMIPROSOPA, n. Sp.
( Hemiprosopos, half-faced, half-masked.)

Male, female, 32-40 mm. Head grey-whitish ; face with a
broad median transverse dark fuscous bar. Palpi grey-whit-
ish, external surface fuscous. Antenne grey-whitish, apices and
pectinations darker; in male with very long pectinations (8),
apical third simple; most of the pectinations are forked
at extremity, many are double from point of origin, and
towards apex a few may be simple throughout; in female
simple. Thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen whitish-grey, with
some fuscous scales and a double series of dorsal fuscous dots.
Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, ter-
men nearly straight, more rounded in female, oblique ; whit-
ish-grey or whitish in female, finely irrorated with fuscous;
dark fuscous dots on costa at one-third, one-half, and two.
thirds; a fine dentate outwardly angled line from first
costal dot to one-third dorsum, usually obsolete; a dot in disc
beneath second costal dot; an interrupted line of more or less

231

discrete, dark fuscous dots from third costal dot to three-fifths
dorsum, slightly outwardly curved above; a series of sub-
marginal dots usually incomplete: a series of black, termina!
dots; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded, more
or less dentate; colour and markings as forewings, but with
discal dot annular, pale centred.

This species appears to be most allied to #. camelaria, Gn.,
but the antennal structure is peculiar, and apparently inter-
mediate between Zctropis and Selidosema.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Geraldton, Townsville; in April and May. 0.,
Brisbane; in March aud April Seven specimens.

SELIDOSEMA SYMMORPHA, n. Sp.
(Symmorphos, of similar appearance.)

Male, female, 27-31 mm. Head whitish; face with a
transverse fuscous bar below middle, leaving lower edge nar-
rowly whitish. Palpi moderate (14); pale fuscous. An-
tennz grey, towards base whitish; in male with very long
pectinations (10), apical fifth simple; in female simple.
Thorax whitish. Abdomen whitish, with two transverse
fuscous lines before middle. Legs grey annulated with
whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate-triangu-
lar, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen
rounded, strongly oblique; 10 and 11 stalked or 11 absent;
whitish, markings fuscous; costa with minute strigule and
larger dots at one-third and beyond middle; a very fine line
from first dot forming a prominent angle outwards beneath
costa, then inwardly oblique to one-quarter dorsum; a discal
dot beneath mid-costa; a fine interrupted wavy line from
three-quarters costa to three-fifths dorsum; a faint, dentate,
wavy, subterminal line, preceded by fuscous suffusion , a ter.
minal series of black dots; cilia whitish. Hindwings with
termen rounded, slightly crenate; colour and markings as
forewings.

Extremely similar to 5. cognata, Wlk.: the female may be
readily distinguished by the simple antennz, the male by the
more broadly whitish forehead and sligntly longer palpi.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.Q., Townsville; in February. . Three specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Q., Brisbane; one female, in Feb-
ruary.

1 SELIDOSEMA LEUCODESMA, n. Sp.
(Leucodesmos, with white chain or rosary.)

Female, 36 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne fuscous-
brown; antenne in female simple. Thorax fuscous-brown,
with a dark fuscous bar across patagia. Abdomen fuscous-

233

brown. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated and tarsi avnulated
with whitish; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings

elongate-triangular, costa straight except close to base and
apex, apex rounded, termen crenulate, bowed, oblique; vein
10 free, 11 absent: fuscous-brown, irrorated with dark
fuscous; a fine, dark fuscous line from one-third costa to
one-third dorsum, giving off near dorsum an oblique streak
towards base of dorsum; a slightly darker median shade; an
interrupted dark fuscous line from two-thirds costa, bent in-
wards in disc, and again bent to end in mid-dorsum; a con-
spicuous, dentate, interrupted, white, subterminal line; a
fine, blackish, terminal line; cilia brownish. Hindwings
with termen markedly dentate, rounded; colour and mark-
ings as forewings, but basal line and median shade absent.
Under side whitish, with large, circular, fuscous, discal spot
and terminal fuscous suffusion gn each wing, with a whitish,
apical spot on forewing.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda; in February. One specimen received from
MA BT Б? Dodd.

SCIOGLYPTIS EMMELODES, n. Sp.
(Emmelodes, elegant, harmonious.)

Male, 39 mm. Head ochreous-whitish ; lower half of face
irrorated with fuscous; face with a small, acute, anterior pro-
jection on lower edge. Palpi moderate (11); ochreous-whit-
ish, towards apex irrorated with fuscous. Antenne pale
grey ; in male with moderately long pectinations (6), anterior
one-fifth simple. Thorax with a slight postecior crest;
ochreous - whitish ; abdomen ochreous - whitish, an-
teriorly with a few dark fuscous scales. Legs whit-
ish, irrorated with dark fuscous; anterior tibiæ in
male with a tuft of hairs on posterior surface; posterior
tibie in male somewhat dilated. Forewings triangular, costa
nearly straight, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; fovea
in male large; 10 and 11 stalked, 11 anastomosing with 12;
ochreous-whitish ; costa strigulated with fuscous; a fine, fus-
cous line from one-quarter costa to one-sixth dorsum, best
marked near dorsum ; a nearly straight fuscous line from one-
third costa to one-third dorsum, followed by a broadly dif-
fused brownish shade; a dark fuscous discal dot beneath mid-
costa; a three times angulated whitish line from three-quar-
ters costa to mid-dorsum, edged with fuscous, very incom-
pletely on anterior aspect, better on posterior, above middle
of dise posterior edge is thickened, and follewed by a brown-
ish line; a dentate whitish subterminal line; pos-
terior part of disc suffused with pale brownish

°

233

and minutely but sparsely strigulated with fuscous; a ter-
minal series of dark fuscous dots; cilia whitish. Hindwings
with termen rounded; whitish; a dark fuscous median discal
dot; terminal and dorsal areas suffused with pale brownish
and strigulated with fuscous: an interrupted, dark fuscous,
terminal line; cilia whitish. Under surface ochreous-whitish,
with dark fuscous discal dots and fuscous subapical suffu-
sions.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Wynnum, near Brisbane: in August. One specimen.

Genus, PLEUROLOPHA, nov.
(Pleurolophos, side-crested.)

Face smooth. Tongue well developed. Palpi moderate,
obliquely ascending. Antenne in male simple, moderately
cilated in tufts. Thorax smooth. Abdomen with four
pairs of hair-crests, one on each side of fifth, sixth, seventh,
and eighth segments, those on sixth and seventh largest.
Fore tibie in male with a small tuft of hairs from middle of
posterior surface. Forewings in male with large fovea; vein
10 free, 11 stalked or absent. Hindwings normal.

This genus belongs to the Selidosema section of the sub-
family, and is characterised by the curious abdominal side-
crests.

PLEUROLOPHA NEBRIDOTA, n. Sp.
( Nebridotos, fawn-coloured.)

Male, 36 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen brown.
Antenne brownish; ciliations in male, 14. Legs pale ochre-
ous; anterior pair brownish. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen crenulate,
bowed, oblique: 11 absent: reddish-brown: costa strigulated
with pale fuscous; traces of an inwardly oblique line from
one-third costa to one-sixth dorsum; an interrupted, dark
fuscous line from two-thivds costa to mid-dorsum; an ill-
defined, pale, subterminal line; a terminal series of dark
fuscous dots; cilia brown. Hindwings with termen dentate,
rounded; colour and markings as forewings. Under side
without markings.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Brisbane. One specimen.

Genus, ORSONOBA.
Orsonoba, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xx., p. 218.
Hmps., Moths Ind. iu., p. 211.
Sir George Hampson makes this synonymic with Gonodon-
tas, Hb., which I should have adopted as the older name. hut
that I have some doubt as to whether it is congeneric; it is

234

certainly nearly allied. Proboloptera, Meyr. (P.L.S. N.S.W.,
1891, p. 641), is also closely allied, if really distinct.

ORSONOBA CLELIA.

Orsonoba clelia, Cram., Бар, хобу А» ны д, BBL
cclxxxviii, b. c. Hmps., Moths Ind., iii., p- 212.

Q., Gympie (Illidge). Also from Borneo, Ceylon, and
India.

ORSONOBA ZAPLUTA, n. Sp.
/ Zaploutos, rich.)

Female, 54-56 mm. Head and palpi grey, purplish-grey,
or reddish-grey ; face with a pair of lateral, whitish spots.
Antenne grey. Thorax and abdomen stout ; grey, sometimes
reddish tinged. ^ Legs grey, irrorated with dark fuscous.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight to near apex,
then strongly curved, apex rounded, termen with three shght,
subapical dentations, then sigmoid, and with a rounded pro-
jection on tornus, dorsum convex in basal and strongly con-
cave in terminal half; grey, whitish-grey, or reddish; a
fuscous line from two-fifths costa, shortly outwardly oblique,
then strongly bent inwards to one-third dorsum; a similar
line from three-quarters costa to three-quarters dorsum, pre-
ceded beneath angle by a ferruginous suffusion, which some-
times contains hyaline spots free from scales; a short ferru-
ginous shade from costa before apex, and a slight similar
shade from tornus; cilia grey or reddish. Hindwings with
costa strongly excavated in middle, short, no true apical
angle, but a strongly projecting acute angle on vein 7, ter-
men obtusely angled on veiu 4, straight above and below
angulation; colour as forewings; a small, hyaline, scale-less
spot, bordered with fuscous on end of cell: a transverse, fus-
cous, or ferruginous line just beyond discal spot, sometimes
succeeded by some hyaline spots resembling those on fore-
wing.

A variable species, but easily recognised : the hyaline discal
spot of hindwings is a good characteristic.

Type in ColL, Turner.

Q., Brisbane; in April and May. Three specimens.

ORSONOBA LUTEOLA, n. Sp.
(Luteolus, yellowish.)

Male, 37 mm. Head ochreous; face with rounded projec-
tion, with a median pair of fuscous dots, beneath which is a
brownish, transverse bar, lower edge whitish. Palpi ochre-
ous, apex fuscous. Antenne fuscous; in male bipectinated
to apex, pectinations moderately long (4). Thorax whitish,
anterior edge broadly fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous

235

with a few scattered, dark fuscous scales. Legs whitish-
ochreous, irrorated with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen
anterior edge broadly fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous,
broad, fuscous streak on costa to one-third; costa thence
strigulated with fuscous, with a larger spot at two-thirds; a
fine, inwardly oblique, dark fuscous line from beneath one-
third costa to one-quarter dorsum ; two very short, outwardly
oblique lines from mid-dorsum; a dark fuscous collection of
strigule beneath apex, in which is a subapical, white spot;
some similar strigule above tornus; cilia whitish ochreous,
near apex fuscous. Hindwings with costa nearly straight,
no true apex, an acute projecting angle on vein 7, and a
stronger angle on vein 4; termen wavy between angles, but
straight between second angle and tornus; colour as fore-
wings, but lines obsolete. Underside with three, strong,
oblique lines on forewings at about one-third, middle, and
two-thirds; two angulated lines on hindwing not reaching
dorsum.
Type in Coll, Turner.
Q., Brisbane; in September. One specimen.

ORSONOBA LEUCOPREPES, n. Sp.
(Leucoprepes, with conspicuous whiteness.)

Male, 34 mm. Head grey, mixed with white; face with a
strong, rounded, conical protuberance, grey, margins white.
Palpi grey. Antenne ochreous-whitish ; in male bipectinated
to apex, pectinations moderately long (5). Thorax grey.
Abdomen grey, with a few dark fuscous scales. Legs pale
grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex
rounded, termen bowed, oblique; grey ; costa strigulated with
dark fuscous; an interrupted fuscous line from five-sixths
costa to three-fifths dorsum; preceded by two wedge-shaped,
white blotches between veins 2 and 4, separated by vein 3,
which is narrowly grey; some suffused, dark fuscous spots on
costal half of termen; cilia grey. Hindwings with costa
straight, no true apex, a slightly prominent angle on vein 7,
and another better marked on vein 4, termen wavy between
angles, straight between second angle and tornus; colour and
markings as forewings, but with a single, rather irregular,
white bloteh towards dorsum.

The strongly projecting forehead is an exaggeration of the
less-marked prominence in /uteola and cleha.

Type in Coll, Turner.
Q., Dalby. One specimen.

236

Genus, CALLIPONA, nov.
(Callaponos, beautifully wrought.)

Face smooth, with a small, projecting tuft of hairs at lower
extremity. Tongue well developed. Palpi porrect, rather
long (22); second joint covered with densely appressed hairs;
terminal joint about one-fifth second ; down-curved, smooth-
scaled, tolerably pointed. Antenne in male bipectinated,
terminal fifth simple. Forewings in male with a small
fovea; veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with cell very
short (4).

Perhaps allied to Venographia, Warr. UR Fee
404; Hmps., Moths Ind., iii, p. 189). Тһе very short cell of
hindwings is a noteworthy characteristic.

CALLIPONA METABOLIS, n. sp.
( M etabolis, variable.)

Male, female, 32-38 mm. Head and palpi greenish or red-
dish. Antenne whitish, sometimes reddish, tinged; in male
with rather long (6), fuscous dentations. Thorax and abdo-
men greenish or reddish. Legs fuscous or reddish, with
white irroration. Forewings triangular, costa straight,
gently arched towards base and apex, apex pointed, termen
strongly bowed, slightly oblique; greenish, greenish-grey,
reddish-grey, orange-reddish, or purplish-reddish ; lines darker
and varying with ground colour; a transverse line from one-
sixth costa to one-sixth dorsum, sometimes scarcely traceable ;
a slightly curved line from mid-costa to mid-dorsum; a third
line from three-quarters costa, more strongly outwardly curv-
ed to three-quarters dorsum, sometimes obsolete; sometimes a
few generally scattered. fuscous scales: cilia concolorous.
Hindwings with costa strongly rounded, termen rounded;
colour as forewings; median and postmedian lines as fore-
wings; a more or less developed dark fuscous spot or blotch
or postmedian line near costa. Under side yellowish-green
or reddish, finely strigulated with fuscous, costal edge of
forewing white, a triangular subapical white blotch on ter-
men of forewing, also strigulated.

Very variable in colour, but otherwise constant, and easily
recognised.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Townsville; in July and August. Nine bred speci-
mens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

DEILINIA ACROCOSMA, n. sp.
( Aerocosmos, with apical ornament.)

Male, 35 mm. Head fuscous-grey. Palpi pale ochreous.
Antenne fuscous-grey ; in male with long pectinations (10),

237

apical eighth. simple. Thorax and abdomen brownish.
Legs brown-whitish ; anterior and middle pairs fuscous an-
teriorly ; anterior tibiæ in male with a tuft of long hairs from
base on posterior surface. Forewings triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; 7, 3,
9, 10 stalked, 11 free; in male without fovea; dull brownish ;
costa fuscous, with whitish irroration; three fine wavy,
slightly darker brown, transverse lines at one-quarter, before
middle, and at two-thirds; a dark fuscous discal dot beneath
mid-costa, edged with pale scales; an oval whitish apical
blotch containing some brownish scales; a terminal series of
minute dark fuscous dots: ciba brownish. Hindwings with
termen rounded ; colour as forewings: a minute, whitish, dis-
cal dot: an interrupted dentate, whitish, subterminal line;
cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island : in April. One specimen.

DEILINIA CATHARODES, n. Sp.
( Catharodes, neat-looking.) .

Female, 36 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and
abdomen, whitish-brown. Legs pale fuscous; posterior pair
whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately
arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen slightly bowed,
oblique; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 arising separately and anas-
tomosing with 12; whitish-brown, with a few scattered fus-
cous scales, in places tending to form strigule; a faintly
darker slightly curved transverse line at one-fifth; a dark
fuscous discal dot at two-fifths ; succeeded by a rather broad,
brownish line from mid-costa to mid-termen; a similar but
finer line from three-fifths costa to three-quarters termen; a
sub-terminal series of dark fuscous dots on veins; a terminal
series of dark fuscous dots between veins; cilia whitish-
brown. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded, dentate ;
colour and markings as forewings.

Recalling some of the Sterrhine in superficial appearance.

Type in Coll., Turner.

T., Hobart. One specimen.

GASTRINA CATASTICTA, n. Sp.
(Catastiktos, speckled.)

Female, 37 mm. Head white, with a median fuscous dot;
face dark fuscous, margins narrowly white. Palpi moderate
(11); white; second joint with median and subapical dark
fuscous rings. Antenne fuscous. Thorax white, spotted
with dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, with a fus-
cous spot on dorsum of cach segment; crests anteriorly white.

238

Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, termen bowed, slightly oblique; 10 arising from
cell, connected with 8 and 9, beyond 7, 11 free; white,
speckled with dark fuscous: veins partly slenderly outlined
with ochreous; markings dark fuscous: a transverse basal
line; a dentate line from one-fifth costa to one-quarter dor-
sum, thickened on costa; a somewhat dentate line from costa
before middle to mid-dorsum ; a short, linear, transverse dis-
cal spot just beyond this; a broad, subterminal line broadly
interrupted in disc; a submarginal spot above middle; a ter-
minal series of blackish wedge-shaped spots ; cilia white, inter-
rupted by fuscous opposite veins. Hindwings with termen
rounded; grey, paler towards base; two white lines from
tornus, lost in disc; cilia as forewings.

Differing from the type species slightly in neuration, but
agreeing in other respects.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Mount Tambourine; in November. One specimen.
There is another from the same locality in Coll., Z//idge.

Genus, CRYPTOSCOPA, nov.
(Cryptoscopos, hidden, inconspicuous.)

Face flat. Tongue well developed. Palpi short, not pro-
jecting beyond frons; second joint densely rough scaled, ter-

minal joint concealed. Antenne in male simple, with ex-
tremely short ciliations (}). Thorax with a slight posterior
crest. Posterior tibia of male somewhat dilated, with a

tuft of hairs from inner side of base, middle spurs well de-
veloped, terminal spurs very short. Forewings in male with
a large, oval, shallow fovea near base; 10 and 11 stalked, 10
anastomosing with 9. Hindwings normal.

CRYPTOSCOPA APREPES, n. Sp.
(Aprepes, unadorned, inconspicuous.)

Male, female, 22-28 mm. Head, palpi, antennæ, thorax,
and abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated,
and tarsi annulated with whitish. ^ Forewings triangular;
costa straight, slightly arched towards apex, apex rounded,
termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; dark fuscous; two
fine, transverse, slightly outwardly curved, blackish lines,
first from one-third costa to one-third dorsum, second from
beyond mid-costa to beyond mid-dorsum; cilia fuscous.
Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous, towards base
paler ; a darker transverse line from tornus nearly to costa;
cilia fuscous.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Geraldton; in May. Q., Brisbane; in February.
Three specimens.

239

Family, LASIOCAMPIDÆ.

‚The following five genera, which are closely allied, may be
distinguished as follows : —
A. Forewings with 6, 7, and 8 stalked.
Pinara, Wlk. liii., p. 761. Туре, cana, Wik.
AA. Forewings with 8 separate.
B. Palpi long, over 3 times breadth of eye.
C. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked.
Entometa, Wlk., iv. p. 972. Type, marginata, Wlk.
CC. Hindwings with 4 and 5 separate.
Opsirhina, WIk., vi., p. 1418. Туре, albigutta, Wik.
BB. Palpi moderate, not more than twice the breadth of eye.
C. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked.
Symphyta, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 187. Type,
psaropis, 'Turn.
CC. Hindwings with 4 and 5 separate.
Clathe, Wlk., v., p. 994. "Type, avida, Wlk.

In all these genera vein 7 of the hindwings arises from
near the base of cell, and almost immediately anastomoses
very shortly with vein 8; in this they differ from the genera,
of which Odonestis, Germar, is a representative.

ENTOMETA SPODOPA, n. Sp.
( Spodopos, ashen.)

Male, 40 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, antenne, abdomen,
and legs whitish-grey, slightly ochreous tinged. Forewings
triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen
strongly bowed, scarcely oblique; whitish-grey, slightly ochre-
ous tinged; markings pale fuscous; a discal dot before
middle; a fine, slightly dentate line from two-thirds costa to
mid-dorsum ; a less distinct but broader and interrupted line
from apex to before tornus; cilia pale fuscous, slightly red-
dish tinged. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded ; vein
3 connate or short stalked; pale grey, slightly darker than
forewings ; cilia whitish-grey.

Type in Coll., Turner.

Q., Brisbane; in May. Two specimens.

ENTOMETA PLINTHOPA.
(Plinthopos, brick-coloured.)

Male, 36 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, antenne, abdomen,
and legs pale reddish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa
Straight, gently arched towards apex, apex rounded, termen
straight, scarcely oblique; pale reddish-ochreous: markings
fuscous ; a line from one-quarter costa to one-quarter dorsum ;
a discal dot at one-third; a faintly marked line from mid-
costa, at first outwardly curved, then strongly inwardly
oblique to one-third dorsum; a line from apex to dorsum at
two-thirds; cilia [denuded]. Hindwings with termen
strongly rounded ; vein 3 stalked ; pale reddish ; a fuscous suf-
fusion on costa ; cilia pale reddish.

Type in Coll, Turner.
N.Q., Townsville; in July. One Specimen received from
MILE BY Dodd:
Genus, OPSIRHINA.

Opsirhina, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. vi., p. 1418.

As fervens, the first species placed by Walker in this genus,
belongs to the previously characterised Entometa, I hereby
constitute a/bigutta the type.

OPSIRHINA ALbIGUTTA.

Opsirhina albigutta, Wik., Brit. Mus. Cat. Vi pale os

T., Hobart. One fine, bred specimen received from Mr. A.
M. Lea.

SYMPHYTA CYCLOMELA.

Opsirhina eyclomela, Low., TIBUS. 87/:,^19083 pt 183.

N.Q., Townsville. I have received a fine, bred pair from
Mr. F. P. Dodd, who has found the larvæ feeding on Lucalyp-
tus, Careya, and other trees.

Family, LIMACODIDA.

Owing to a mistake of the printer's in mixing the proof
Sheets, this family has been mixed with the Xyloryctide in
my former paper (Tr. R.S.S.A., 1902). "These families are so
distinct that any real confusion can hardly arise, but the
reader may prevent any such possibility by adding the family
heading Xyloryctidæ before Cryptophasa eucephala, on p-
193, and Limacodidæ before Thosea penthima, on p. 206.

The following is a tabulation of the Australian genera : —
A. Hindwings with 8 approximated closely

to basal half of cell Р TA
AA. Hindwings with 8 not closely approxi-
mated to cell as far as middle

B. Forewings with 10 absent ал +++ Apodecta, Turn.

BB. Forewings with 10 present

C. Forewings with 7 separate >

D. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked... Birthama, Wik,

Doratifera, Westw.

DD. Forewings with 10 separate ... Natada, Wik.
CC. Forewings with 7 stalked with 8
and 9 43 Momopola, Meyr.

D. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked Tetraphleps, Hmps.
DD. Forewings with 10 separate
E. Posterior tibie with terminal
Spurs only .... ae = åt
EE. Posterior tibiæ with two pairs
of spurs
F. Palpi moderate
б. Antenne of male pectinated

Parasa, Moore.

to apex ... he a +++ [hosea, Wik.
GG. Antennæ of male simple or
serrate towards apex ... Susica, Wik.

FF. Palpi very long JR -- Hlassoptila, Turn.

241

DORATIFERA UNICOLOR.

Doratifera unicolora (recte unicolor), Swin., A.M.N.H.
(7), ix., p. 418 (June, 1902).

Doratifera stenora, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, р. 189:

I think these must be synonymous, though Col. Swinhoe
does not mention the pale, apical streak on forewing, and the
legs in my examples are brown, not red. His name has seve-
ral months' priority.

Q., Rockhampton. N.W.A., Roeburne (Swinhoe).

BIRTHAMA PLAGIOSCIA.
( Plagioscios, obliquely shaped.)
Birthama plagioscia, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 190.
Doratiphora aspidophora, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 218.

BIRTHAMA LEUCOSTICTA, n. Sp.
(Leucostictos, with white spots.)

Male, 22 mm. Head and palpi brown-whitish. Antennæ
ochreous-whitish; in male basal. two-fifths, with very long
pectinations, apical three-fifths simple. Thorax and abdo-
men brown. Legs brown, tarsi annulated with white; pos-
terior tibiæ with two pairs of spurs. Forewings triangular,
costa straight, apex [broken], termen long, rounded, oblique ;
brown, with fuscous-brown irroration; a minute snow-white
median discal dot; indications of a sigmoid, median, fuscous-
brown line: a fuscous-brown subterminal line; cilia [worn].
Hindwings with termen rounded : greyish-brown.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.Q., Thursday Island. One specimen.

BIRTHAMA DOCHMOGRAPHA, n. Sp.
(Dochmographos, obliquely marked.)

Female, 30 m. Head reddish-brown, mixed with whitish.
Palpi brown, mixed with whitish on upper surface. Antennæ
grey. Thorax brown, anteriorly reddish-brown. Abdomen
fuscous-brown. Legs brown; tarsi with obscure, whitish
annulations. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous-brown; a tri-
angular patch of dark fuscous and reddish-brown scales on
base of dorsum ; bounded externally by a fine white line from
one-quarter dorsum, slightly angled in mid-disc, and con-
tinued nearly to three-quarters costa; from angle this gives
off a white line along vein 5 to termen; veins З and 4 partly
outlined with white: a dark, fuscous-reddish shade from
costa, near apex, to vein 5; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with
termen rounded; fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Mulgrave River, near Cairns. One specimen.

Р

242

NATADA MONOMORPHA, n. Sp.
( Monomorphos, uniform.)

Female, 40 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale
ochreous. Antenne whitish-ochreous. Legs brown, tarsi
annulated with whitish, coxe and femora pale ochreous.
Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, ter-
men rounded, scarcely oblique; uniform pale ochreous; a
slightly darker median discal dot; cilia pale ochreous with a
brown median line. Hindwings with termen rounded;
brownish, towards costa passing into pale ochreous; cilia pale
ochreous, with a brownish line towards tornus.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.Q., Townsville; in February. One specimen bred by
Mr. F. P. Dodd, who describes the larva as yellow, oval, with
four rows of tufts of bristles.

PARASA LOXOLEUCA, n. sp.
( Lozoleucos, obliquely white.)

Female. 36 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen
brownish. ^ Antenne whitish-ochreous. Legs brownish-
ochreous. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa

gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ;
fuscous-brown ; a broad, oblique, white fascia from beyond
middle of costa to before middle of dorsum, its margins
irregularly dentate; a dark fuscous suffusion in mid-disc fol-
lows this; a white terminal band, sharply dentate anteriorly
along veins, and containing a wavy, fuscous, subterminal
line; cilia [worn]. Hindwings with termen rounded; pale
brownish-fuscous ; cilia concolorous.

The type in Coll, Turner, is in poor condition.

N.Q., Townsville; in January. One specimen received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

PARASA LOXOGRAMMA.
Parasa lozogramma, rect. loxogramma, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A.,
T9027 DP 951
PARASA BRACHYOPA.
Doratiphora brachyopa, Low., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1897, p. 10.

THOSEA LIOSARCA.
Doratiphora ? liosarca, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 217.
The female antennæ are not pectinated.
N.Q., Thursday Island.

THOSEA BOMBYCOIDES.
Lethocephala bombycoides, Feld., Reise Nov., pl. Ixxxiii.,
i. 14.
Thosea erecta, Swin., A.M.N.H. (7), 1x., p. 418 (June,
1902).

243

Doratiphora amphibrota, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 216.
I have received a female example from Col. Swinhoe, which
I believe corresponds to Felder's figure and Lower's descrip-
tion.
SUSICA ALPHAEA.

Bombyx alphaea, Fab., Syst. Ent. iii., part i., p. 445.
Eloasa calida, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii., p. 494.
Lethocephala eremospila, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 218,
Q., Brisbane.

SUSICA MILTOCOSMA,

Susica miltocosma, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 191.
Momopola cosmocalla, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1902, p. 220.

Family, ZYGAENIDÆ.
Genus, Номорнүготіѕ, nov.
( Homophulos, of the same stock.)

Face smooth, rounded, somewhat projecting. Palpi mode-
rate, slender, porrect. Antenne in male with very long
pectinations, apical sixth simple; in female thickened
except near base and apex. Posterior tibiæ without middle
spurs. Forewings with all veins present; 2 from near angle,
7 and 8 stalked. Hindwings with all veins present; 3 and 4
stalked, 6 and 7 separate, 8 connected by a bar with cell
about middle.

No doubt a development of Procris, from which it differs
in the stalking of 7 and 8 of forewings.

HowoPHYLOTIS THYRIDOTA, n. sp.
( Thyridotos, having a window, in allusion to hindwings.)

Male, female, 12-14 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous,
with a dull purple sheen; face pale fuscous. Palpi whitish-
ochreous. Antenne dark fuscous with a white subapical
ring; pectinations in male very long, outer row twice as long
as inner. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous;
tibie and tarsi barred above with fuscous. Forewings elon-
gate-triangular, costa at first straight, rather strongly arched
towards apex, apex rounded, termen straight, oblique; dark
fuscous, with a dull purple sheen; cilia whitish, bases dark
fuscous. Hindwings with termen nearly straight; dark fus-
cous; an oval central translucent area, almost devoid of
scales except on veins; cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll, Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda; in February and March. Four specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

244

Family, TINEIDÆ.
Sub-Family, XYLORYCTINÆ.
CRYPTOPHASA ALPHITODES, n. Sp.
( Alphitodes, floury.)
Male, 35 mm.; female, 47 mm. Head and palpi whitish.
Antenne whitish ; pectinations in male moderate (5). Thorax
whitish, irrorated with grey. Abdomen whitish-ochreous.
Legs fuscous, irrorated with whitish-ochreous ; posterior pair
mostly whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa
gently arched, more strongly in female; vein 2 from two-
thirds; whitish, irrorated with grey; an oblique fuscous bar
from base of costa to fold; an oblique oval median discal
spot outlined with fuscous scales, centre whitish-ochreous ; a
few fuscous scales in disc at one-third before this; cilia whit-
ish, on costa barred with fuscous. Hindwings whitish-ochre-
ous ; cilia whitish.
Type in Coll., Turner.
N.Q., Thursday Island. Two specimens.

CRYPTOPHASA THEMERODES, n. Sp.
( Themerodes, grave, sombre.)

Female, 35 mm. Head fuscous, mixed with whitish ; face
white. Palpi whitish. Antenne fuscous. Thorax fuscous,
mixed with whitish. Abdomen grey, apices of segments whit-
ish, preceded by ferruginous. Legs whitish, with fuscous
irroration. | Forewings elongate-triangular, costa rather
strongly arched in female; vein 2 from three-quarters; whit-
ish, intimately mixed with grey, and with some dark fuscous
scales; discal dots scantily represented by dark fuscous
scales, first at one-third, second beyond middle, third on fold
obliquely beyond first; several dark fuscous dots near ter-
men: cilia grey. Hindwings whitish, towards termen suffused
with pale fuscous; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line near
bases.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island ; in November. One specimen.

XYLORYCTA CIRRHODES, n. Sp.

(Cirrhodes, yellowish, tawny.)

Female, 32 mm. Head brownish-ochreous; face paler.
Palpi ochreous-whitish, mixed with fuscous. Antenne pale
fuscous. Thorax brown. Abdomen pale ochreous; with five
transverse ferruginous bars. Legs ochreous; anterior and
middle pairs somewhat infuscated. ^ Forewings elongate-ob-
long, costa rather strongly arched in female ; whitish-ochreous
irrorated with grey : three brownish-ochreous median blotches,
first at base, second before, and third after middle; a well-

245

marked, whitish-ochreous line from two-thirds costa obliquely
outwards, bent in disc, forming a rounded elbow, and ending
in three-quarters dorsum ; terminal part of dise suffused with
brownish-ochreous; cilia pale ochreous. Hindwings and cilia
ochreous.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Goodna, near Brisbane; in October. One specimen.

LICHENAULA CALLISPORA, n. Sp.
( Callisporos, prettily spotted.)

Male, female, 12-20 mm. Head white. Palpi white;
second joint with a basal, third joint with а basal
and apical blackish ring. Antenne blackish: in

female white, annulated with blackish; ciliations
in male short (3). Thorax white, with variable blackish
spots. Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish; anterior and middle
pairs annulated with blackish. Forewings narrow-elongate,
costa nearly straight; white, with blackish spots; a row of
two or three spots close to base; two to four spots on costa; a
variable number of spots in disc and on dorsum; these may
be partly confluent with each other and with costal spots; a
terminal series of spots; cilia white, with a blackish bar at
apex. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish grey; cilia
whitish.

Type in Coll, Turner.

V., Birchip. Three specimens, received from Mr. D.
Goudie.

PROCOMETIS APLEGIOPA, n. Sp.
(Aplegios, plain, simple.)

Male, female, 15-19 mm. Head ochreous. Palpi with
terminal joint two-thirds second; pale fuscous, internal sur-
face whitish. Antenne fuscous. Thorax pale ochreous, with
a large, central, fuscous suffusion. Abdomen ochreous-whit-
ish or grey. Legs pale fuscous; posterior pair, except tarsi,
ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex acute, termen very oblique; pale ochreous, sometimes
suffused with fuscous, especially towards dorsum; cilia con-
colorous. Hindwings with termen sigmoid; grey; cilia grey.

Type in Coll, Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island; in January. Three specimens.

Family, HEPIALIDZE.
Genus, FRAUS.
Fraiis, Wik., Brit. Mus. Cat. vii, p. 1564.
Hectomanes, Meyr., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1889, p. 1125.
Without denying the probability of Mr. Meyrick's explana-
tion of the origin of this name, I think it is best to treat it
as one of Walker's nonsense-names.

246

FRAUS CROCEA.

Hectomanes crocea, Luc., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1891, p. 283.

The female has the forewings proportionately narrower
than in the male, and of a pale brownish colour, the hind-
wings being grey-whitish. Dr. Lucas has described a variety
of the male as female.

Q., Brisbane, Toowoomba; in March, April, and May.
N.S.W., Sydney.

FRAUS SIMULANS.

Fraüs simulans, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. vii., p. 1564.

Hectomanes simulans, Meyr., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1889, p. 1126.
Male, nec., female.

Hectomanes fusca, Luc., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1891, p. 283.

Female specimens received from Mr. G. Lyell have the
forewings uniformly fuscous without any trace of a white
streak.

I have not seen Dr. Lucas's type, but do not think it is
likely to be distinct.

V., Moe, Gisborne. T., Hobart.

FRAUS BILINEATA.

Fraüs bilineata, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii, p. 595.

I think Mr. Meyrick has been mistaken in describing this
as the female of the preceding species І have male examples
with markings exactly similar to the female.

V., Melbourne. W.A., Coolgardie.

HEPIALUS SPLENDENS.

Charagia splendens, Scott, Tr.E.S.N.S.W., ii., p. 3l.
Q., Brisbane. N.S.W., Sydney.

HEPIALUS SCOTTI.

Charagia scotti, Scott, Tr.E.S.N.S.W., ii., p. 34.

Hepialus daphnandre, Luc., P.L.S.N.S.W., 1891, p. 284.

N.Q. (Dodd). Q., Nambour, Brisbane, Mount Tam-
bourine. N.S.W., Richmond River.

HEPIALUS RAMSAYI.
Charagia ramsayi, Scott, Tr.E.S.N.S.W., ii., p. 32. :
Q., Nambour, Brisbane, Mount Tambourine. N.S.W.,
Newcastle.
HEPIALUS EXIMIUS.
Charagia erimia, Scott, Tr.E.S.N.S.W., ii., p. 35.
Q., Nambour, Mount Tambourine. N.S.W., Newcastle.

247

HEPIALUS MIRABILIS.
Charagia mirabilis, Roths.
N.Q. I have received a fine pair of this truly magnificent
species from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

HEPIALUS CYANOCHLORUS.

Hepialus thermistis, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1894, p. 77 (var.
female).

Hepialus eyanochlora, Low., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1894, р. 77.

The male resembles 7. eximia, male, but has the base of
abdomen and of hindwings reddish. The female is normally
bright grass green, and similarly marked to /7. scotti, female,
but has the hindwings uniformly red.

Var. female thermistis. Differs from the typical form only
in the ground colour of the forewings being brown.

N.Q., Townsville (Dodd), Mackay.

PIELUS APHENGES, n. Sp.
. fAphenges, dark, gloomy.)

Female, 64 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs
fuscous. Antenne ochreous-fuscous. Forewings elongate-
oval, costa straight, towards apex slightly arched, apex round-
ed, termen and dorsum continuously rounded: fuscous, with
numerous whitish lunules aud short streaks; cilia fuscous.
Hindwings and cilia grey.

Type in Coll., Turner.

N.S.W., Sydney. One specimen received from Mr. G. R.
Waterhouse.

TRICTENA LABYRINTHICA.

Cossus labyrinthicus, Don., Ins. N. Holl.

Q., Brisbane. N.S.W., Sydnoy. T., Mount Wellington.
W.A., Cooigardie.

NOTE ON TERTIARY EXPOSURES IN THE HAPPY VALLEY
DISTRICT, WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

OF SEPTIFER.

By HERBERT BASEDOW.
[Read October 4, 1904.]

PLATES XXXV. AND XXXVI.

The district which forms the subject of the present note
is situated about eight miles south of Adelaide, adjacent to
the main South Road and the Happy Valley Reservoir. Mr.
H. Y. L. Brown, the Government Geologist, has outlined the
geological features of the district, and the late Professor
Ralph Tate placed in the Geological Museum of the South
Australian School of Mines a number of tertiary fossils
which were obtained during the construction of the Happy
Valley Reservoir. The names of these species appear in the
catalogue of tertiary fossils in the Museum of the School
of Mines, compiled by Mr. G. B. Pritchard, and published
in the Annual Report for 1891. The bed-rock—within a
valley of which the tertiary beds were deposited— consists of
coarse, arenaceous, more or less decomposed, clay slates, in
parts spangled with tiny flakes of mica (secondary). The
beds vary in colour through yellow, brown, blue, and choco-
late, and are highly ferruginous.

TERTIARY.— Focene. The deposits of this age are chiefly
exposed in cuttings, and vary from a compact, greenish,
chaleedonised sandstone, with fossils wholly converted into
chaleedony, through a more friable, decomposed, white,
"chalky" matrix (also fossiliferous), to a glauconitic, iron-
shot sandstone, with casts and impressions of shells preserve:
in glauconite and limonite. A complete pseudomorphous re-
placement of the molecules of the original caleium-carbonate
by chalcedony, glauconite, and limonite is thus exemplified
in one and the same bed. 'The most inland exposure known
in this district was passed through during the excavation of
the contour-channel around the Happy Valley Reservoir,
which intercepts the surface drainage. Fossils found at this
spot are mostly pseudomorphs in chalcedony, the specific
identifications of which are in many cases quite impossible

249

The following are the most characteristic species ob-
‚ served: —

Nautilus sp. (as at Aldinga) Leda sp.

Voluta sp. Lucina sp.

Fusus simulans, Tate (?) Cardium moniletectum, Tate
Turritella aldinge, Tate Chione multitaeniata, Tate
Trivia sp. C. sp.

Magellania pectoralis, Tate
P. flindersi, Tate Schizaster abductus, Tate
P. hochstetterr, Zittel Macropneustes decipens,
Modiola sp. Tate

Ресет .eyrer, Tate

This chalcedonic deposit weathers to a more or less pew-
dery, whitish mass. A similar deposit occurs in a well
section and on ploughed land on a property situated
about a quarter-mile from the main road in Maclaren Vale.
In this locality Turritella aldingæ is a conspicuous form.

In an excavation on the Vale Royal Vineyards a bei of
richly fossiliferous, glauconitic sandstone was passed through,
and it is capped by a hard band of ironstone cement. The
height of the tertiary beds at the Vale Royal Cellars is,
roughly, 450 feet above low-water mark at the present day.
South of Aldinga the beds, which are unmistakably identical
and continuous with the Ilappy Valley exposures, are at
water-level. The question arises whether this difference in
altitude can be attributed to the gradual upheaval of the
beds, or to a fault : but the former assumption appears the
more likely. The fossils which I gathered at this excavation
are in a better condition than in either of the former in-
stances, and appear principally as pseudomorphs in glau-
conite and limonite. The species are: —

Turritella aldinge, Tate Protocardium hemimeris,

Calyptraea placuna, Tate

Lima bass, Т. Wds.

Limatula jeffreysiana, Tate

Pecten eyret, Tate

Ea SP.

P. flindersi, Tate

Septifer subfenestratus, sp.
nov.

Cardita latissima, Tate

Cardium victoria, Tate

Chione cainozoica, Т. Was,

Tate
Tellina, sp.
Myadora, Sp.
Humphreyia teredina, Tate
Magellania pectoralis, Tate
M. insolita, Tate
M. tateana, Tate
Magasella, sp.
Dentalium subfissura, Tate
Amphihelia striata, Т. Wds.

Miocene.— Under this heading I have classed ап ex-
tensive sandstone formation, which, to all appearances, con-
formably overlies the true Eocene. Its physical features are

50

recognisable — even where denudation has covered it with
Eh and sand—by level, disconnected tracts of land ending

abruptly on one or more sides in a scarped face and a talus `
auge abutting against the base. Characteristic vegetation
growing on the surface of the formation is Banksia and
Casuarina. The sandstone, composed essentially of rounded
to subangular grains and pebbles of quartz, varying in size
from submicroscopic dimensions to one or two inches in
diameter, is cemented by protoxide of iron. A local leaching
out and reprecipitation of the iron oxide has produced
masses consisting of uncemented sand-grains (the so-called
"quicksands" of the quarrymen) in the one case; and 4
variegated aspect of the rock in the other. In certain parts
of the country large surface deposits of loose sand have thus
been produced from the sandstone. Small accessory crystals
of fluorite and "pockets" of glauconite are distributed through
the rock. The formation shows no definite planes of stratifi-
sation, but here and there a distinct “current” or “false
bedding" is visible. Fossils have so far been found only at
one spot in the upper sandstone: at a point some hundred
yards west of the reservoir, in the exit channel of the by-
wash ; but they are too imperfect for specific or even generic
determination. In the upper zone of the sandstone, however,
occur hard, siliceous, cylindrical masses, having the appear-
auce of fossilised roots and stems of plants. If such, an
exact determination might have thrown some light upon the
somewhat doubtful age of the sandstone. Professor H. Gra*
zu Solms-Laubach kindly undertook the determination of
the "roots" for me. After preparing the necessary micro-
sections, the Professor came to the following conclusion,
which I give in his own words: — Die cylindrischen Exem-
piare scheinen aus verschiedenen zusammengebackenen Wnr-
zeln oder Stengeln nach Art von Japorta's Schizocaulon zu
bestehen. Da sie indessen gar keine Strustur bieten, so kann
ich leider nicht einmal sicher sagen ob sie pflanzlichen Ur-
sprungs sind. Für die Bestimmung der Formation aus der
sie stammen geben allerdings diese Fossilreste gar keinen
Anhalt. " In a subsequent note he continues:

"wenn es aber dergleichen (Schizocaulon) sein sollte; so kann
es immerhin ebensogut aus miocenen oder eocenen Abla-
gerungen stammen." :

From these statements it 1s clear that no definite results
сап be drawn from the examination of the “roots.” In the
first place, it is still doubtful whether they are of vegetable
origin; secondly, the generic identification is uncertain ; and
lastly, if the identification be correct, there remains the
choice between Eocene and Miocene for the age of the for-
mation, as Schizocaulon may occur in either epoch.

251

The presence of large quantities of glauconite is of in-
terest. Appearing, as it does, as "pockets" of over a foot
in thickness, it would, at first sight, suggest a contempor-
aneous deposition with the sandstone. Deposits of glau-
conite are at the present day usually found at depths of from
700 to 800 fathoms.* The fact, moreover, that the fossi!
casts of shells are pseudomorphs in glauconite further in-
dicates a transportation and infiltratory redistribution of the
mineral, probably in a state of suspension in percolating
water as an exceedingly fine powder, capable of passing with
the water through the smallest cracks and crevices of tle
rock.

The occurrence of subangular, or even angular, pebbles
in the sandstone has been alluded to. This fact, taken ın
conjunction with the abundant drift bedding and signs of
contemporaneous erosion, strongly suggests action by an
irregular agent. The entire absence (or practically so) of
fossils in the upper portions of the sandstone, a formation
which appears conformable with the true Eocene below.
points to a marked change in the sequence of events which
produced a change ın the sedimentary deposits.

Recent.—Alluvium, sand, and black soil occupy the greater
portion of the low-lying areas and depressions. The varying
character of the fertile loams filling the valleys has sug-
gested a lacustrine origin.t On the calcareous soils a deposit
of nodular and earthy travertine occurs, which has been pro-
duced by lateral secretion from the metamorphic limestones
on the west.

SEPTIFER SUBEENESTRATUS, Sp. nov.

Shell inequilateral triangular, fairly
convex; umbo strongly curved and mar-
ginal; dorsal line flat-convex ; ventral mar-
gin straight or slightly inwardly indented.
Ornamented with stout, longitudinal,
angulated ribs, sometimes appearing bifurcated without
being confluent, straight in centre, curved dorsally, the
median ribs the thickest; also with finer concentric lines,
occupying the interspaces and not traversing the ribs; few
conspicuous folds of growth.

* Murray: Rep. Challenger Expedition and Proc. Roy. Soc.
(London), vol. xxiv.

t Since the completion of the Happy Valley Reservoir a slight
eakage of water southwards has been the means of destroying the
vegetation along the course of its flow. The erystallisation of salt
at the surface along this course is noteworthy.

Interior unknown.
Dimensions.—Length, 4.4; breadth, 2 mm.
Locality.—-Vale Royal Vineyards, Happy Valley.
Horizon.—Eocene: Glauconitie sandstone.
Remarks.—The description has been made from a pseudo-
morphous cast in glauconite.
The species comes near to S. fenestratus, Tate; but differs
from it by being a more stumpy shell, less acute anteriorly,
and having a more rotund marginal outline posteriorly.
The angle between the margin of the post-dorsal area and
the dorsal line is less defined, and the ventral margin less |
curved. The ribs are stronger and fewer in number. |
I have had opportunity of showing the specimen to the
late Professor Tate and Mr. J. Dennant, who agreed with
me in its specific variation.

253

THE GEOLOGY OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES.
PART l.— THE COASTAL DISTRICT.

By Warrer Howcury, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Palæontology in the University of Adelaide.

[Read September 6, 1904.]
PLATES XXXVII. то XLIV.

CONTENTS,

PAGE
I. Introduction _.... 64 på ". 56 253
II. Order of Suecession— 259
(A) Purple Slates... Fi T vi 260

(B) Brighton Limestones and Siliceo-Calcareous
Series di Er ІП 262
(C) Tapley's Hill Clay Slates .. a 8 264
III. The Field River Section ... AR 265
IV. The Onkaparinga Section 3 qe 27; 269
V. Southern Extension of the Calcareous Series (В) ... 278

I. INTRODUCTION.

The geological age and successional order of the rocks of
the Mount Lofty Ranges have given rise to much discussion.
The earliest observers, such as Jukes, Burr, Selwyn, and
Others, were content to use some general terms for their
designation, such as "primitive schists,” “primary,” or “lower
palzeozoie," without risking any definite determination.

Mr. A. R. C. Selwyn (at that time Government Geologist
of Victoria) in 1859 made an eight weeks' geological tour
of the country, extending from Cape Jervis to Mount Serle.
In his official report to the South Australian Government,
Selwyn refers the palæozoic rocks met with in his journey to
three divisions, which he named respectively (a) first
stage: (4) second stage; and (с) third stage. These he re-
garded as probably distinct and unconformable, and with
Some hesitation classed them as Cambrian and Silurian, or
possibly going as high in the series as Devonian.

Taking these three series in descending order, Selwyn
defines their occurrence as follows: —

"First.—Those beds which occupy, in great anticlinal and
Synclinal undulations, the whole of the country north to
Mount Serle, from a line drawn from the head of the Will-
ochra north-easterly to the head of the Siccus River, consist-
ing of: —1. The upper quartzose sandstone and quartz rock
Series; which, commencing with the summit of Mount Re-
markable, extends through all the peculiar flat-topped and
tent-shaped hills west of Port Augusta, and forms generally

254

the summits of all the higher peaks and ranges, as far north
as Mount Serle, including the singular and picturesque Pound
Ranges at Wilpena and Warraweena. 2. The hard, fine-
grained, and micaceous green, grey, and purple slate, sand-
stone, and flag series. 3. The siliceo-calcareous series, or the
Angorigina, Appealina, and Oratunga limestones. The dark
blue, fine-grained arenaceous flags and sandstones of Appeal-
ina.

“Second.—The beds that occupy the whole of the country
south from the above-mentioned line to Cape Jervis, consist-
ing.chiefly of slates, shales, and sandstones of various tex-
tures and colours with intercalated bands of gneissose, euritic,
and micaceous schists, bands of quartz rock, and crystalline
limestone, associated in certain localities, from the Gawler
River south to Cape Jervis and Port Elliot, with eruptive
granitic and hornblendic rocks.

“Third.—A series of beds, certainly the lowest in geologi-
cal position in the whole of the central chain, but occupying
a comparatively small area, chiefly confined to the watershed
of the Onkaparinga. On these the only profitable goldfield
hitherto discovered in South Australia is situated, and it is,
I think, along the axis of these lower beds only that any im-
portant extension of the already known auriferous area can
be expected." *

Selwyn was in error by referring his three main divisions
to different geological ages, and as being unconformable with
each other; and, at times, errs in fixing the geological hori-
zon of the beds that he describes, but the order of succession
laid down by this experienced field geologist is the correct
one. He clearly shows ihat the purple slates, with their
associated quartzites and caleareous beds, occupy the highest
position in the series, and that the beds have a descending
order as they outcrop to the eastward. With great discern-
ment he forecasts the possibility of an error in his conclusions,
and says: — “It is just possible that no such natural divisions
exist in the rocks of the South Australian chain as are here
sketched out, and that the difference in general mineral and
lithological charaeters, observed between the northern and
southern rocks, is entirely due to the metamorphic influence
of the granitic axis that, at Cape Jervis, extends in a north-
easterly direction, showing itself at intervals on the surface
to Angaston, and then seems to break through the chain and
continue its course to the north-east, passing under the great
tertiary flats of the Murray basin; and, in all probability,
again re-appearing in the Barrier or Stanley Ranges.” f

* “Geological Notes.” by A. Е. C. Selwyn. Parl. Paper (No.
20), 1860, p. 14.
t Op. cit., p. 14.

255

Thirteen years later (1872, George H. F. Ulrich, late
Senior Field Geologist to the Geological Survey of Victoria,
reported to the South Australian Government on “the
mineral resources of the country lying within 250 miles north
of Port Augusta."* This author does not discuss the geo-
logy of the Mount Lofty Ranges in detail, but he corrects
Selwyn's observations in one particular. He states: —“I
agree with Mr. Selwyn, for the same reasons he advanced,
in unhesitatingly assigning them (the rocks) to one of the
older epochs of the palæozoie period—the Lower Silurian being
perhaps the most likely one. Owing, probably, to my rapid
mode of travelling, I was not able, however, to recognise the
features upon which Mr. Selwyn based their subdivision into
older and newer; for throughout the country traversed, from
the Burra northward, Isaw no evidence of any unconformity
in the strata (the unconformable limestone patch noticed at
the Sliding Rock Mine being, no doubt, much more recent) ;
they seemed to me to represent one and the same grand
series, only in places more or less metamorphosed by contact
with intrusive rocks, as at Yudanamutana, near Mount
Emily, Mount Plantagenet, and, perhaps, in a number of
other localities.

Little further attention was given to the geological сһагас-
teristies of the fundamental rocks of South Australia until
the late Professor Ralph Tate entered upon his duties as Pro-
fessor of Natural Science in the Adelaide University in
1876. In the following year Tate delivered a series of ten
lectures under the auspices of the University on “The Ancient
Physical Geography and Geology of South Australia." In the
succeeding year (1878) he placed his views on permanent
record by a fuller exposition of his conclusions on the geologi-
cal outlines of the colony in a Presidential address, + delivered
before the Philosophical Society of Adelaide. In his scheme
Tate divided the older rocks into two main divisions, viz.:—
(a) Pre-Silurian, and (b) Lower Silurian. He was led to
these determinations mainiy by the discovery made, shortly
before, by Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, of a fossiliferous limestone of
paleozvic age at Ardrossan, Y.P. Tenison Woods? had pre-
viously advocated. the Silurian age of the Mount Lofty
Ranges, in reply to whom Tate said: —§ “Recent discoveries,
which have been communicated to this Society by Mr. Tep-
per, necessitate their relegation to a much more ancient

* “Mineral Resources North of Port Augusta." Parl. Paper,
(NGHGS), 18792 р. 15:
+ Trans. and Proc. of Phil. Soc. of Adelaide, vol. ii., 1878-9,
р. xxxixi
t "Geological Observations in South Australia," pp. 20, 21.
S res, Ad. Op. ot, p. xlv.

256

epoch. The chief facts are that in the neighbourhood of
Ardrossan a lower series of metamorphic slates and lime-
stones is covered unconformably by fossiliferous limestones of
the Lower Silurian epoch ; and, though the lower series, un-
derlying the fossiliferous limestones and associated strata
about Ardrossan, cannot be brought into direct relationship
with the fundamental rocks on this side of St. Vincent Gulf,
yet their mineral character and sequence place them in
accord; and the same may be said of the rocks constituting
the high lands on Eyre's Peninsula. In this quotation
Tate co-ordinates the Mount Lofty beds with the basal beds
at Ardrossan, which at the time he classed as pre-Silurian,
and later as Archean; the grounds of their assumed identity
being based chiefly on their supposed lithological resemblance.

Tate also differed from Burr, Selwyn, and Ulrich in his
view of the order of succession shown by the Mount Lofty
beds. The earlier observers mentioned believed that the
beds passed from newer to older in their eastward extension,
whilst Tate interpreted them in the reverse order. In the
address already quoted he says: —* "The strata composing the
principal range of South Australia have a general dip to the
south-east, and show a succession of clay slate, with quartzite
bands, crystalline limestones, mica slate, and other de-
cidedly metamorphic rocks, and granite. It is remarkable
that the appareutly less metamorphosed strata occupy the
lowest position, whilst the uppermost stratum is gneiss, un-
less we regard the granite, which follows next, in the light
of the extreme of alteration of which the gneiss is an earlier
phase. That the highly metamorphic rocks do not form the
axis of the Adelaide chain is beyond dispute, and in various
traverses across the strike of the strata of our hills I have
failed to detect faults or inversion, which would account for
their exceptional position, whilst, on the contrary, the suc-
cessional arrangement is sufficiently clear to leave little room
for question."

The above assumption, that the Mount Lofty Ranges,
throughout their entire width, represent a single monoclinal
fold, would involve an enormous thickness of beds. This
view is maintained by the late Professor Tate, who quotes
Selwyn's estimate that the beds between Normanville and
Encounter Bay are nearly 30,000 ft. in thickness, and adds,
“There cannot be a doubt that the thickness of these funda-
mental rocks is much greater in those portions of the cen-
tral chain, near Adelaide, than in the Cape Jervis promon-
tory." He also quotes Mr. Scoular, who believed that the
beds exposed in the South Para River had a thickness of

ы Op. cit., p xliii.

257

90,000 ft., and that “this thickness is not a moiety of the
whole." *

Mr. H. Y. L. Brown, Government Geologist, in his Annual
Report, 1883, published a general outline of the geology of
South Australia, accompanied by a geological map and sec-
tions. A revised edition of the map was published in 1886,
in which the following order of the older rocks was given : —

PaLmozoic—(?) Devonian. Tent Hill formation, west of

Port Augusta.

Parmozorc.—Lower Silurian. Clay slates, quartzites,
limestones, etc., from Cape Jervis to Mount Babbage, etc.

PALAOZOIC ов AZOIC.—Metamorphic. Mica and talcose
schists, quartzites, crystalline limestones, etc.

ÅRCHÆAN. —Metamorphic granite. Gneiss, hornblende, and
mica schists, crystalline limestones, etc.

These divisions are represented on Mr. Brown’s map in
three parallel bands of colour, and the descending order of
the beds is indicated as occurring in their passage from west
to east.

The geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges is further illus-
trated by Mr. Brown, in his report, by a sketch section
across the ranges from Adelaide to Strathalbyn. There is, how-
ever, an apparent discordance between Mr. Brown's map and
section. Whilst the former shows an order of succession in
which the older beds occur on the eastern side, the section
shows the lowest beds to occur on the western side. A regu-
lar south-easterly dip is shown, in the section, from the west
coast to the Onkaparinga River, from which position the
upper beds, in isoclinal foldings, continue to their eastern
limits.

As opposed to the monoclinal theory of Professor Tate, Mr.
Brown says:-— “The general dip of the rocks comprising the
Mount Lofty Range is to the south-east, and, as it con-
tinues eastward for a distance of some twenty miles, the
thickness therefore indicated of the entire mass would be
immense. The occurrence of dykes and masses of granitic
rocks here, coupled with those to the north, as well as east-
ward and westward in other parts of the colony, indicate, T
think, the probability of granite and other plutonic and
igneous rocks underlying the sedimentary rocks at a certain
depth underneath the whole area, either as eruptive or
metamorphic masses. In this case faults and inversions of
the strata must have taken place, which will account for the
position of the beds and their apparent great thickness." 1

Op cb. p. xhv.
T Ann. Rep. Govt. Geol., Parl. Paper, 1883, p. 10.

Q

258

Professor Tate made a still more emphatic statement of
his views on this subject in his inaugural address before the
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,
held in Adelaide in 1893. Ia dealing with the "Fundamen-
tal or Archean Rocks" of Australia, he said:— "The gen-
eralisation which has sought to sweep all the crystalline rocks
of Australia into the great Silurian net has been broken
down by the discovery of unconformably super-imposed Cam-
brian strata, and, though it by no means follows that the
whole of the crystalline rock masses are of Archæan age, yet
there are good reasons for the belief that those rocks which
exhibit the phenomenon of regional metamorphism belong
to one epoch. . . . The grandest exemplification of the
Archæans is in the Mount Lofty Range of South Australia.
These rocks occupy there a vast monocline, with a dip to the
south-east of not less than ten miles in thickness. One note-
worthy lithological feature is the more highly developed meta-
morphism of the upper strata, mica schists, gneiss, and
granite succeeding, in an ascending series, clay slates, quart-
zites, and limestones. This exceptional phenomenon was
recorded by Jukes in 1850: “The prevailing south-easterly
dip would put the clay slates under the gneiss, mica, and
chlorite slates’; and independently observed by Selwyn,* in
1860 [(?) 1859]. The non-acceptance of this view by the
Government Geologist of South Australia has compelled him
to reverse the order of succession, and he classes the lower
series as ‘Silurian (and Devonian) metamorphic in part,’ and
relegates the upper to ‘Paleozoic or Azoic, highly metamor-
рше

In a new edition of the geological map of South Aus-
tralia by Mr. H. Y. L. Brown, Government Geologist, pub-
lished іп 1899, the Mount Lofty Ranges are defined as “Салп-
brian and (?) Lower Silurian.” Later discoveries have
strengthened the positions of Selwyn, Brown, and others,
who have held that the Mount Lofty Ranges, in the main,
belong to a post-Archæan age, and have an inferior order of
succession from west to east, rather than those views so
strongly held by Professor Tate.

An important factor in the chain of evidence was obtained
when, in 1897, Professor David and the writer discovered
Archeocyathine remains in the limestones of Normanville,
which were subsequently traced along the line of strike for
a distance of twenty-five miles, to a point three miles to the

* I cannot draw the same inferenoe from Selwyn’s report on

+ Aus. Ass. Ad. Se., vol. v., p. 45, et. seq.

259

north-east of Willunga.* This important find demonstrated
a definite Cambrian horizon striking through the heart of
the Mount Lofty Ranges. A suggestion from the writer,
that this discovery had great significance in relation to the
geological age of the Mount Lofty Ranges, and might require
a reconsideration of the position, was met by Professor Tate,
in the discussion which followed the reading of the paper,
with strong opposition. The professor stated that “the beds
in which the fossils were found probably constituted only a
spur of the ranges, and did not affect the question in its
bearings on the age of the Mount Lofty Ranges as a
whole."

The subject had reached such an interesting stage that no
other stimulus was required to pursue it further. ^ After
several years of field study, directed to this object, I have
now the honour to place the results of my observations before
the Society as a first contribution towards a systematic eluci-
dation of the structure and succession of the older rocks of
this State.

The existence of a bed in the series with such distinct
lithological characteristics as that possessed by the older
glacial till, and its remarkable persistency, have greatly
simplified the work attempted; for wherever this bed occurs
it supplies a datum line from which the geological section
can be interpreted and the associated beds placed in their
consecutive order, even in the most remote localities.

I have taken the country in the neighbourhood of Adelaide
as the type district of the series, and the beds which out-
crop between Mount Lofty and the sea may be regarded as
the index to most, if not all, the Palæozoic rocks of the State.

II. ORDER or SUCCESSION.

So far as the foot hills and coastal districts near Adelaide
are concerned, the Palæozoic beds appear to belong to a con-
formable series, and may be subdivided into well-marked
divisions, as shown in the following order in superposition,
V1Z. : —

(A) Purple slates, quartzites, and limestones—Marino,
liallett's Cove, Lower Onkaparinga.

(B) Siliceous, blue, pink (oolitic), and dolomitiz limestones
— Brighton, Field River, Hackham, &c.

(С) Banded, fine-grained clay slates and shales—Tapley’s
Hill, &e.

(D) Glacial till, grits, etc., with erratics—Sturt River,
Onkaparinga River, &c.

(E) Siliceous and felspathic quartzites and phyllites—
Mitcham, Glen Osmond, Magill, etc.

* “The Occurrence of Low. Cam. Fossils in the Mount Lofty
Ranges.” Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. AS, vol. Ж, p. 74.

260

The present paper is limited to a description of the three
upper members of the series, with special reference to their
development in the Field River and Onkaparinga districts.

(A) Purple Slates.

It is convenient to adopt this heading for a great series
of slates, shales, flaggy sandstones, quartzites, and limestones
which are more or less distinguished by a dark purple or
chocolate colour. There is apparently no stratigraphical
break between the Brighton limestones and these dark-
coloured beds; but the lithological distinction between the
two divisions and the superposition of the purple slates are
clearly defined. The fact that these beds are mostly sub-
merged by the waters of the Gulf, in the neighbourhood of
Adelaide, no doubt accounts for the fact that they have not
been studied to that extent which their importance demands.
In the sea cliffs between Marino and Hallett’s Cove, as well
as on the beach, planed down by the sea, it is easy to recog-
nise the marked contrast which these beds present to any
others on their eastern side. Dark-purple slates, sometimes
chloritie, splitting up into small flakes and prismatic pieces,
line the coast. The cliffs are almost on the line of strike,
and expose the waste of & great anticlinal fold facing the
sea. Interstratified with these dark shales will be found very
hard-grained and dark-coloured quartzites, often divided up
into thin beds and !aminz, and a few similarly coloured, thin
limestones, hardly to be distinguished from the associated
argillaceous beds, and often indicated by containing white
veins of fibrous calcıte.

At Marino these beds һауе a breadth of barely half a mile
before they pass below sea level, to re-appear on Yorke's
Peninsula as the Archwocyathine limestones, underlain by
purple slates, etc., as on the eastern side of the Gulf. These
beds, inferior to the fossiliferous limestones, have been prov-
ed in the Maitland bore, they outerop on the Winulta Creek,
and are seen in the railway cuttings between South Hum-
mocks and Kulpara. Characteristic exposures of these beds
occur at Black Point, on the north side of Hallett's Cove,
where they have been intensely glaciated; and on the lower
Onkaparinga, at the Horseshoe, where they formed the old
sea cliffs of Miocene age. Along the line of strike, between
Field River and Curlew Point, about three miles south of
Hallett's Cove, there has been a zone of extreme pressure and
contortion, with overfolding of the beds. Some excellent
photographs of these features, taken by Mr. J. Greenlees,
accompany this paper. (See Plates xxxvii.-xlii.)

261

To study these beds in their vast extent and most inter-
esting features it is necessary to see them as developed in the
Flinders Ranges. On the western side of Mount Remark-
able they comprise the Black Range, where they have a dip
to the west. Further north, near Wilmington, they form the
eastern flanks of the vast anticlinal fold of Horrocks Pass;
and then, in the neighbourhood of Quorn and northwards,
they spread out and form the ranges of the Northern Flin-
ders, and in low exposures can be traced in the eroded hol-
lows separating the cretaceous outliers along the southern and
western shores of Lake Eyre. Fine examples of their rugged
peaks and steep declivities flank the railway from Mern
Merna to Parachilna, and include, at no great distance, the
great synclinal fold of the Wilpena Pound. The Farachilna
Pass to Blinman is one of the most impressive pieces of rock
Scenery that exists in the State. The bare hills, of great
height and deep chocolate colour, exhibit scoured sides and
rugged outerops that can be followed by the eye for miles,
with all the distinetness of a blackboard demonstration. In
places faults of great magnitude are seen to cleave the hills
in broken and contorted lines. In this latitude the purple
slates series is continuous, from the railway eastwards to
Frome Hill, a distance across the strike of fifty miles. The
Blinman Mine is in this series, and owes its existence to a
fault in the rocks in close association with an igneous dyke.

One of the most striking features of this division is the
prevalence of limestones of varying thickness, up to about a
hundred feet. Some of these limestones are composed almost
exclusively of the remains of Archeocyathince, which must
have formed thick reefs in the Cambrian sea. Several paral-
lel outcrops of thick limestones carrying these remains were
Observed in a recent visit, and in some instances traced for
many miles along the strike. In the neighbourhood of Wir-
rialpa Station a number of thinner beds of limestone occur,
exhibiting remarkable colitic and other forms cf structure;
and in some of these limestones brachiopod remains were
found in considerable numbers, running in fossiliferous
bands. I can but briefly refer to these features at present,
leaving for a future occasion a more detailed description of
this interesting district. |

The age of the purple slates division is determined as
Lower Cambrian, * from its Archeocyathine, Salterella,
Microdiseus, and associated forms. It was mv good for-

262

Mr. Etheridge, of Sydney, to whom the specimen was sub-
mitted, referred to the Archeocyathine. There can be little
doubt that the specimen came from one of the local rocks, as
it carries a close lithological resemblance to them. This adds
a palæontological proof that these beds belong to the purple
slates division; to which, on the grounds of their strati-
graphical position and lithological features, they had already
been referred. As the purple slates division cccupies the
superior position in the Mount Lofty series, it fixes the latest
time limits that can be applied to those members of the series
which are inferior to these beds.

(B) Brighton Limestones and Siliceo-calcareous
Series.

Between the Tapley's Hill shales and the purple slates
there is a belt of calcareous rocks which, from earthy and
siliceous limestones, in their lower beds, pass up into strong
and good limestones near their upper limits. The typical
order of their occurrence is as follows: —

Approximate

thickness.
(a) Buff-coloured (dolomitic) limestone ү 8 feet
(b) Pink-coloured (oolitic) limestone ... ... 15-20 feet
(c) Blue-coloured (siliceous) limestone ... 15-20 feet

(d) Dark-coloured (very siliceous) limestone 400 feet

(а) The top bed of this division is a yellowish or bufi-
coloured dolomitie limestone, averaging about eight feet in
thickness. It is a very persistent member of the series, and
is found in precisely the same relative position, in these.
beds, both to the south of Brighton and in the Flinders
Ranges. It has not been applied locally to any economic
purpose. Its toughness under the hammer makes it unsuit-
able for stone-breaking. Nodules and incrustations of mag-
nesite are often found in its vicinity.

(b) Underlying the dolomitic limestone is a thick, strong
limestone, of a brownish-pink colour, commonly known as
“the pink limestone." Іп structure it is finely oolitic, and is
the purest limestone of this calcareous group, averaging 86
per cent. of caleium carbonate. It has an extensive use for
road metal, along the line of its outcrop, and is one of the
chief constituents used by the South Australian Portland
Cement Company, at Brighton, for manufacturing an hy-
draulic cement of excellent quality.

(c) The blue (siliceous) limestone immediately underlies
the pink-coloured limestone. The line of distinction is not

263

always very apparent between the two beds, as the upper part
of the blue limestone is often mottled with patches of a pink-
ish colour. In parts, it exhibits a similar oolitic structure,
as shown by the pink limestone. It contains 40 per cent. or
more of silica. It is fairly uniform in composition, and is
applied to the same economie uses as the overlying bed, being
worked up in the manufacture of cement, and is locally
known as the “blue metal limestone," from its application to
road-mending. Tt frequently carries crystals of pyrites and
amethystic-coloured cubes of fluorite. At Brighton, large
globular and mammillary crusts of barite have occurred on
the surface of the blue limestone, the mineral having a finely
fibrous structure and silky lustre.

(d) The lowest member of the group comprises a series of
dark-coloured, very siliceous limestones, of variable composi-
tion, but much more siliceous than the over-lying bed (с).
Indeed, the beds vary from distinctly characteristic siliceous
limestones to earthy, calcareous shales. This division, as
a whole, is distinguished by the possession of a faintly lami-
nated structure, which, on weathering, becomes more
strongly marked. At some horizons the siliceous limestones
exhibit in vertical (weathered) sections a peculiar vermicu-
late structure, which, at first sight, is very suggestive of fos-
sil remains. On splitting the stone parallel to the bedding
planes it is seen that this effect is produced by the occur-
rence of thin, wavy films of mineral matter in irregular
patches. "This striking feature is very characteristic and per-
sistent, and forms an excellent means of fixing the geological
ltorizon when these beds are seen in outcrop.

The above caleareous division, which for convenience I
have grouped under the heading of the Brighton limestone
series, takes rank as one of the best-marked horizons in South
Australian geology. Тһе belt can be easily traced in out-
crop from Brighton, southwards, to Reynella and Hallett's
Cove. At Hackham it has been extensively quarried. 1t
crosses the Onkaparinga about a mile above Noarlunga, and
can be traced further southwards until it disappears under
newer deposits, shortly before reaching Aldinga. Its north-
erly extension is, in the first instance, obscured by the
alluvial of the Adelaide and Gawler Plains, but it re-appears
at the Burra, Mount Remarkable, Orroroo, Walloway, etc.
The diversity of its economie products may be seen in that it
has been worked for road metal at Reynella and other
places, cement at Brighton, copper at the Burra, phosphates
at (?) Fairview, and flux at Orroroo. The relative thinness of
the beds and their solubility have led to their denudation
over vast areas where thev formerly existed.

264

Although frequently looked for, no fossil remains have
been found in these limestones except a few casts of Radio-
laria. This is the more remarkable as the limestones have
been, as a rule, but little altered under metamorphic action.
The fossiliferous pebble found on the coast, near Brighton,
referred to above, has apparently come from a limestone
slightly higher in the series, and belongs to the purple slates
division. Descriptions of the Radiolara observed, and fuller
remarks on the Brighton section, will be found in a “Note on
the Occurrence of Casts of Radiolaria in Pre-Cambrian (?)
Rocks of South Australia.” (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
1896, p. 571.) The paper containing these descriptions was
written under the prevailing view, held at that time, that
the western flanks of the Mount Lofty Ranges were probably
of Pre-Cambrian age.

(C) Tapley's Hill Clay Slates.

Tapley's Hill is on the Main South Road, about eight miles
from Adelaide, and due east from Brighton. The so-called
“hill” is, in reality, the escarpment of the older rocks, which,
in a curve to seawards, determine the southern limits of the
Adelaide Plains. From the summit of Tapley's Hill a coastal
plateau stretches southwards to the Onkaparinga.

The hillside is marked by numerous quarries, and the
Stone won is extensively used in Adelaide for kerbing and
building. It is a very fine-grained, homogeneous stone, which
cleaves easily at a high augle to the bedding planes. This
cleavage, associated with cubical jointing, makes it a free-
working quarry stone. The bedding plane, or grain of the
Stone, is marked by a banded structure, which, from carry-
ing a protoxide of iron, becomes strongly dsveloped in
weathered faces, giving it the character of a "ribbon" slate.
This banded structure is a very constant and characteristic
feature, and is usually sufficient to determine the horizon
when these beds are met with in distant localities.

The lithologcal type of this division is remarkably uniform.
It is incapable of subdivision, as it practically consists of a
single bed of great thickness. Although seen in many places
I have not in a single instance detected a quartzite or aren-
aceous band throughout its vertical extent. The beds are
often sub-calcareous, and, by a process of leaching, produce a
superficial travertine deposit, which fills in the crevices and
cements the fragments of shale which form the outerops.
There is no well-defined limit between these clay slates and
the calcareous series which immediately overlie them. The
upper parts of the Tapley's Hill beds become more calcareous
whilst preserving their banded structure, and pass conform-
ably up into the siliceous limestones of the member above.

265

In the type district these beds can be studied to advan-
tage in the Tapley's Hill quarries; aloag the spur, which
connects Tapley's Hill with the coast at Marino; in the bed
of the Onkaparinga, where they have been crushed into
short, wavy contortions; and in other outcrops. North of
Adelaide they are of frequent occurrence, intercalated with
other members of the series. On the west side of Mount Re.
markable they are thrown down to the face of the great
Spring Creek fault; and in the Horrocks Pass, near Wil-
mington, they make a very imposing feature, capped towards
the sea by an escarpment of limestone, which, as the next
in ascending order, can be referred to the Brighton series,
the whole face being probably a thousand feet in height.

In some parts of the north the beds have not developed
cleavage, but split readily in lamine parallel to the bedding,
producing thin flagstones. This is the case in their occur-
rence on the western side of Mount Remarkable, in a positioa
where their determination, as belonging to the Tapley’s Hill
horizon, is placed heyond all doubt. In places, both north
and south, the beds have become much decomposed and con-
verted into a kaolinised rock.

To further elucidate the stratigraphical features of the
beds in question, two sections, in the type district, will now
be described in some detail.

III. THE FIELD RIVER SECTION.

The small stream, which has received the dignified name of
“river,” takes its rise near the Happy Valley Reservoir. The
stream crosses the Main South Road one mile north of Reynella,
from which point it follows a meandering course of four and
a half miles, and finds its outlet to the sea at Haliett's Cove.
The line of section shown in the diagram (Plate xliii., fig. 1) is
about three and a half miles in length, and in a direction a
little north of east and south of west. In the upper part of
the stream the section has been taken from the outcrop
Shown on the north bank, and in the last mile from the south
bank. The general strike of the beds is north and south,
with a prevailing dip to the west. The beds, however, roll
considerably along the line of strike, in consequence of
Which there is frequently an apparent dip to the south.
.As already intimated, there is no defined line of distinc-
tion between the Tapley's Hill slates and the calcareous
series which immediately overlies them. The passage is
Indicated by a gradual increase of carbonate of lime in the
stone. Тһе bridge over the Field River, on the South Road,
May be conveniently taken as the line of demarcation. On
the west side of the bridge the stone is a calcareous, banded

266

shale, somewhat resembling the Tapley's Hill stone, but has
more lime in it, and is overlain by beds of siliceous and
earthy limestones, which, in weathering, show the earthy
particles and layers in relief. Тһе beds rol slightly, but
have a general dip varying from 15° to 20° south-west.

Half a mile from the bridge, down stream, in Section 509,
Hundred of Noarlunga, a quarry has been worked by Mr.
Reynell for road metal, in a thick, siliceous limestone, with
a quarry face 50 ft. in height. The stone shows markedly
the vermiculate structure already referred to. When the
stone is split along the planes of the wavy liues, they are
seen to consist of broad, uneven films of earthy silicates,
separated by siliceous limestone. Тһе lines often run nearly
parallel, in pairs, which gives a striking resemblance to
organic remains seen in section.

In the adjoining section (519), a little west of the dis-
triet road which crosses the river, is the most important
quarry in the limestones of the Field River, and is worked
by Mr. Pocock. It is clearly the same set of beds as occur
in the quarries of the South Australian Portland Cement
Company at Brighton. The siliceous limestones, blue lime-
stone, pink limestone, and magnesian limestone follow each
other in an ascending series in the same order in both locali-
ties, which are separated by a distance of three and a half
miles in a direct line. The limestone has been thrown into
a series of anticlinal and synclinal folds across the strike.
Pocock’s quarries have been opened near the crest of the
most eastern anticline. "The eastern limb of the fold, as seen
in the main quarry, has a dip of 25? south-south-east, and
has suffered a denudation, which exposes the underlying,
earthy, and siliceous limestone on its eastern side. 'The
ground between Reynell’s and Pocock’s quarries 1s occupied
by a shallow synclinal fold, which brings in a small outlier
of the limestone, seen on the district road and paddock to
the east, but makes no prominent feature.

Pocock's quarry exhibits a fine face of good limestone, 40
ft. in thickness, with a dip slope towards the valley. The
stone varies in colour from bluish to pink, and is oolitic in
structure. A large, V-shaped mass of rubbly, magnesian
limestone has latterly been encountered, replacing the good
stone and greatly affecting its quality. This intrusion neces-
sitated the opening of a new quarry about a chain length
to the west of the old one. Here the stone is found to be
sound, and has a dip of 48° to south-east. Тһе west side
of the hill (on which Pocock’s quarry is situated) forms a
dip slope of the anticline, in its western limb. Near the
centre of the fold the dip is at 80°, which rapidly decreases

267

to 45° south-south-west, making a synclinal fold with the
next hill on its western side. In this synclinal trough, what
is known as the “hard bed" is seen to overlie the main lime-
stone. Tt is realiy tough, rather than hard, and is a yellow-
ish, dolomitie limestone, with calcareous and ferruginous
shales. This outcrop of dolomitic stone is abuut a chain
wide. The beds dip south-south-west at 30° on the eastern
Side, and at a distance of fifty yards the dip changes to
south-south-east at 20°. The dolomitic beds cross the
stream in Section 507, passing under hard, siliceous, purple
slates, which are exposed in a thick face on the southern
banks of the river and have a dip of 20° south-south-east.

In the same section (507) another thick face cf the main
limestone is seen on the site of an old quarry. Here the dip
reverts to the south-west. From this point the beds con-
tinue to exhibit gentle anticlinal and synclinal foldings in
their westward extension; with the effect that the limestone is
cut out on the boundary of Sections 506-507, and the lower
beds of siliceous limestones form the outcrop.

Near the western boundary of Section 506, and within a
quarter of a mile of the old smelting mill, a well-marked
fault occurs. The fault has a strike north-east and south-
west, with a hade to the north-west. On the eastern side the
beds form an anticline, and have a sharp downthrow against
the fault at 65°, whilst on the west side the dip is only 10%
to (?) east-north-east.

For about half a mile from the fault the valley runs more
in a line with the strike of the beds, and exhibits fine ex-
amples of strike folding. In Section 574 a great anticlinal
fold occurs which is one of the most striking features of the
geological section. (See Plate xxxvii) The stream makes а
sudden turn at the spot, and has cut back the cliff in an
almost perpendicular face of one hundred and fifty feet, in
siliceous limestones. The eastern limb of the antictine Баз a
dip of 30°, and the western about 20°. Apparently there
is a sharp bend or fracture in the beds, near the axis of the
anticline, where the beds pass suddenly from a higher to a
lower angle of dip. In consequence of the stream turning
almost at righu angles at this point, it has exposed, north and
south, as well as east and west, sections of the beds. The
latter, or main anticline, shows the folding in the direction
of the dip; whilst the north-and-south section gives an in-
structive example of folding along the line of sirike. These
are typical examples of (һе local disturbances of the strata
and are good illustrations of the diffieulty which often pre-
sents itself of distinguishing the direction of dip from strike
amidst the complex folding which has taken place.

268

The great anticline, just described, is the first indication
of approach to a very disturbed area. On the western side
the rocks rapidly increase in dip to 60°, in a west-north-west
to west-south-west direction. This high angle of dip once
more brings into the section the main limestone, followed by
the yellow dolomitic limestone, with a dip of 60°-70°. These
beds are in all respects similar to the corresponding outcrops
higher up the valley, and have a surface spread of thirty
yards.

There immediately follow, in ascending order, purple cal-
careous slates, green slates, and quartzites. These beds mark
the passage upwards to the purple slates division, which ‘s
the highest member of the series. There is the strongest
lithological contrast in the appearance of the beds belonging
to the respective divisions, and cannot fail to be noticed.
Near the junction a very high cliff of purple slates occurs on
the northern side of the stream, and in the face of this cliff
the adit of the old Worthing Copper Mine (which failed to
secure ore in payable quantities) has been driven. As is
common in the purple slates, the beds are much cleaved and
jointed, and readily break up into small prismatic fragments,
making the determination of the bedding planes somewhat
difficult, but they are here at a high angle of dip. The suc-
ceeding beds become more siliceous, and split up into nume-
rous thin beds of quartzite and shale, which are greatly
contorted by acute and inverted foldings. Тһе alternation
of beds of unequal compressibility has, no doubt, supplied
favourable conditions for producing these effects. (See Plate
xxxviii.) About half a mile from the coast there is a cal-
careous belt in the rocks which shows a wavy structure, and
is succeeded by more purple slates, calcareous grits, greenish
to purple slates, and quartzites to the mouth 2f the river,
where the cliffs consist of thin bedded, dark-coloured quart-
zites and shales, with a dip of 85? to the west. The cliffs are
capped by glacial drift and a superficial covering of Miocene
sands and clays.

At Black Point, the north headland of the kay, a very
striking anticline occurs in the purple slates, with a sharp
downthrow to the west. The top of the cliff is strongly gla-
ciated, and within the amphitheatre, formed by the erosion of
the rocks between the neadlands of the bay, the glacial drift,
a hundred feet in thickness, occupies an eroded basin in the
purple slates. A section across the beds can be seen in a
small watercourse, situated about midwar between the two
headlands, and at about half a mile from the sea a very
acute anticlinal fold in quartzite can be seen forming a
small waterfall.

269

A little south of the Field River there is an extensive floor
of marine denudation produced by planing off the purple
slates, which exhibit parallel lines of outerop on the beach.
The lines give a very clear exposure of the bedding along Ше
Strike, and, when the tide is out, a remarkable example of
à strike overfold is seen in the form of a very extended letter
<>. It can be seen to best advantage from the top of the
cliffs.

The most striking illustrations of the acute foldings which
occur in these beds are found at Curlew Point, about three
miles south of Hallett’s Cove. (See Plates xxxix.-xlii.)

The purple slates pass out of sight below sea level, with
а dip to the west. The waters of the gulf occupy a deep
valley cut in these beds; in the first instance, possibly, by a
river which had its watershed in highlands to the south of
the present continent, and its outlet to the north. These
southern highlands were in existence, as a watershed, during
the (?) Permo-Carboniferous glaciation of the southern por-
tions of Australia, and must have been, even at that time,
of considerable elevation and extent, to produce å ground ісе
of such magnitude as to fill the valley of the gu!f and over-
lap the adjoining land. The purple slates re-appear on the
other side of the Gulf, where they are relatively thin, and
rest on Pre-Cambrian beds. They are overlain by thick
limestones at Curramulka, Ardrossan, Maitland, Clinton,
Kulpara, etc., which contain characteristic fauna of Lower
Cambrian age.

IV. THE ONKAPARINGA SECTION.

Introduction.—The Onkaparinga River flows through a
Sorge which is, perhaps, the most inaccessible эпа roughest
in the southern portions of the State. Between Noarlunga
and Clarendon the sides of the valley rise abruptly from 300
to 600 feet in height. About two miles from the coast the
“iver suddenly leaves the highlands and enters the plain,
forming a pieturesque loop known as the “horseshoe,” within
the limits of which the township of Noarlunga is built. At this
point the river has reached its base level, the water being
tidal on one side of the narrow neck of land and fresh on
the other. From Noarlunga to the sea the river follows a
tortuous course, with alluvial, estuarine, or tertiary banks,
which continue to its mouth. Deep as is the gorge of the
Tlver it is evident it must have been cut since later Miocene
times, as deposits of this age cap the hills on both sides of
the river. It is possible that in pre-Miocene times the river
had lts outlet by Maclaren Vale, which is now choked with
Miocene deposits. High-level gravels of the river bed can
* Seen at Noarlunga, near the top of the Church Hill, on its
Western side.

270

The Palæozoic rocks, which constitute the gorge, continue
in outcrop along the east and south sides of the “horseshoe,”
until they reach the centre of the convex bend, when they
abruptly give place to marine Miocene beds. The older
rocks form the basal beds of the narrow neck of land in the
bend, and are exposed for about a quarter of a mile along
the right bank of the river, as it leaves the township to the
north-west. On the north side of Noarlunga the Palæozoic
rocks run for a mile or more parallel with the Adelaide road,
on its eastern side, whilst the whole of the country on the
western side, as far as Ше coast, consists of older and newer
tertiary beds, most of which has been brought under cultiva-
tion. Several road cuttings give sections of these beds, and
in the case of one, situated a little north of Hackham, marine
fossils, of Miocene age, are found in a series of sands and
fine gravels. About a quarter of a mile down the river
from Noarlunga, a white, marly clay, similar to Witton
Bluff, on the coast, makes a cliff twenty feet in height, and
passes under water level. The bed contains crinoid stems,
spines of echini, Turritella aldinge, brachiopods, etc. These
fossiliferous clays rest on coarse, sandy beds, which show a
dip of 25? west; but, as the latter abut against a nearly ver-
tical face of the older rocks which formed coastal cliffs of the
tertiary sea, it is probable that the apparent dip of the beds
arises from the deposits having been laid down on a shelving
beach. The tertiary beds, on the south side of the river,
are bounded by the Palæozoic outerops, which gradually
trend towards the coast.

The beds exposed in the gorge of the Onkaparinga corres-
pond with those already described as occurring in the valley
of the Field River, but the former have been subjected to
much greater disturbance by faulting. The less cover on the
highlands bordering the Onkaparinga, and the deep tribu-
tary gorges of the valley, permit a more complete study of
the plan of the beds than is possible in the Field River and
Brighton districts.

Purple Slates.—In consequence of the westerly trend of
the coast the outcrop of purple slates, which at Marino, near
Brighton, is only half a mile wide, increases to a mile on
the Field River; and on the Onkaparinga, when measured in
a direct line from the coast to the eastern limits of the faulted
sections, is nearly four miles wide.

On the north side of Noarlunga these slates cross the main
road and are exposed at the base of the cliffs, on the right
bank of the river, for a quarter of a mile, capped by tertiary
beds and old river gravels. Оп their western limits the
purple slates end abruptly in a steep cliff facinz the west,

271

having a dip of 60°, whilst the tertiary beds rest uncon-
formably against the face of the older slates. The latter
exhibit a series of anticlinal and synclinal folds, reaching а
maximum dip of 65”. Near their western extremity a syn-
clinal fold occurs, in the centre of which the beds are much
broken and confused.

The hill on which the Noarlunga Church stands, together
with the eastern side of the “horseshoe,” and for more than a
mile up the river, the purple slates show a gesat develop-
ment, forming hills several hundreds of feet in height. In
the cliff face under the church the beds dip south-south-west
at 15^, and for a mile up stream they exhibit an undulating
dip, which, for the most part, is at a comparatively low
angle.

In Section 63, near the mouth of a small tributary on the
south side of the river, the beds increase in dip, with a roll
from south-west to south-east and south-south-east, at 40°.
Following up this gully an instructive section is obtained.
The dip changes to west at 60^, and the beds develop marked
cleavage, which has a north-and-south strike, with an easterly
dip at 48^. Тһе appearance of this outerop from across the
valley is misleading, as the chief weathering is shown on the
cleavage planes, giving a wrong impression as to the lie of the
beds. Higher up, the dip passes rapidly to west-north-west at
73°, and at the junction of an eastern branch of the creck tha
dip is temporarily changed to south-east at 20°, but in a few
yards reverts to the west. Following the eastern branch, in
a short distance the beds become vertical, changing again to
east-south-east at 73^, as they abut against the great strike
fault (C) (see map, Plate xliv.) which runs in a north-east and
south-west direction, and crosses the Onkaparinga, near the
Ford, between Sections 48 and 56.

. The main body of the purple slates oa the Onkaparinga is
circumscribed by two great faults. On the north the beds
are cut off by an important dip fault, running east and
west, through the northern parts of Sections 46, 47, 48;
and by a strike fault, having a direction north-east and
south-west, crossing the river at the Ford. In addition to
this main outcrop there are other important areas occupied
by these beds which will be referred to when dealing with
& ye ing that has taken place on the eastern side of the

eld.

Lithologically, the purple slates of the Onkaparinga dis-
trict very closely resemble those which occur in the Field

Iver, Hallett's Cove, and Marino outerops. The stone is
extensively jointed and cleaved, has a characteristic banded
åppearance, caused by alternating darker and lighter bands

272

of a purple colour, and is frequently ripvle-marked. ‚ Occa-
sionally quartzites are developed, but they do not attain any
considerable thickness.

The limestone, corresponding to that worked at Brighton
and the Field River, is greatly disturbed and faulted in this
district. In composition and structure it is identical with
the outerops further north, but the severe mechanical strain
it has been subjected to is shown by the limestone being often
ramified in all directions with veins of calcite and other
minerals, which have filled and healed the rents produced
by the crushing of the stone.

About three-quarters of a mile south from Hackham the
limestone is seen on the east side of the road, in Section 40,
forming a round hill, which has been extensively quarried.
The stone exposed in the quarry is abou* thirty feet in
height and is a dark blue limestone, thickly studded with cal-
cite, which is frequently mixed with fluorite and pyrite. It
is extensively used for road metal, but the readiness with
which the calcite breaks down on the rhombohedral cleavage
makes it less serviceable for this purpose than the more uni-
form stone of Field River. On the rise of the hill, above
the quarry, the stone passes up into pink-coloured limestone
and yellow dolomitic varieties, characteristic of these beds in
other localities. 'The dip is east-south-east, at a low angle,
the quarry being situated near the axis of an anticlinal fold,
the western limb of which has been denuded. In a small
creek on the south side of the hill an old quar:y, worked on
the same line of stone, gives an exposure of both limbs of
the anticline. Тһе limestone has an outcrop of only about
half a mile in length, being cut off at both ex»remities by
faults; a strike fault (A) runs nearly parallel with the lime-
stone, on its eastern side, and cuts it off just north of the
Hackham quarry, and a dip fault (B) cuts it off near the dis-
trict road on the south.

The limestone and associated beds have a south-west
trend, skirting the agricultural ground which occupies the
bottom of the valley. From the main quarry they can be
traced across the first creek, in which the anticlinal fold,
referred to above, is seen; they then follow the hase of the
next rise and are well exposed in the next creek (Section 39),
as strong beds of blue limestone, forming a small waterfall.
Dip, east-south-east, at 34°. From this point, and through
Section 47, the outcrop has to be followed chiefly by a thick
erust of travertine, which ends on the district road running
north and south, at a point about 200 yards ssuth of the
main road. Неге the limestone beds are cut off to the south
by the dip fault, already referred to, and purple slates

273

take their place. About 200 yards higher up the hill than
where the limestone beds reach the district road there is an
outcrop of tertiary beds which follow the сгез of the hill,
nearly to the banks of the Onkaparinga, and are more or
less covered with a travertine crust, which must not be con-
founded with the travertine of the older formations. The
corresponding hill, on the opposite side of the main road, is
also composed of tertiary calcareous sandstones and traver-
tine.

From the trend of the limestone from Hackham, the line
of strike should intersect the Onkaparinga near Noarlunga;
but these beds are not met with in the river section until &
point is reached one and a half miles above the township.
There is, therefore, a lateral displacement of the beds to
this extent by the great dip fault.

The beds re-appear on the ridge road (which.runs along the
north side of the Onkaparinga), at the junction of a steep
district road that follows down a gully and crosses the river
at the Ford, between Sections 48 and 56. Here the two most
important faults (B and C) of the district intersect. The lime-
Stone, which has been thrown a mile and a half east by the dip
fault, is obliquely cut by another strike fault, running
north-east and south-west. The paddock on the east side of
the gully road is strongly ridged with limestone outcrops.
The fault, with the limestone on its eastern side, crosses
the gully road diagonally about half-way down to the river;
and at a lower level the junction of the limestone, faulted
against the purple slates, can be well studied, near the river
level, on the western side of the road. The limestone shows
discordant dips across its strike; but the general dip is to-
wards the fault, viz., south-west at 40°; whilst the purple
slates, which are greatly decomposed at and near the fault
area, have a dip varying from 85° to 90? E. The limestone
first dips to the fault, as stated, then easb, 20? south, at 30?
passing into a synclinal fold, which gives a reading of 70°
west: whilst the underlying earthy beds, which rise on the
eastern side, have a dip of 80° west. The limestone at the
bottom of the valley has a spread of eighty yards.

The limestone crosses the Onkaparinga just east of the
Ford, and skirts the scuthern rises of the river, on its left
bank, going south. In the first gully below the Ford (Sec-
tion 56) massive limestone outcrops make a prominent fea-
ture, and an excellent transverse section of the fault area is
seen. (See Plate xlii, fig. 4.) Тһе limestone is here
exposed on both sides of the fault. On the west, or down-
throw side, it forms a segment of an anticlinal curve, with
a thiek covering of purple slates, which fold over into the

R

2774

Onkaparinga at 80°. On the east side of the fault the lime-
stone dips east-south-east at 80?, being overlain by the sili-
ceous limestones which dip in the same direction at 70°. The
fault is, therefore, the result of an overthrust from the east,
which has fractured the beds, and given a reversed position
to the limestone, and placed the lower beds in a superior
position.

The limestone has a strong outcrop as it passes over the
hill into the next gully, to the south-west, where it has a
dip west, 20? north, at 80?, and is cut out at the intersection
‘of dip fault (D) with the main strike fault (C).

Still travelling south-west, two dip faults (the one just
mentioned (D); and another (E), about 250 yards distant),
run from the strike fault (С) in an easterly direction. The
result is a downthrow, by which a wedge-shaped strip of
purple slates is introduced, and cuts off the limestone beds
both on the northern and southern sides of the strip.

Further strike faults are developed from each of the two
dip faults just referred to. On the east side of the district
road (which crosses the river at the Ford), and near the top
of the hill on the southern side of the river, a strike fault
(F) can be seen in a small gully which connects with Long
Gully. This fault crosses the latter obliquely, and follows
a line nearly parallel with the Onkaparinga. On the west
side of the fault there are two small pockets of limestone.
as outliers, preserved by a downthrow to the fault, one on
either side of the valley. The southerly patch dips south,
at 23^, with a roll to the south-east. The east side of the
fault is occupied by purple slates which dip west, 10° north,
at 38°. The fault plane is very strongly marked as it;
crosses another tributary, on the east side of the valley, near
the mouth of Long Gully, with purple slates on one side, and
the impure siliceous limestones on the other.

Parallel with the fault just described is another strike
fault (G), about a quarter of a mile further to the east,
which brings in the limestone once more at an angle of the
creek. To the south the limestone is cut off by the dip
fault (D), and, together with two repetitions of the same
bed, is cut off on the north side by dip fault (T). Where the
limestone crosses Long Gully the beds are vertical, whilst
the purple slates, on the west side, dip west at 70°. The
junction of the limestone with the purple slates, along the
fault plane, is marked by a powerful spring which issues
from the limestone in Long Gully, and yields a constant
supply of running water in the creek, which is not affected
by the seasons. This is an excellent illustration of a fault
spring, the subterranean water in the calcareous beds on

275

the east side being thrown out to surface by the bar of
purple slates on the western side.

A little further to the north, in Section 58, the lime-
stone strikes diagonally between faults (F) and (G), and is
cut off by each; and at the same time is intersected by a dip
fault (Н), which causes a lateral displacement of the bed.

The southern portions of this very disturbed field are
determined, in their northern limits, by the important dip
fault (E), which, with faults (C) and (D), makes an acute
triangle of purple slates with a small isolated outlier of
limestone, near the apex, on the eastern side. On the south
side of fault (E) the limestone occurs in three distinct
outerops, each cut off by this fault on their northern side.
The most westerly outcrop crosses a line of fence (Sections
63 and 64) near the head of a small gully. This outlier of
limestone is cut by faults on three sides; the main strike
fault (C), on the west; dip fault (E), on the north; and a
second strike fault (J), which cuts it diagonally between
faults (C) and (E). The limestone has an apparent dip of
65°, east-south-east, near its junction with the great strike
fault, and as this makes the siliceous limestone occupy &
superior position, it is probably a case of reversal of posi-
tion, as seen in Section B (Plate xliii.), further to the north.

The small sirike fault (J), which cuts the beds diagon-
ally, has the effect of repeating the beds on the eastern
Side; so that on the rise of the hill the lower impure cal-
careous beds outcrop, with the main limestone both above
and below them. The limestones have a trend towards the
main fault (C), by which they are ultimately cut out in
Section 19.

Following the line of (E) fault, in an easterly direction,
it is obscured by cultivated ground, derived from the weather-
ing of the purple slates, until passing over a low rise, a
little east of the four cross-ways on the district roads, the
outcrops are once more strongly marked as we descend to
Long Gully. On the south side of Section 65, and crossing
the east-and-west road, there is another short length of good
limestone. The effect of fault (E) is seen in its easterly ex-
tension in cutting off this outlier on the north, whilst the
limestone is circumscribed by another fault (K), on the
south. The beds nipped in between faults (E) and (K) have
suffered a strong twist towards the north-east.

A further fault (L), in conjunction with fault (K), has
brought in another wedge of purple slates, which displaces
the caleareous beds in Sections 75 and 66.

276

The limestone in these respective outcrops shows the
characteristic features of the bed. It is commonly, finely
oolitic in structure, and in shades of pink, blue, white, or
brown. In contact with the main faults it is much altered,
passing into yellowish, dolomitic, and ferruginous rock,
whilst in parts still preserving its oolitic structure. In
places a distinct fault rock is developed, calcareo-siliceous
and jaspery. The purple slates on the line of junction be-
come yellow, laminated, calcareous, and kaolinised slates,
much weathered. The fault planes are more or less marked
by quartz veins, carbonate of iron, and nodular brown
ironstone.

There are no doubt other minor faultings in this fieid, not.
clearly defined, but suggested by the stratigraphical features
that prevail.

Siliceous and Earthy Limestones and Calcareous Shales.
These beds directly underlie the main limestone, and are of
much greater thickness. They exhibit in the Onkaparinga
district the same wavy and vermiculate structure which
characterises the corresponding beds further north. Through-
out the district they participate in the same general dis-
placements as have occurred with the main limestone which
immediately overlies them.

From the Field River they can be clearly followed through
the township of Reynella; but southward of that township,
at Morphett Vale, and extending beyond Hackham Post-
Office, they are for the most part obscured by a thick cover
of tertiary beds.

A little south of» Hackham, in Section 32, an old quarry
face is seen on the east side of the road, near the top of the
rise. The stone is a siliceous banded limestone, with char-
acteristic structure, having an exposed vertical face of about
15 feet, dipping east-south-east, at 15°. On the eastern side,
the siliceous limestone is obscured by Miocene sands; but the
former rapidly widens to the southward, and spreads out
into a series of beds, measuring a quarter of a mile across
the strike.

At Hackham main limestone quarry the siliceous lime-
stones are seen to occupy the rise of the hill above the
limestone ; whilst on the low side of the hill they are also seen
to underlie the limestone, which is their normal position. The
respective dips of the main limestone and the impure cal-
careous beds which outcrop on its eastern side are discord-
ant: the limestone dipping east-south-east, at a low angle,
and the impure calcareous series, south-west, at 35°. On the
north - and - south district road, near the eastern limits of
the outerop, the dip of the last-named beds is reversed to
south-east, at 33°. This repetition of the impure calcareous

277

series, so as to outcrop on both sides of the limestone, to-
gether with collateral evidence, proves the existence of the
important strike fault (A), already described.

At the head of the gully road (going down to the ford of
the river), the beds displaced by the fault (B) are cut
diagonally by the strike fault (C). At this point the impure
limestones, underlying the main limestone, form a small
triangular patch on the east side of the fault, but are cut
out, about one-third distance down the hill towards the
river. They occupy most of the ground bounded by the
faults (C), (D), and (F), and can be well studied in the
gorge of the river and its tributaries within the space
named. Where they are cut by the fault (F), in Long
Gully, the beds are strongly banded, and dip south-east, at
10°. Towards the mouth of Long Gully the dip changes to
north-west, at 30°, and then increases to 65°-70°, with
wavy and vermiculate structure strongly shown at the
junction of the creek with the Onkaparinga.

Higher up Long Gully, near the east-and-west district
road, these beds have a great spread on both sides of the
creek. On the west side the beds are intersected by several
faults, and make a sudden curve to the east; whilst on the
edst they occupy the entire space stretching to the
Onkaparinga.

From the first appearance of these siliceous and earthy
limestones in the bed of the Onkaparinga, near the Ford,
they continue to form the cliffs of the river for more than a
mile, measured in a straight line up the stream. Immedi-
ately underlying the main limestone. are very siliceous and
earthy beds, which dip west, at 73°, and are thrown into
acute anticlinal and synclinal folds, reaching high angles,
from 55° to 70°, as far as the outlet of Long Gully, in Sec-
tion 57, where the beds are more calcareous. On the eastern
side of this tributary the dip is 45° east, passing into a
Syncline at low angle. The turn of the river to the north-
wards, in Section 49, makes its course almost co-incident
with the strike of the beds, until the river bends in a north-
east direction, and at the curve the beds are seen to be
vertical. The dip then passes to the south-west and then to
the south-east, in rolling curves of about 20?, in Section 50.

in Sections 43 and 51 the beds partake more of the char.
acter of banded calcareous slates, with a dip west, at 40°,
and mark the passage from the siliceous limestones to the
Tepley's Hill slates, although the transition is gradual, and
by no means strongly marked. The cleavage planes are,
almost at right angles to the bedding, with a strike of 10°
west of south. The dip of the beds increases, from the posi-

278

tion last referred to, reaching 53? in a direction south, 20°
west. The dip of these banded shales preserves a consistent
direction to some point between west and south-south-west.
Half-way through Section 44 the “slates” weather on the
bedding planes, and split into fine lamine, whilst at the
same time exhibiting cleavage planes. The dip is here to-
wards the south-south-west, at 28°, but within a short dis-
tance the dip becomes 76? west, and the bedding planes
are extremely wavy and finely contorted. At the beginning
of Section 857 the beds assume an almost horizontal posi-
tion, and then are reversed to south-south-east, at 20°. They
roll, in gentle curves, for a short distance, and then pass
out of sight under the Glacial (Cambrian) Till, with a dip of
30° in the direction last named. The junction of these beda
occurs between Sections 857 and 856, at a point in the river
where two small tributaries, one on either side of the valley,
enter at right angles to the main stream. This occurrence
of the till, in a position superior to the Tapley's Hill slates,
is manifestly a reversal in which the older beds have broken
through and slid over the newer in a thrust plane of a quar-
ter of a mile exposure. The entire plane of displacement
cannot be estimated, but a mile higher up the stream the
base of the glacial beds is seen to rest in a normal manner on
the laminated quartzites in the true order of succession.

V. SOUTHERN EXTENSION OF THE CALCAREOUS SERIES.

It has already been stated that, in Section 75, the beds are
cut off by a dip fault. From this point southwards, along
the strike of the beds, the country is largely covered with
tertiary deposits of loose sand, ferruginous sand, grits, and
gravels, which almost entirely mask the older beds. That
these tertiary deposits include the marine Eocenes, in some
localities, is proved by characteristic fossils of this age being
found on cultivated ground belonging to Mr. A. Oliver, of
Taranga Farm, situated one and a half miles north of Belle-
vue. Stones carrying numerous casts of Turritella aldingæ
are turned up by the plough, and have been in sufficient
quantity to supply the material for building the farm house.

Notwithstanding the blinding of the older rocks by these
superficial deposits, the Cambrian limestone outerops in Mr.
W. Oliver's vineyard (Section 85). The stone is a good, strong
limestone, and has been used for building a very substantial
house on the grounds.

The eastern limits of outcrop of these calcareous beds
. passes a little west of Bellevue. In the creek behind Belle-
vue, earthy shales are exposed in a low face, with a dip east-
south-east, аб 45^. The western limits of the calcareous belt,

279

at this point, can be found on Mr. Philip Seaman's farm, ad-
joining the Willunga main road, with a quarry on Section
102, where the stone is a massive, blue, calcareous shale,
slightly banded and penetrated with veins of white calcite.
The dip is here 15? south-west. Following down the creek,
in the sides of which the quarry is situated, at a distance of
three-quarters of a mile (in Section 122), near a grove of
almond trees, the limestone has again been slightly quarried
for building purposes. The general dip is like the preceding
one, 15? south-west, but the quarry face shows a sharp
monoclinal fold, which throws the beds down, for a distance
of about three feet, at an angle of 45^, when they again
resume the lower angle of dip.

About half a mile lower down the creek (Section 131) the
western limits of the calcareous belt is clearly defined by the
junction of massive quartzites and purple slates, seen in
Pedlar’s Creek. From Pedlar's Creek the beds become more
shaley, and are exposed in rough, serrated outcrops, the
strike having a south-westerly trend, and no evidence of good
limestone across their strike. About half a mile from the
creek, folowing the strike, they pass under deep cultivated
ground and sandy country, but pieces of travertine can be
seen in the soil in the direction of the strike, for about a
mile, or even more, from the last occurrence of the rock
m situ.

The caleareous series, including both the good limestone
and impure calcareous beds, gradually decrease in breadth in
their southerly extension from the Onkaparinga, until in
Section 170, a distance of five and a half miles south of the
river, they are only a few hundreds of yards wide, and are
also more earthy in composition, features which seem to indi-
cate that the calcareous beds may die out in their south-
westerly strike.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES.
PLATE XXXVII.

Great anticlinal fold in earthy, siliceous limestones. Field
River. Height of face, about 150 ft.

PLAIN XXXVIII.
Thin quartzite beds in purple slates, showing inverted fold.
Field River.
PLATE XXXIX.

Greatly contorted purple slates and thin quartzites. Curlew
Point (north side), Gulf St. Vincent.
Puate XL.
A nearer view of part of the preceding section at Curlew Point
(north side).

280

Pirate XLE
Contorted rocks of the same series, on the south side of Curlew
Point.
PILATE. XLII.
Contorted rocks, on the same strike as the preceding, situated
one-eighth mile north of Curlew Point. |

Prate XLIII. j

Fig. 1. Section in Field River, from South Road to Hallett’s
Cove. Length, 34 miles.

Fig. 2. Section in the Onkaparinga River, from the Horseshoe
(Noarlunga) to the outerop of the older glacial beds. Length,
44. miles.

Fig. 3. Section A, as shown on map, from South Road to Long
Gully. Length, 13 miles.

Fig. 4. Section B, in first gully below the Ford.

Ртлтв XLIV.
Geological map of the Lower Onkaparinga.

FURTHER NoTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS ОҒ NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.

By the Rev. T. BLACKBURN, В.А.
[Read October 4, 1904.]
SLV.

LAMELLICORNES.
TROGIDES.

These insects form the sixth of the seven "tribes" into
which Lacordaire divided the first of his main divisions cf
the Lamellicornes. He separated that tribe from all tis
others on the ground of there being only five ventral seg-
ments in the abdomen of the insects that compose it. The
tribe is widely spread over the world, but not rich in genera.
Its members are for the most part scavengers, feeding upon
offal of all kinds, and therefore are, on the whole, to be re-
garded as useful to mankind. As might be expected from
their habits, the species are easily disseminated from one
land to another, and some of them have become cosmopoli-
tan. In the following pages I have to record the occurrence
in Australia of a species (not previously recorded in Aus-
tralia) whose home is in Europe.

Five genera of Trogides have been recorded as Aust ralian
— Megalotrox, Troc, Liparochrus, Antiochrus, and Acantho-
cerus. The last named is distinguished from the four others
by its body being contractile. Its place in the Australian
catalogue rests on the foundation of a single species (A. spini-
cornis), described by Fabricius, who, however, does not seem
to have been very confident as to its habitat. 1 have never
seen any Australian Acanthocerus, and am not aware of any
reliable authority for attributing 4. spinicornis to this con-
tinent. Consequently I have nothing definite to say about
it. The validity of one of the remaining genera ( Antio-
chrus) has been challenged by the Baron de Harold, who
considers it identical with Liparochrus, but it appears to
me to be very satisfactorily distinct, and I have therefore
retained the name. Megalotrox differs from the normal
structure of Trox in the great size of its hitherto described
species, in its being apterous (with elytra soldered together),
in its small scutelium deeply sunk in the base of the elytra,
in the wide epipleuræ of its elytra, in its short metasternum.
Nevertheless I am in doubt of the generic validity of this
aggregate on account of the presence in my collection of a
‘specimen from Tasmania which is intermediate between it

and ordinary species of Troz. The specimen in question is
comparatively small (Long. 7 1.), and has elytra not soldered
together and wings (short ones, as far as I can see), but pre-
sents all the other characters mentioned above as those of
Megalotror. It may be noted that Lacordaire states that in
his opinion the presence or absence of wings has no import-
ance in Trog. Under these circumstances, if Megalotroz is
to stand as a good genus, another new generic name will be
required for my Tasmanian specimen; but as the latter dis-
tinctly connects Megalotroz with Trow, and it is probable
that other intermediate forms will yet be discovered, it
seems better for the present to regard Megalotrox as a sub-
genus. For the present, at any rate, then, I am not satisfied
that Australia possesses more than three valid genera of
Trogides, viz., Tros, Liparochrus, and Antiochrus, which
can be distinguished as follows : —

A. Antennal club normally lamelliform Trox.

AA. Basal joint of antennal club sub-

cupuliform. )
В. Elytra normally striate... ^d
BB. Elytral with a wide lateral mar-
gin which is closely striate, in
contrast with the general sur-
face bo på E. - . Amtiochrus.

N.B.—I ought to add here that I have not seen the type of
Antiochrus, which is presumably in Europe, but have identified
it from Dr. Sharp's description, so that there is a bare possi-
bility of my identification being incorrect.

Liparochus.

Trox.

This genus is very widely distributed over the earth, and
some of its species have been introduced into so many lands
that they have become more or less cosmopolitan. Lacordaire
says that America is the continent where Trox is most
plentiful. Species found in Australia have been described
under 34 names, 7 of which I believe to be merely synonyms
or names which are incapable of being referred to any par-
ticular species. "These are discussed below. In the following
pages I purpose supplying a tabulation of the distinctive
characters of the known Australian 770068, together with
some notes on synonymy, etc., a note on an introduced
species, and descriptions of 6 new species. A certain number
of the names are connected with descriptions so brief or
vague as to be practically useless. These are all, I think,
from the peus of Mr. W. 8. Macleay and Sir W. Macleay,
and it would be of little advantage to furnish a revision of
the genus without giving some account of these difficulties,
which I am the better abie to do, as an opportune need for
visiting Sydney has enabled me to spend a couple of days
in studying the Trogidæ of the “Australian” and “Macleay”

283

Museums. Unfortunately, the results of that visit are un-
satisfactory for the Macieayan species, as I find that the
types do not bear tickets enabling them to be identified. In
both Museums each name is written, together with a men-
tion of the habitat, on a slip of paper laid on the surface of
the cabinet drawer, into which slip are pinned all the speci-
mens supposed to be of that species, the individual speci-
mens being without separate tickets. I now proceed to supply
information regarding the separate species, and regarding
some others that seem to call for remark.

T. alternans, ХУ. 8. Macl. There is no specimen in either
of the Sydney Museums bearing this name, and Mr. Masters
is satisfied that the type is not in existence. Harold, without
giving his reasons, assumes it to have been the insect which
Erichson described as T. Australasi@, and consequently drops
Australasie as the later name. It, however, appears to me
quite indefensible to sink a name connected with a good
(and easily identified) description in favour of a name соп
nected with a description that might be founded on алу спе
of a considerable number of species, unless it be definitely
stated that the change is founded on an examination of the
original type. 1 shall, therefore, treat 7. alternans, W. 8.
Macl., as non-existent.

T. subearinatus, Macl. In the Australian Museum two
specimens stand pinned into this name. One of them is the
species that Harold subsequently described as T. fenestratus;
the other is so covered with accretion that it is impossible to
identify it with certainty, but I think it is 7. Crotchi, Har.
In the Macleay Museum also two specimens are similarly
attributed to the name, one of which 15 T. fenestratus, Har. ;
the other, T. candidus, Har. The last named is evidently not
the type, as it is notably smaller than the specimen that
Macleay described. T. subcarinatus, Macl., 1s, therefore,
identical with either fenestratus, Har., or Crotchi, Har. The
description of subcarinatus does not supply information to
decide the matter, although it appears to me to point to
Crotchi, as it seems unlikely that if it had been founded on
the same species as fenestratus ihe nitid spaces on the elytra
would have escaped notice. 1 am afraid, however, that
there is not sufficient evidence to justify the sinking of either
of Harold’s names, and that it is the name subcarinatus
which must be dropped. It may be well to remark here that
the Troz which Harold described as subcarinatus, Macl., is
not that species, but squamosus, Macl.

T. alatus, Macl. There are two specimens thus named in
the Macleay Museum. They represent a very remarkable
and isolated species, notable by the great width of the pro-

284

thorax (almost twice as wide as long), by the sides of the
pronotum extremely flat and dilated, by the reduction of
all the carine of the pronotum except the middle two to
mere small tubercles, by the third and fifth systematic series
of the elytra being entire сагіпе, by the all but absolute
disappearance of the median external tooth of the front
tibiæ and by the strong free projection hindward of the pro-
sternal process.

T. asperatus, Macl.—Two specimens stand in the Macleay
Museum as this species. They both appertain to the species
that Harold named Crotchi. The latter is the older name.

T. dilaticollis, Macl. 'Two specimens in the Macleay Mu-
seum bear this name. They represent a species closely allied
to T. Auguste, Blackb., but differing from it in having on
its elytra well-defined rows of small setose tubercles (scarcely
less defined than those of T. fenestratus, Har.).

T. asperrimus, Macl. Two specimens in the Macleay Mu-
seum are pinned into the ticket bearing this name. I can-
not find any difference between them and the specimens
(from the same locality) pinned into the next label (bearing
the name wtreamaculatus } except that the two of the former
name are more deeply covered with the indumentum usually
obscuring the sculpture of these insects, and therefore seem
to have less defined carinæ on the pronotum, etc. As the
name asperrimus is evidenily founded on the presence of the
indumentum and vitreomaculatus is a good descriptive name
I propose retaining the latter, the two being of same date.

T. salebrosus, Macl. Two specimens in the Australian
Museum and one specimen in the Macleay Museum stand as
this species. One of them has the carine of its pronotum
blunter than the corresponding сатіпе in the two others,
and there is some variation in the brilliance and conspicuous-
ness of the nitid spaces on the elytra (which, however, might
not be the case if the specimens were effectually cleaned). T
am unable to find any good character distinguishing them
from vitreomaculatus, Macl., and I consider them identical
with that species.

T. semicostatus, Macl. Two specimens attributed to this
name are in each of the Sydney Museums. The species is a
very distinct one, allied to Crotchi, Har., but very much
smaller, and having'all the alternate elytral series continu-
ously costiform in their basal half.

T. nodicollis, Macl. Two specimens pinned into the tic-
ket bearing this name in the Macleay Museum are somewhat
closely allied to fenestratus, Har., but, inter alia, are much
smaller and have the intervals between the systematic series
of the elytra much more roughly sculptured.

285

T. Castelnawi, Lansb. This, I have no doubt, is a mere
variety of gigas, Har. No distinctive character is mention-
ed in the description that appears to me at all likely to be,
specific.

T. Tatei, Blackb. This insect was originally described as
possibly a variety of gigas, Har. Subsequently to my pub-
lication of the name I have identified the true gigas, and
find that it is perfectly distinct. As I did not describe Le
Tatei as a species, I include it among the species to be
described below.

T. carinatus, Har. Its author states that this insect is a
variety of T. Australasıe, Er.

T. squamosus, Macl. This name is represented by two
specimens in each of the Sydney museums. They are the
. species which Harold called T. subearinatus, Macl.

T. Australasie, Germ (пес. Er.. Germar's brief descrip-
tion under this name is not sufficient for its confident ’denti-
fication, but there can be little doubt of its having beea
founded on T. litigiosus, Har., which is plentiful in the lo-
cality where Germar’s specimen was found, whereas T. Aus-
trolasie Er., does not, so far as I know, occur there.

Before passing to the tabulation of the distinctive charac-
ters of the Australian species of Tror it seems desirable to
offer some general remarks on the specific value of some of
those characters, and on some of the terms that I have used
to indicate them. The Australian species of Trox are re-
markably variable in respect of some of their superficially
most conspicuous features, but very constant in respect of
certain others. Like most strongly tuberculated Coleoptera
the development of the tubercles is decidedly variable, speci.
mens being very often met with in which the tubercles are
not identical on the two elytra, e.y., there are often two rows
cariniform at the base on one elytron, and only one on the
other: often a cariniform basal part of a series is much longer
on one elytron than on the other. The external teeth of the
front tibiæ are variable in number, specimens being frequent
in which the number is different on the right and left tibie.
Each species certainly seems to me to have a normal number
of teeth —1, 2, 3, or more—and I do not find that variation
tends to default but only to excess of teeth, but it is cer-
tainly not at all rare in this respect. Тһе structure of the
prosternum behind the coxe is certainly variable, though
not frequently so. I have examples before me of several
species having the middle of the prosternum normally pro-
duced in a small angle behind the coxe, in which this angle
is quite wanting. It must further be noted that the Aus-
tralian species of Tror are liable to a remarkable blunting
of the sharper prominences of their structure. Whether this

86
is due to imperfect development or to some attrition to
which the parts in question have been exposed by the habits
of the insects I cannot say, but it is certain that specimens
are frequent in which sharp teeth on the tibiæ are repre-
sented by mere blunt sinuosities, and sharp carinæ on the
pronotum and conical tubercles on the elytra are represented
by eorresponding blunt elevations having all the appearance
of having been rubbed down. Perhaps it may be thought
that I may be in error in regarding these variations as non-
specific, but I can say positively that they are so, as I have
found them in varying degrees in specimens differing in no
other way and taken in company. All the above characters
have been treated as specific in most of the published de-
scriptions of these insects, doubtless through the descriptions
having been founded on the inspection of only one or two
specimens, and doubtless they are specific if regarded merely
as indicating the normal characters, but they are clearly not
available for reliable identification of the species.

The following characters I have found invariable, and as
I have examined large numbers of specimens of some species
they must at any rate be only very rarely variable: — The
setulose vestiture, the texture of the inequalities of the sur-
face (whether glabrous and nitid, or more or less setiferous,
or more or less punctulate, or of an apparently spongiose
tissue), the relation of the subsutural carina of each elytron
to a short basal carina which borders the external margin
of the scutellum: in some species the latter is straight and
altogether disconnected from the former, in others the for-
mer is bent outward at the apex of the scutellum and runs
forward in a curve to meet the latter (it must be noted that
the subsutural carina, so-called, is not always a continuous
carina, but may be broken into short pieces not quite touch.
ing each other), the general disposition of the elytral
tubercles. Regarding this last-named character it is to be
observed that it is quite distinct from the question of the
size and shape of individual tubercles, or the extent to which
this and that tubercle are run together into a short carina
(which, as noted above, are very variable). To make this
clear it is necessary to adopt a name for the tubercular series
of the elytra. If an elytron of almost any Australian Troz
be examined there will be seen ten longitudinal ridges of
some kind; in almost all the species they are more or less
tuberculiferous, and may or may not be the intervals be-
tween defined striæ; the first of them is close to the suture
(I have called it the subsutural carina), the third is almost
always, and the fifth is frequently, a narrow, continuous
carina in its basal part. These ten ridges I have called the
"systematie series," in Latin “series normales.” In many

287

species there are also numerous small granules or large punc-
tures, either without order or in sinuous or straight rows, in-
terspersed among the systematic series, but in no case known
to me capable, on careful inspection, of confusion with the
latter. In a single species ( T. Brucki, Har.) some of the
systematic series are wanting, in a few species the systematic
series are all similar inter se, in most of the species they
(especially their tubercles) are alternately larger and smaller.
Among these, the second, fourth, etc., series are the larger
in some species, the third, fifth, etc., in other species. In
these elytral characters I have found no tendency to varia-
tion. An invariable specific character is to be found also
in the degree of declivity of the antero-lateral part of the
elytra connected with the comparative prominence and
shape of the humeral callus and the development of the front
part of the sublateral systematic series; but these characters
are difficult to express in words, though easy to appreciate
when specimens are examined. To this exten$, however, the
character just mentioned can be used with advantage; if a
Trox be looked down upon from exactly above it (so that the
two lateral margins appear symmetrical) in some species
(the less convex ones) the whole of the actual margin is
visible on both sides as an even line, but in others its front
part, from the point of view indicated, appears on both sides
interrupted by its own deflexion or by the protrusion (be-
yond its outline) of the outline of the humeral callus or of
the tubercles of the sublateral or lateral systematic series.

I should add that I have not found very sat/sfactory char-
acters in the prothorax. The sinuosity of the margins of
that segment is extremely variable within the limits of a
Species, as also the sharpness of the sculpture of the prono-
tum. Undoubtedly there are species in which the normal
condition of the lateral margins is strongly and others in
which it is feebly (or not) trisinuate, species in which nor-
mally the hind angles are weli developed, and others in
which they are normally more obtuse; but I have not suc-
ceeded in discerning any really workable distinction in these
characters in more than two or three species. The greater
or less declivity hindward of the part of the pronotum in
front of the basal lobe seems to be a character calling for
attention in identifying species.

Attention must be called to the fact that it is impossible
to form a correct idea of the sculpture of a Trox without the
removal of the indumentum, with which almost all speci-
mens are coated. This generally requires the use of a strong
brush (such as a tooth-brush), which, fortunately, the hard
texture of the body renders practicable without injury to
the specimen.

288

TABULATION OF THE KNOWN AUSTRALIAN SPECIES oF TROX.

A. Without wings for flying; elytra
soldered together ( (Megalotrox).
B. Lateral margins of elytra deeply
serrate. |
С. Projections of elytral margins
blunt. ET тии m
about 10 1.)

CC. Projections of elytral margins
acute. Size much larger

BB. Lateral margins of elytra
most) lightly ‘crenulate.

C. Head very closely (almost conflu-

ently) punctulate Å då

CC. Head sparsely punctulate

Winged; elytra not soldered toge-

ther (Trox).

B. Epipleure of elytra

than in the following

Epipleure of elytra

tively narrow.

. The middle two carinæ of pro-

notum conspicuously abbreviat-
ed behind.

D. Elytra with about
uous lines of short,
fulvous sete.

The elytral sete fasciculated

on the prominences of the
systematic series.

F. The prominences of the
systematic series of the
arp are dr mark-
ec

The prominences vt me
systematic series well de-
fined ((almost as in T.
fenestratus, Har.)

. Elytral sete evenly dis-

vene (nowhere fascicu-

lated), and BR, od
than in VE”
DD. Elytra not as in D.

E. Elytral tubercles (unless at
their extreme apex) nitid,
glabrous, and punctureless.

1%. Subsutural 'arina of
elytra continues along
sides scutellum and
inner elytral
base.

G. Lateral margins of pro-
thorax erenulate (form
of body very wide,
tending to sub-circu-

lar)

(at

AA.

much wider

species
compara-

BB.

20 conspic-
bright

FF.

of
part . of

Dohrni, Har.

Пат.

gigas,

Blackb.
Blackb,

Elderi,
Tatei,

tasmanicus, Blackb.

Auguste, Blackb.

Масі.

dilaticollis,

setosipennis, Blackb.

eremita, Blackb.

289

GG. Lateral margins of
prothorax not crenu-
late (form of body
much more ovate)

FF. Subsutural carina of
elytra not continuous w ith
the short carina on either
side of scutellum.

G. The elytral prominen-
ces of largest area are
in 8rd, äth, etc., sys-
tematic series.

H. 3rd, 5th, and 7th sys-
tematic series of
elytra costiform im
about their basal half
(size small)

HH. Systematic series of
elytra very little
costiform.

I. Subapieal external
tooth of front tibiæ
much smaller than
apical tooth

II. Subapieal external
tooth ot front tibia
about same size as
apical tooth ;

III. Subapieal external
tooth of front tibia
all but non-existent

GG. The elytral promi-
nences of largest area
are in the 2nd, ‚At h; etc’,

systematic ser ies.

H. Hind tibiæ normal .

HH. Hind tibiæ strongly
incurved in their api-

eal part
EE. Most (or all) of the elytral
aia ua entir ely (or nearly
so) spongiose or setulose or

Pe.

. Lateral margins of elytra

in front part (viewed

from above, and so that
both are seen symmetri-
cally) form an even line.

G. Subsutural carina of
elytra continues alon
sides of scutellum an
inner part of elytral
base.

H. The alternate syste-
matie series of the
elytra very different
from the others.

1. All the systematic
series of the elytra
tuberculiferous.

Crotchi, Har.

semicostatus, Macl.

eyrensis, Blackb.

quadridens, Blackb.

alatus, Macl.

stellatus, Har.

curvipes, Har.

290

J. Two distinct rows
of well-defined
punctures be-
tween lst and
3rd systematic
series oe

. Space between
lst and 3rd syste-
matic series oc-
cupied by con-
fused rugulosity

II. Alternate syste-
matic series devoid
of tubercles ү.

HH. АП the systematic
series of the elytra
similar (or nearly во)
inter se.

I. Lateral margin of
elytra narrow and
subvertical ES

TI. Lateral margin of
elvtra wider and
flattened (as in
litigiosus, Har.) ...

GG. Subsutural carina of

elytra not continuous

with the short carina
on either side of scutel-

um.
H. Size moderate or large

(5i l, or more).

I. Subapical callus of
elytra quite strong-
ly prominent (both
externally and in-
ternally) and bear-
ing two of the lar-
gest tubercles of
the elytra ;

II. Subapieal callus of
elytra but little
prominent, and
bearing compara-
tively small tu-
bercles.

J. The elytral tu-
bercles of largest
area are on 2nd,
4th, etc., syste-
matic series, and
are nitid D.

JJ. Elytral tuberel
not as in J

K. Elytra not hav-
ing conspicuous
nitid black

Spaces.

L. Apical dilata-
tion of front
tibie bifid

fenestratus, Har.

nodicollis, Macl.

Brucki, Har.

velutinus, Blackb.

insignicollis, Blackb.

litigiosus, Har.

strzeleckianus, Blackb.

euclensis, Blackb.

291

LL. Apical dila-

tation of
front Чыг :
entire .. mentitor, Blackb.

KK. Elytra having
numerous con-
spieuous nitid

black spaces tricolor, Blackb.
HH. Size very small pu
or less) : vitreomaculatus, Macl.

FF. Lateral margins of бегін
in front part (v iewed
from above) interrupted
by projection of humeral
callus or of tubercles
G. Intermediate and hind
tibiæ unarmed or finely
crenulate, externally.
H. Prothorax very evi-
dently at its widest
considerably in front
of middle... squamosus, Macl.
HH. “Ртобһогах | at iti
widest at, or behind,
the middle.
I. Tubercles of elytra
unusually few in
number and large Australasiæ, Er.
11. Tubercles of elytra
much more nume-
rous and smaller candidus, Har.
GG. Intermediate and hind
tibie with some con-
Spicuous, well-defined
external teeth perhispidus, Plackb.
CC. Middle two keels of pronotum
not definitely abbreviated be-
hind.
D. Antennal club dark; form
wide and rounded: long. 4 l. sabulosus, Fab.
DD. Antennal club lighter: form
narrow and parallel; long. 31. scaber, Illig.

T. (Megalotrox) Tatei, Blackb. Late ovalis; sat convexus;
niger; capite sparsim fortiter punctulato transversim
obtuse nec alte carinato; prothorace quam longiori ut
6 ad 4 latiori, postice lobato, supra costis tuberculisque
crassis inæquali, sparsim punctulato (partibus lateraii-
bus crebre granulatis), postice quam antice ut 13 ad 8
latiori, angulis posticis subrectis, lateribus arcuatis
crenulatis; elytis confuse granulatis et tuberculorum
magnorum obtusorum seriebus 3 (et tuberculorum multo
minorum serie subsuturali) ornatis, lateribus subtiliter
crenulatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis, dente apicali
bifido. Long. g 4995 lat GL (vix).

292

At once distinguishable from the other Troges of the sec-
tion Megalotroz, except Elderi, Blackb., by the lateral mar-
gins of its elytra being only finely crenulate, and from
Elder) by its much narrower and more convex form, its much
less transverse prothorax, its much more sparsely punctured
and more uneven head, and its pronotum much less closely
punctured and having much thicker carinæ and tubercles,
which are, indeed, so wide that there can scarcely he said
to be any distinct flat intervals between them, whereas in
Elder: the prominences on the pronotum are narrow and
separated from each other by wide, flat intervals.

S.W. parts of South Australia.

T. tasmanicus, sp. nov. Alatus; minus late ovatus; fere
glaber; minus nitidus; niger; capite ruguloso-punctu-
lato, fronte bituberculata ; prothorace quam longiori ut
8 ad 5 latiori, supra fere ut caput punctulato, longitu-
dinaliter carinis 6 nitidis fortiter elevatis instructo (cari-
nis medianis 2 sinuatis postice fortiter abbreviatis, inter-
mediis fortiter sinuatis in medio interruptis, externis
interruptis et in dimidio pronoti antico carentibus), ad
latera late explanato, margine laterali sat equaliter arcu-
ato incrassato grosse punctulato, angulis omnibus ob-
tusis, basi latissime rotundatim modice fortiter lobata ;
scutello minori, depresso; elytris valde inæqualibus,
serierum normalium tuberculis nitidis (nonnullis sat
grosse punctulatis) 1” parvis (haud cum carina scutel-
lari continuis) 3" 5" 7° que magnis (serie 9% ad
basin breviter cariniformi) 9" parvis ceterarum granu-
liformibus cum granulis aliis inæqualiter commixtis,
marginibus lateralibus totis sat fortiter serratis, epipleu-
ris perlatis nitidis minute granuliferis; , metasterno
brevi; tibiis anticis extus inermibus, posterioribus 4,
crenulatis, prosterno pone coxas subtruncato. Long.,
Tl; lat. del

The only winged Australian species yet described or known
to me having the broad elytral epipleure and short metas-
ternum of the large species for which M. de Borre proposed
the name Megalotroz.

Tasmania.

T. setosipennis, sp. nov. Alatus: minus late ovatus; minus.

opacus; niger vel piceus vel rufo-piceus, antennarum

clava rufa; supra setis subtilibus lete fulvis (in pro-
noto quam in elytris magis brevibus, in his vut: series
circiter 20 sat regulares dispositis nec in ulla parte
fasciculatis) vestitus; subtus partibus nonnullis rufo cili-
atis; capite puncturis setiferis sat grossis nec crebre nec
fortiter impresso, fronte bituberculata: prothorace quam

293

longiori ut 13 ad 8 latiori, supra fere ut caput punctu-
lato sed paullo magis fortiter, fere ut 7. tasmamici,
Blackb., carinato sed carinis obtusis multo minus ele-
vatis, ante lobum basalem medianum sat fortiter declivi,
margine laterali fortiter trisinuato, angulis anticis sat
obtusis postieis sat acute rectis, basi utrinque profunde
late emarginata (lobo mediano triangulari); scutello
modico lanciformi; elytris vix perspicue tuberculatis,
seriebus normalibus 1% 3% etc, obtuse leviter con-
vexis 2° 4°, etc, sat planis sed pustulis magnis
nitidis nonnullis vix elevatis ornatis, intervallis inter
series normales longitudinaliter seriatim foveatis, serie-
bus ipsis longitudinaliter seriatim sat subtiliter punctu-
latis, serie 1" antice haud ut carina ad scutelli latera
continua, callo subapicali minus elevato; tibiis anticis
extus bidentatis; prosterno medio pone coxas acuto
minus producto: Long. 7 L5 lati; 932

This species, T. diaticollis, Macl, and 7. Auguste,

Blackb., are easily distinguishable from all the other Aus-

tralian species of Trox known to me by the numerous and

conspicuous rows of fine, brightly fulvous sete on their
elytra. They resemble each other considerably, but are
separated by good characters—the inequalities of the prono-
tum being in the other two species strong cariniform ridges,
in this one feeble obtuse convexities; the subsutural carina
of the elytra being in the other two continuous along the
sides of the scutellum, in this species widely disconnected
from the short elevation that margins the sides of the scutel-
lum in their front part; the elytral sete being very evi-
dently shorter, less erect, in the other two than in this

Species, those setae, moreover, in.the other two not being

regularly spaced (on account of two or three sete being

placed close together here and there as a fascicle on the
apex of a scarcely defined tubercle), while in the present
species each seta is isolated, and all are very equally sepa-
rated inter se.

South Australia (Yorke's Peninsula).

T. eyrensis, sp. nov. Alatus; sat late ovatus; fere glaber;
minus nitidus; niger, capite subtus et pedibus capillis
nonnullis rufulis vestitis, antennarum clava rufa; capite
sat crebre subfortiter vix rugulose punctulato, fronte
bituberculata ; prothorace quam longiori ut 13 ad 8 lati-
ori, supra fere ut caput sed paullo magis rugulose punc-
tulato, fere ut præcedentis (T. tasmanici) carinato, ad
latera sat late explanato, ante lobum basalem median-
um fortiter declivi, margine laterali ante medium haud
vel leviter (pone medium leviter) sinuato, angulis anticis

294

nonnihil subacutis posticis subrectis, basi utrinque
bisinuata (lobo mediano modico postice sat rotundato);
scutello modico lanciformi; elytris tuberculato-inæqua-
libus, serierum normalium tuberculis nitidis levibus
(nonnullis postice ad apicem spongiosis) 3" sat parvis
бе Те 9% gradatim magis parvis ceterarum granuli-
formibus, granulis minutis (vel puncturis) inter series
normales lineatim sinuatim dispositis, serie 3^ breviter
(D^ haud vel vix) ad basin cariniformi, 1° ad basin
haud ut carina ad scutelli latera continua, callo sub-
apicali minus perspicuo; tibiis anticis extus dentibus З
bene definitis armatis (dente apicali quam ali multo
majori): prosterno medio pone coxas minute acuto.
Long., 63 1.; lat., 4 1.

The nitid punctureless tubercles of the systematic series on
the elytra (some of them nevertheless being spongiose on a
small area at the hinder part of their apex), together with
the subsutural systematic series not at the base becoming
cariniform and continuous along the sides of the scutellum,
distinguish this species from all others bearing a general re-
semblance to it except quadridens, Blackb., which it closely
resembles, though I am quite satisfied that the two are valid
species. Hyrensis (which I have seen only from the south-
west coast of Australia) has the sides of its prothorax evenly
arched (rarely slightly sinuate), from the front nearly to
the base, and then feebly sinuate, while in quadridens (which
I have seen only from north of Port Augusta) the sides of
the prothorax are quite strongly trilobed. There is also a
reliable distinction in the armature of the front tibiæ. In
both species those tibiæ have three or more external teeth
(not rarely 4 on one tibie and three on the other), but in
quadridens the subapical tooth is fully as large as the apical,
while in eyrensis the apical tooth is very much larger than
the others. I find also that the tubercles of the systematic
series in eyrensis have. much more spongiose tissue than in
quadridens. In the latter, those tubercles are (as in 7.
Crotchi, Har.) all but absolutely without it: while in the
former the postero-apical surface of most of them is dis-
tinctly opaque and spongiose, with the result that, looked at
obliquely from behind, eyrensis might almost be referred to
the litigiosus group of species, while regarded obliquely from
in front scarcely any opacity can be seen on the tubercles.
Apart from the different character of the tissue of its elytral
tubercles eyrensis bears considerable general resemblance to
the larger species of the /itigiosus group. Im other respects,
however, it differs from them, inter айа, as follows: —From
litigiosus, Har., by the more numerous external teeth of its

295

front tibiæ (I have not seen any litigiosus, in а long series,
which has on both tibiæ more thar two teeth; two is un-
doubtedly its normal number), by the much less prominence
of the subapical calli of its elytra (these in litigiosus both
are more prominent in themselves and also bear on the third
systematic series a conspicuous tubercle scarcely smaller thaa
the largest tubercle of that series), and by the distinctly red
club of its antenne; from strzeleckensis, Blackb., by the
largest and most nitid elytral tubercles being on (not the
second, fourth, etc., but) the first, third, etc., systematic
series: and from mentitor Blackb., by the much larger and
much less numerous tubercles of its elytra. T. euclensis,
Blackb., and vitreomaculatus, Macl., hardly need to be dif-
ferentiated, the former having inter alia multa nearly all
its elytral tubercles almost entirely opaque, and the latter
inter alia multa being one of the smallest Australian species
of the genus.
South-east parts of Western Australia.

T. mentitor, Blackb. This species is closely allsed to 1:
euclensis, Blackb., and difficult to separate by characters that
lend themelves to tabulation. The character that I have
selected for tabulation is very satisfactory if constant, but as
mentitor continues unique I hesitate to place entire reliance
upon it, though I find the bifidity of the apical dilatation of
the front tibie constant in euclensis (of which I have ex-
amined many specimens). T. mentitor is a species of more
parallel form than euciensis, and the tubercles of its elytral
Series are smaller and much more numerous and closely
placed than the corresponding tubercles in euclensis, while
the small granules of the interstices between the systematic
geries run (not in sinuous lines as they do in euclensis, but)
in perfectly straight lines.

T. tricolor, sp. nov. Alatus; sat late ovalis; sat opacus;
niger vel piceo-niger, palpis antennisque rufis; supra in
elytris (areis numerosis nitidis aterrimis exceptis) pube
subtilissima creberrima brunnea et setis brunneis cine-
reisque minus perspicuis (his in tuberculis subobsoletis
fasciculatis) vestitus; subtus partibus nonnullis rufo-
hirtis vel ciliatis; capite sparsim granulato-punctulato,
fronte bituberculata ; prothorace antice angustato, quam
longiori ut 13 ad 9 latiori, supra ut caput granulato-
punctulato (puncturis minute setiferis), fere ut T. tas-
manici, Blackb., carinato sed carinis perobtusis, ante
lobum basalem medianum haud abrupte declivi, mar-
gine laterali pone medium profunde emarginato, angu-
lis anticis subacutis posticis subrectis, basi fortiter tri-
sinuata, lobo basali postice angulato: scutello cordi-

296

formi; elytris inequalibus, serierum normalium 1% 3"
etc., tuberculis minus perspicuis (horum aliis nitidis,
aliis opacis), serierum 2% 4”, etc, tuherculis fere
nullis, inter series normales (his basin versus vix car-
iniformibus) seriatim sat grosse punctulatis (nec granu-
latis), carina subsuturali ad basin haud ut carina ad
scutelli latera continua, callo subapicali vix perspicuo;
tibiis anticis extus bidentatis; prosterno medio pone
coxas obtuse angulato. Long., 6 k; lat., 34 |.

Owing to the feebleness of its sculpture, the plece of this
species in a tabulation is not very obvious without careful
consideration. The nitid (and slightly elevated) spaces on
the third, fifth, etc., systematic series are so much more con-
spicuous than the ill-defined pubescent tubercles between
them that at first sight the latter (which are the true tu-
bercles of the series) might almost be overlooked, and the
subsutural carina is so nearly obsolete that it is not very
satisfactory to have to attribute to it any character at all.
But in all genera of numerous species such cases of difficulty
are to be expected where characters that serve well for identi-
fying most of the species are less available in the case of
occasional feebly developed species. The second, fourth,
etc., systematic series of the elytra are sub-obsolete, but not
(as they are in Brucki, Har.) absolutely wanting. The
species, however, is easy to recognise, if in good condition,
by the peculiar colouring, on which I have founded the
name. The elytra present the appearance of being chequer-
ed with patches of three colours: the nitid black squares in
the alternate interstices, the dark brown derm, and the cin-
ereous sete on the tubercles that are alternated with the
nitid black squares. ts structural characters also render
T. tricolor incapable of confusion with any of its described
Australian congeners, as it is the only one ‘of those not hav-
ing defined tubercles or granules in the second, fourth, etc.,
systematic series, having conspicuous nitid black spaces in
the first, third, ete., series.

New South Wales. Taken near Sydney by Mr. Carter.

T. perhispidus, sp. nov. Alatus; sat late ovatus; sat opacus ;
niger vel piceo-niger, palpis antennisque (harum basi
excepta) testaceis vel rufis ; supra in elytris setis brevibus
fulvis circiter 16 seriatim longitudinaliter ornatus (his
in tuberculis fasciculatis) et in marginibus setis elon-
gatis piliformibus ciliatus; subtus partibus nonnullis
rufo-ciliatis; capite obscure пес crebre granulato,
fronte bituberculata; ^ prothorace quam longiori
ut 3 ad 2 latiori, supra ut caput granulato
(granulis minute fulvo-setiferis), fere ut 7. tasmaniei,
Blackb., carinato sed carinis subobsoletis perobtusis,

297

ante lobum basalem medianum sat fortiter declivi, mar-
gine laterali vix sinuato, angulis anticis sat obtusis
posticis fere (nec acute) rectis, basi utrinque profunde
late emarginata, lobo basali lato postice rotundato; scu-
tello sat lato sublanciformi: elytris tuberculato-
inequalibus, serierum normalium tuberculis modicis
opacis (aliis elongatis, aliis subconicis) ^ serierum
3% 5% 7° 9° tuberculis quam ceterarum majoribus, tu-
bereulis setis fasciculatis brevibus ornatis, inter series
normales granulis nonnullis setiferis instructis, seriebus
3° 5° que ad basin plus minusve cariniformibus (1* ad
basin haud ut carina ad scutelli latera continua),
callo subapicali vix perspicuo ; tibiis anticis extus biden-
tatis, intermediis dentibus 2 prope mediam partem bene
definitis et alis nonnullis minoribus, posticis crenu-
latis; prosterno pone coxas late nec acute prominenti.
Long., 44 1.; lat., 23 1.

This is an extremely distinct species, and cannot well be
confused with any other Australian member of the genus.
The sculpture of the middle tibiæ (consisting of two well-
defined teeth about the middle of the external margin and
smaller teeth above and below) in itself distinguishes it from
all its known Australian congeners. Also the fringe of elon-
gate, hair-like setze on the lateral margins of the elytra are
unusual, as well as the 16 longitudinal rows of sete on each
elytron, many of which sete аге fasciculate on tubercles in
the first, fourth, seventh, tenth, and thirteenth rows (in the
sixteenth they are somewhat obscure and confused with the
long marginal sete). Other unusual characters are the ex-
ceptional feebleness of the inequalities on the pronotum and
the width of the scutellum. The species is in some respects
suggestive of the European T. hispidus, Laich., but very
distinet, inter alia multa, by the strong convexity of its pro-
notum, and the deep emargination of the base of that seg-
ment on either side, which is almost as in T. Australasie,
Er. The strong convexity of the humeral callus and the
strong projection of the tubercles of the ninth sys-
tematic series cause the true lateral margin of the
elytra to be hidden in the front part, when the in-
sect is looked down upon from above (from the
point whence the two sides are seen symmetrically), so
that the lateral margins from that point of view appear
jagged, as in candidus, Har., and some other species.

Northern Territory of Sovth Australia.

1. sabulosus, Fab. I have found an example of this Euro-
pean species among some Australian Coleoptera, given to
me by Dr. Pulleine some years ago, and there is every reason
to believe that it was taken somewhere near Adelaide.

298

ON THE ABSORPTION OF a RAYS, AND ON THE CLASSI-
FICATION OF THE a RAYS OF RADIUM.

Ву ХУ. Н. BraGG, M.A., Elder Professor of Mathematics
and Physics in the University of Adelaide.

[Read September 6, 1904.|
ABSTRACT,

In a paper read at the Dunedin meeting of the Austral-
asian Association for the Advancement of Science, in Janu-
ary, 1904, the author had compared the phenomena attend-
ing the absorption of а and ß rays, and had shown that the
following hypotheses were probably true: —

(1) The Bray is "absorbed" as it penetrates matter from
two causes—(«*) deflection due to close encounter
with electrons of the atoms traversed; (b) expendi-
ture of energy on ionisation.

(2) The « ray is "absorbed" from the latter cause alone.
It followed that the « particle moved through mat-
ter without deviation until its energy was expended ;
that no dispersion attended its flight; that it had
a definite range, depending on its initial velocity ;
and that, like any atom moving with more than
ionising speed, it must become positive—even
though neutral at first—from collision with ions
traversed and consequent loss of one electron.

The author now described a number of experiments in sup-
port of these hypotheses. The principle of the method em-
ployed consisted in tbe isolation of a narrow cone or cones of
a rays by suitable stops, and the examiration of the ionisa-
tion produced by them at different distances from their
source. This was accomplished by the use of a shallow ionisa-
tion chamber. The experiments might be divided into two
classes, those with thick layers of radium and those with thin
layers. In the former case he showed that a curve in which
the ordinates represented distances from radium to ionisa-
tion chamber, and the abscisse currents as measured in a
quadrant electrometer—and which he termed the ionisation
curve— should be a rectilinear polygon, on the following assump-
tions :—

(a) Al « particles produced ions in proportion merely

to distance traversed.
(b) « particles lost energy in proportion to matter tra-
versed, so that such as came from lower layers of
radium would lose speed before emerging.

299

(c) Radium in a state of equilibrium contained its radio-
active products, each ejecting an equal number of
а particles of definite speed, and therefore respon-
sible for one of the sides of the polygon.

He showed that experiment proved this to be the case.
He also described the following experimental results: —(1)
De-emanated radium only emitted о particles of range about
83 ст. (2) A uniform layer cut off the same quantity from
the range of all the « rays. t

In the case of thin layers he showed that the curve should
take the form of a series of steps, each step representing one
radio-active change, and that this also was an experimental
fact. Experiments with thin layers showed that:—

(1) De-emanation removed all the steps but one, that of
height 3:3 em.

(2) Other three steps slowly came back into the curve,
at about the proper rate, according to Rutherford
and Soddy's theory of radio-active change. They
had heights of about 4 cm., 4:5 cm., and 67 cm.
respectively.

(3) These three were all nearly equal in width, implying
that the number of « particles in each stream was
the same, as it should be.

(4) A red heat temporarily removed the first two of
these three steps, the third afterwards dying out. It
therefore appeared that the third was due to the
second radio-active product, the others being due to
the first radio-active product and the emanation.

(5) The а particle ionised more successfully towards the
end of its career.

The author also showed that in Becquerel’s photographic
trace of the path of the а ray in a magnetic field there should
be— on at least one side of the trace—more curvature in the part
of the curve near the radium than in the part further away;
and that in this way Becquerel's observations to that effect
might be explained. The outer edge was, in fact, the locus
of the ends of the rays, not the path of any one ray.

It was more diflicult to determine the precise positions of
the corners of the polygon in the case of thick layers than
the positions of the steps in the curve of thin layers. Experi-
ments on the former, conducted with dome-shaped ionisation
chambers of various radii, had met with some degree of
success.

Mr. R. Kleeman had given valuable assistance during the
research.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS
Royal Society of South Australia

(Incorporated!

ков 1903-4.

COI a a

II

ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 3, 1903.

JOSEPH C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the
chair.

ExniniTS.—J. б. O. TEPPER, F.L.S., a sprig of Pinus hali-
pensis covered with scale (Chermes, sp.) insect. This scale is
extremely injurious to plant life. Unlike others of the same
family, ıt occupies the extremities of the limbs first, and
works downwards, producing top-drying, and ultimately
death. Probably introduced from the East. Mr. TEPPER
also exhibited a moth ( Doratifera oxleyi), colour brown, male
smaller than female. The caterpillar, before passing into
the larval state, spins a very thin cocoon, which it stiffens by
discharging into and saturating it with a thick, agglutinative
fluid, finally cutting the silk to allow the escape of the ma-
tured moth. Mr. S. SMEATON, B.A., had seen this moth in
the sugar gums of a brilliant colour; it is not eaten by birds.
D. FLEMING, Chairman of the Microscopical Section, ex-
hibited some young fish and eggs taken from the River Tor-
rens.

PAPERS.--The Tate Memorial Medal Prize Essay : — "The
Port Victor Granite," by H. W. Gartrell, communicated by
W. G. WoorwoUGH, B.Sc., F.G.S. “Description of Austra-
lian Curculionide, with Notes on Previously Described
Species," Part ii, by A. M. LEA, Government Entomolog'st,
Tasmania.

ORDINARY MEETING, DECEMBER 1, 1903.
JosgPH C. Vzrco, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the

chair.

Present—Professor E. H. Rennie, D.Sc. (Vice-President),
W. Rutt, C.E. (Hon. Treasurer), Dr. Cleland, W. Howchin,
F.G.S. (Editor of the Transactions, etc.), Samuel Dixon, D.
Fleming, W. Н. Baker, H. Basedow, Miss E. Collison, B.Sc.,
and the Hon. Secretary.

301

ExmiBrTS.--W. Howcuin, F.G.S., the fruit, seed, and
leaves of the Leichhardt tree, which had been brought down
from beyond Tennant's Creek, Northern Territory, by H. Y.
L. Brown, Government Geologist. D. FLEMING, Chairman
of the Microscopical Section, exhibited a Polyzoan, from the
River Torrens ( Plumelella repens).

DISPOSAL or THE LiBRARY.— Professor RENNIE, D.Sc., in-
troduced the proposal to hand over the books and periodicals
of the Society to the Board of Governors of the Public Lib-
rary, etc., for the consideration of the meeting. It was then
proposed by Dr. CLELAND, seconded by D. FrEMING, and car-
ried unanimously— "That the Council of the Society be em-
powered to make arrangements with the Board of Governors
of the Publie Library, etc., to take over and keep for publie
use such portions of the Royal Society's Library as may be
considered by the Council desirable, and hold under such
terms as the Council may determine to be in the best inter-
ests of the members of the Society."

NomrnaTrons.—David Gordon, Warehouseman, Adelaide,
and Howard Whitbread, Pharmacist, Adelaide, as Fellows.

ORDINARY MEETING, APRIL 7, 1904.

JOSEPH C. Vzrco, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the
chair.

Ехнівітв.--7. б. O. TEPPER, F.L.S., a branch of lemon
tree оп which was growing a large parasitic plant (Loranthus
exocarpi). The specimen was collected by Mr. Fergusson, of
the School of Mines, from a garden at Mitcham, and shows
that this species of Loranthus grows on the Citrus. Mr. ZIETZ
observed that the Loranthus readily grows on fruit trees
Mr. TEPPER also exhibited a case of insects, collected by Mr.
H. Basedow, in the north-west part of South Australia. Some
445 specimens were obtained, and have been presented to the
South Australian Museum by the collector. The identifica
tion of the Coleoptera has been undertaken by the Rev.
Thomas Blackburn, B.A.; the Lepidoptera by Mr. Oswald
B. Lower, F.E.S. (Lond.); whilst the identification of the
Orthoptera and any other orders there may be in the col-
lection has been undertaken by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.

Barror.—David Gordon and Howard Whitbread, both of
Adelaide, elected as Fellows. :

PAPERS.— “Recent Corals from the South Australian and
Victorian Coasts,” by Jomn DENNANT, F.G.S. ХУ. HOWCHIN,
F.G.S., in bringing this paper before the meeting, remark-
ed: —“Owing to the President's generosity the plates would
cost the Society nothing, and that many of the corals de-
scribed had been dredged by Dr. Verco.^ Mr. Howcurn gave
a preliminary and verbal account of the geological discoveries
he had made during the late vacation. After illustrating on

302

the blackboard the general relative positions of the rocks in
the Mount Lofty and Flinders Ranges, Mr. Howchin said he
had ascertained that the formations, as shown in the section
from Marino to Mount Lofty, were found generally in the
same order in the Flinders Ranges, as far as examined. The
series occupied the same relative position over the whole
area. The highest member of the series, the purple slates,
which included the archeocyathine limestones, occupied a
superior position to the older glacial beds. The fossil remains
in the limestone gave a datum for the whole formation. Mr.
Howchin also described the geological features of Mount Re-
markable, and explained how, in all probability, it came to
possess so singular an outline. W. G. Wootnoven, D.Sc.,
remarked that Mr. Howchin's discoveries would form the basis
of future geological and mineralogical work. Professor ХУ.
Н. Brace, M.A., then gave an interesting account of his
visit to New Zealand on the occasion of the meeting of the
Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, held
at Dunedin in January last. He mentioned, in the course
of his address, that, owing to the meeting of the Medical
Congress in Adelaide, in September, 1905, the meeting of
the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science
had been put off for a year. Professor BRAGG also stated that
his nomination of Professor Baldwin Spencer as the President
of the meeting in Adelaide was well received, and was pecu-
liarly appropriate, because much of Professor Spencer's work
had been done in South Australia.
NOMINATION.— Dr. Reissmann, as a Fellow.

ORDINARY MEETING, May 3, 1904.

Dr. CLELAND in the chair.

BarLor.—C. Reissmann, M.A., M.D. (Cantab.), B.Sc.
(Lond.), etc., elected a Fellow.

Ехнівітв.--Еруім ASHBY gave an interesting account of a
visit to the Blackall Ranges, Queensland, and exhibited 46
varieties of birds” skins which he had obtained in that lo-
cality ; also a case of beautiful butterflies and some large land
shells.

ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 7, 1904.

JOSEPH C. VERco, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the
chair. ;

Ехнївїтө.-—]. б. O. TEPPER, F.L.S., a small quantity
of monazite, from the Northern Territory. This mineral
consists of phosphate of thorium and other rare elements.

BaLLor.—H. Griffith, of Adelaide, was elected a Fellow.

Nomrnations.—James Gartrell, William Taylor, and
Mrs. H. R. Robinson.

PAPERS.—* Anthropological Observations made on the Go-
vernment N.W. Expedition (Central Australia),” by H.

303

BASEDOW. Mr. BasEDow exhibited a number of sketches. of
native rock paintings and photographs of groups of natives
to illustrate his paper. “Descriptions of Some New Species
of Orthoptera, collected during the Government N.W. Expe-
dition (Central Australia)," by J. С. О. Террев, F.L.S. Mr.
TEPPER exhibited a case of insects, being part of those col-
lected during the expedition. “Descriptions of New Species
of Australian Elachistide, etc." by OswaLD B. Lower,
F.E.S. (Lond.).

ORDINARY MEETING, JULY 5, 1904.

JoserH C. Vzrco, М.О. F.R.C.S. (President), in the
chair.

Bartor.— William Taylor, St. Andrews, North Adelaide,
and James Gartrell, of Burnside, were elected Fellows, and
Mrs. H. R. Robinson, “Las Conchas,” Largs Bay, was elected
an Associate.

ExHIBITS.—Referring to the mineral monazite, a specimen
of which had been exhibited at the last meeting, Mr. Zietz
remarked that it was found in New South Wales. W. How-
снім, F.G.S., exhibited a large and interesting collection of
rock specimens and fossils from Lake Eyre district, together
with native weapons and food products.

PArERS.— Note on South Australian Decapod Crustacea,”
Part i, by W. Н. BAKER. “Nudibranchiate Mollusca of
South Australia,” by Н. BaseDow. [This paper was subse-
quently withdrawn for reconstruction.] "Remarks on a Re-
cent Visit to the Lake Eyre District,” by W. Howocniw,
F.G.S. Mr. Ноууснтх described the physical and geological
contrasts in passing from the Cambrian rocks of the Flinders
Range to the Cretaceous of the Lake Eyre basin. The desert
sandstone country, the sandhills and claypans, the stony
(gibber) deserts, and the mound springs were described,
and received illustration by numerous exhibits. The most
remarkable mound spring met with was one known as the
“boiling spring," situated about a quarter of a mile distant
from Blanche Cup. It takes its name, not from possessing a
high temperature (which is not more than tepid), but from
its boiling action, by which the quicksand rolls and twists
and rises above the level of the water like a huge serpent.
The extinct mound springs are immensely larger than those
now active. Mount Hamilton, within a quarter of a mile of
Blanche Cup, is one of these, and is sixty feet high and a
half-mile in circumference. The mount is composed of com-
pact dolomitic limestone, which was precipitated from the
spring when active. Near the centre, on the top of the
mount, there is a shallow depression, but no water. An old
flint quarry that had been worked by the aboriginals for their
stone implements was also described, and an old mulga

304

stick was shown, which the lecturer had found in the quarry,
and had been used by the natives to prise up the flints from
their bed. It had evidently been left by the last workers.
The hil on which the quarry was situated, and which was
covered with countless numbers of chippings, was near Pid-
leeomina Waterhole, thirty miles south-west from Stuart’s
Creek Station. Mr. Howchin also exhibited a number of
large and roughly made stone implements, stained red, which
he had obtained from the table top country. These imple-
ments were unlike those now used by the natives or com-
monly met with on the lower ground and sandhills of the
country, and might possibly have belonged to an older race
now extinct.
ORDINARY MEETING, AUGUST 2, 1904.

JOSEPH C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the
chair.

IXHIBITS-—A. H. C. Zintz. F.L.S., Assistant Director of
the Museum, exhibited a fungus (Polyphorus туба), found
about three feet under ground, in wet, sandy soil, near gum
trees, at Myponga. This fungus was formerly eaten by the
natives. It grows to about the size of a football, and has
the appearance of a large potato. It is found in New South
Wales and Tasmania, but has not previously been recorded
from South Australia. Mr. ZrgTZ also exhibited a number of
well-known birds from both northern and southern Australia,
and two hybrids, one between Platycercus barnardi and P.
flaveolous, from the Wirrabara Forest, and the other between
Geopelia tranquilla and ©. striata, bred in captivity.

PAPER.— “South Australian Marine Mollusca,” by J. С.
Virco, MID. B.R.US.

ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 6, 1904.

JOSEPH C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the
chair.

Bartor.—William Christie, of Adelaide, was elected a
Fellow.

ExuiBITS.—O. B. Lower, F.E.S. (Lond.), a pseudomorph
cast of a shell (natica), in opal, from White Cliffs. W. How-
CHIN, F.G.S., a number of rock specimens to illustrate his
paper.

PAPERS.— “On the Alpha Rays of Radium," by Professor
W. Н. Brace, М.А. “Geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges:
Part i, The Coastal District," by W. Howcurx,, F.G.S.

ANNUAL MEETING, OCTOBER 4, 1904.
J. C. Verdo, M.D., F.R.C.S. (President), in the chair.
The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were adopted
ELECTION or OFFICERS.—J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S., as
President; Professor E. H. Rennie, D.Sc., F.C.S., and Rev

305

Thomas Blackburn, B.A., as Vice-Presidents; Walter Rutt,
C.E., as Hon. Treasurer.

ELECTION or MEMBERS or COUNCIL.—Samuel Dixon and W.
H. Selway.

ExHIBITS.— A. H. 0, Zrztz, F.L.S. a large, sound-pro-
ducing, ground spider, from the Malay Peninsula, and cop-
per ores from Paull’s Creek Copper Mine, South Australia.
E. ASHBY, bird skins from Woodford, Queensland, Malurus
lamberti and M. melanocephalus, and, for purposes of com-
parison, M. assimilis, from Ardrossan; Kopsaltria magniros-
tris, Platycercus palidiceps, and Iypotnædia Philipinensis.
W. Н. Serway, a piece of shale with dendritic markings.
Н. Basepow, “ironstone biscuits." The exhibitor stated
that during a sojourn at Cape Jervis concretions were
found on the surface of the glacial deposits oceurring in that
neighbourhood. Their shape and external characteristics are
similar to the limestone “biscuits” of the “biscuit flats”: but
in this case the composition is hydrated oxide of iron. It
was suggested that they might be true pseudomorphs
of ironstone after limestone. No examples were, how-
ever, found showing an intermediate stage of pseudo-
morphism, so that, if they be true pseudomorphs, the
molecular replacement has been effected in so perfect a man-
ner that the specimens, with the exception of their superior
hardness, might easily be mistaken for the darker-coloured
varieties of the “limestone biscuits.” Mr. Howcutn stated
that discoid and nodular concretions of limonite were com-
monly found in the upper part of the glacial beds of this
age, and, as the physical conditions under which they oc-
curred at Cape Jervis were not the same as those of the “bis-
cuit flats," he would be inclined to regard them as segrega-
tions of ironstone in the clay itself, or at the line of junction
between the clay and overlying sand rock, as was the case at
Queenstown, Kangaroo Island. The. specimens exhibited
showed sand grains cemented by the hydrated oxide of iron,
which seemed to support this view.

PAPERS.— Description of New Species of Tertiary Corals,"
by JOHN DENNAwT, F.G.S. “Further Notes on the Austra-
lian Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Genera and
Species," by Rev. THomas BLACKBURN, В.А. “Petrographi-
cal Examination of Some South Australian Quartzites,
Sandstones, and Related Rocks,” by W. С. WooLwoucH,
D.Sc., F.G.S. “Note on Tertiary Exposures in the Happy
Valley District,” by HERBERT BasEDow. “Geological Report
on the Government N.W. Prospecting Expedition to Central
Australia, 1903" (Tate Memorial Medal Prize Essay), by
HERBERT Basepow. “New Australian Lepidoptera, with
Synonymic and Other Notes," by A. JErrERIS TURNER, M.D.,
F.E.S.

iu

ANNUAL REPORT, 1903-4.

The Council has pleasure in reporting that the work of the
Society in various departments of original research has been
fully maintained during the past year. Among the principal
papers received during the year now closing may be men-
tioned: —‘‘On the Australian Coleoptera," by Rev. Thomas
Blackburn, В.А.) Мо, xxxiv. “Australian Curculion-
ide,” Part ii, by A. M. Lea. “Recent Corals from the
South Australian and Victorian Coasts," by John Dennant,
F.G.S.; “New Species of Australian Elachistide, etc.," by
O. B. Lower, F.E.S. (Lond.) In connection with the Go-
vernment N.W. Expedition to Central Australia, “Anthro-
pological and Geological Observations," by H. Basedow, and
“Descriptions of Some New Species of Orthoptera," collected
in the same expedition, have been given in a paper by J. G.
С. Tepper, F.L.8. “South Australian Decapod Crustaceans,”
by W. H. Baker; “South Australian Marine Mollusca," by
the President (Dr. Verco), and “New Australian Lepidoptera
with Synonymic and other Notes,” by Dr. A. Jefferis Turner,
F.E.S. In connection with the geology of the State, “The
Geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges, Part i," by W. How-
chin, F.G.S.; and "Tertiary Exposures in the Happy Valley
District," by H. Basedow.

During the year seven members have been elected, and
this increase is largely due to the exertions of one of our
number (Mr. Ashby), whose example might well be followed
by other Fellows and Associates. There are now on the roll
7 corresponding members, 11 honorary members, 62 fellows,
and 2 associates.

The Council regrets to have to record the death of John
Howard Angas, a member of the Society since 1874.

With the view of rendering the library of the Society more
generally available to members and useful to the scientific
publie, a scheme for transferring it to the Public Library,
drawn up by a committee appointed for the purpose, is now
under consideration by the Board of Governors.

Owing largely to the amount of valuable matter that has
been received during the year, and partly to shrinkage of
the annual grant, some little difficulty was at one time anti-
cipated in meeting current expenses, but this has been happily
obviated, the. Government having placed on the Estimates a
special sum which, with the ordinary sources of revenue, will
enable the Council to carry on the work of the Society. oin

307

addition to the foregoing means the President (Dr. Verco)
has generously undertaken to bear the cost of all plates illus-
trating papers on the natural history of South Australia in
the forthcoming volume.

The Council has the pleasure of reporting that the Mala-
cological, Microscopical, and Field Naturalists’ Sections are
doing a useful work in their respective departments, the last-
named having attained its twenty-first anniversary.

THE TREASURER IN ACCOUNT WITH THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA ORTOR RED)

Cr.

Dr.
October lst, 1903. y Transactions—

'To Balance ы Printing
5 Subscriptions- = Ilustrating
Royal Society (including £8 Publishing
3s. 6d. special, from Pre- i
sident) 569 [6 6 Grants in aid-—
Field Naturalists’ ay 15. 9 Field Naturalists’ Section 19
Malacological Section Malacological Section
Microscopical Section Microscopical Section
* Government grant

Library—
Interest

Salary of Librarian
Shelving and Sundries
å E
Incorporation and New R ules
Wages—Caretaker :
Printing, Postage, Station-
егу, ete.
Advertising 5.
Exchange on Cheques
Balance in Savings Bank on
October 1, 1904 ° p 99

: A £934 15 1 | £294 15 11
WALTER Rutt, Treasurer.

Audited and found correct,

Davip FLEMING, | Auditors
Adelaide, 1st October, 1904, J. S, LLOYD, EF.E ASA. =

309

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
Fon YEAR 1903-4.

TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS.
Presented by the respective Editors, Societies, and
Governments.

AUSTRIA AND GERMANY.

Berlin—Königl. Preuss Meteor. Instits.— V er-offentlichungen
der Ergebnisse, 1898 Heft. 3; Beobachtungen,
1899-1900. Abhandlungen Band 2, Nos. 3-4.
Konigl Preuss Akademie der Wissenschaften
Sitzungsberichte, 1903, Nos. 41-53; 1904, Nos.
1-18, 25-40.

------ Gesellschaft für Erdkunde, Zeitschrift, 1903, No. 6.

------ Deutsches Meteorologisches Jahrbuch, 1902, Heft. 2;
1903, Heft. 1.

------ Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthrop., Ethnol, und
Urgeschichte, Zeitschrift für Ethnol, 1903, Heft.
2559:

Góttingen—K ónigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Ges-

chäftliche Mittheilungen, 1904, Heft. 1.

o -- Math. phys. Klasse, 1908, Heit. Lj 2; 5, 6.

Heidelbere—Land und Forstwirtschaft in Deutschostafrika,

Berichte, Band “El., Heft. 1-3.

Munich—K.B. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu, 1903, Heft.
8, 4j b.

Nüremburg—Naturhistorischen gesellschaft zu, Abhand-

lungen Band 15, Heft. 1.

zc smi lasse der, 1903, Новела, 5

Vienna—K.K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt, Venhandlungen
der, 1903, Nos. 12-18; 1904, No. 1.

—-. — К.К. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Annalen, Band
18; No. Li

Kaiserliche Akad. Wissenschaften in Wien, Anzeiger
Math. Naturwissenschaft, 1903, Nos. 1-27. Sit-
zung. der Mathematisch-natur, 1903, Nos. 18-27;
1904, Nos. 1-9, 14-18.

—-—.-- Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft Herans-
gegeben, Band 2, Heft. 2.

Würzburg—Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft, ^ zu-
Sitzungs-Berichte, 1902, Nos. 1-6; 1903, Nos. 1-8.

510

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND.

Adelaide—Department of Mines, Short Review of the Min-
ing Operations in South Australia for Six
Months ending June 30, 1904.

— — St. John Ambulance Association, Annual Report,
1902.

Brisbane-—Department of Agriculture, Botany Bulletin, 1904,
No. 16.

— —— Department of Mines, Geol. Report, Maps Nos. 184-9.

Melbourne— Royal Society of Victoria, volvi spart. 2;
Victorian Naturalist, vol. xx., Nos. 8-12, vol.
xxi, Nos. 4 and 6; Victorian Yearbook, 1902,
three copies.
--— —— Victorian Geographical Journal, vols. xx. and xxi.
- ——— Victoria Department of Mines, Nos. 9, 11, 12, and
18.

— -—— Victoria Department of Agriculture, vol. ii, parts
5, 6, 8, and 9, 12-18.

— ———— Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers, vol.
ix., part 2.

Geelong—Geelong Naturalist, second Series, volo des TINO. 1.

Perth—Geological Survey of Western Australia, Bulletin No.
8-10, and Maps.

------ Department of Mines, Report, 1902.

------ W.A. Natural History Society, Journal No. 1.

------ Department of Agriculture, Journal, September.

Sydney— Forest Flora of New South Wales, vol. ii, parts
6-11.

— .—— Australian Museum, Records, vol. iv., No. 8; vol. v.,
Nos. 3-4; Australian Birds, part 4.; Memoirs, vol.
iv., parts 6-8.

— — — Department of Public Instruction, New South
Wales, Meteor. Obs., 1900.

— — — Department of Mines, New South Wales, Annual Re-
port, 1903.

------ Department of Mines and Agriculture, Geological
Survey, Memoirs Palæontology, No. 11 and
Plates; Agricultural Gazette, vol. xiv., part 12;
vol xv. partsi I 2, 4, б, 9, 10.

------ Linnæan Society of New South Wales, Proceedings,
vol xxviii, part 2, 3, Nos. 110-111; vol. xxviii,
part 4, No. 112; vol xxix., parts 1 and 2, Nos.
113-114; Abstract of Proceedings, July 29, 1903;
March 30, 1904; April 27, 1904; June 29, July
27, 1904.

Wellington—New Zealand Institute, Trans. and Proc., vol

xxxvi.

* 311

Hobart--Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science, 1902.
Launceston- —Department of Mines, Tasmania, Geological
Department, September 30, 1903 ; December 31,
1908.
BELGIUM.

Brussels--Musée Royale d'histoire Naturelle de Belgique,
Extrait des Memoires, tome 1, 1903.

------ Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Bulletin,
tome 40.

------ Jardin Botanique de l'état a Bruxelles, vol. i., fasc. 4.

CANADA.
Halifax—Nova Scotian Institute of Science, Transactions and
Proceedings.
Ottawa—Geological Survey Catalogue of Canadian Birds,
part 2.

Montreal— Canadian Record of Science, vol. ix., part 2.

ENGLAND, [RELAND, AND SCOTLAND.

London—Royal Society of London, Sleeping Sickness Com-
mission, Reports Nos. 2-4. Proceedings, vol
Ixxii., Nos. 481, 483, and 484-487; vol. lxxiii.,
Nos. 488-9, 492, 496.

------ Chemical Society, Journal, vol. Ixxxili.-iv, Novem-
ber, December, and vol. lxxxiii., Supplement and
four parts, 1 and 2; vol. lxxxv.-vi., January,
February, March, April, May, July, August.

------ Chemical Society, Proceedings, vol. xix., Nos. 270;
271, 214; vol xx., Nos. 275-279, 282.

------ Entomological Society of London, Transactions,
1903.

------ Royal Microscopical Society, 1903, part 6, 1904,
parts 1 to 4.

------ Anglo-Russian, 1904, March, vols. vii.-ix.

------ Linnæan Society of London, List of Members, etc.,
1903-4; Proceedings, October, 1903.

Cambridge— University Library, Report of Lib. Synd., 1903.

— — — Cambridge Phil. Soc., Proceedings, vol. xii., parts
4-6.

Manchester-—Field Naturalists’ and Archzologists Society

Report and Proceedings, 1903.
ЕЕЕ Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Memoirs and
Proceedings, vol. xlviii., parts 1 and 3.

_ Manchester Geological Society, Transactions,

vol xxvn. paris 9; 940, ahdil2;

Leeds—Journal of Conchology, vol. xi, parts 1, 2, 3.

312

Liverpool— Biological Society, Proceedings and Transactions,
vol. xvii.

Belfast— Natural History and Philosophical Society, Report
and Proceedings, 1902-3.

Dublin—Royal Dublin Society, Economic Proceedings, vol.
1, part 4; Scientific Proceedings, vol. x., part 1;
Scientific Transactions, vol. Ixxx., parts 2-5.

------ Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings, vol. xxiv., sec-
tion A, parts 3 and 4, and sections B and C.

FRANCE.

Caen—Société Linéene de Normandie, Bulletin, Series 5
and 6.

Paris—Société Entomologique de France, Bulletin, 1903,
NOS 1012709 TOOL NOTE 2086 Ad 92107

------ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, Nos. 397-404, and
407.

Rennes—Université de Rennes, Travaux Sc. del, tome 3,
fase 1,2.

Nantes—Societe des Sciences Naturelles de l'Ouest de la
France, Bulletin de la, 2e sér, tome 3, ler 2e tri.

Tray.
Florence—Societa Entomologica Italiana, Bulletino, 35 tri,
1-4.

Milan—Societa Italiana de Scienze, Naturali e del Museo
Cevico di Storia Naturalo in Milano, vol. xlii.,
fasc. 3, fogli. 6, fasc. 4o. fogli. 7}; vol. xliii, fasc.
1/6 and fasc. 2 fo. 61.

Pisa—Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali, Atti della Pro-
cessi Verbali, vol xii, 5; vol. xiv., 1, 2.

INDIA.

Caleutta—Indian Museum, Annual Report, 1902-3.
——— Board of Scientific Advice, Annual Report, 1902-3.

JAPAN. -

Kyóto—Imperial University Calendar, 1903-4.

Tokyo—Seismological Society, Earthquake Inves. Com. Pubs.
ING? 16%

------ Imperial University of Tokyo, Journal, vol. xvil.,
art: о], Vin. Part. 427% volo xax, art 2/59;
10, 11-20.

------ Asiatic Society, vol. xxxi.

MEXICO.

Mexico—Instituto Geologico de Mexico-Parergones, to. 1,
num. i and 2.

|
|
|
|

313

Norway AND SWEDEN.
Stockholm—Geologiska Föreningens Förhandlingar Tingo-
tredje, Bandet, 1903, 25.
-------- Entomologiske Tidskrift, arg. 24, heft. 1-4.
-------- Kongelige Norske Videnskabers Selskabs Skrifter,
1902.
-------- Kongel, Vitterhets Historie och Antiquitets Man-
adsblad Akademiens, 1898-9, 1901-2.
Bergens—Bergens Museum, Aarsberetning, 1902, Aarbog,
1902, 1903, hefte 2, 3.
RUSSIA.
St. Petersburg—Société Imperiale Mineralogique Verhand-
lungen, band. 41.
------------ Comité Géologique, Bulletins, 1902, vol. xxi.,
Nos. 5-10; Memoirs, vol. xvi, No. 2, vol.
Villae O... VOL xx. NO...
Moscow—Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, Bul-
letin, 1903, 2 and 5.

SWITZERLAND.

Geneva—Société de Physique et de Histoire Naturelle
Compte rendu des Seances, 1903, 20.

Zurich—Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich Viertel-
jahrschaft, June, 1901; March, July, 1902;
1902, helt. 9, 4.

Lausanne—Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles Bulle-
tin vol xL 129,

SANDWICH ÍSLANDS.
Honolulu—Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. i., part 4; vol. iii.,
part 4.
-------- Тһе Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Occasional
Papers, vol. u., Nos. 1 and 2.
SOUTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA.
Buenos Ayres— Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba,
Boletin, tomo xvii, entrega 3a.
Peru—Cuerpo de Ingenieros de Minas del Peru, Boletin,
Noss, 6, (* 9.
Monte Video—Museo Nacional Anales, tomo v., entrega
1-160; ser. 2, entrega 1.

SoUTH AFRICA.
Cape Town—South African Museum, Annals, vol iii., part
4, 5; vol iv., parts 1-5.
“== South African Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, Report, 1903.
------------ Albany Museum, Records, vol. i, part 2.

314

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
Boston— American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol.
xxxviii., No, 30 vol KER INosi 1-4, 99:93.
Chicago —Field Columbian Museum, Zoological Series, vol.
11% Nos: TO UT.
———— Field Columbian Museum, Geological Series, vol.
DH NoT:

Champaign—Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History
Bulletin, vol. vi., art. 2.
Cambridge—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Bulletins, vol.

XL, No. 7; vol xli. Nos, |, 2,3; vol. ххх.
NO. 9 vol XI NO 2: vol xiv. Nos о
vol. xlvi., No. 1.
---------- Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Col-
lege, Bulletin, Geol. Series, vol. vi., part 5.
New York—Public Library, Bulletin, vol. vii, Nos. 10-12;
VOR vi NOS d 9 00075 8.
Amen Museum JON vol iv., No 9; and
Supplement.
Oberlin— Wilson Bulletin, O.S., 15; Nos. 43, 45, 46.
Philadelphia—A merican Philosophical Society, Proceedings,
vols xl, 1909.
Washington—-United States Geological Survey, Department
of the Interior, Water Supply and Irriga-
tion Papers, Nos. 65-79.

u Department of Agriculture Yearbook, 1903.
_—— Washington Academy of Sciences, Proceed-
ings, Моб, pp. 291-499.

A Smithsoniana institution Proceedings of the
United States Natural History Museum,
vol. 26.

315

LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS,

ETC.,
OCTOBER, 1904.

Those marked (r) are Life Fellows. Those marked with an
asterisk have contributed papers published in the Socüety'a
Transactions.

Any change in the address should be notified to the Secretary.

Date of å Nan E
Jileation. Honorary FELLOWS. ж

1893. *Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge,, 95, Paris.

1807. "DAVID. Т. W. EDbGEWORTH, ВА. F.R.S., F.G.8., Prof.
Geol., Sydney University.

1888. *DENNANT, JOHN, F.G.S., К.С.8., Inspector of Schools, Cam-
berwell, Victoria.

1876. ELLERY, RIL. J. F.R.S., T.R.A:S,, Gov. Astron., the
Observatory, bbb uid; Victoria.

1890. *EETHERIDGE, ROBERT, Director of the Australian Museum of
New South үү ales, Sydney.

1893. GREGORIO, Marquis DE, Palermo, Sicily.

1855. Hum, EM) Hobart, Tasmania.

1892. *MAIDEN, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, New South Wales.

1898. *MEYRICK, E. T., B.A., Elmswood, Marlborough, Wilts,
England.

1876. Russer, H. C., В.А, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Gov. Astron.,
Sydney, New South Wales

1894. *Wıuson, J. T., M.D., Prof. of Anatomy, Sydney University.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

1881. Barney, Е. М. F.L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane,
Queensland.
1881. e. T. ©., F.C.S., Manager Wallaroo Smelting Works,

1880. *FOELSCHE, PAUL, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, N.T.
1893. *MCKILLOP, Rev. Davi», Daly River Mission, N.T.
1886. NICOLAY, Ber OG. Fremantle, W.A.

1883. *STIRLING, JAMES, Gov. Geologist, Victoria.

1893. STRETTON, W. G., Palmerston, N.T.

FELLOWS.

1895. *ASHBY, EDWIN, Royal Exchange, Adelaide.

1902. *Baxer, W. H., Glen Osmond road, Parkside.

1887. *BLACKBURN, Rev. THomas, B.A., Woodville.

1886. *Brace, W. H., M.A., Prof. of Mathematics, University of
Adelaide, S.A.

1883. *BRoww, Н. Y. L., F.G.S., бо». Geologist, Adelaide, S.A.

1882. m Pe Å Nas Davenport Chambers, Currie street, Ade-
aide, S.A.

1893.
1901.
1899.
1879.

1895.
1876.
1904.
1887.
1902.
1886.
1880.

1896.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1896.
1899.

1891.
1883.
1902.

1893.
1900.
1902.
1898.
1899.
1884.

1856.
1897.
1888.
1874.
1897.
1884.
1859.
1883.
1886.
1885.

1869.
1904.

1891.
1893.
1857.
1900.

1871.
1881.

316

BRUMMITT, ROBERT, M.R.C.S., Gilberton.
*BASEDOW, HERBERT, Kent Town.
BROWNE, T. L., Marlborough Chambers, Adelaide, S.A.
*CLELAND,, W. L., М.В. Ch.M., J.P., Colonial Surgeon,
Resident Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Loc
turer in Materia Medica, University of Adelaide.
CrELAND, Jonn B., M.D., Ch.B., London, England. |
(2) COOKE, EBENEZER, Commissioner of Audit, Adelaide.
CunisTIM, WILLIAM, Adelaide.
*Drxon, SAMUEL, Bath street, New Glenelg.
Enquist, А. G., Hindmarsh.
FLEMING, Dav ID, 24, Buxton street, North Adelaide.
*GOYDER, GEORGE, AM F.C.S., Analyst and Assayer, Ade-
laide.
Greenway, THos. J., Chillagoe, Queensland.
Gorpon, DAVID, Gawler place, Adelaide.
GRIFFITH, H., Hurtle square, Adelaide
FARTRELL, JAB., Burnside.
Haweer, E. W., F.C.S., Adelaide.
*HIGGIN, A. J., Assistant Lecturer on Chemistry, University
of Adelaide.
*Horrzg, MAURICE, F.L.S. Director Botanic Gardens, Ade-
laide.
*HowoniN, WALTER, F.G.S., Lecturer on Geology and
Palæontology in the Univer sity, Adelaide.
ILIFFB, Jas. Drinkwater, B.Sc., Prince Alfred College,
Kent Town.
JAMES, Tuomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta, South Australia.
* JoHNCOCK, Снав. F., Mor phett Vale.
JEFFREYS, GEO., School of Mines, Adelaide.
*KocH, Мах, Port Pirie.
KLEEMAN, RICHARD, University, xi kth
LENDON, А. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer on For-
ensie Medicine "m on Chemical Medicine, University,
and Hon. Physician, Children's Hospital, North terrace,
Adelaide.
*Lrovp, J. S., Alma Chambers, Adelaide.
"Dña, A. Mo, Gov. Entomologist, Hobart, Tasmania.
*LOWER, Oswatp B., Broken Hill, New South Wales.
Mayo, GEO. É., Tatham street, Adelaide.
*MoRGAN, A. M., M.B., Ch.B. Angas. street, Adelaide.
MUNTON, Н. S., North terrace, Adelaide.
(1) Murray, Dav тр. Adelaide.
Рнпллррв, W. H., Adelaide.
Робін; W. B., paat T Adelaide,
*RENNIE, E DWARD H., ШӘ Se. (Bond) BIOS, Protes-
sor of Chemistry, Uis er sity of Adelaide.
*RurT, WALTER, Chief Assistant Engineer, Adelaide.
REISSMANN, CHARLES, MIA, M.D. (Cantab.), B.S.
(Lond.), ete.,. College Town, Adelaide.
Setway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide.
SIMSON, AUGUSTUS, Launceston, Tasmania.
*SMEATON, THOMAS D., Blakiston, S.A.
SMEATON, STIRLING, B.A., O.E., Engineer-in-Chief's Office,
Adelaide.
SMITH, ROBERT Barr, Adelaide.
*STIRLING,, EDWARD C. OMG, М.А. MD, F.R.S.,
F.R.C.S., Professor of Physiology, University of Ade-
laide, Director of S.A. Museum.

1886.
1897.
1894.
1904.
1889.

1878.

1902.
1883.
1878.
1859.
1902.

1904.
1886.

1901.
1904.

317

*TEPPER, J. G. O., F.L.S., Entomologist, S.A. Museum.

“TORR W: Gi, LED, MAS BOL)», Вари,

*TURNER, A. JEFFERIS, M.D., Brisbane, Queensland.

TAYLOR, WILLIAM, St. Andrews, North Adelaide.

VARDON, Hon. Josgrg, M.L.C., J.P., Commissioner of Pub-
lie Works. i

*Verco, Јоѕерн C., M.D., F.R.C.S., Lecturer on the Pr*n-
ciples and Practice of Medicine and Therapeutics, Uni-
versity of Adelaide.

VANDENBERGH, W. J., Barrister and Solicitor, J.P., Pirie
street, Adelaide. å

WAINWRIGHT, E. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), St. Peter's College,

Hackney, Adelaide.

WARE, W. L., J.P., Adelaide.

Way, Right Hon. Sir SAwvEL James, Bart., D.C.L., Chief
Justice and Lieutenant-Governor of South Australia,
Adelaide.

*WoornoUGH, WALTER GEORGE, D.Sc., F.G.S., Lecturer on
Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Adelaide.

WHITBREAD, Howarp, Currie street, Adelaide.

ZIETZ, А. Н. C., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Assistant Director,
South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

ASSOCIATES.

COLLISON, Ерітн, B.Sc., Medindie. :
ROBINSON, Mrs. H. R., “Las Conchas," Largs Bay, South
Australia.

`

APPENDICES.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia.

TWENTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE.
For THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1904.

Before dealing with the salient features of the work of the
past year it is fitting to call attention to the fact that this is
the Committee's twenty-first report, and that the Section,
therefore, after allowing for the alteration in the month in
which the annual meeting was originally held, viz., from
October to September, has practically attained its majority.
The celebration of this event will take the form of a con-
versazione, to be held next month, when it is intended to
review the history of the Section. Any detailed allusion to
this event will, therefore, not appear until the report for the
forthcoming year is presented in due course.

EVENING MEETINGS.

During the year eight evening meetings have been held, at
which the following papers have been presented : —

October 20, 1903—' Plants and Their Enemies," 5. SMEA-
TON, В.А.

November 17, 1903— "Insect Life," H. H. D. GRIFFITH.

April 19, 1904—Boys' Field Club Easter Encampment,
Murray Bridge, W. (+. WOOLNOUGH, D.Sc., and 8
Smeaton, В.А.

May 17, 1904—“Natural History Notes from the South-
East," J. AITKEN.

May 17, 1904—“Notes of a Trip over the Great Dividing
Range, Victoria," W. H. SELWAY.

June 21, 1904--“Хобев of a Visit to the Eastern States,"
Mrs. J. F. MELLOR.

July 19, 1904—'Some Glimpses of the Plan of Nature,"

Dr. J. W. HENDERSON.

— li

ge —

319

August 16, 1904— "Difference in Size and Plumage of
Birds in North and South Parts of Australia," A.
H. 7лкт?, FS!

August 16, 1904—“Notes on the Adaptation of Foliage
to its Environment," S. SMEATON, В.А.

September 20, 1904— Annual Meeting, Chairman’s Ad-
dress, “Animal Instinct or Reason," E. H. Lock,
RR ES

It will be seen from this list that there has been consider-
able diversity in the subjects brought before the members.
Two of the papers dealt with the natural history features of
the eastern States. While botany has, perhaps, been the
most favoured subject, entomology and ornithology are also
represented. Тһе last-named department has not received
much attention since the establishment of the Ornithological
Association here, but the hope may be expressed that while
to that body may fitly be left the work of the specialist in
that subject, the bird-loving members of our Section will
occasionally give-us in a more general way the benefit of their
observations in that interesting realm of natural history. We
have gone outside the ranks of our own members for only
one paper during the year, that by Dr. J. W. Henderson,
most of whose thoughtful and stimulating address on “Some
Glimpses of the Plan of Nature" was printed in the.columns
of the daily press.

The exhibits have proved an interesting feature of the even-
ing meetings, and during the year minerals, plants, insects,
birds, and many other specimens have been shown. Amongst
the exhibits were the lichen Sticta stipitata, from Pewsey
Vale, the largest lichen in South Australia, and probably not
previously recorded for this State; the fruit of Marsdenia
Leichardtiana, from Central Australia; the orchid Microtis
atrata, from Square Waterhole; а trapdoor spider's
nest, from Western Australia, remarkable for having a win-
dow in the centre of the door: opals, from White Cliffs;
brown coal, from Lake Phillipson bore ; the flower of the plant
Choretrum glomeratum, from Victor Harbour district; an
aboriginal axe-head made of diorite; the fruit of the cam-
phor tree; and ground-bees cocoons, made of segments of
green leaves—an occurrence seemingly not previously noted.

EXCURSIONS.

The following is a list of the twelve excursions held during
the year: —
October 3, 1903—Happy Valley (via Tapley’s Hill, re-
turning via Coromandel Valley).
October 17, 1903—Grenville Glen, near Crafers.

320

November 7-9, 1903 (three days)—Maclaren Vale,
Square Waterhole, Clarendon, etc.

December 12, 1903—National Park.

January 23, 1904—Dredging, Port River.

April 23, 1904--“Шав Conchas," Largs Bay, Mrs. H. R.
Robertson’s collection of shells.

May 21, 1904— Ston yfell.

June 18, 1904—Blackwood.

July 16, 1904— Black Hill.

August 20, 1904—Brownhill Creek (northern branch).

September 1, 1904 (whole day)—Mount George, near
Bridgewater.

September 17, 1904—Anstey’s Hill, to Teatree Gully.

Of these excursions ten have been half-day outings, one a
whole-day, and one a three-days' trip. The three days’ ex-
cursion (November, 1903) was taken south from Adelaide,
Maclaren Vale being the headquarters. This afforded an op-
portunity of visiting the Square Waterhole district, one of
our best localities for native flowers. There we collected
many plants not to be found nearer the city. Through the
kindness of local friends this lengthy excursion was rendered
particularly pleasurable in a social sense, while the route
traversed embraced some of our finest hills scenery.

The whole-day trip to Mount George, on September 1, was
a pleasant outing, but not very successful botanically, per-
haps being too early in the season. This place had not been
visited by the Section since January, 1884. It is somewhat
difficult at this stage of the Section's existence to find suit-
able new localities for Saturday afternoon excursions, but
during the year two fresh places have been visited, viz., Gren-
ville Glen, near Crafers (when the party were the guests of
Mr. and Mrs. G. J. Ireland), and Brownhill Creek (north-
ern branch). By way of experiment the hills at Blackwood
were visited earlier (June 18) than hitherto, and this dis-
trict again gave evidence of its wealth of native flora, especi-
ally in orchids. In further proof of this may be mentioned
the fact that at an excursion of the Boys' Field Club to this
locality later in the season (September 10) no fewer than
twenty species of orchids were collected. At Happy Valley,
on October 3, 1903, ten species of orchids were gathered.

As a change from botanical investigations, one dredging
trip has been held, and, through the kindness of Mrs. H. R.
Robertson, an excursion to see her fine conchological collec-
tion at “Las Conchas," Largs Bay," was arranged. Further
variety was added by a visit to the Olive Company's planta-
tions at Stonyfell, and the Stonyfell Wine Company's cel-
lars, when the processes of oil and wine manufacture were

321

explained to the members through the courtesy of the officers
of these Companies.

The 1903 season's excursions were terminated by a picnic
to National Park on December 12. The Section takes a
peculiar interest in this Park, owing to the labours of some
of its members in getting it vested in trustees as the people's
heritage, and would like to see more done in the direction of
protecting its native flora, as well as establishing our native
fauna among its picturesque hills and dales.

The average attendance at the evening meetings has been
greater than for several years past, while the excursions have
also maintained their popularity.

A separate report from the Native Fauna and Flora Pro-
tection Committee is presented herewith, and contains, inter
alia, references to the protection or birds in the Northern
Territory, the omission of pelicans from the Fisheries Bill,
and the suggested establishment of our native mammals in
the National Park.

5 RESIGNATION OF CHAIRMAN, ETC.

In April, 1904, owing to his departure for Europe, we lost
the services of our Chairman for the current year (Dr. E.
Angas Johnson), the balance of whose term of office has been
filled by Mr. E. Н. Lock. Dr. Johnson has been elected a
Corresponding Member. We also regretted to receive the
resignation of Mrs. S. L. Schourup, who was connected with
the Section for many years, was most regular in her attend-
ance, and also occupied a position on the Committee for some
years prior to and until her retirement.

The Committee in November, 1903, purchased a dredge
in place of the one lost in the Port River, and it has already
been used with satisfactory results on our sea trips.

FINANCIAL.

The receipts from subscriptions have been £15, which, as
usual, is paid to the Royal Society, and the expenditure £13
9s. 6d., so that we have again been self-supporting, not
taking into consideration the Government subsidy which the
parent Society gets on our subscriptions.

MEMBERSHIP.
Fresh names continue to be added to our roll, mostly those
of ladies. The additions have been nine, and the with-

drawals seven, leaving the membership now seventy-six.

E. H. Lock, Acting Chairman.
W. Н. SzLway, Hon. Secretary.

Adelaide, September 19, 1904.

322

SIXTEENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE
FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE
OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS' SECTION OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

The last report of your Committee referred to the pro-
posed steps to be taken for obtaining some much-desired al-
teration in the Birds’ Protection Act, a Bill for the amend-
ment of which had been introduced by Mr. Herbert, M.P.
That gentleman, however, was afraid that the Committee's
amendments might interfere with the passing of his Bill,
which was intended to apply chiefly to the Northern Terri-
tory, and it was decided to await a more favourable oppor-
tunity for action in the matter. Тһе Bill was assented to
on October 30, 1903, and gave power to alter by proclama-
tion the close season for birds in the whole, or in any por-
tion of the State; provided for the licensing of bird catchers
in the Northern Territory; and made illegal the use of guns
of a larger bore than No. 8 or of a greater weight than 15 Ib.
Up to the present time no proclamation has been made, but
the necessary action for bringing the Act into operation will
shortly be taken by the Government.

During the last session of Parliament a Bill for the better
protection of fisheries was brought in, which provided, among
other things, for the payment of capitation fees for the des-
truction of pelicans, cormorants, and turtles. Some members
of the Committee strongly urged upon the gentleman under
whose direction the Bill had been drawn the desirability of
omitting the pelicans from the ban thus placed upon them,
pointing out that their numbers had already been enor-
mously reduced without any apparent benefit, and protesting
against any attempt to exterminate these magnificent birds.
The Bill was not passed last session, but has again been in-
troduced, and your Committee are pleased to learn that, in
deference to their representations and to those of a well-known
Victorian ornithologist, who was consulted, the pelicans are
not mentioned in the new Bill.

The Hon. Mr. Pascoe last week introduced a Bill for
amending the Game Act, the object of which—to provide a
close season for opossums—is much to be commended.

The Committee regret that so far the Commissioners of
the National Park have not been able to carry out one of
the chief objects the Committee had in view when they ob-
tained the grant of the Park, namely, the establishment of a
breeding-ground for some of our native mammals. They sin-
cerely hope the Commissioners will take this important mat.
ter into their immediate consideration, and that a sufficiently
large area of the land may be securely enclosed for the pur-
pose. SAML. Drxon, Chairman.

M. SYMONDS Crank, Hon. Secretary.

Adelaide, September 19, 1904.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

RECEIPTS AND PAYMENTS FOR THE YEAR 1903-4.

Dr. RECEIPTS.

То Balance brought forward
* Subscriptions
** Grant from Royal Aide

Audited and found correct.
J. S. LLOYD,
WALTER D. Век, |

Adelaide, September 19, 1904.

Auditors.

| PAYMENTS. Cr.
£ s 4i HS аса ара
455 | By Postages and Sundries ... 2.179946
15 0 0| * Printing : a = 5 I1 6
12 0 0) * Dredge i > 15 alo 0
| * Advertising 25% me] Bu 6
| ** Attendance 45. Lm a TOG
| S IP cus y 6
* Subscriptions, as per contra,
handed over to Royal Society 15 0 Û
* Balance in hand dul
Бәй: 5.0 Sol m 5

W. Н. Setway, Hon. Secretary

and Treasurer.

MALACOLOGICAL SECTION.

ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1903-4.

The Section begs to report that nine meetings have been
held during the year, and steady progress has been made in
the revision of the census of South Australian mollusca. The
list of lamellibranchiata was completed at the beginning of
the financial year, and, omitting the polyplacophera, the Sec-
tion continued to follow the order of classification as given
by Zittel. Тһе scaphopoda were dealt with, and of the gas-
tropoda the following families: patellidæ, haliotidæ, pleuroto-
mariidæ, fissurellidæ stomatellidæ, turbinidæ, phasianellidæ,
delphinulidæ, and part of the trochidz.

Jos. C. Verco, Chairman.
Roser. J. M. Сілусав, Hon. Secretary.
October 3, 1904.

MALACOLOGICAL SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS.

Receipts.

$8. d.
In hand from 1902-03 ... a Tx 08130
To Subscriptions... JG 2 ex INT O
£210 6

Expenditure.
£ sd
By Postages 069

“ Paid over to Treasurer of the Royal
Society và å x pa rll 6
“ Balance in hand

325
MICROSCOPICAL SECTION.

ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1903-4.

This Section was re-established on September 17, 1903, and
the following officers elected : —Chairman, D. Fleming ; Com-
mittee, W. B. Poole, W. Fuller, and D. Gordon; Hon. Sec-
retary, E. J. Bradley, Dover street, Malvern. At the even-
ing meetings the following papers were read:— Тһе Life
History of the Grain Rusts,” by ХУ. B. Poole; “Modern
Methods Employed in Killing and Preserving Organisms for
Microscopieal Examination,” by W. Fuller; “Life History of
Fresh Water Polyzoa," by W. B. Poole; “The Study of
Potable Water as Stored in Large Reservoirs,” by E. J.
Bradley. In addition to the above, an evening was spent in
the physiological laboratory of the University, by invitation
of Professor Stirling, to see the general microscopic methods
used in that department, and another evening was devoted to a
photo-micrographic and lantern exhibition, given by W. B.
Poole and W. P. Dollman. Five evenings were utilised for
microscopical exhibits, and field excursions were made to
the following places: —Blackwood, Fulham, Torrens Lake;
dredging excursion in Port River, Semaphore Jetty, and a
second visit to Blackwood. Members on the roll, 34.

MICROSCOPICAL SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY
OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

BALANCE SHEET, SESSION 1903-4.

Receipts.

Bes. d.
Royal Society Grants в ОО
Subscriptions te „12 6
£15 12 6

Expenditure.
£ s.d
Postage a 2; 5. 210 4
Advertising and Printing TI 0
Stationery ... E E. үзі 0 5 9
Kerosine and Limelight Lantern 039. L

Subscriptions paid to Treasurer of Royal

Society ч en $. CAD 146
Stamps—Duty on Receipts * ips JJ OE Brad.
Caretakers—Grants to... ees я HAO 0
Balance in hand a. Z 15 1655

£15 126

EDGAR J. BRADLEY, Hon. Secretary.

Audited and found correct.
THEO. GODLER, Auditor.

GENERAL INDEX.

[Generic and specific names printed in italics are described as new.

Aboriginals, Art of toca ine 38;
Flint Quarry, worked by, 302.

Acantholophus E usen 112;

Acherres globicollis, 114.

Adisura marginalis, 218.

ARdriodes humeralis, 118.

ZBoloscelis aulacosema, 112; eu-
phædra, 172; hemicroca, 175; pet-

rosarca, 173.

Alope, 154; A. australis, 154

Alpha Rays of Radium, 302.

Amycterus draco, 112.

Angasia, 147; A. elongata 147; kim-
beri, 149; robusta, 150; tomen-
tosa, 152.

Annual Report, 306.

Anthropological Notes, North-west
Prospecting Expedition, 12.

Axiorata g/ycychroa, 218.

Baker, W..H., Decapod
of South Australia, 146.

Balance Sheet, 308.

Balaninus, 182; B.
delicatulus, 184;
sub maculatus, 134.

Balanophyllia basedowi, 74; cauli-
culata, 75; dilatata, 10; fossata,
70; induta, 69; patula, 71; torta,
12; truncata, 68

Basedow, Pl, Anthropological
Notes, 12; Tertiary Deposits of
Happy Valley District, 248;
“Tronstone Biscuits," 303.

Crustacea

188;
185;

a qualis,
intricatus,

Bathyactis beaumariensis, 66: ex-
celsa, 67.

Batrachedra hypoleuca, 170; lygro-
pis, .170;: stenosema, 170; zono-
chra, 169.

Belus .abdominalis, 132; granulatus,

182.
вл dochmographa, 241; leu-

costicta, 241; plagioscia, 241.
Blackburn, Rev. T., Further Notes
on Australian Coleoptera, 281.

“Boiling Spring,” near. Mount
Hamilton, 301.

Borkhausenia (7) | amgphixantha,
169; erythrocephala, 169.

Bragg, Prof. W. H., on the Absorp-
tion and Classification of the
Alpha Rays of Radium, 298.

Brighton Limestones, 262.

|

Cadulus acuminatus, 138.
Calicotis microgalopsis,
Callipona, 286; C.
Cancellaria pergradata,
Cassidea sinuosa, 141.
Ceratotrochus australiensis, 56.
Cherrus cænosus, 95; infaustus, 93;
marstersi, 95; plebejus, 95; puncti-
pennis, 98.
Coleoptera, Australian, 281.
Conosmilia granulata, 65; stylifera,
66

1744
metabolis,

142.

286.

Corals, New Australian
52; Recent Australian, 1.
Corula deltosti who, 215.
Coryphistes eyanopteroides, 164:
groconspersus, 166; serratus,
Crustacea, New South
Decapod, 146.

Tertiary,

ni-
165.
Australian

Cryptophasa alphitodes, 244; theme-
rodes, 944,
Cryptoscopha, 288; С. aprepes, 238.

Curculionidee,
tralian, 77

Cycotida lineata, 132.

Cylicia rubeola, 9

Deilinia aerocosma, 230;
rodes, 237.

Deltocyathus fontinalis, 601; stellaris,
60; verconis, 62; vincentinus, 6.
Dennant, J., Recent Corals of Aus-
tralia, 1; New Australian Tertiary

Corals, 52.
Dentalium intercalatum, 135.
Discotrochus (?) pateriformis, 57.
Donations to the Library, 309.
Doratifera unicolor, 241.
Ectropis hemiprosopa, 230.

Description of Aus-

catha-

Elachistide, New Species of, 168.
Eneryphia, 228: E. argillina, 228.
239; spodopa,

Entometa plinthopa,
239.

Erastria rhaptina, 217.

pe flavovittata, 93; stenocera,
2

Essolithna, 94; E. cordipennis, 98:
fissiceps, 96; kingie, 98; macu-
lata, 97; militaris, 96; pluviata,
95; rhombus, 95; terrena, 97.

Ethemaia apicalis, 107; emarginata,
108; funerea, 109; sellata 110; va-
gans, 109.

32

Euchloris argostieta, 220; cattisticta,
222; leucospilota, 221; periphrac-
ta, 219; tanygona, 220; thalassica,
221; vertumnaria, 222.

Euplexia chloeropis, 213.

Euthyphasis acuta, 82; lineata, 82;
sordidata, 82.

Eutinophea dispar, 79; falcata, 80.

Evadodes rugiceps, 79.

Evas elliptica, 71; latipennis, 78.

Fellows, Members, etc., List of, 315.

Field Naturalists’ Section, Annual
Report, 818.

Field River, Geology of, 265. — —

Flabellum grangense, 54; mediopli-
catum, 52; microseriptum, 55.

Flinders Range, Geology of, $00.

Fraus, 245; F. bilineata, 246; crocea,
246; simulans, 246.

Gastrina catasticta, 237.

Geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges,
258.
Granites,

OG АЗЫ

Gryllaeris atrofrons, 167. Р

Happy Valley, Tertiary Deposits of,
248.

Petrological Description

Heliosia charopa, 212.

Hepialus cyanochlorus, 247; eximi-
us, 246; mirabilis, 247; ramsayl,
246; scotti, 246; splendens, 246.

Holcotrochus crenulatus, 3; serip-
tus, 3.

Homoetrachelus hadromerus, 84.

Homophyllia, 7; H. australis, 8.

Homophylotis, 243; H. thyridota,
243.

Homospora, 229; Н. procrita, 230.

Howchin, W., Geology of the Mount
Lofty Ranges, 253; Flinders
Ranges, 300; Lake Eyre District,
301.

Hyborrhynchus mastersi, 112.

Hyphæria assimilis, 110.

“Tronstone Biscuits,” 303.

Ischyja porphyrea, 217.

Laemosaccus, 134.

Lea, Arthur M., Descriptions of Aus-
tralian Curculionidæ, 77

Leiopyrga octona, 140.

Lepidoptera, New Australian, 212.

Leptocyathus (7) convexus, 59. —

Leptops brachystylus, 103; canalicu-
latus, 102: echidna, 106; elegans,
105: granulatus, 99; horridus, 104;
maleficus, 100; nodieollis, 100;
setosus, 101; spinosus, 106; squali-
dus, 106; tuberculatus, 106.

Library of the Society, Motion re-
lating to, 299.

Lichenaula callispora. 245.

Limacodidæ, Tabulation of, 240.

Limnæcia anisodesma, 174; heter-
ozona, 174; isodesma, 174.

Loranthus exocarpi, on Citrus, 299.

Lower, Oswald B., New Species of
Australian Elachistidee, 168.

L > SA
WI ne

i

Lyncestis macro ¿icha, 216.
Malacological Section, Annual Re-
port, 324
Maleuterpes spinipes, 79.
Mandalotus amplicollis, 118; cam-
pylocnemis, 116; excavatus, 119;
pallidus, 120; piliventris, 116: pin-
guis, 190; pusillus, 191; reticulatus,
121; scaber, 117; subglaber, 122:
spurcus, 118; suturalis, 119.
Matesia, 87, M. maculata, 87.
Medicasta leptopsoides, 110.
Megalodes hedychroa, 218.
Microscopical Society, Annual
port, 32
Mollusca,
1

Re-
5:
New Australian Marine.

Molochtus tibialis, 113.

Mound Springs, 301.

Mount Hamilton, 301.

Mount Lofty Ranges, Geology of, 253.

Mount Remarkable, Geology of, 300.

Myllocerus carinatus, 85; usitatus,
86.

Nacella erebrestriata, 144.

Natada monomorpha, 242.

Native Fauna and Flora Protection
Committee, Annual Report, 322.
Nearcha nephocrossa, 221; oxyptera,
226; prosedra, 226; ursaria, 226.

Nodaria aneliopsis, 219.

North-west Prospecting Expedition,
Anthropological Notes, 12

Notonophes, 112.

Oculina umbellata, 68.

Ocystola heliotricha, 168.

Oditesus tibialis, 114.

Olary, Petrographical
of Granites from, 181.

Onkaparinga River, Geology of, 269.

Ophthalmorychus parallelus, 84;
spongiosus, 83.

Opsirhina albigutta, 240.

Orsonoba, 233: О. clelia, 234; leuco-
prepes, 235; luteola, 284; zapluta,
23

Descriptions

Orthoptera, New Species of, 162.

Parasa brachyopa, 242; loxogramma,
249; lowoleuca, 242.

теа flindersensis, 64; lucens,

Pelororrhinus amplipennis, 124.

Pephricus, 94; echimys,
nanus, 95.

Periplaneta basedowi, 162.

Petrographical Description of Gran-
ites from Olary,.181

Petrographical Notes on South Aus-
tralian Quartzites, etc., 193.

Phloeopola seiaspila, 168.

Phrynixus astutus, 115.

Pielus aphenges, 247.

Placotrochus magnus, 54.

Platytrochus compressus, 4; hastatus,
4; maudensis, 56.

Plesiastrea proximans, 9.

Pleurolopha, 233; P. nebridota, 233.

95:

Plumelella repens, 299.
Polyphorus mylitta, 502.
Polyphrades despicatus, 89; cxoletus,
89; extenuatus, 90; granulatus,
91; setosus, 90; tumidulus, 92;
vitis, 88.
Praxis alampeta, 216.
Proceedings, Abstract of, 300.
Procometis aplegiopa, 245.
Prometopus inassueta, 215; nodyna,
215; rubispersa, 214; теғатфе-
lina, 214.
Propatria, 213.
Prorocrania, 225; P. argyritis, 226.
Prosayleus phytolymus, 79.
Proxyrus lecideosus, 86.
Pealidura, 111.
Pseudomantis pulchellus, 163.
Pseudoterpna bryophanes, 222; my-
riosticta, 223.
Purple Slates, Cambrian, 260.
Quartzites, Petrographical Notes on
South Australian, 193.
Radium, Alpha Rays of, 298.
Rhadinosomus lacordairei, 81.
Rhinaria asberrans, 199; bisulcata,
126; caudata, 125; cavirostris, 130;
concavirostris, 125; convextrostris,
129; favosa, 197; signifera, 130;
simulans, 128; stellio, 180; sulci-
rostris, 126; tragocephala, 12T.
Rhinaria, Tabulation of, 130.
Rhizotrochus radiatus, 2.
Scioglyptis emmelodes, 232.
«Sclerorrhinus acuminatus, 112; ade-
laidæ, 112; angustus, 112; areno-
sus, 112; asper, 112; divaricatus,
112; interioris, 112; nodulosus, 112;
sordidus, 112; waterhousei, 112.
Selidosema leucodesma, 251; sym-
morpha, 231.
Septifer subfenestratus, 251. 5
Stathmopoda holobapta, 171; tricho-
peda, 171.
Stenoscaptia phlogozona, 212.
Stephopoma nucleogranosum, 148.
Susica alphæa, 245; miltocosma, 243.
Symphyta cyclomela, 240.
Syntomactis argoseia, 175; decal-
opha, 175; gnophodes, 176; me-
lamydra, 177; perinephes, 116;
polyehroa, 176.
Systatica, 229; S. xanthastis, 229.

328

Talaurinus camdenensis, lll; exca-

111; foveatus, 111; similli-
mus, 111.

Tapley's Hill, Clay Slates of, 264.

Taxeotis acrothecta, 228; adelpha,
224; epigaea, 225; orphnina, 994,

Tepper, J. б. O., New Species of
Orthoptera, 162.

Tertiary Deposits of Happy Valley
District, 248.

Thosea bombycoides, 242; liosarca,

Timareta figurata, 123.

Titinia brevicollis, 86.

Trachydora anthrascopa, 170; argon-
eura, 180; centromela, 119; leuco-
bathra, 177; microleuca, 180;
molybdimera, 179; polyzona, 178;
zophopepla, 178.

Trematotrochus verconis, 5,

Trictena labyrinthica, 247.

Trochocyathus wilkinsoni, 58.

Tros, 282; TD? IU, 285° alter-
nans, 283; asperatus, 204; asperri-
mus, 204; australasie, 285; cari-
natus, 205; castelnaui, 285: dilati-
collis, 284; eyrensis, 295; mentitor,
295; nodicollis, 284; perhispidus,
296; sabulosus, 207; salebrosus, 284;
semicostatus, 284 ; setosipennis, 292 ;
squamosus, 205; subcarinatus, 285;
tatei, 285, 291; tasmanicus, 292:
trieolor, 295.

Ттох; > Tabulation. “of
species, 288.

Turner, Dr. A. J., New Australian
Lepidoptera, 212.

Verco, Dr. J. C., South Australian
Marine Mollusca, 185.

Vercoia, 157; V. gibbosa, 158.

Vocabulary of the Karkurrerra
Tribe, 47.

Woolnough, W. G., Petrographical
Descriptions of Granites from
Olary, 181.

Woolnough, W. G., Petrographical
Notes on South Australian
Quartzites, 198.

Xylorycta eirrhodes, 244.

Xynea uniformis, 123.

Zephryne personata, 115.

Zeuctophlebia, 227; 27. rufipalpis,
228; tapinodes, 228.

Australian

A1126— Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, 26 and 28, Waymonth Street, Adelaide.

Vol. XXVIII Plate I.

R Wendel, del et lith Troedel & С° Print

Vol. XXVIII Plate IT

We
48.

К. Wendel, del et lith.

Troedel £ C° Print

Vol. Хху Plate Ш.

IGE
ALA
* 6€
e

IR
=
65/22

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers,; Adelaide.

Basedow, del.

EI,

Vol. XXVHE, Plate IV.

Å /MUDE
J MARREPANYE

A : "S
AAA:

6

MARREPANYE

NUNNCU

MARREPANYE

OIRITCHANNA

MARREPANYE А

DAPARRA

. Basedow, del.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

ee

be EET

H. Basedow, Photo. Hussey &’Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

VoL XAVIH. Plate VI.

H. Basedow, Photo.

y & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

llingham, Printers, Adelaide.

zi

Еа
—
>
o
2
=
=
—
=ч
=
>
©
>

Hussey & (

H. Basedow, Photo.

Vol. XXVIII., Plate VIII.

H. Basedow, Photo. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XN VII Plate IX.

H. Basedow, Photo. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXVIII, Plate X.

H. Basedow, Photo.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Volo XVII, Plate XK

H. Basedow, del,

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide,

ү

i
ШТІ:
ІШІ 14
Mun
iis]
ІШІ
ІШІ
ІШІ

6a.

Hussey & GILLINGHAM, LITH.

7.
4c.
т ØP > е P
5% T" asa
8. *

H.B. DEL. ET PINX д
Hussey & GILLINGHAM, LITH

t = = rs BEER 5 =

г VOL. XXVIII... PLATE. XV;

H.B.DEL ET PINX. Hussey & GILLINGHAM, LITH

VOL. XXMHI- PLATE XVI

H.B. DEL “ЕТ PINX, | A
Hussey & GILLINGHAM, LITH

VOL. XXVIII. PLATE XVII,

H.B. DEL ET PINX, :
Hussey & GILLINGHAM, LITH.

VOL. XXVIII. PLATE. XVII!

H.B. DEL ET PINX. Hussey & GILLINGHAM, LITH

"^P. DEL ET PINX
Hussey к GILLINGHAM, LITH

fe ХХП

]
а

Trocdel & С° Print

DOR
=
=
5
=
2

del et lith ad nat.

l

2
€

Je

= === een ==

Vol, XXVI! Plate XXIII.

М,
R. Wendel, del et lith:ad nat Troedel & C? Print
t t 19 i t

ا

XXVIII Plate XXIV

чад“

55

R. Wendel, del et lith. ad nat : Troedel & C? Print.

Vol. XXVIIT Plate XXV

R. Wendel, del ef lif

Nc

JL KESTEVEN, pa,

Vol. XXVIII Plate XXVI.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

€
EE

pp

|
d
i
mn

t
buit
n
Lot
HB
Үү
ИНН

ИЛ

4]
nnd

pu

ME
|

im

n

1

S

у {|
фу
ПІ ШІ
ШІЛІГІ
ШЕР
HUREN
ИШИН
ШШШ

|

it
N

du

TU
Am

ANGASIA ELONGATA, A. kimberi,

PEN
C

ANGASIA ROBUSTA.

VOL XXVIII. PLATE XXIX

ANGASIA TOMENTOSA.

cds

EEE

E oU

ka

ALOPE AUSTRALIS.

VOL. XXVIII. PLATE XXXI

Hussey X GILLINGHAM.LITH

VERCOIA GIBBOSA,

Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXXII.

| PERIPLANETA BASEDOWI, Tepper. | |
|
|

ч. Basedow, del. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

|
|
|

|
|

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXVIII., Plate XXXV.

PLAN }

HAPPY VALLEY DISTRICT

А
3
х

SHOWING Tertiary EXPOSURES
= | MILE

SCALE: | INCH JAN Г
VZZA BEDROCK 7),
pes] TERTIARY Ж = N
S HAPPY VALLEY Ñ
е ІШІ р N
28 RESERVOIR E.

SECTION AT HAPPY VALLEY SHOWING STRATICRAPHICAL POSITION OF THE TERTIARIES

HORIZONTAL SCALE inch {mile

уу
VERTICAL Li; -
finch = [ООо

Z7 FUNDAMENTAL SERIES
TERTIARY=Sanostones, enc «бола ano Miocene?
Е TERTIARY = Онацсесомт

REGENT —Guars, etc

3

HAPPY VALLEY

VALE ROYAL
HORN DALE
SECTION 40°

REYNELLA
SECTION зо”

Note: dhe complcalod Syslim 2 Selling of the Fundamental Serias
40 nol Upresenlo im his Section

H. Basedow, del. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

j Vol. SOM. Plate. XXXVI

Alluvium 4

Erosion line.

Miocene;

Sandstone.

H. Basedow, Photo. EXPOSURE OF TERTIARY SANDSTONE, HAPPY VALLEY, S.A.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vor. XXVIIL, Puare XXXVII.

Vor, XXVII., Prare XXXVIII.

Photo. by Mr. J @reenlers.) |
|
|

Vor. XXVI, Prats XXXIX.

Photo. by Mr. J. Greenlees.]
CONTORTED ROCKS, CURLEW POINT (NORTH. SIDE).

Vor, XXVIIL, PEATE XL.

Photo. by Mr. J. Greenlees.]
CONTORTED ROCKS, CURLEW POINT (Мовтн SIDE)

Photo. by Mr. J. Greenlees. |
CONTORTED ROCKS, CURLEW POINT (Ѕоџтн SIDE),

Vor. XXVIIL, Puare XLII.

Photo. by Mr. J. Greenlees.]
CONTORTED ROCKS, ONE-EIGHTH MILE NORTH OF CURLEW POINT.

THE GEOLOGY OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES (PART I.)
By Walter Howchin, F.G.S.

Roy Soc 5 Aus Vol XXVIII. Plate XLIII

Great Anticline Pocock's Quarry

W.

Glacial Till.
Halletts Gove (? Permo-Carb.)

Sea Level

йг: | 0 EER XE СММ SSG SS

Fig. I. Section in Field River from South Road to Halletts Cove. Length, 33 Miles,

|

ә ©
3 %,
E Д é REFERENCE.
E Glacial Beds
W. o The Ford SEE SS = !
«ТУЙУ FINDEN N S = Cambrian.)
E gx qu ДУЛ SS NN OS NE ; S : hore
Th RI // NS SX SN N <Q IG Ne Purple Slates, &c.
= i SN NNN SS ur = S SS т : Gritty Limesi in Purple Slates.
E / KU SA N ү NN XLS б ES SS I I N A INNS ` a ү а nes Ones It ре :
as iy EE NN N SS

Ў
5

SS N
N EN s

SINN x

2%

%

A
5 == o
SSE SS SS SS SN E e. , 7
“ЭЭМ S а [ШЕ strong Limestone (Brighton.

Fig Il. Section in the Onkaparinga River from the Horseshoe (Noarlunga/, to the outcrop of Glacial Beds. Length. 43 Miles,

Cambrian.

/mpure Calcareous Beds.

[J rapley's Hill Shales or Slates.

The Ford P I5 Reversed Beds and
N.W. | NM -

South Road
ا‎

Fig. IIl. Section A, as shown on Map, from South Road to Long Gully. Length, 13 Miles. Fig. IV. Section B, in First Gully, below the Ford.

SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE ADELAIDE. A Vaughan , Photo-lithographer-

%
,

г!

| Jetty

OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES нир

— BY WALTER HOWCHIN F.G.$.—

‘

OF NOARLUNGA

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Roy Soc. S Aus. Vol XXVIII, Plate XLIV

16

dem t

S2

cs об
Mouth of K oap?

SS Q S 5
Q 1.
nn nn.

N

К Reference —

Recent (Estuarine Deposits of Onkaparinga)
Tertiary of various Ages

Purple Slates & _ |
Gritty Limestones in Purple Slates
Strong Limestone (Brighton) ;
E m ' Cambrian
ына А zt TER | ® |/mpure Calcareous Beds
man NS
MILE É ke 22-24 iM IMILE Og Japleys Hill Shales or Slates

SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE, ADELAIDE . A Vaughan , Photo-lithographer.

5.

- WOOLNOUGH, W. G.:

CONTENTS.

DENNANT, J.: Recent Corals from the South Australian and
Victorian Coaste. Plates i. and ii. x

Basepow, H.: Anthropological Notes made on the South
Australian Government North-West Гор Pate
dition, 1903. Plates iii. tó xxi.

DENNANT, J.: Descriptions of New Species oF Corals tróm
the Pu UAE Tertiaries. Plates xxii. to xxv.

Lua, ARTHUR M.: Descriptions of Australian Cureulionidæ,
with Notes on Previously Described Species. Part ii. ...

VgRCO, Dr. Jos. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New Bee cles: Part i.
Plate xxvi.

Baker, W. H. Nos on South Мыш Decapod Cras:
tacea. Pate xxvii. to xxxi. ;

Террен, J. 6. O.: Descriptions of Some Now со en Or-
thoptera from North-Western South Australia. No.
Plate xxxii. |

Lower, OSWALD B.: Deseriplichs dE Now Species of Australian
Elachistidæ, etc. :

ео еен шоп of Some
Varieties of Granite from near Olary, South Australia

WootnoucH, W. G.: Petrographical Notes on Some South
Australian Quartzites, | Sag a ang Related Rocks.
Plates xxxii. and xxxiv. :

Turner, Dr. A. J. New Biro ! Lepidoptera, with
Synonymic and Ог Notes ...

Basepow, H.: Note on Tertiary Frie in the Happy
Valley District, with Description of a New pneu of
Septifer. Plates xxxv. and xxxvi.

Howcnin, W.: The Geolo ogy of the Mount Lofty Hess
Part 1., The Coastal District. Plates xxxvii. to xliv.
BLACKBURN, Rev. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleop-
tera, with Descriptions of New о and Specie

(xxxiv. )

Braco, Prof. W. H.: On Mo Absorption. ofa Rays; and on
the Classification of the a Rays of Radium

Abstract of Proceedings ы.

Annual Report

Balance Sheet :

Donations to the Library

List of Fellows, etc. ... jd

ÅPPENDICES.

- Proceedings, Annual Report, ete., of the Field Naturalists'

Section

Sixteenth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora

— Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section
Report, etc., of the Malacological Section ies =
Report, ete., of the Mieroscopical Section

Index m a AE a:

PAGE.

atta tns

Date Due

—

ПШІШ